Department of Defense Annual Report of the Secretary of Defense and the Annual Reports of the Secretary of the Army, Secretary of the Navy, Secretary of the Air Force. July 1, 1958 to June 30, 1959

[Department of Defense Annual Report of the Secretary of Defense and the Annual Reports of the Secretary of the Army, Secretary of the Navy, Secretary of the Air Force. July 1, 1958 to June 30, 1959]
[From the U.S. Government Publishing Office, www.gpo.gov]

ALLEGHENY COLLEGE LIBRARY;
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE
Annual Report
of the
SECBETABY OF DEFENSE
and the
ANNUAL REPORTS
of the
SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
St_ secretary of the navy
SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
IBEff July 1,1958, to June 30,1959
==co
3 0 3 1 1 0 1 ANquninnw 1 1111111111111 3 J 3 I IOJ AN3HO311V AHVdail H3ll3113d Di. I
:
959

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE
Annual Report
of the
SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
and the
ANNUAL REPORTS
of the
SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
July 1,1958, to June 30,1959
UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1960
For Sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C. — Price $1.25

Letter of Transmittal
The Secretary of Defense
Washington
June 16, 1960
Dear Mr. President:
This report of Secretary of Defense McElroy, together with
those of the Secretaries of the Army, the Navy, and the Air Force,
is submitted in compliance with Section 202(d) of the National
Security Act of 1947, as amended.
It is the first report to be submitted as prescribed by the Department
of Defense Reorganization Act of 1958 on an annual, rather
than a semiannual, basis and covers fiscal year 1959.
With great respect, I am
Faithfully yours,
Thomas S. Gates, Jr.
The President
The White House
J ‘
Contents
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
Page
Chapter I. Introduction_________________________________________ 1
II. The Armed Forces__________________________________ 3
III. Research and Development__________________________ 12
IV. The Defense Budget________________________________ 28
V. Management__________________________________________ 35
VI. Manpower___________________________________________ 47
VII. Weapons, Equipment, and Facilities__________________ 64
VIII. Mutual Security____________________________________ 79
IX. Conclusion___________________________________________ 95
Annual Report of the Reserve Forces Policy Board._ 97
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
Chapter I. Introduction_________________________________________ 113
II. Operations and Training_______________________ 115
III. Logistics____________________________________________ 133
IV. Manpower and Personnel Management______________ 149
V. The Search for Better Weapons, Equipment, and Techniques_________________________________________
166
VI. Civil Works: Water-Resource Development___________ 185
VII. Strengthening Management__________________________ 191
VIII. Budget and Funds___________________________________ 198
IX. Conclusion__________________________________________ 203
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
Chapter I. Introduction_________________________________________ 207
II. Naval Operations___________________________________ 209
III. Marine Corps Operations____________________________ 226
IV. Naval Personnel____________________________________ 233
V. Design and Construction of Ships____________________ 239
VI. Design and Procurement of Aircraft_________________ 246
VII. Weapons____________________________________________ 249
VIII. Medical and Dental Service________________________ 254
IX. Supply______________________________________________ 258
X. Shore Facilities_____________________________________ 261
XI. Research_____________________________________________ 265
XII. Civilian Personnel__________________________________ 274
XIII. Business Management_______________________________ 276
XIV. Conclusion__________________________________________ 283
V
VI CONTENTS
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
Page
Chapter I. Introduction_________________________________________ 287
II. Combat Forces______________________________________ 290
III. Manpower___________________________________________ 302
IV. Military Training------------------------------------------------------ 308
V. Health and Welfare________________________________ 317
VI. Installations________________________________________ 326
VII. Research and Development--------------------------------------- 332
VIII. Procurement and Production of Materiel----------------- 341
IX. Logistical Services---------------------------------------------------- 347
X. Management_________________________________________ 352
XI. Budget______________________________________________ 358
Appendix________________________________________________________ 363
Index------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 387
I. Introduction
The defense program is part of an integrated national effort to
meet the Communist threat in whatever form it may appear—political,
economic, scientific, psychological, or military. It is not created
in isolation. The challenge is total and the response equally so.
Within the overall framework of national policy, the defense establishment
contributes to meeting two major objectives :
First, to deter the outbreak of a major war by defending the
home base and striking back decisively against any aggressor;
and
Secondly, to prevent or contain local wars by being ready to come
to the aid of threatened friendly nations, if necessary.
To carry out their assigned missions, the armed forces operate in
a flexible military structure. The military departments provide the
necessary ground, sea, and air units, and unified and specified commands
are responsible for the operational direction of these units
as a combined force in accordance with their particular assignments.
Few of these forces are designed for a single purpose; most are multipurpose
forces having vital roles in a major as well as a limited war,
in nuclear as well as nonnuclear warfare.
While maintaining a balance of forces for any contingency, defense
programs must also strike a balance between current needs and future
needs, avoiding an overinvestment of resources in either.
These basic principles controlled the development of our armed
forces in fiscal year 1959, as in previous years. An effective deterrent
to aggression was maintained and approved programs assure
that this effectiveness will continue in future years.
Manned aircraft, armed with nuclear weapons, continue to provide
the backbone of our retaliatory force, which was further modernized
during the year and more widely dispersed for its protection. In
addition, air defenses were strengthened and warning systems improved
to lessen the chances of successful penetration by enemy aircraft.
The first long-range ballistic missiles began to enter the
defensive arsenals of the free world, and additional weapons systems
of this type were rapidly brought closer to operational readiness.
General emergency forces were also strengthened with the delivery
of modern weapons and equipment that increased the effectiveness
and mobility of combat units. By their strategic deployment over2
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
seas and their readiness to respond to an emergency, these forces,
together with those of our allies, remained a major factor in discouraging
Communist aggression. During fiscal year 1959, they
contributed to a peaceful solution of potentially dangerous situations,
particularly in Lebanon and the Taiwan Strait.
To back the active forces whenever necessary, a well-trained, ready
reserve establishment was maintained.
An essential part of the shield that allows non-Communist nations
to plan their future in freedom is our worldwide system of bilateral
and regional collective security agreements, which are given vitality
through the Military Assistance Program. This program, carried
out in cooperation with the Department of State, continued to pay
large dividends.
In the management of its many activities, the Department of Defense
sought to install more efficient and economical methods of operation.
In the current era of scientific discoveries, the key factor in this
effort has become the constant critical review of major programs,
reevaluating their priority in the light of changing requirements
brought about by technological advances. As a result of such reviews,
a number of major research and development projects were canceled
during the year and funds shifted to more promising activities.
An improved organization for the operational control of ground,
sea, and air units in the field and for supervising research and development
activities was established in accordance with the provisions
of the Department of Defense Reorganization Act of 1958. New
military personnel programs, enacted in recent years, helped to raise
the quality of the armed forces in 1959 and reduced the number
of new men to be recruited and trained. Further experience with
the Single Manager concept and the Armed Forces Supply Support
Center indicated the value of such organizations in the efficient management
of common supplies and services for the armed forces.
These and many additional measures taken throughout the defense
establishment brought increased security for each dollar expended.
In an organization as vast as the Department of Defense—including
2,500,000 military personnel and 1,250,000 civilian employees and
having assets valued at an acquisition cost of over $150 billion—
occasional human error will inevitably be encountered. The Department
has established corrective procedures which should reduce such
mistakes to a minimum. Good management, however, will continue
to depend on the devotion to duty and common sense of every official.
The caliber of military and civilian personnel in the defense establishment
is high and the Nation has l>een well served.
II. The Armed Forces
The security of the United States is in the hands of a powerful
military establishment—one capable of readily detecting a threatened
attack, of countering the intruders, of retaliating devastatingly, and
of coming quickly to the aid of beleaguered allies in any part of the
world in the event of local aggression. Eight mutually supporting
unified and specified commands control most of the operating forces
responsible for these missions. (See fig. 1.)
During fiscal year 1959, as in preceding years, the major changes in
the structure of the armed forces were related to the introduction
and increased use of new and improved weapons systems. These
changes were accompanied by a reduction of 97,000 in military personnel—
from a total of 2,601,000 on June 30, 1958, to 2,504,000 at the
end of fiscal year 1959.
No major changes were made in the deployment of our armed
forces during the fiscal year. Over 40 percent—or about 1 million
men on June 30, 1959—were stationed outside of the continental
United States (CONUS) or assigned to naval activities afloat or
mobile. This deployment involved 40 percent of the Army, 63 percent
of the Navy, 24 percent of the Marine Corps, and 28 percent of
the Air Force. Assignments to Alaska and Hawaii, included in this
total, amounted to about 33,000 and 45,000 men, respectively.
The ratio of the operating forces to total personnel strength was
62.9 percent at the close of the fiscal year—an increase of 0.7 percent
over the preceding year. This improvement was achieved primarily
by a reduction in the training forces—from 17.4 to 16.6 percent—
accompanied by a slight decrease in the military personnel in the
transient and patients category—from 3.3 to 3.1 percent. The ratio
of supporting forces increased from 17.1 to 17.4 percent.
Retaliatory Forces
The capability of the armed forces of the United States to launch a
massive retaliatory strike against any aggressor continued to be effectively
maintained during fiscal year 1959.
The bulk of this retaliatory force, assigned to the Strategic Air
Command (SAC), consists of B-52 and B-47 bombers, supported
by jet KC-135 and propeller-driven KC-97 tankers. The introduction
of a more advanced B-52 model with longer range and the de-
3
4 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
Figure 1
livery of additional jet tankers provided increased range capability
and greater flexibility to this bomber force. The ability to penetrate
enemy defenses was improved by the delivery of new electronic
countermeasure equipment to jam enemy radars and air defense weapons.
With bomber crews subject to constant evaluation of their
navigation and bombing proficiency, maximum assurance was provided
that assigned missions would be carried out with the highest
degree of accuracy and effectiveness.
In accordance with current plans, the manned bomber force will
continue to carry substantial responsibility for strategic deterrence
even after the introduction of long-range ballistic missiles. Being
subject to recall after takeoff, the manned bomber can remain under
positive control for a considerable time after an alert warning, unlike
missiles which are irrevocably on their way after launching. This
capability is particularly valuable to a country subject to surprise
attack and determined not to initiate any aggression.
By the close of the fiscal year, the first Intercontinental Ballistic
Missile (ICBM), the ATLAS, was almost ready for operational deployment.
Intermediate Range Ballistic Missiles (IRBM) had already
been delivered to allied forces in the United Kingdom and
agreements completed for further deployments in Italy. These
launching sites will be manned by allied crews trained in the United
States. While not an integral part of our retaliatory forces, these
missiles will add significantly to the total deterrent capabilities of the
free world.
THE ARMED FORCES 5
Supplementing the striking power of SAC are tactical land-based
and carrier-based air forces and missile units deployed in areas of
potential trouble throughout the free world. Most of the Air Force
and Navy tactical planes are equipped to carry nuclear weapons and
can strike deep into enemy territory.
The versatility of our retaliatory forces complicates any enemy's
plan to destroy them and, at the same time, increases their capability
to accomplish their mission.
Continental Defense
Faced with the continuing possibility of surprise attack, further
steps were taken during fiscal year 1959 to protect our strategic air
forces through wider dispersal, a higher state of alert, and better
warning and defense systems.
Already widely deployed in the Western Hemisphere and overseas,
B-52 and B-47 wings were given additional bases to provide not only
greater protection against attack but also a more immediate response
capability. The Air Force's dispersal program has as its ultimate
objective the location, with associated tankers, of no more than one
B-52 squadron and one B-47 or B-58 wing at a single base.
An increased number of our bomber aircraft were placed on ground
alert during fiscal year 1959, thus enabling them to be off and on the
way within 15 minutes after initial warning.
Improvements in the warning system against enemy aircraft during
the past year consisted primarily of extensions of the Distant
Early Warning (DEW) line. Additional stations were built in the
Aleutian Island chain and Pacific Ocean coverage to the south was
provided by naval ships and aircraft. An eastward extension, to link
up with the warning system of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization,
was placed under construction. To back up the DEW line below
the Arctic Circle, the Mid-Canada line along the 55th parallel and the
Pine Tree line along the United States-Canadian border continued to
be operated 24 hours a day. Radar picket ships, Texas Towers, and
early warning aircraft extended detection and tracking capabilities
over wide ocean areas. (See fig. 2.)
Construction of a Ballistic Missile Early Warning System
(BMEWS), initiated in 1958, was continued as a matter of high
priority. Considerable progress had been made by June 30, 1959,
in the establishment of the Alaska and Greenland stations, while
negotiations for the construction of the third station in the United
Kingdom were nearly completed. BMEWS will provide a minimum
of 15 minutes’ warning of any mass attack on the United States by
ballistic missiles.
Active defenses against bomber attacks include manned interceptors,
guided missiles, and an electronic control network. All three
6 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
CONTINENTAL DEFENSE WARNING SYSTEMS
THE ARMED FORCES 7
elements were improved during fiscal year 1959. Supersonic allweather
F-101B, F-102, F-104, and F-106 interceptors continued to
replace the subsonic F-86's, F-89's, and F-94’s, and their effectiveness
was increased with the delivery of additional air-to-air missiles
and the GENIE nuclear rocket. These “area’’ defenses will be supplemented
next year by the BOMARC A, a missile with a 200-mile
range; BOMARC B, with double this range, is under development.
“Point” defenses were strengthened with the deployment of additional
NIKE-HERCULES batteries, replacing nonnuclear, shorter
range, and lower altitude NIKE-AJAX missiles.
Coordinated direction of the air defense battle is provided by the
Semi-Automatic Ground Environment (SAGE) System, which gives
the tactical commander the information needed for directing aircraft
and missiles against enemy bombers. As four more sectors were
completed during fiscal year 1959, the first SAGE division, including
five sectors, became fully operational covering the northeastern area
of the United States. The Army's MISSILE MASTER, for the
control of NIKE missiles, was macle technically compatible with
SAGE and integrated into the overall network.
Air defense activities of the Army, Navy, and Air Force have been
unified under the Continental Air Defense Command (CONAD),
with headquarters at Colorado Springs, Colo. Close cooperation
with the Royal Canadian Air Force is assured through the North
American Air Defense Command (NORAD), which was established
in 1957.
General Purpose Forces
Twice during fiscal year 1959, U.S. tactical forces demonstrated
the rapidity with which they can come to the assistance of friendly
countries threatened by aggression—in Lebanon in July 1958 and
in Taiwan in September 1958. Some of the units deployed came
from strategic reserves held in readiness at home, while others were
drawn from forces already stationed overseas and trained for such
emergencies.
The forces available for deterring local aggression and countering
it, if necessary, constitute by far the largest portion of our operating
forces. In addition to these missions, the “limited war" forces also
have vital roles assigned to them in case of the outbreak of a major
war, thus giving them a greater general purpose function than most
other units.
These “general purpose” forces continued to gain in effectiveness
during fiscal year 1959 with the introduction of more advanced weapons
providing greater firepower and mobility. Similar improvements
occurred in the capabilities of our allies, many of whom
received modem equipment and training through the Military Assist8
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
ance Program. The combined strength of all these forces was a major
factor throughout the past year in deterring local aggression.
U.S. ground forces contributing to this deterrent include both Army
and Marine Corps units.
Of the Army’s 15 divisions, 8 are deployed overseas—5 in Europe,
2 in Korea, and 1 in Hawaii. Many smaller combat units, such as
REDSTONE groups and the Southern European Task Force
(SETAE) in Italy, provide additional striking power to U.S. and
allied forces. At home, the Strategic Army Corps (STRAC), composed
of one infantry and two airborne divisions, is held in readiness
for action wherever needed.
The three divisions and three aircraft wings of the Fleet Marine
Forces are also combat ready. In the Pacific, most of one division
and one aircraft wing is based in the Okinawa-Japan area with the
remainder in Hawaii, while another division-wing team is located
in southern California. The third division and aircraft wing was
stationed on the east coast, with some of its ground and air units on
continuous duty with naval forces in the Mediterranean.
U.S. naval striking forces are organized into four fleets. The First
and Seventh Fleets, with eight aircraft carriers, are operating in
the Pacific, with the Seventh Fleet providing a major deterrent to
Communist aggression in Far Eastern waters. The Second Fleet
in the Atlantic and the Sixth Fleet in the Mediterranean, including
six aircraft carriers, guard the sea approaches to the east coast and
protect U.S. and NATO interests in the Near East. Ships in these
fleets are rotated on a regular schedule so that one-third of our naval
combat forces is always in the Far East and Mediterranean and
another third off our east and west coasts, while the remaining third
is being overhauled or used for training purposes.
The Air Force’s worldwide tactical air combat strength includes
tactical bomber, fighter, missile, and reconnaissance units, supported
by troop carriers. These are organized predominantly into three
main commands. U.S. Air Forces, Europe, which operate under
overall NATO control, includes the majority of these forces. The
Pacific Air Forces, with units deployed in many Far Eastern allied
countries, is a component command under the Commander in Chief,
Pacific. At home, the remaining tactical air strength is controlled
by the Tactical Air Command and includes a Composite Air Strike
Force which is ready for quick oversea deployment in case of local
emergencies.
The Military Services
While land, sea, and air units are assigned for operational purposes
to unified and specified commands in whatever combination is required
for the accomplishment of the missions assigned to these commands,
THE ARMED FORCES 9
the military services carry full responsibility for organizing, training,
equipping, and administering such units.
The Army
Adjustments in the formal organizational structure of the Army
were few. While Army personnel strength dropped from 899,000
to 862,000 (with 870,000 authorized), the Army maintained its 15
divisions, organized into pentomic divisions with both nuclear and
nonnuclear capabilities. The nondivisional units included, as in the
preceding year, five armored cavalry regiments, one armored combat
command, two infantry brigades, and four missile commands. The
number of infantry battle groups was increased from 6 to 8 (by the
redesignation of units) and the number of air defense battalions was
decreased from 90 to 85.
These organizational adjustments fail to reflect the substantial
modernization that was effected in fiscal year 1959. Additional REDSTONE
and CORPORAL surface-to-surface missiles as well as
HONEST JOHN rockets were delivered and the first LACROSSE
missiles for short-range combat support became operational. Most of
the troops handling these modern weapons were incorporated in
larger divisional and regimental units rather than being maintained
as separate organizations. While air defense battalions were reduced
by five, air defense capabilities were substantially increased as NIKEHERCULES
batteries replaced antiaircraft gun and NIKE-AJAX
batteries in substantial numbers. The first HAWK battalion was
organized, to provide improved defenses against low-flying aircraft
after completion of training. The Army’s active aircraft inventory
of helicopter and fixed-wing liaison aircraft was increased by 172—
from 5,027 to 5,199.
The Navy and Marine Corps
Modernization in the Navy has been accompanied, as in the other
military services, by slight reductions in personnel and combat units.
Naval personnel declined by 15,000 during fiscal year 1959—from
641,000 on June 30, 1958, to 626,000 a year later (with 630,000 authorized)
, and the number of warships was reduced by 10 to a total of 386,
and the number of other ships—mine warfare, patrol, amphibious
warfare, and auxiliary vessels—by 21 to a total of 474. At the same
time, construction of 20 new ships was completed and 1 additional
warship was modernized under the Navy’s systematic conversion program
to prolong the useful life of older ships.
The Navy had 14 attack carriers at the close of the fiscal year—1
less than at the beginning of the year—but the year-end total included
the fourth ForrestaZ-class carrier, the Independence, and a completely
10 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
modernized 2?ssea?-type carrier, the Oriskany. The elimination of 1
attack carrier was accompanied by the reduction of the carrier air
groups from 17 to 16. The number of antisubmarine carriers remained
at 9 during the year and that of carrier-based antisubmarine
air squadrons at 22.
The Navy’s cruiser program provides for a gradual conversion to
guided-missile ships. During fiscal year 1959 a third guided-missile
cruiser joined the fleet, while the number of regular cruisers was reduced
by 4—from 13 to 9. The destroyer fleet of 237—8 less than at
the end of the preceding fiscal year—included 5 new destroyers. The
submarine fleet of 113—2 more than on June 30,1958—included 3 new
nuclear-powered attack submarines, 2 more REGULUS guided-missile
submarines, and 1 new conventional submarine.
The Navy’s active aircraft inventory, while decreasing from 10,533
to 9,649 aircraft during fiscal year 1959, continued to be modernized
as substantial numbers of A4D jet attack aircraft and supersonic
F8U fighters were delivered. The ratio of jet aircraft in the active
inventory rose from 42 to 43 percent. The increased availability of
SIDEWINDER and SPARROW III air-to-air missiles and the
introduction of the first BULLPUP air-to-ground missiles greatly
increased the combat effectiveness of naval air power.
Naval air defense capabilities were improved as more TERRIER
missiles were deployed with the fleet, and the longer range TALOS,
fired for the first time at sea in February 1959, became operational.
The number of Marines on active duty declined from 189,500 to
175,600 during fiscal year 1959, but the organizational structure of 3
divisions and 3 air wings was maintained. The decrease of 13,900
in personnel brought some reductions in combat and support units.
At the same time, however, striking power was increased as additional
HONEST JOHN rockets and land-based TERRIER air defense and
SIDEWINDER air-to-air missiles became available.
The Air Force
On June 30, 1959, the Air Force was organized around 105 wings—
43 strategic, 27 air defense, and 35 tactical (including 11 troop carrier).
Organizationally, this represented a reduction of 1 strategic,
1 air defense, and 10 tactical wings, all of which had been equipped
with older type aircraft. Military personnel strength stood at
840,000 (with 850,000 authorized), as compared to 871,000 a year
earlier. While the active aircraft inventory of the Air Force fell
from 22,578 planes to 20,890, jet aircraft increased from 62 to 66
percent.
The changes in the Air Force structure were the result of modernization
taking place throughout the armed forces. The increased
THE ARMED FORCES 1 1
guided-missile capabilities of the Army reduced the need for Air
Force tactical as well as air defense support. At the same time, the
Air Force continued its own rapid modernization as improved aircraft
and missiles were deployed in larger numbers.
The delivery of B—52G models introduced longer range and new
missile-launching capabilities into the strategic air forces. The last
B-36 bombers were retired during the year and replaced by B-52 s.
With each of the B-52 wings scheduled to be equipped with 45 instead
of the former 30 aircraft, the retaliatory power of these heavy
bombardment wings will be greatly increased. Combat flexibility
was also substantially improved by the delivery of additional KC-135
jet tankers. The B-47 modernization program continued to add to
the attack capability of this versatile bomber.
As for air defense, interceptor squadrons continued their rapid
conversion from F—86's, F—89's, and F—94’s to the supersonic F—101 B's,
F-102’s, F-104’s, and F-106’s, with some of the aircraft equipped
with GENIE nuclear rockets. At the same time, substantial numbers
of FALCON and SIDEWINDER air-to-air missiles were
delivered.
Tactical air support was improved as additional F-lOO’s, F-101's,
and F-104's were delivered and the first F-105 squadron became
operational. Moreover, additional MATADOR/MACE squadrons
were assigned to the tactical missile wing established in 1957. New
medium C-130’s and heavy C-133’s replaced older troop carrier
aircraft to maintain a substantial airlift capability.
555521—60--------2
III. Research and Development
Obligations for research, development, testing, and evaluation by
the Department of Defense during fiscal year 1959 reached a total
of $5.4 billion—representing a $1.1 billion, or 20 percent, increase
over the preceding year. The 1959 total included $3.5 billion
obligated from research and development funds, an additional $1.6
billion from procurement funds, and $0.3 billion from military personnel
and construction funds.
While public attention remained focused primarily on guided missiles,
particularly ballistic missiles, the 2,000 active research and development
projects of the Department of Defense covered practically
all areas of military interest, ranging from clothing and food for
the individual serviceman to earth satellites. Over 38 percent of
programed obligations in fiscal year 1959 were devoted to guided missiles
and related equipment, 12 percent to aircraft, 11 percent to
military sciences, 9 percent to programs in space technology, 6 percent
to ordnance equipment and combat vehicles, 5 percent to ships
of all types, 19 percent to other equipment, including communications,
navigation, and air defense items, and to program management.
These projects were kept under constant review to assure an integrated
research program, to expedite the research and development
most vital to our security, and to eliminate marginal projects, particularly
those overtaken by technological progress. It is believed that
these objectives were achieved in 1959.
Guided Missiles
On June 30, 1959, the armed forces had operational or under
development a total of 37 guided missiles systems. Of these, 15 were
operationally available, 7 were scheduled to become operational during
fiscal year 1960, and the remaining 15 were in various stages of
research and development. During the fiscal year, four new projects
were initiated—SHILLELAGH, REDEYE, MAULER, and SKYBOLT—
and four were dropped because of the progress made with
more advanced missiles or changes in operational concepts.
RASCAL, REGULUS II, GOOSE, and DART
Programed obligations for guided missiles systems, including not
only the costs of bringing missile systems to operational status but
also the cost of procuring missiles and related equipment for opera-
12
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 13
GUIDED MISSILES SYSTEMS - PROGRAMED OBLIGATIONS
Fiscal Years 1946-1959
Missile Programs - Millions of Dollars
Fiscal Year Grand
Total
*
IRBM and
ICBM
Other
Surfaceto-
Surf ace
....................... •—:
All
Other
1946 and before 72 2 1 9 5 1
1947 58 - 20 38
1948 8 1 .3 36 45
1949 98 . 1 45 53
1950 1 34 - 65 69
1951 784 .5 1 85 598
1952 1,058 .8 239 8 1 8
1953 1, 1 66 3 403 760
1954 1,067 1 4 336 7 1 7
1955 1,468 1 59 398 9 1 1
1956 2,28 1 526 387 1,368
1957 4,506 1,401 603 2,502
1958 5,1 80 2,150 639 2,39 1
1959 6,900 2,946 685 3,269
NOTE: These figures include all research and development, construction, and
procurement funds directly associated with missile programs, including
those shipbuilding and aircraft costs directly related to providing a missile
capability. Funds for military pay and for operation and maintenance of
operational units and sites are not included.
Figure 3
14 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
tional purposes, increased by almost one-third during fiscal year 1959,
reaching a total of $6.9 billion as compared to $5.2 billion during
the preceding year. This year’s programed obligations included
$2.9 billion for long-range ballistic missiles, $0.7 billion for other
surface-to-surface missiles, and $3.3 billion for surface-to-air, air-toair,
and air-to-surface missiles. (See fig. 3.)
The guicled-missiles effort of the Department of Defense has
been focused on three major areas: (1) Strategic missiles for our
retaliatory forces, (2) air defense missiles, and (3) tactical missiles
in support of ground and naval forces. These categories are not
mutually exclusive, since many missiles can be used for more than
one purpose.
Strategic Missiles
Since 1955 the United States has assigned the highest national priority
to the development of long-range ballistic missiles. As a result
of this effort, two Intermediate Range Ballistic Missiles, the THOR
and the JUPITER, became operationally available within 3 years
and the first Intercontinental Ballistic Missile, the ATLAS, was
scheduled to become operational shortly after the close of this fiscal
year. The successful development of radical new weapons systems
in such a short time is unprecedented.
The Department of Defense effort in the long-range ballistic missile
field included, in addition to the above projects, the POLARIS
fleet ballistic missile, to become operational in calendar year 1960; the
TITAN, a followup missile to the ATLAS, scheduled for 1961; and
a second-generation solid-propellant MINUTEMAN, to be operational
in 1963.
The urgency for an operational capability in long-range ballistic
missiles led to the establishment in 1955 of two IRBM projects with
a range of 1,500 nautical miles—a distance that appeared obtainable
at an earlier date than the 5,500 nautical miles of the ICBM. Despite
encountering some difficulties, both the THOR and the JUPITER
met their established schedules and were considered operationally
available in December 1958. The operational deployment of these
missiles overseas was delayed since additional time was needed to
meet the construction, installation, checkout, and modification requirements
of our allies.
The original ICBM program was based on two liquid-propellant
missiles—the ATLAS, started in 1954, and the TITAN, placed under
contract in 1955 to provide an alternative approach to solving the
complex problems likely to be encountered in this pioneer ICBM
effort. Difficulties in flight tests during the spring of 1959 retarded
the ATLAS schedule and forced a postponement of the operational
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 15
STRATEGIC MISSILES
f ____________________________________________ JUNE 30, 1959____________________ _____________
Type Developing Service Operationally Available In Late Development In Early Development
ARMY JUPITER
1,500-MILE IRBM TUrtB
AIR FORCE THOR
FIEET BALLISTIC MISSILE NAVY POLARIS
5,000-MILE AERODYNAMIC AIR FORCE SNARK
AIR FORCE ATLAS M1M11Teu 1M 5,500-MILE ICBM MINUTEMAN
' AIR FORCE TITAN
AIR-TO-SURFACE AIR FORCE HOUND DOG SKY BOLT
AIR-LAUNCHED DECOY AIR FORCE QUAIL
Figure 4
16 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
availability date from June 1959 to the early fall of 1959. As the
success of the ATLAS became assured, the TITAN program was
reoriented toward more advanced objectives rather than continued as
an insurance program. The 1961 operational date for the TITAN remained
unchanged at the close of the fiscal year. A second-generation
ICBM, the solid-propellant three-stage MINUTEMAN, was added to
the program in February 1958, when substantial improvements in solid
propellants opened up the possibility for a much lighter, less costly,
and more mobile ICBM with a capability of instantaneous reaction.
The progress made in this project by the end of the fiscal year indicated
that all these objectives could be achieved well within the
time allotted.
The POLARIS weapons system, authorized in December 1956, was
originally scheduled to become operational in 1962, but the early
successful resolution of scientific and technological problems made it
possible to shorten the development period by 2 years. The solidpropellant,
two-stage POLARIS, to be fired from submerged nuclearpowered
submarines, will have an initial range of 1,200 nautical miles,
subsequently to be increased to the 1,500-nautical-mile IRBM range.
The mobility of its firing platform, however, will enable the POLARIS
to carry out missions similar to those intended for the ICBM.
The first POLARIS submarine, the George Thashing ton, was launched
on June 9, 1959. At the close of the fiscal year, five additional such
submarines were being constructed and contracts for three more were
ready for signature.
The rapid development of ballistic missiles has been mainly responsible
for the cancellation of aerodynamic long-range missiles,
such as NAVAHO, TRITON, and, in fiscal year 1959, REGULUS II.
The only missile system of this type scheduled for use, but in much
smaller numbers than originally contemplated, is the 5,000-nauticalmile,
turbojet SNARK, which will become operational in calendar
year 1960.
To increase the striking power of our strategic bombers, two airto-
surface missiles systems are under development—the HOUND
DOG, which will travel over 500 miles at supersonic speed under
inertial guidance, and the SKYBOLT, an air-launched 1,000-mile
ballistic missile. Additional protection will be provided to strategic
bombers by the QUAIL, which is being developed to provide an airlaunched
diversionary missile. (See fig. 4.)
Air Defense Missiles
The protection of U.S. cities and military installations against
high-altitude attacks by enemy bombers has been considerably increased
by the availability, since early 1954, of NIKE-AJAX and,
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 17
AIR DEFENSE MISSILES
Figure
18 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
since 1958, of NIKE-HERCULES. To supplement these Army surface-
to-air missiles with ranges of about 25 and 75 miles, respectively,
the Air Force has under development the 200- to 400-mile BOMARC,
which is intended to provide additional defense in depth for the
North American continent. Protection by guided missiles against
low-flying aircraft will become available early in the next fiscal year,
when the Army’s HAWK is scheduled to become operational.
To meet the special air defense problems of the fleet at sea, the
Navy has been developing three surface-to-air missiles systems, two
of which are operational. Since 1955 the TERRIER has provided
close-in air defense for naval ships, and in January 1959 the TALOS,
with an initial range of about 50 miles, became operational. The
TARTAR, a smaller improved weapon intended particularly for
destroyer use, is still in the development stage.
The Army initiated the development of two new surface-to-air
missiles during fiscal year 1959—REDEYE, a bazooka-type air
defense missile for individual soldiers, and MAULER, a mobile,
all-weather missile to be used by forward elements in the field.
To increase the air-to-air combat capability of military aircraft,
three families of supersonic guided missiles have been under development—
SPARROW, FALCON, and SIDEWINDER. Different
guidance, control, speed, warhead, and range characteristics distinguish
these missile families from one another. While all three have
been operational since 1955-56, a succession of improved models has
been under development. SPARROW III became operational in
August 1958.
Still in the early development stage is the Navy’s EAGLE, a longrange
supersonic air-to-air missile to be launched from relatively
slow, patrol-type aircraft flying protective cover.
Defense against long-range ballistic missiles has presented scientists
with probably the greatest challenge of the missile age—the destruction
of weapons traveling more than 5,000 miles in less than 30 minutes
with maximum speeds above 15,000 miles per hour. One possible
answer to this problem might be provided by the Army's NIKEZEUS,
which is being developed under highest priority; it will not,
however, be placed into production until necessary tests have been
satisfactorily completed. Other possible answers to this complex
problem are being investigated under the supervision of the Advanced
Research Projects Agency. (See fig. 5.)
Tactical Missiles
At the close of the fiscal year, tactical commanders had available
for the support of ground combat units four surface-to-surface missiles
systems with nuclear capability. Close tactical support was
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 19
TACTICAL MISSILES
Figure 6
20 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
being provided by LACROSSE, which became operational in June
1959. Targets within a distance of 75 and 200 miles came within the
range of CORPORAL and REDSTONE, respectively; these firstgeneration,
liquid-propellant ballistic missiles are scheduled to be replaced
during the next 3 years by the second-generation, solid-propellant
SERGEANT and PERSHING. Targets at even greater range
were subject to destruction by the subsonic, jet-propelled MATADOR.
The MACE, an improved version of the MATADOR, is scheduled
to become operational early during the next fiscal year.
For close-in support two additional guided missiles systems were
under development—SHILLELAGH, approved during fiscal year
1959, for use against armor, field fortifications, and troops, and SS-10,
a wire-guided, French-produced, antitank missile, which was beingprocured
abroad to take the place of DART, terminated in September
1958. The SS-11, a similar weapon with greater range, speed, and
effectiveness, was being purchased for evaluation.
To increase the striking power of the fleet against shore installations,
the Navy has had available since 1954 REGULUS I. At the
close of the fiscal year, four cruisers and four submarines armed with
this 500-mile missile were in commission. In addition, the versatile
air defense TALOS could also be employed for ship and shore
bombardment.
Since April 1959 naval aircraft have been equipped with BULLPUP,
an air-to-surface missile for attacks against pillboxes, tanks,
truck convoys, and similar targets. A much longer range, heavier
missile, CORVUS, designed to penetrate heavily defended land areas
and fleets, is still in the development stage.
Also under development is the antisubmarine missile SUBROC,
designed to be fired by submerged submarines, rise above the water,
and send its warhead back into the water to destroy its target. This
missile system promises to extend greatly the attack range of
submarines.
In addition, land and sea commanders will have available most
of the air defense missiles mentioned above—surface to air as well
as air to air. The Marine Corps has selected for its specialized tasks
such guided missiles systems as the Army's HAWK and REDEYE
and a land-based version of the Navy’s TERRIER for air defense;
the Navy’s SIDEWINDER and SPARROW III for air-to-air combat;
the Navy’s BULLPUP for air attacks on ground targets; and
is considering the use of the French SS-10 and SS-11 as antitank
weapons. (See fig. 6.)
Rockets
Rockets, unlike artillery shells, are self-propelled and, unlike guided
missiles, travel without guidance once they have been launched. Of
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 21
the various types of rockets employed by our armed forces or under
development, three are designed for a nuclear capability.
Since 1954, medium- and long-range artillery firepower has been
supplemented by HONEST JOHN batteries, which have a greater
battlefield mobility than conventional artillery and in one round can
deliver a demolition effect of many hundreds of artillery shells. A
much lighter and still more mobile version, the LITTLE JOHN, was
in the late development stage at the close of the fiscal year.
Interceptor aircraft obtained a nuclear capability against other aircraft
in 1957 when the Air Force’s GENIE rocket became operational.
Military Space Technology
The establishment of civilian and military space programs under
separate management highlighted the organizational development of
the U.S. space effort during fiscal year 1959. The National Aeronautics
and Space Administration (NASA), created by the act of
July 29,1958, started in October to assume management responsibility
from the Department of Defense for projects of primarily civilian
scientific interest.
On October 1, 1958, NASA took over the remainder of Project
Vanguard for launching earth satellites; 3 scientific satellite projects
involving 2 inflatable spheres and a cosmic ray experiment; 4 lunar
probes scheduled for Project Pioneer; and a number of basic research
programs for the development of nuclear rocket engines, fluorine
engines, and a 1-million-pound-thrust, single-chamber engine. On
December 3, 1958, the Army’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory at Pasadena,
Calif., was transferred to NASA, followed on April 13, 1959, by Project
Tiros, a meteorological research satellite, and on June 30, 1959,
by the Centaur launching vehicle, an ATLAS booster with a secondstage,
liquid-hydrogen engine.
To provide top-level coordination between NASA and Department
of Defense space activities, a Civilian-Military Liaison Committee
was established. Duplication of facilities and effort was avoided by
having the military departments act as executive agents for NASA
for some of the major projects transferred.
Military space research remained throughout fiscal year 1959 under
the management control and direction of the Advanced Research
Projects Agency (ARPA), a separate agency reporting directly to
the Secretary of Defense but operating under the technical supervision
of the Director of Defense Research and Engineering. Specific research
projects were assigned by ARPA either directly to one of
the military departments or under contract to outside research
organizations.
During fiscal year 1959, Department of Defense agencies were
directly responsible for eight satellite launchings and one space
22 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
probe. These efforts included: (1) The firing, before NASA became
operational, of one Vanguard and two Explorer satellites and one lunar
probe; (2) Project Score, an orbiting communications relay system
launched on December 18, 1958, and used for receiving and rebroadcasting
messages; and (3) four Discoverer shots, designed to test components
and propulsion and guidance systems as well as new techniques
to be utilized in future space projects. Four of these nine
launch attempts proved successful—one Explorer, Project Score, and
the first two Discoverer shots.
Department of Defense agencies, acting as executive agents for
NASA, were also responsible for five of the eight NASA launch
attempts in fiscal year 1959. The Air Force handled the first two
Pioneer space probes, while the Army fired Pioneer III and IV
and the Beacon shot, intended to test atmospheric densities. The
remaining three NASA shots, involving Vanguard vehicles, were
under the complete control of the new civilian space agency. (See
fig- U)
A special military experiment, designed to measure the effects of
nuclear explosives high in outer space, Project Argus, was carried
out in September 1958 with ARP A as executive agent.
Fluman space travel was investigated jointly by the military
departments and NASA during fiscal year 1959. The Air Force
started flight testing the X-15, designed to reach an altitude of 100
miles above the earth and speeds of 3,600 miles per hour. Substantial
progress was also made in the development of DYNA-SOAR,
capable of glide speeds of about 17,500 miles per hour. Additional
physiological data were obtained when on May 28, 1959, an Army
JUPITER carried two monkeys about 300 miles into outer space
and the nose cone in which they traveled was recovered.
Still in the research and development stage at the close of the fiscal
year were four military satellite programs—(1) Project Transit, a
navigation satellite which is expected to provide a highly accurate
method for exact position fixing by ships and possibly aircraft ; (2)
Project Midas, a missile defense alarm system employing infrared
techniques to detect the launching of ballistic missiles; (3) Project
Notus, utilizing satellites to provide long-range communication links;
and (4) Project Sentry, directed toward the development of an
effective reconnaissance satellite.
For the detection and identification of satellites and prediction of
their orbits, the military departments started in February 1959 to
operate the first sections of an active “minitrack” fence. When fully
extended and equipped with the latest electronic instruments, the
minitrack system should provide early, exact information on any
object orbiting in space.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 23
SATELLITES AND SPACE PROBES
Military Programs - Fiscal Year 1959
Date Name Type Test Results
Jul. 26, 1958 EXPLORER IV Satellite Placed in orbit; provided data on
radiation belts and micrometeoric
impacts; in orbit on Jun. 30, 1959
Aug. 17, 1958 THOR-ABLE Lunar Probe Rocket exploded 77 seconds after
take-off
Aug. 24, 1958 EXPLORER V Satellite Did not achieve orbit
Sep. 26, 1958 VANGUARD Satellite Did not achieve orbit
Dec. 18, 1958 Project SCORE Communications
Satellite
Placed in orbit; relayed messages
to earth; down Jan. 21, 1959
Feb. 28, 1959 DISCOVERER 1 Satellite Placed in orbit but capsule not
recovered; down early Mar. 1959
Apr. 13, 1959 DISCOVERER II Satellite Placed in orbit but capsule not
recovered; down Apr. 26, 1959
Jun. 3, 1959 DISCOVERER III Satellite Did not achieve orbit
Jun. 25, 1959 DISCOVERER IV Satellite Did not achieve orbit
NASA Programs - Fiscal Year 1959
Oct. 11, 1958 PIONEER 1 Lunar Probe Reached altitude of 71,300 miles;
provided data on radiation belts
and earth’s magnetic field;
executive agent: Air Force
Oct. 23, 1958 BEACON Inflatable
Satellite
Did not achieve orbit; executive
agent: Army
Nov. 8, 1958 PIONEER II Lunar Probe Reached altitude of 963 miles;
provided data on micrometeoric
density; executive agent:
Air Force
Dec. 6, 1958 PIONEER III Space Probe Reached altitude of 63,600 miles;
provided data on radiation and
earth’s magnetic field; executive
agent: Army
Feb. 17, 1959 VANGUARD II Satellite Achieved orbit; expected life
10 years or more
Mar. 3, 1959 PIONEER IV Planetoid Passed about 37,000 miles from
moon and went into solar orbit;
executive agent: Army
Apr. 13, 1959 VANGUARD Satellite & Inflatable
Satellite
Did not achieve orbit
Jun. 22, 1959 VANGUARD Satellite Did not achieve orbit
Figure 7
24 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
ARFA has undertaken a number of long-range basic research
projects investigating the feasibility of a nuclear-pulse-propelled
space vehicle, the conversion of solar and nuclear energy to electrical
energy in the space environment, and electrical propulsion methods.
Nuclear Weapons and Nuclear Reactors
Since the beginning of the atomic age in 1945, the superiority of the
United States in applying atomic energy to defense needs has been a
major factor in the deterrence of general war. Nuclear development
and testing programs, carried out cooperatively by the Department
of Defense and the Atomic Energy Commission during fiscal year
1959, tested the design of new and improved weapons, and greater use
was made of nuclear energy as a source of power for ships and other
military purposes.
Elements from the military services and the Defense Atomic Support
Agency—formerly the Armed Forces Special Weapons Project—
participated in two series of nuclear tests during the first part of the
fiscal year: Operation HARDTACK and the Argus experiment.
Beginning in April 1958 at Eniwetok and ending in October at the
Nevada Test Site, Operation HARDTACK provided additional
knowledge about the military effects of nuclear weapons. Of particular
importance to the Department of Defense were two highaltitude
detonations of megaton nuclear devices carried aloft by
missiles—the first stratospheric tests by the United States. Other
fest shots in the HARDTACK series measured the effects of nuclear
detonations in deep water and on the surface of the Pacific. Subsequently,
the feasibility of subkiloton nuclear devices and their effects
was tested in Nevada.
The Argus experiment in the South Atlantic Ocean during September
1958 involved the detonation of three nuclear warheads at very
high altitudes. The decaying electrons from the fission products were
then measured by the Explorer IV earth satellite, by sounding rockets,
and by aircraft. These measurements indicated that radioactive particles
were trapped in the earth’s magnetic field, producing an artificial
auroral glow in the vicinity of the Azores and interfering with
local communications in some areas. These phenomena confirmed
previous theories about the earth’s natural belt of radiation and contributed
to a reevaluation of the military implications and applications
of nuclear devices detonated above the earth’s atmosphere.
The further testing of nuclear weapons by the United States was
suspended on November 1, 1958, pending negotiations with the Soviet
Union for the establishment of effective international controls to permit
permanent cessation of such testing. By the close of the fiscal
year, agreement had not been reached on control measures essential
for the effective policing of nuclear tests. Research and development
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 25
activities to improve the quality of nuclear weapons have been continued,
with emphasis on smaller devices for tactical use.
In the application of nuclear energy as a source of power, continued
progress was made during fiscal year 1959. The Navy commissioned
three new nuclear-powered submarines, bringing to six the number
of such vessels. A total of 27 other nuclear submarines were under
construction or authorized, including 1 guided-missile and 9 POLARIS
fleet ballistic missile craft—the first of which was launched
in June 1959. In addition, the Navy had under construction three
modern surface ships powered by nuclear reactors: The guided-missile
cruiser Long Beach, which was launched shortly after the close of the
fiscal year; the aircraft carrier Enterprise; and the guided-missile
frigate Bainbridge. Development work continued on the Army’s
second stationary nuclear powerplant that will provide electricity and
. heat at Fort Greeley, Alaska. Contracts were also let for the design
of an air-transportable nuclear powerplant to be installed in 1961 at
the Sundance Air Force Station, Wyo. The Army completed 2 years
of highly successful operating experience with its first stationary nuclear
powerplant at Fort Belvoir, Va. Work continued on the direct
and indirect cycle approaches for developing a nuclear propulsion
system for military aircraft. The Department of Defense also cooperated
with the Atomic Energy Commission in experimental work
directed toward the use of nuclear energy as a power source for unmanned
space vehicles.
Other Research Activities
While progress in the exciting new fields of rocketry, space technology,
and nuclear energy obtained widest publicity, significant
advances were also scored during the year in many other technical
fields.
Work was continued on improving aircraft performance to meet
military requirements for a flexible deterrent force composed of both
guided missiles and manned aircraft. A new B-52 model, B-52H,
powered by a turbofan engine, was developed to incorporate the latest
technological advances. The B-58 supersonic medium bomber successfully
passed its evaluation tests and will soon begin to supplement
and replace the B-47 in the Strategic Air Command.
Development work on the B—70 Valkyrie, a long-range bomber designed
for speeds of about 2,000 miles per hour, was continued. To
enhance the effectiveness of tactical air operations, the Navy sponsored
the design of an all-weather, low-altitude attack aircraft, the A2F,
while the Air Force continued its efforts to perfect a vertical launching
system for fighter planes that will Jessen dependence on large and
vulnerable airfield complexes and permit greater dispersal.
26 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
A large portion of the Navy’s research and development funds was
used in a vigorous attack on the many problems of antisubmarine
warfare, involving the initial detection of an enemy submarine and
the pinpointing of its position, its identification, and finally its destruction.
Major emphasis was placed on basic research directed
toward new approaches for overcoming the tremendous difficulties
involved in accurate identification of objects in vast ocean areas. In
the meantime, current equipment is being improved. New, more
sensitive sonar equipment for locating submerged enemy vessels increased
the range and accuracy of detection, while improved homingtorpedoes
and nuclear depth charges were developed to lessen the
chances of survival for enemy submarines. New combat techniques
greatly increased the joint effectiveness of ships and aviation units in
antisubmarine warfare.
The combat capabilities of land forces were increased by providing
greater firepower, improved mobility and communications, and better
surveillance of the battle area. Lightweight small arms, using the
NATO-standard 7.62-mm. cartridge, started to replace World War II
rifles and machineguns, while powerful new recoilless rifles increased
the effectiveness of ground troops against tanks. An air-transportable
personnel carrier, the M-113, and a new, much improved tank, the
M-60, were put into production. Rugged, lightweight communications
sets and electronic combat surveillance equipment were developed
to assist commanders in controlling widely dispersed troops, particularly
in case tactical nuclear weapons are employed. Greater battlefield
mobility was obtained by the Army with the introduction of the
Iroquois utility helicopter—soon to be followed by the Caribou 3-ton,
fixed-wing transport—and the Army’s reconnaissance capabilities
will be increased when the new Mohawk observation plane, now under
development, becomes available.
Department of Defense support of basic research again increased
in fiscal year 1959 as obligations for this purpose reached a total of
$121 million, as compared to $106 million for the preceding year. For
1959, the total included $97 million for research in the physical
sciences, $20 million in the life sciences, and almost $4 million in the
social sciences. Over two-thirds of this research was undertaken by
educational and other nonprofit research institutions, one-fourth by
Government laboratories, and the remainder by profit-making
organizations.
The Director of Defense Research and Engineering and the Joint
Chiefs of Staff continued to receive valuable assistance from the
Weapons Systems Evaluation Group (WSEG) in evaluating competing
weapons systems, their relative cost effectiveness, and their
influence upon strategy and tactics. WSEG, under a military director,
is made up of (a) a full-time military component drawn from
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 27
the military services and representing operational experience in all
the major commands of those services; and (6) a civilian technical
group representing all the physical sciences as well as the humanities.
This civilian group, headed by a Director of Research, is supported
by the Institute for Defense Analyses (IDA), which is a nonprofit
corporation formed by five universities in 1956 at the request of the
Department of Defense. Obligations for WSEG, including contract
services provided by IDA, totaled $3.7 million during fiscal year 1959.
Entirely distinct from the WSEG effort, IDA also assisted the
Advanced Research Projects Agency by recommending directions,
priorities of attention, levels of attention, methods of approach for
the solution of problems related to space flight, and the defense against
ballistic missiles.
With scientific advances occurring at an ever-more rapid rate, the
timely application of new inventions and technological improvements
fo military use has become a matter of national survival. This fact
is fully recognized by the military services, which have established an
effective partnership between scientists and the armed forces. During
the past year, this partnership made major contributions to the
Nation’s security and established firm foundations for greater strength
in the future.
555521—60——3
IV. The Defense Budget
The financial plans of the Department of Defense have been designed
with but one objective in mind—to provide adequate military
strength for the deterrence of war. To this end, each year's budget
has represented but one more increment to a steady, overall defense
effort which this Nation must support, indefinitely if need be. These
budgets have effectively maintained free world security despite the
Communist concentration of vast human and material resources on
military and scientific programs.
The need to retain an ample deterrent to aggression has kept defense
costs at a high level. Steadily increasing amounts have been
devoted to research—expenditures essential for future security
but not giving greater current protection. Even larger sums have
been allocated for the purchase of the latest operational weapons,
but each new system proves to be two to three times more costly than
its predecessor and rapid technological advances are forcing earlier
replacements. In addition, the complexity of these modern arms is
demanding increasingly higher standards of training, ability, and
experience, thereby raising personnel costs. Moreover, the general
upward trend in price and wage levels has also levied a toll on the
defense budget.
This upward trend in defense costs has placed an even higher
premium on the realistic assessment of national security requirements
and the economical execution of military programs. Of primary importance
in this task is the careful and orderly adjustment of our
armed forces to new weapons systems and the continued maintenance
of a properly balanced and flexible defense establishment. The
rapidity of technological change is illustrated by the fact that fully
three-fourths of the major items of military materiel ordered during
fiscal year 1959 were not being mass produced only 4 years ago. The
new weapons have brought major changes in the composition of
forces as, for example, guided missile units replaced antiaircraft
battalions and fighter interceptors and permitted reductions in the
number of tactical bombers.
The budgets for fiscal years 1959 and 1960 were determined after
the most searching analyses of our requirements. They avoided undue
reliance on any single weapons system at the expense of other vital
needs while at the same time preventing fragmentation of effort.
28
THE DEFENSE BUDGET 29
The Fiscal Year 1959 Budget
In August 1958 the Congress approved $41.0 billion for the military
functions of the Department of Defense for fiscal year 1959—$39.6
billion in the Department of Defense Appropriation Act and $1.4
billion in the Military Construction Appropriation Act. An additional
$0.3 billion was appropriated in May 1959 to cover the unabsorbed
cost of civilian salary increases enacted in June 1958 and
unbudgeted expenses incidental to the crises in Lebanon and the Taiwan
Strait.
Thus, cash appropriations for the military functions of the Department
of Defense in fiscal year 1959 amounted, after rounding, to $41.2
billion. If transfers from revolving funds and other special accounts
are added, the new obligational availability for the fiscal year totaled
$41.7 billion. The amount available for expenditures came to $73.2
billion, consisting of the unexpected balances from previous fiscal
years carried over on June 30, 1958, and the new appropriation of
$41.2 billion.
Net expenditures for fiscal year 1959 amounted to $41.2 billion—$2.1
billion more than for the preceding year. This increase reflected primarily
the progress made in ballistic missile programs, but higher
military and civilian pay scales and increased expenditures for ships
and research also contributed.
The allocation of these expenditures by budget category has not
changed significantly in recent years. (See fig. 8.) About one-fourth
of the fiscal year 1959 expenditures—26 percent, or $10.5 billion—
was used to cover military personnel costs. Another quarter—23
percent, or $9.6 billion—supported the day-to-day operation and maintenance
of the armed forces. Over one-third—36 percent, or $14.9
billion—financed major procurement and production of weapons and
equipment. The remainder of $6.2 billion included expenditures of
$6.4 billion for military construction, research and development, reserve
forces, and Department-wide activities and an $0.2 billion excess
of receipts over expenditures in the revolving funds of the Department.
Expenditures by the military departments in fiscal year 1959 totaled
$9.5 billion for the Army, $11.7 billion for the Navy, $19.1 billion
for the Air Force, and $0.9 billion for the Office of the Secretary of
Defense, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and interservice activities.
A reduction in the balance of unobligated funds brought forward
from one fiscal year to the next was achieved again in 1959 in line
with the Department’s continuing effort to limit such carryovers to
the minimum needed for the orderly management of the defense
program. Unobligated balances on hand totaled $7.9 billion at the
beginning of the year and $7.5 billion at the end. Unexpended bal30
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE EXPENDITURES FOR MILITARY FUNCTIONS
Figure
THE DEFENSE BUDGET 31
ances also declined during fiscal year 1959—from $32.1 billion to
$31.6 billion.
The Fiscal Year 1960 Budget
The financial plans for fiscal year 1960 developed by the Department
of Defense during the fall of 1958 continued to emphasize the rapid
introduction of modern weapons systems into our forces.
The President’s 1960 budget, submitted to the Congress on January
19,1959, proposed a total of $41.2 billion in new obligational availability
for the Department of Defense—$40.9 billion in new obligational
authority and $0.3 billion in transfers from the Department’s revolving
funds in lieu of new appropriations. The fiscal year 1960 request
would have been higher but for the fact that $0.7 billion, appropriated
by the Congress in excess of the President’s fiscal year 1959 budget
request, was available to be applied to 1960 programs.
The 1960 budget placed increased emphasis on such programs as
ATLAS, TITAN, MINUTEMAN, POLARIS, PERSHING, and
NIKE-ZEUS, while some other programs were reduced or eliminated
altogether as the result of a careful review of technological advances
and changing military requirements. For example, the REGULUS
II program for an aerodynamic missile was terminated, since the
POLARIS program promised to produce a missile with far superior
effectiveness for the same mission in almost the same time period.
Similarly, production of the liquid-propellant REDSTONE was
tapered off in favor of the solid-propellant PERSHING, and the airto-
ground RASCAL program was dropped and replaced by the more
advanced HOUND DOG. A change in tactical concepts eliminated
the GOOSE decoy missile, and the Army’s antitank DART was terminated
since this program faded to meet anticipated capabilities.
The Navy chose to go ahead with the F4H-1 all-weather fighter rather
than with the F8U-3.
These examples illustrate the need for constant, almost day-by-day
reviews of defense programs in order to assure maximum security
at minimum cost. The rapidity of technological advances has made
it almost impossible to prepare firm financial plans 21 months ahead
of the end of the fiscal year for which these plans are designed. A
sudden breakthrough in one research area often affects the relative
priorities of other programs and thus necessitates major changes in
funding plans.
Final cono-ressional action on the 1960 budget occurred after the
close of fiscal year 1959. A total of $41.0 Billion was appropriated,
including $40.6 billion in new obligational authority and $0.4 billion
in transfers from the Department’s revolving funds. The total
amount was $0.2 billion below the President’s request in January 1959,
32 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
with practically all of the overall reduction having been made in the
military construction appropriation.
Among the changes in the 1960 budget as originally proposed were
the elimination of most of the funds for a new aircraft carrier, a
revised and reduced program for air defense systems, and increased
funds for the development of the NIKE-ZEUS missile, antisubmarine
defenses, and Army modernization. The orderly implementation
of the approved programs, kept under continuous review,
should further strengthen the combat effectiveness of our Armed
Forces in fiscal year 1960.
Financial Management
In the Department of Defense, as in private industry, a comprehensive
system of budgeting, accounting, reporting, and auditing is
an essential tool for the exercise of effective control as well as for
the promotion of economy and efficiency. To achieve these objectives,
the Department has, particularly since the enactment in 1949 of
title IV of the National Security Act, developed and installed new
financial management systems especially adapted to its needs. Further
progress was made during fiscal year 1959 in refining existing
procedures to provide greater incentives for economy and a clearer
picture of the fiscal operations of the Department.
A major improvement in the Department’s budget presentation to
the Congress was incorporated in the fiscal year 1960 budget with
the approval of the House and Senate Appropriations Committees.
Instead of centering the presentation on the funds requested for
organizational units—the Army, Navy, Air Force, and the Office of
the Secretary of Defense—the 1960 budget stressed the major purposes
of the appropriation—(1) military personnel; (2) operation
and maintenance; (3) procurement ; (4) research, development, test,
and evaluation; and (5) military construction. The new budget
arrangement facilitated a comprehensive presentation of the main
functional activities of the whole defense establishment, but continued,
as before, the separate appropriations for each of the major
component agencies of the Department.
In addition, a better measurement of the Department’s research and
development effort was provided in the 1960 budget by shifting to
these appropriations certain of the funds required for test and evaluation
support that were formerly included in the procurement appropriations.
Another improvement was the consolidation of 10
individual Navy appropriations for operation and maintenance into
2, 1 for the Navy and 1 for the Marine Corps. This consolidation
will give the Department of the Navy greater flexibility in managing
its funds—a flexibility that the Army and Air Force have had for
several years.
THE DEFENSE BUDGET 33
New guidance for the financial management of operation and maintenance
functions in the Department of Defense was provided in a
directive issued in May 1959. In accordance with this directive,
uniform plans are to be drawn up for the establishment of costbased
budgets to be used in supporting budget requests and supervisingactivities.
Simplified account structures are to be developed for programing,
budgeting, accounting, and reporting. Each operating unit
in the field would be permitted to finance its operating activities from
a single subdivision of operation and maintenance appropriations.
Similar programs looking toward the improvement of accountingpractices
for military personnel, procurement, and research, development,
test, and evaluation were under study during fiscal year 1959.
Substantial improvements were also made in many other phases
of financial management. At the departmental level, action on over 94
percent of the planned apportionment program for fiscal year 1959
was completed within 30 days after the appropriations made by the
Congress became available—a far greater percentage than in recent
years. This achievement was made possible by the more timely availability
of program data and by arrangements with the Bureau of the
Budget permitting partial apportionment for programs not yet fully
approved. At the field level, financial transactions were accomplished
more expeditiously and with fewer personnel by further merging
accounting and disbursement functions. The Air Force program for
integrating its accounting and finance operations down to and including
individual airbases was on schedule, with a target date for
completion of July 1, 1960. The Army and Navy carried out similar
programs in previous years.
The use of revolving funds in managing supplies (stock funds) and
commercial- and industrial-type activities (industrial funds) was extended
and refined during fiscal year 1959. Under this system, the
cost of the supplies issued for use and of work or service performed
by one activity for another is charged against funds appropriated to
the user, with reimbursement to the revolving fund.
Inventories under stock funds were valued at $8.2 billion on June
30, 1959, or about 18 percent of the total assets of the military supply
systems. Preparations were completed for transferring to stock fund
operations on July 1, 1959, an additional $236 million in naval ordnance
items. Nearly $4.5 billion in excess cash balances has been
recovered from the operation of these funds since 1953; these amounts
were utilized in lieu of new appropriations, as authorized by the
Congress, or were returned to the Treasury.
Four additional activities were placed under industrial funds during
the year, bringing the total number of commercial- and industrialtype
activities so financed to 59. The Army managed 25 of these, the
Navy 31, and the Air Force 3. Sales by activities under industrial
34 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
fund charters totaled over $2.4 billion during the year. Directives
governing the operational and reporting procedures for industrial
funds were revised during the year on the basis of experience gained
in the management of these funds.
The improvement of interna] and contract auditing procedures
remained an important concern of the Department of Defense during
fiscal year 1959. An integrated, worldwide audit of the military
assistance program was completed, including the review of 86 separate
activities. As a result of this extensive survey, specific management
improvements were developed for each level of operation. In the
field of contract auditing, new guidelines were established assigning
responsibility to a single auditing agency for contractors producing
materiel for more than one military department and making possible
the audit of contracts on a company basis, rather than plant by plant.
These changes should produce more uniform, effective, and efficient
audits with less expenditure of effort. New contract cost principles
were also developed for determining allowable costs under costreimbursement
and fixed-price-type contracts.
With operations as extensive as those of the Department of Defense,
the continued improvement of financial administration and control
is a prerequisite for efficient management. By building upon the advances
achieved during the past year, further progress in future years
is assured.
V. Management
During fiscal year 1959, the Department of Defense Reorganization
Act of 1958, approved on August 6, 1958, was put into effect.
This reorganization represents another step in the constant adjustment
of the armed forces to the rapid changes in military technology.
These changes have placed ever increasing importance on research
engineering activities and made almost instantaneous reaction a prerequisite
for effective military operations. In line with these requirements,
the 1958 adjustments centered on shortening the chain of
command to the operational forces, improving the management of
research activities, and introducing increased flexibility into the central
administration of the defense establishment.
Good organization facilitates the formulation of sound policy and
its implementation, but it cannot automatically assure either efficiency
or economy. The attainment of these goals remains a matter of individual
action based on study, experience, and judgment.
Organizational Concepts
The new organizational framework of the Department of Defense
was outlined in the revision of DOD Directive 5100.1, “Functions of
the Department of Defense and Its Major Components,” issued on
December 31, 1958.
This directive provides for three groups of agencies operating
under the direction, authority, and control of the Secretary of Defense,
who acts as the principal assistant to the President in all
matters relating to the Department of Defense. (See fig. 9.)
Immediate staff assistance to the Secretary of Defense is provided
by the Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD), including the
Secretary’s principal assistants in functional fields, and by the Joint
Chiefs of Staff (JCS), who act as his principal military advisers
and as military staff in the chain of operational command.
The three military departments of Army, Navy, and Air Force,
including the military services within those departments, constitute
the second group. Each military department is separately organized
under its own Secretary, who is responsible to the Secretary of Defense
for the operation as well as the efficiency of his department.
Each department is responsible for the preparation of its forces for
35
36 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE
ARMED FORCES POLICY COUNCIL
--------------- SECRETARY OF DEFENSE Sfcifi.ir of DfffNSf-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------dtuntiHKi ur utrtnat JOINT SECRETARIES
Ofuii ucih.it or oiFEosr atonooi or ifffist
stcuun or rot abut ? • ------------------------------------------- ■ . ■ kpht ucm.ir if itffw
UCIH.IY Of Ilf hit ; ! ! UCIff.lTOff.f.lUT
sum.tr of ih nt font J ARMED FORCES i nrPiiTV crroriiDv nr nrcrwcc ! THE JOINT ! SfClHilr Of 1« mtt .. J i DEPUTY SECRETARY OF DEFENSE I Inc JU'"1 ' ucmi.it Of fif tit fiitf .<«L* MIWt POLICY COUNCIL ' ! SECRETARIES IfSjlKI lug ucilfftlHC } • . ortnciHniti ;
CI1IU1R. 10111 Cliffs Of SWF I I L— _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
ciiff of surf, urn u—----------- —----------* -------- - -----— -----j
CHIU Of Ulll OPEUTIOHS
cuff Of Stiff ill fOICf
OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
JOINT CHIEFS OF STAFF DIRECTOR OF DEFENSE RESEARCH ANO ENGINEERING
ASSISTANT SECRETARY OF DEFENSE (COMPTROLLER)
------------------------------- CHAIRMAN. JOINT CHIEFS OF SIAFF ASSISTANT SECREIARY OF DEFENSE (HEALTH AND MEDICAL)
CHIEF OF SIAFF ARMY ASSISTANT SECRETARY Of DEFENSE (INTERNATIONAL SECURITY AFFAIRS)
THE — ASSISTANT SECRETARY OF DEFENSE (MANPOWER PERSONNEL AND RESERVE)
JOINT STAFF CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS ASSISTANT SECRETARY OF DEFENSE (PROPERTIES ANO INSTALLATIONS)
CHIFF OF STIFF 1IB FOOfF *SSISI*HI SK,tWM 0F 0EfE"SE ( mUC *FFA,11S)
------------------------------- unitt in JiMt. ruKLt ASSISTANT SECREIARY OF DEFENSE (SUPPLY ANO LOGISTICS)
COMMANDANT. MARINE CORPS* GENERAL COUNSEL OF THE DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE
ASSISTANT TO THE SECREIARY (ATOMIC ENERGY)
ASSISTANT TO THE SECREIARY LEGISLATIVE AFFAIRS)
ASSISTANT TO THE SECRETARY ( SPECIAL OPERATIONS)
ATOMIC SUPPORT I * CONTINENTAL EASTERN ATL. DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE NATIONAL SECURITY
v» —Ct ?• _ — n '
S| 5 E -j
ZE— 3E-* I—— n
P h — r r L
XJ -Q m J> Co QT m O '& / y tMttMMtta '}"7 ' "D >> CO .............. 7 ---------- ..... ........ L_J □
Figure 12
555521—60--------4
44 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
“unified actions’’ by the armed forces was nearly completed by the
close of the fiscal year.
The approved personnel expansion, made gradually throughout
the fiscal year, brought the total personnel in the JCS organization,
including the Joint Staff, from 529 at the beginning of the fiscal year
to 897 on June 30,1959.
Unified and Specified Commands
Combatant commands with a Defense-wide mission are organized
as unified commands when they include forces from more than one
military department and as specified commands when their forces
come predominantly from a single military department.
Six unified and two specified commands are currently in existence—
the unified commands are the Alaskan, Atlantic, Caribbean, Continental
Air Defense, European, and Pacific Commands; the specified
commands are the Eastern Atlantic and Mediterranean and the Strategic
Air Commands. Their missions and force structures were
reviewed and approved by the President and the Secretary of Defense
in September 1958.
“Full operational command’’ by the commanders of these commands,
as prescribed by the 1958 Reorganization Act, was defined
in February 1959 as including “those functions of command over
assigned forces involving the composition of subordinate forces, the
assignment of tasks, the designation of objectives, the overall control
of assigned resources, and the full authoritative direction necessary
to accomplish the mission.”
While specified commands are organized similarly to the combatant
field commands of the military department providing the forces,
unified commands include a central headquarters, composed of officers
from each of the military services having forces assigned to the command,
and service component headquarters, through which the unified
commander normally exercises his operational command.
Administrative and logistic support of unified and specified command
headquarters is assigned to one of the military departments by
the Secretary of Defense. In accordance with DOD Directive
5100.3, dated September 12, 1958, the Army is responsible for such
support for the Caribbean and European Commands; the Navy for
the Atlantic, Pacific, and Eastern Atlantic and Mediterranean Commands;
and the Air Force for the Alaskan, Continental Air Defense,
and Strategic Air Commands.
All the component forces assigned to these commands, including
the component headquarters, are administered and supported by the
military department that provides the forces.
In accordance with the new chain of command, communications
by and to the commanders of unified and specified commands conMANAGEMENT
45
cerning matters of joint interest are transmitted through the Joint
Chiefs of Staff. While these commanders have not been assigned
a detailed budget function, their estimates of requirements are transmitted
directly to the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and provision has been
made to assure that the submissions of the component commanders
to their respective military departments are in agreement with the
plans and programs of the unified commanders concerned.
The new relationships of the unified and specified commanders to
the Secretary of Defense, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and the military
departments were developed gradually throughout the fiscal year in
order to permit an orderly transition without any break in military
effectiveness. These relationships continue to be under constant
review to assure that our combatant forces remain in the highest
possible state of readiness.
The Military Departments
The 1958 reorganization reemphasized the primary responsibility
of the military departments for the effective management of the vast
administrative, training, and logistic functions of the armed forces
while relieving them of direct responsibility for military operations
conducted by unified and specified commands.
Each of the Secretaries of the military departments, heading an
organization much larger than any executive department except the
Department of Defense itself, was authorized by the 1958 Reorganization
Act one Under Secretary and three Assistant Secretaries as his
principal civilian assistants.
The elimination of one Assistant Secretary position by the 1958
Reorganization Act forced revisions in the organization of the civilian
secretariats of all three departments. These adjustments were made to
meet the special needs of each military department rather than to
achieve arbitrary uniformity throughout the Department of Defense.
Thus, the established relationship of the Secretaries to their military
staffs varies from department to department and reflects the type of
relationship found by experience to be most suitable for the effective
management of a particular organization.
To prevent possible conflict with the new chain of operational
command, the command authority of the chief military officers in the
Departments of the Navy and Air Force was changed to supervisory
authority. The Chief of Staff, U.S. Army, already exercised supervision
rather than command over the members and organizations of
the Army.
The top civilian and military officials of the military departments
have been charged with a vital role in the overall management of the
Department of Defense in addition to their functions within their own
departments. As members of the statutory Armed Forces Policy
46 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
Council, they assist the Secretary of Defense at the weekly meeting
of this group in the final development of broad policies relating to the
armed forces. The civilian chiefs are also members of the Joint
Secretaries, a group established by the Secretary of Defense for the
consideration of matters concerning the general management of the
Department. The military chiefs provide military advice through the
Joint Chiefs of Staff.
By procedures such as these and through daily contact, the advice of
the “operating managers” of the Department of Defense—the Secretaries
of the military departments—and of the chief military officers
is brought to bear directly on the formulation of Defense plans, policies,
and programs.
***** * *
It is believed that the current Department of Defense organization
adequately meets current management needs. As our technology advances,
additional adjustments are likely to become necessary. It is
important, however, that such adjustments are evolutionary rather
than revolutionary in character, for radical changes upset the operational
effectiveness of any organization for a considerable time. In
view of the existing threats to our security, the Nation cannot afford
such a loss in operational effectiveness.
VI. Manpower
Personnel policies of the Department of Defense proved increasingly
effective during fiscal year 1959 in raising the quality of personnel
in the military services, the reserve establishment, and the civilian
working force.
With the rapid development of advanced weapons systems, requirements
for highly qualified personnel have continued to increase in
recent years. This emphasis on quality has been accompanied by appropriate
adjustments in personnel programs. Measures designed
primarily to fill earlier needs for large numbers of men have given
way to those for attracting and retaining the technicians and specialists
capable of servicing, operating, and supporting modern weapons.
Improved incentives for career service in the regular forces and
greater selectivity in the standards for induction and reenlistment
have raised the levels of training and experience in the active forces.
Reserve programs have been strengthened by requiring reservists to
complete basic training and by annual personnel screenings. Increased
emphasis has been placed on attracting and retaining highly competent
civilian employees.
These measures have helped to provide the Nation with an effective
military establishment, supported by a competent civilian force. The
requirements for highly qualified personnel, however, will continue
to rise in future years in step with technological progress. To meet
these expanding needs, manpower policies of the Department must
remain focused on improving the quality of our forces and their supporting
elements, and on making the best possible utilization of
available skills.
The Active Forces
Personnel levels of the armed forces continued to be adjusted during
fiscal year 1959 to reflect the increasing availability of modern
weapons systems. These adjustments brought a reduction of 4 percent
in the size of the military services, which totaled 2,504,000 on June
30,1959, as compared to 2,601,000 a year earlier. An additional small
reduction of less than 1 percent is planned for fiscal year 1960.
Programs for raising the quality and experience levels in the armed
forces—recommended by the Cordiner Committee 2 years ago and approved
in large measure by the Congress last year—became more fully
47
48 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
effective. Additional legislation to complete the Cordiner Committee
recommendations pertaining to officer personnel was pending in the
Congress at the close of the fiscal year. Adoption of these proposals,
coupled with the measures enacted earlier to modernize the military
personnel system, should assist the armed forces materially in filling
future requirements for skilled career personnel.
Enlisted Personnel
Further progress was made by the military services in fiscal year
1959 in attracting and retaining technicians and specialists. The new
military compensation system adopted in 1958 was undoubtedly a major
factor contributing to this more favorable situation. The armed
forces succeeded in filling a larger proportion of their manpower requirements
through voluntary enlistments than at any time since the
Korean conflict. Larger numbers of technically qualified personnel
reenlisted. Fewer men in the lowest mental group were accepted for
induction and disciplinary problems were reduced accordingly.
In addition to raising the pay rates of all personnel who have served
on active duty for more than 2 years, the 1958 legislation established
two new senior grades for enlisted men and authorized the award of
proficiency payments to specialists in critical occupational fields. The
first promotions and awards under the new legislation were made in
fiscal year 1959, and programs were established for a gradual and
orderly implementation of the new policies during the next 4 years.
Promotions to the highest new pay grade, E-9, totaled 1,361 during
1959, and to the new E-8 grade, 10,629. In 1963, when the promotion
schedules will be fully effective, 1 percent of enlisted strength—about
22,000 at current force levels—will be eligible for E-9, and 2 percent—
or 44,000—for E-8. The new grades, by giving more adequate
recognition to the highest levels of responsibility and by providing
additional incentives for men of outstanding ability, appear to be
filling effectively a gap of many years’ standing in the enlisted personnel
structure.
The proficiency pay system has provided the military services with
additional means to meet the competition from private industry for
scarce technical personnel. The first proficiency payments were
awarded in November 1958. By June 1959 approximately 47,000 men,
most of them at pay grade E-4 and above, were receiving the new
P-1 awards, which carry an additional $30 per month. Over 64 percent
of these 47,000 awards were made to electronics technicians; 20
percent to mechanics, repairmen, and other technicians; 10 percent
to ground combat leaders; and the remaining 6 percent to other personnel
performing important duties in an outstanding manner. About
100,000 additional personnel will be advanced to the P-1 rating next
year, and plans are being developed for awarding the higher P-2
MANPOWER 49
rating of $60 per month to personnel in selected highly critical
specialties.
Increased numbers of long-term enlistments during the fiscal year
also contributed to qualitative improvement. In the Army, voluntary
enlistments by non-prior-service personnel increased by almost 45
percent. The better recruiting situation allowed not only the Army
but also the Navy and Marine Corps to take a larger proportion of
men willing to serve for longer than the minimum term. Over 49
percent of the new men entering the Army during the year signed
up for 3 years, as compared to only 35 percent during the preceding
year. About 46 percent of new naval enlistments and 79 percent of
those in the Marine Corps were for 4 years or more—as compared to
44 and 41 percent, respectively, in 1958. In both fiscal years, almost
all enlistments in the Air Force were for a 4-year term.
The proportion of men reenlisting after their first tour of duty rose
from 27.6 percent in fiscal year 1958 to 30.0 percent in fiscal year
1959. Gains were scored in the percentages of reenlistments by firstterm
regulars in critical occupational groups, such as electronics
specialists (from 24.8 percent in fiscal year 1958 to 26.8 percent in
1959) and other technicians (from 23.2 percent to 27.2 percent).
These percentages, however, are still below the desired levels but may
continue to improve as the proficiency payment system becomes more
fully effective.
The experience level of personnel in the armed forces also increased,
partly as a result of improved retention. The percentage of
enlisted men with 4 or more years of service rose from 41 to 46
percent during fiscal year 1959. Simultaneously, the mental quality
of the armed forces rose significantly as a result of the higher standards
adopted for initial enlistment, induction, and reenlistment and
through the large-scale early release of low-potential personnel.
Following the 1958 action by the Congress permitting deferment of
potential inductees in the lowest acceptable mental group, the percentage
of inductees in the top three mental groups rose from 60
percent in 1958 to nearly 70 percent in 1959. The benefits of greater
selectivity in accepting personnel were illustrated by sharp reductions
in absences without leave, courts-martial, and the numbers of military
prisoners.
Although voluntary recruitment programs were increasingly popular
during the year, draft calls had to be issued for 109,000 men
the lowest number to be called since the beginning of the Korean war.
Action by the Congress in the spring of 1959 extending the Universal
Military Training and Service Act for 4 more years assured that
military personnel requirements in the immediate future would be
met, particularly since this legislation also is a potent stimulus in
encouraging voluntary enlistments.
50 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
Officer Personnel
During fiscal year 1959, the ability of the military services to retain
qualified officers showed substantial improvement. The number of
officers who resigned, retired voluntarily, or requested relief from
active duty was lower during this year than in any recent period.
Enactment of the modernized military compensation system late
in fiscal year 1958 contributed to this favorable trend.
Three additional measures to improve the career management programs
for officers were under consideration by the Congress at the
close of the fiscal year. One of these was passed shortly thereafter,
while the other two are expected to receive final approval in the next
congressional session.
The legislation approved in August 1959 was designed to assist
the Navy and Marine Corps in correcting the imbalanced grade distribution
of their officers. About one-fourth of the total naval and
Marine Corps officer strength is composed of personnel originally
commissioned during World War II, with most of them in the ranks
of lieutenant commander and commander or major and lieutenant
colonel. The lack of promotion opportunity for these officers seriously
impeded their advancement and also affected adversely the promotion
of those junior to them. Without remedial action, about two-thirds
of these World War II officers would have had to be retired at their
present ranks. The new law will spread the forced attrition to the
group of officers originally commissioned before World War II by
permitting the Navy to retire officers with more than 20 years’ service
who have twice failed of promotion.
Still under consideration at the close of the fiscal year was a bill
establishing a new system of retention contracts for reserve officers
to encourage them to remain on extended active duty. Under this
proposal the military services would be required to enter into an
agreement with every Reserve officer who wishes to serve longer than
his term of obligated duty. The contracts would guarantee a lumpsum
payment of 2 months’ pay for each year of service at the expiration
date of the contract or when the officer was released from active
duty. If the officer were released involuntarily before completion of
the agreed term, he would receive an additional 1 month’s pay for each
unexpired year of the contract. Enactment of this legislation should
substantially reduce the turnover among junior officers. Some 40,000
of these conclude their tour of obligated duty each year, and only
about 10,000 remain on active duty, while the retention of 15,000 is
desired. By inducing more reservists to request extended service,
the armed forces expect to achieve a notable rise in experience levels
and considerable savings in training costs.
MANPOWER 51
Legislation was also proposed to permit the convening of special
boards for considering the mandatory retirement of officers with more
than 20 years’ service who had twice failed of promotion and to provide
permanent authority for more flexible promotion criteria adopted
administratively by the military services in recent years. Under this
permanent authority, promotions to the ranks of major and lieutenant
colonel (lieutenant commander and commander in the Navy) could
continue to be on a “best qualified” basis rather than by mere seniority,
and up to 5 percent of the officers selected could come from groups
junior to the primary promotion zone.
Despite some problems in the management of officer careers, which
these legislative measures were designed to correct, quality and experience
levels among officer personnel rose during the fiscal year. The
proportion of regulars to total officer strength increased to 43 percent
on June 30, 1959, as a result of programs to raise the input of regular
officers. The largest increase occurred in the Air Force, which gained
about 5,200 new regular officers, primarily through procedures authorized
by the Officers Augmentation Act of 1956. At the close of the
fiscal year, regulars composed 38 percent of total officer strength in
the Air Force, 39 percent in the Army, and about 50 percent in the
Navy and Marine Corps.
Women in the Military Services
The number of women on active duty in the armed forces totaled
31,900 on June 30,1959, an increase of 700 during the fiscal year. This
total was composed of 11,000 officers—8,700 of whom were nurses and
medical specialists—and of 20,900 enlisted women. At the close of
the fiscal year about 12,000 women were serving in the Army, almost
9,600 in the Navy and Marine Corps, and 10,100 in the Air Force.
The Defense Advisory Committee on Women in the Services continued
to provide valuable assistance in planning the most effective
use of the capabilities of these women and in promoting wider public
understanding of their important role. This 50-member group of
distinguished women leaders concerned itself particularly with improvements
in the housing, training, and general welfare of servicewomen.
The Committee’s activities have greatly helped in attracting
well-qualified women to serve in a wide variety of line, staff, and
medical assignments in the armed forces.
Information and Education Programs
A wide range of educational and vocational training has been made
available by the U.S. Armed Forces Institute (USAFI) of Madison,
Wis., for use by servicemen in improving their military qualifications
52 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
and in preparing themselves for greater responsibilities upon return
to civilian life. Individual and group study enrollments in USAFI
courses reached a total of 227,400 on June 30, 1959—3,700 more than
at the beginning of the year despite a reduction in the size of the armed
forces. To supplement these offerings, 11 telecourses in basic subjects
were available, suitable for use with 16-mm. movie projectors or
over armed forces television outlets. Active enrollments in individual
correspondence courses provided by 44 colleges and universities
under contract with USAFI totaled 11,400 at the end of the year,
approximately the same as on June 30, 1958.
Arrangements were also completed for providing more up-to-date
material on world, national, and local affairs for use in the troop information
program. National magazines cooperated in the widespread
distribution of articles reprinted from their current issues, and the
Office of Armed Forces Information and Education issued master
paper plates of specially prepared fact sheets which were flown to
field commands for local reproduction, thereby increasing materially
the timeliness of the information. Over 3 million reprints of articles,
3 million pamphlets, and 2,000 plates for fact sheets were distributed
during the fiscal year. Armed forces television outlets were increased
from 30 to 34 and radio outlets from 181 to 197. Television stations
were provided with 50 hours of kinescopes each week, and 33 motion
pictures were distributed for troop information and education
activities.
Dependents'' Medical Care
Traditionally, dependents of military personnel have received
essential medical care at military installations when such treatment
could be provided without impinging on other, higher priority
medical programs for active duty personnel. To assure equitable
treatment of such dependents, the Department initiated in 1956 a
special program for medical care at civilian facilities, with the armed
forces bearing a major portion of the expenses. The program was
modified in fiscal year 1959 to insure fuller utilization of existing military
medical facilities and to keep expenditures within the amounts
made available by the Congress. Dependents residing with service
personnel are now required to obtain a “medicare permit” from a military
medical center before seeking treatment from civilian sources,
and limitations were placed on the types and extent of care authorized
under the program—restricting outpatient services and excluding
treatment of emotional disorders and elective surgical and medical
procedures.
Following adoption of these new standards, the number of admissions
of military dependents to civilian hospitals declined and there
MANPOWER 53
was a corresponding increase in the number of admissions to military
treatment facilities. Accordingly, the number and amount of the
claims paid by the armed forces for treatment of dependents by
civilian physicians and hospitals were lower this year than last. A
total of 306,000 claims from civilian hospitals—amounting to $38.6
million—were paid during the year, as compared to 370,000 claims for
$42.7 million the preceding year. Claims from physicians numbered
497,000 and amounted to $41.1 million, as compared to 601,000 claims
for $46.5 million during fiscal year 1958. About two-fifths of these
claims continued to represent treatment for dependents whose service
sponsor was overseas or otherwise separated from his family—individuals
who had found it difficult to obtain treatment at military installations
prior to the institution of the 1956 program.
Family Housing
A key factor in retaining experienced personnel in the armed forces
is the availability of adequate housing. Notable progress in meeting
this requirement has been made. The substantial additions in recent
years to the number of quarters under Government and private control
have greatly contributed to improved morale. (See fig. 13.)
FAMILY HOUSING
QUARTERS CONTROLLED BY MILITARY DEPARTMENTS
(THOUSANDS OF UNITS)
Figure 13
54 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
By far the largest portion of new family housing constructed this
year was in Capehart projects—units built by private contractors
under federally insured mortgages for operation as public quarters by
the military services. Under the Capehart program, established by
an amendment to the National Housing Act in August 1955, over
108,700 Capehart units were approved for construction at the end of
the fiscal year. Of this total, 35,700 had been completed on June 30,
1959—almost 24,400 during this fiscal year—and an additional 44,400
were under construction.
During the fiscal year, the military services acquired title to about
14,300 housing units built under the 1949 Wherry amendment to the
National Housing Act, which authorized federally insured mortgages
for housing projects built by private contractors for private operation
and rental to families of military personnel. With these acquisitions,
made under authority enacted in 1956, the military services owned
about 59,000 Wherry units and were operating them as public quarters.
Overseas, almost 2,200 housing units were completed during fiscal
year 1959 with funds made available through the sale of surplus
agricultural commodities for foreign currency, supplemented by appropriated
funds for overhead expenses and for items not locally
available. During the past 4 years more than 8,000 units were placed
under contract or completed under this program in Europe and the
Far East. An additional 3,444 units were authorized shortly after
the close of the fiscal year with the enactment of the Military Construction
Authorization Act for 1960.
The construction of public quarters with appropriated funds has
been limited largely to small and isolated installations where it has
been infeasible or impossible to construct Capehart units or use surplus
commodity funds. During fiscal year 1959, about 1,400 units were
constructed and 200 substandard quarters rehabilitated with funds
made available by the Congress. About 600 more units, costing $17.8
million, were programed for the next fiscal year.
The review of the adequacy of housing units used as public quarters,
initiated by the military services during the year, covered 73,000 units;
54,000 of these were found to be fully adequate, while 19,000 were
considered to fall below minimum standards. The disposition of the
19,000 inadequate units was under review at the close of the fiscal year.
Health
The highest standards of medical care continued to prevail throughout
the armed forces during fiscal year 1959. Adequate numbers
of professional personnel were recruited for duty in military medical
activities and further improvements were made in hospital facilities
and in the medical supply systems of the military services.
MANPOWER 55
Fewer men were hospitalized during the year than in 1958, when
an epidemic of upper respiratory infections sent large numbers of
service personnel to treatment facilities for short stays. Hospital
admission rates averaged 288 per 1,000 this fiscal year, compared to
387 per 1,000 the preceding year, and the percentage of the armed
forces in hospitals declined from 1.06 percent last year to 0.94 percent
in 1959. The noneffectiveness rate was lowered accordingly and
averaged 11.45 per 1,000 this year, 1.55 per 1,000 below the preceding
year’s rate.
Medical Personnel
Since the approval of the Medical and Dental Officers Career Incentive
Act on April 30, 1956, the number of physicians and dentists
serving on active duty as regular officers has steadily increased, reversing
the heavy losses of regular medical personnel that occurred
in 1953, 1954, and 1955. During fiscal year 1959, the regular medical
corps achieved a net gain of almost 300 physicians and totaled 4,640
at the close of the year. On the same date there were 2,034 dentists
in the regular dental corps, a net increase of over 100 during the year.
These trends are encouraging, but with 10,092 physicians and 5,143
dentists in the armed forces on June 30, 1959, further additions to
the regular medical and dental corps are required in the years ahead.
The special program to encourage young physicians and dentists to
volunteer for military service continued to be effective in meeting military
requirements for medical personnel. Under this program, medical
school graduates are offered reserve commissions and given the
option of either applying for 2 years of active duty immediately
upon completion of their internships or of being deferred to complete
additional residency training in medical specialties needed by the
armed forces. About 2,500 physicians were in a deferred status on
June 30, 1959, for 1 or more years of such training and will enter
active duty at a rate of about 800 each year. From the entire program,
a total of 1,832 physicians entered the military services as
reservists this fiscal year, either as specialists or as general
practitioners.
Medical and dental students in their senior years have been eligible
to apply for commissions as second lieutenants or ensigns and finish
their studies in an active duty status. These students agree to accept
either regular or reserve commissions upon the completion of training
and to serve an additional 3 years of active duty. A total of 368
senior medical students and 125 senior dental students were commissioned
under this program during fiscal year 1959.
56 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
Medical Facilities and Supply
Thirteen new permanent hospitals were placed in service during
the fiscal year—11 in the United States and 2 overseas.
The percentage of patients treated in hospitals operated by a service
different from their own rose again in 1959; about 10.1 percent of all
military personnel and 18.7 percent of the dependents of military
personnel who were admitted to hospitals in the United States were
sponsored by a military service other than the one maintaining the
facility. The 1958 rates were 9.4 and 17.7 percent, respectively.
During this fiscal year the Military Medical Supply Agency took
additional steps to insure that its inventories remained in usable condition
and adequate for a war emergency. All mobilization stocks
of medical items were inspected and nonserviceable equipment repaired
or scrapped. A catalog of the 700 items most essential for emergency
conditions was compiled, and lists of the potential suppliers of these
items furnished to each medical depot. Further progress was made
in developing the drugs and equipment needed to fiU special emergency
needs. For example, a new dehydrated smallpox vaccine was perfected
which has twice the shelf life of the present glycerated vaccine
and does not require refrigeration in storage or transit. Attention
was also given to developing lighter, more mobile equipment and
items, such as plastic instruments, the production of which would
conserve materials and labor skills likely to be in short supply during
wartime. The procurement of special emergency medical packs for
use by the armed forces in the event of nuclear attack was started.
Revised instructions for computing mobilization requirements for
whole blood derivative products were also issued during the year.
Peacetime blood programs were reviewed and arrangements made to
fractionate the remaining wholesale stocks of blood plasma into serum
albumin and reprocess outdated serum albumin.
The Reserve Forces
To assure that reinforcements will be readily available when needed,
the armed services have steadily improved the quality of their reserve
programs in recent years. As a result, the reserve components
at the close of fiscal year 1959 were better organized, better trained,
and better equipped to support the active forces than ever before.
Organization
The realignment of the Ready Reserve of all the military services
to modern defense concepts made substantial progress during the year
and will be largely completed by June 30, 1960.
Army National Guard divisions and supporting units began conversion
during the year to the pentomic organizational concepts placed
MANPOWER 57
in. effect by Regular Army forces during the preceding 2 fiscal years.
Pentomic divisions are numerically smaller, but possess greater mobility
and firepower than the traditional triangular divisions that they
superseded.
The Army National Guard will continue to maintain 21 infantry
and 6 armored divisions, but the total number of subdivisional and
nondivisional units will be reduced by almost 25 percent. Each of
the 21 pentomic infantry divisions will have 27 fewer companies, and
the 11 separate National Guard regimental combat teams, each composed
of 26 company-size units, will be converted to battle groups
consisting of 7 companies each. Army National Guard units in the
First Army area (New England) completed their reorganization in
May 1959, and units in other parts of the country are scheduled to
adopt the new tables of organization during the coming fiscal year.
The Army Reserve also began converting its divisional and supporting
units to the pentomic concept. Under the new plan, the
Army Reserve will consist of 10 pentomic infantry divisions, 13
training divisions, 2 maneuver-area commands, and several hundred
supporting companies. When this reorganization is completed, about
270,000 Ready Reservists on drill-pay status will man about 4,300,
instead of 5,400, company-size units. To strengthen the command
and supervision of its Reserve training, the Army consolidated 46
military districts into 13 U.S. Army Corps (Reserve) Headquarters
and plans to convert the remaining 3 military districts into 1
additional corps headquarters during fiscal year 1960.
The Navy greatly expanded during fiscal year 1959 its Selected
Reserve program, initiated in February 1958. A total of 45 destroyers
and destroyer escorts, based at Atlantic and Pacific ports, had
been assigned on June 30, 1959, for use by the Selected Reserve.
Each of these ships will have a full crew of reservists, trained to take
the ship into action with the fleet in the event of war. An additional
six destroyer-type vessels were scheduled to be added to this
program in the near future. Naval air squadrons of the Selected
Reserve were being trained and equipped primarily for antisubmarine
warfare. Some 36 of the 41 squadrons in the program had been
activated for antisubmarine missions by June 30, 1959. Other members
of the Selected Reserve received training in units for immediate
service in bringing ships of the active fleet and the Shore
Establishment up to wartime manning levels. Selected reservists
were issued “vest pocket” duty orders that will become effective immediately
in case of war. Additional Marine Corps Reserve attack
and helicopter aviation squadrons were also activated this year to
provide a better balance of reserve forces for support of the active
establishment in an emergency.
58 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
In 1959, the Air Force completed the reorganization of its Reserve
and Air National Guard flying units to conform to the 39-wing
structure announced during the preceding year. The Air Force
Reserve organized its squadrons into 15 troop carrier wings, 5 air
rescue squadrons, and 40 supporting units manned by reservists on
drill-pay status. The Air National Guard on June 30, 1959, was
composed of 24 wings—4 tactical reconnaissance, 12 fighter-interceptor,
and 8 tactical fighter. These last eight were converted from
fighter-interceptor wings to their new mission as tactical fighters
during the year, but remain available to augment the Air Defense
Command in the opening phases of an emergency. The new 39-wing
structure greatly improves the readiness of the reserve units most
urgently needed in an emergency.
Personnel and Training
With more than 95 percent of the Ready Reservists having had
basic training, Reserve units were able to concentrate their efforts
almost exclusively on advanced training programs. This high percentage
was the result of provisions in the Universal Military Training
and Service Act and the Reserve Forces Act of 1955, which established
reserve obligations of varying length for men entering the
Armed Forces. The extension in 1959 of these legislative provisions
for 4 more years gave assurance that the reserve establishment will
be able to maintain its current high standards of readiness in the
future.
The special 6-month training program, which prescribes 8 years
of Reserve duty for participants, has become an important additional
source of trained individuals for reserve units. Some 318,000
enlisted men began tours of active duty and 255,000 completed such
tours since the program was first offered in August 1955. During
fiscal year 1959, 96,000 men entered training under this program,
and 93,000 completed their active duty and were assigned to reserve
units in their local communities.
The strength ceiling for the Ready Reserve, excluding reservists
on extended active duty, has been established by the Department of
Defense at 2,500,000. Through annual screening of the records of
reservists, a properly balanced Ready Reserve has been maintained,
composed of individuals readily available in an emergency. On June
30, 1959, the Ready Reserve totaled 2,456,000. Of these, 1,062,000
received pay for regular participation in drills or for training tours
of active duty. An additional 247,000 reservists were serving on
extended active duty with the regular forces. A year earlier, 2,429,000
men had been in the Ready Reserve, 1,025,000 on pay status, and
313,000 on extended active duty.
MANPOWER 59
The Standby Reserve increased during the year by 292,000—from
1,478,000 to 1,770,000—while the Retired Reserve registered a net
gain of 13,000, totaling 128,000 on June 30, 1959. (See fig. 14.)
Effective training of reserve units has been greatly facilitated by
ihe continued modernization of weapons and equipment. During
fiscal year 1959, for example, 32 additional Army National Guard
air defense battalions began training with the NIKE-AJAX missile
and a third Air National Guard squadron was provided with F-100
aircraft.
In addition to training their members for emergency service, Ready
Reserve units are playing an increasingly important role in assisting
the active forces to carry out their missions. During fiscal year
1959 the first two Army National Guard NIKE-A JAX missile battalions
to become operational assumed responsibility for a portion
of the ground-to-air defenses in their areas. In addition, 2 more
Air National Guard fighter-interceptor squadrons were added to the
active air alert programs, making a total of 22 such squadrons assigned
to augment the Air Defense Command. Air Reserve troop carrier
units also provided support for the active forces in special maneuvers,
such as the Army-Air Force Exercise DARK CLOUD in the spring
of 1959.
Financial Support and Construction
Expenditures for the reserve establishment during fiscal year 1959
totaled $1.2 billion, slightly more than the amount expended for this
purpose during the preceding year. Of this total, $0.7 billion was
allocated to the Army Reserve and the Army National Guard, $0.2
billion to the Navy and Marine Corps Reserve, and $0.3 billion to
the Air Force Reserve and the Air National Guard.
Included in these amounts was $86 million for the construction of
new reserve training facilities and the expansion and modernization
of existing ones. Over half of these funds—$45 million was expended
for Army Reserve and Army National Guard armories and
training centers. The Army placed 72 complete armories, 86 Army
Reserve Centers, and numerous smaller reserve projects under contract
during the year after a thorough review of the requirements
created by the conversion of reserve units to the pentomic concept,
The Navy and Marine Corps allocated $13 million for reserve construction
during the year, most of it for the expansion, alteration, or
replacement of inadequate facilities. Expenditures by the Air Force
for reserve training construction totaled $28 million during fiscal
year 1959, largely for the improvement of flying facilities for the
Air National Guard and the Air Force Reserve.
555521—60-------5
60 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
MANPOWER 61
The money and effort expended in recent years for reserve programs
have produced an establishment which is better trained and
equipped and more immediately available to back up the active forces
than ever before. Current programs assure that the high levels of
mobilization potential currently prevailing will be maintained.
Civilian Personnel
On June 30, 1959, the civilian personnel force of the Department of
Defense was comprised of 1,078,000 direct-hire personnel and 188,000
foreign nationals employed through contractual arrangements with
friendly governments. About 53 percent of the direct-hire employees,
or 570,000, were paid according to local hourly rates determined by
wage boards, while the remaining 508,000 were salaried employees
paid under the Classification Act of 1959, as amended.
The established policies for holding civilian employment to austere
levels compatible with efficient operations permitted the Department
to employ 47,000 fewer personnel at the end of the fiscal year than
at the beginning. About 28,000 of these were foreign nationals, most
of whom had been working in the Far East. Their services were
terminated following the withdrawal from Japan of some major
U.S. military units and activities. The reduction of 19,000 directhire
employees included 4,000 salaried and 15,000 wage-board
personnel.
While total requirements for civilian personnel have become less
in recent years, the needs for specially qualified employees have
steadily risen. To meet these rising needs, the Department of
Defense has given increased attention to the problem of attracting
and retaining skilled civilians in support positions.
As a partial solution to this problem, greater emphasis has been
placed on programs for the career development and training of
employees. New instructions were issued during the year to encourage
employee on-the-job and off-duty training, as authorized by the
Government Employees Training Act of 1958. In keeping with this
legislation and earlier authority in annual appropriation acts, the
military departments strengthened their civilian training programs.
Within the Department of the Army, career incentive programs were
established on an Army-wide basis for 12 career fields, while army
commands set up training courses for 59 career groups. Over 20
percent of the Army’s direct-hire employees fall into occupational
areas covered by these programs. The Department of the Navy
continued in fiscal year 1959 to make effective use of student-trainees
and of civilian career planning programs. In addition, an employee
development board was established. New instructions were issued
62 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
by the Air Force intensifying civilian career development activities
at all levels of command.
Steps were also taken during the year to improve the attractiveness
of Government service to top-level scientists, engineers, and technicians.
Participation in professional and scientific meetings has been
encouraged to enable these employees to keep abreast of technical
developments in their specialties and to inform their colleagues of
scientific advances made in Government research. As recommended
by the Cordiner Committee, working conditions were improved at
research and development installations and scientists were relieved
of routine administrative duties whenever possible to permit them
to concentrate their attention fully on research.
The ability of the Department to attract and retain professional
and scientific personnel was increased shortly after the close of the
fiscal year by congressional action authorizing additional top-level
Civil Service positions. The number of special positions for scientists
and engineers, with salaries up to $19,000, allocated to the
Department of Defense was raised from 292 to 450—an increase of
158. The Department’s allocation of “supergrades,” with annual
salaries ranging between $14,190 and $17,500, was raised from 301
to 372—an increase of 71. The new positions will become available
over a 3-year period—one-third each year. Only professional and
managerial employees having great responsibility will be advanced
to these higher pay grades.
The method of setting pay rates for wage-board employees in Army
and Air Force industrial-type and maintenance activities was
revised this year to improve the alignment of job ratings, assist in
the assignment of jobs to appropriate pay grades, and facilitate
administration. The number of grades was reduced from 28 to 15
and the number of seniority steps within grades from 4 to 3. Conversion
to the new pay structure began in October 1958 and is scheduled
to be completed before the close of fiscal year 1960. It will
bring Army-Air Force grade schedules in line with those used by most
other Federal agencies.
Substantial improvements were also made shortly after the close
of the fiscal year in the administrative procedures applicable to
teachers in elementary and secondary schools operated overseas by
the armed forces for the children of servicemen. The Overseas
Teachers Pay and Personnel Practices Act, approved on July 17,
1959, authorized the military schools to use procedures comparable
to those in effect in many local jurisdictions in the United States.
Formerly, oversea teachers had been subject to Civil Service regulations
designed to cover 12-month, rather than 9-month, employees.
These rules, by their lack of flexibility, worked a hardship on teachers.
MANPOWER 63
The new legislation will greatly facilitate the staffing and administration
of the 213 elementary and 21 secondary schools maintained abroad
by the armed forces.
Civilian training programs, designed to provide greater opportunities
for advancement, have also contributed to opening more positions
to Negro employees for the first time. This trend is in accordance
with the Department’s policy to effect the fullest use of available
manpower resources regardless of race. Negro employees participated
in these programs in greater numbers during the past year and
have a greater variety of jobs open to them in the Department of
Defense than in the general economy. Moreover, the Department
employed a larger number and a larger percentage of Negroes than
any other Federal agency.
Another effort to improve departmental operations is represented
by the Employees’ Incentive Awards Program. During fiscal year
1959, 255,000 inventions and suggestions for improved procedures
were submitted, as compared to 242,000 the preceding year. Over
68,000 of these proposals were accepted, 3,000 more than in 1958, and
their adoption should save the Government over $60.7 million in 1
year’s time. Cash awards totaling $2.2 million were paid to the
employees submitting these ideas. In addition, 41,000 employees who
discharged their duties at a sustained superior level of performance
were granted $6.6 million this year for having contributed to greater
efficiency of operations and to tangible first-year savings of $31.6
million.
VII. Weapons, Equipment, and Facilities
The rapid technological progress of recent years has produced
major changes in logistic support as in all other activities of the
armed forces. Guided missiles and new electronic control and warning
devices have become available at an increasing rate, supplanting
older weapons and equipment and creating requirements for new
construction. Achieving a smooth evolution from the older to the new
weapons systems has been one of the primary management objectives
of the Department of Defense.
In discharging its responsibilities, the Department has developed
improved coordinating organizations, updated its administrative procedures,
and promoted constantly closer integration of the support
activities of the military services. Continued review of supply systems
and real property holdings provided more effective support to
the armed forces and facilitated the changeover to new weapons
systems. At the same time, logistic support was furnished more
economically by increased joint use of available supply inventories
and real property.
Supply Management
The magnitude of the Department of Defense supply system has
made the efficient administration of these activities one of the greatest
single management tasks anywhere today.
Contracts for new materiel, construction, and services totaled more
than $25 billion during fiscal year 1959. The Department’s management
responsibility included materiel assets valued at $117.7 billion
on June 30, 1959. This total comprised $63.6 billion invested in the
arms and equipment issued to the Armed Forces; more than $9.6
billion in production machinery, industrial fund accounts, and undisposed
obsolescent property; and $44.5 billion in inventories held for
later use—as compared to approximately $85 billion in inventories
owned by all industrial firms in the United States. The extent of the
Department’s responsibilities is illustrated by the fact that military
stocks include almost 3,500,000 different items as compared to approximately
100,000 entries in the catalog of the largest mail-order
house in the United States.
The volume of transactions and the size of the assets of the Department
require the employment of special management techniques to
64
WEAPONS, EQUIPMENT, AND FACILITIES 65
achieve efficient operations. Further experience was gained during the
fiscal year with the Single Manager system, which continued to provide
increased benefits through the centralized procurement, distribution,
and management of common-use supplies and services. The
Armed Forces Supply Support Center, established in June 1958 to
supervise cataloging, standardization, and materiel utilization programs,
effectively promoted greater interservice cooperation in logistics.
Improved methods were developed for disposing of surplus
stocks. Continuing attention throughout the Department of Defense
to the many logistical problems confronting the armed forces has
reduced expenditures and, more importantly, has contributed to more
effective military strength.
The Single Managers
In slightly less than 3 years of actual operating experience, the
Single Manager system for supply and service activities common to
more than one military department has eliminated unnecessary
duplication of effort and substantially improved the effectiveness of
logistical support activities.
This system was applied to four categories of supplies—subsistence,
clothing and textiles, petroleum, and medical items. The
first two of these commodity groups have been managed by the Secretary
of the Army and the latter two by the Secretary of the Navy.
In addition, the Secretary of the Army has been serving as Single
Manager for domestic traffic operations, the Secretary of the Navy for
ocean transportation, and the Secretary of the Air Force for airlift
services. (See fig. 15.) At the close of the fiscal year, studies were
well under way for extending the Single Manager system to two other
classes of materiel—industrial items and “general” supplies (administrative
and housekeeping items).
Special operating agencies were established to carry out the responsibilities
of the Single Managers in the four commodity areas. These
agencies determine the net requirements of all the services; procure
and inspect materiel; control the storage and wholesale distribution
of stocks, with some exceptions in the case of petroleum products; promote
standardization; and dispose of surplus items. In their operations
the agencies fully utilize the facilities, resources, and skills available
in all three military departments. Savings directly attributable
to the new management system were more than $13 million in fiscal
year 1959. The consolidation of procurement, inspection, and distribution
activities has made possible a reduction of over 700 personnel
spaces, the elimination of 73 storage sites, and the release of 4,400,000
square feet of storage space for other purposes. In addition, wholesale
supply inventories have been decreased by more than $235 million.
66 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
SINGLE MANAGERS
FISCAL YEAR 1959
FOR SUPPLY
Activities Subsistence Clothing Medical
Supplies and Textiles Supplies
Line Items Assigned 1,427 33,593 8,591
Requisitions Handled 993,900 1,287,000 1,755,000
Short Tons Shipped 937,000 182,000 37,000
Sales $699 million $324 million $76 million
Inventory $126 million $1,826 million $301 million
Activities Petroleum
Supplies
Line Items Assigned 1,247
Contract Awards $1,938 million
FOR TRANSPORTATION
Activities
Air
Transport
Sea
Transport
Domestic
Traffic
Management
Passengers: Number
Passenger-Miles
Dry Cargo: Tons Carried
(Freight)a/ Ton-Miles
Petroleum: Tons Carried
Ton-Miles
Commercial Transp. Procured
Total Income
1,098,000
3.8 billion
185,000^/
0.5 billion
$70 million
$288 million
556,600
2.1 billion
12,395,000 «/
48.7 billion
16,670,000V
52.8 billion
$246 million
$423 million
4,342,100
2.3 billion
22,816,000^/
11.2 billion
$564 million
^Freight for Domestic Traffic Management includes both dry and
1/Long Tons ^/Measurement Tons j/Short Tons
liquid cargo
Figure 15
WEAPONS, EQUIPMENT, AND FACILITIES
In the Military Subsistence Supply Agency, savings have been
achieved by reducing personnel and storage requirements and introducing
more economical procurement procedures. The Agency has
been able to purchase food products in larger quantities usually in
carload lots—by consolidating orders from all the military services.
Transportation expenses have been cut by arranging for mixed carload
lot shipments of items, whereas formerly less than carload
quantities were delivered directly to the using installation. Greater
use has been made of the food inspection services of the Department
of Agriculture to reduce the number of inspections. Savings also
have resulted from designating the Cheatham Annex Cold Storage
facility in Virginia as the center for supplying perishables to Army,
Navy, and Air Force activities in Europe.
The Military Clothing and Textile Supply Agency during the past
fiscal year reduced the number of distribution depots under its control
from 58 to 13. The Navy clothing and textile office was moved from
New York City to Philadelphia, where it can operate more efficiently
in close proximity with the Agency headquarters and the Army, Air
Force, and Marine Corps clothing control points. Wholesale inventories
were substantially reduced, and the number of separate items
in stock cut from 43,910 to 33,593 by standardization. At the same
time the number of items used by more than one service has almost
doubled since single management was instituted. More uniform an
equitable procurement procedures have been adopted, benefiting both
the Government and suppliers.
In the summer of 1958 the Military Petroleum Supply Agency
met expeditiously the additional demands for petroleum products
created by the Middle Eastern and Taiwanese crises, thus demonstrating
the adaptability of the Single Manager system to emergency
conditions. In filling these sudden needs, the Agency contracted
rapidly for additional supplies, diverted tankers m mid-voyage to
new destinations, and rescheduled subsequent delivery programs.
The Agency also continued to improve its procurement procedures,
to reduce the number of different petroleum products in stock, to
facilitate the exchange of excess products, and to arrange more economical
distribution patterns. Unlike the other commodity Single
Managers, the Military Petroleum Supply Agency does not own wholesale
inventory stocks because of high consumption rates and the
importance to the military services of controlling adequate reserve
fuel supplies for emergency operations.
During the fiscal year the Military Medical Supply Agency closed
2 additional storage points, thus reducing within 2 years the number
of installations at which medical supplies are stocked from 19 to
12. Of these 12 depots, 3 carry a full line of supplies, 7 handle
only items with high turnover, and the remaining 2 store bulk backup
68 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
stocks and mobilization reserves. The Agency’s distribution system
has eliminated unnecessary crosshauling and backhauling of supplies.
Consolidation of activities has made possible the elimination
of 428 positions and released 798,000 square feet of storage space
for other purposes. The number of different items in stock has been
decreased by 25 percent—from 11,585 to 8,591—since the Agency
was activated.
Impressive as have been the economies introduced by the commodity
Single Managers, of even greater significance is the fact that
the operating forces have been provided with more effective logistic
support. Using agencies have uniformly testified to their satisfaction
with the Single Manager system both in normal operations and
in such special emergency situations as occurred in the Middle and
Far East.
The three Single Manager agencies for transportation—the Military
Traffic Management Agency (MTMA), the Military Sea Transportation
Service (MSTS), and the Military Air Transport Service
(MATS)—also continued to make significant contributions to logistical
effectiveness during the past year.
MTMA, established to control the use of commercial transportation
in the United States by Department of Defense agencies, operates
with a staff 30 percent smaller than when each service was responsible
for its own traffic management. During fiscal year 1959, the
Agency realized savings of $30.0 million (as compared to $23.9 million
during the preceding year) through negotiation of rate reductions,
adjustment of freight classifications, and better utilization of
en route stopoff privileges for materiel in transit. The Agency moved
34 percent more freight in fiscal year 1959 than in 1958 at a cost
only 3 percent higher.
MSTS provides ocean transportation for all military services. It
operates Government-owned vessels, constituting the nucleus of our
wartime logistic support fleet, and contracts with commercial carriers
for the bulk of peacetime sealift requirements. During fiscal year
1959, about 77 percent of the Agency’s operating expenses represented
payments for services rendered by private firms. Total expenses—$
414 million—were about $20.0 million less than during the
preceding year despite a 21-percent increase in the tonnage of petroleum
moved overseas. The additional petroleum shipments were
more than offset by a 9-percent reduction in both passenger and dry
cargo requirements. Lower sealift needs permitted a reduction in
the number of active ships from 179 to 151. Continuing operational
improvements yielded a gross operating profit during the year of
$9.0 million, which was passed on to the military services in the form
of rate reductions.
WEAPONS, EQUIPMENT, AND FACILITIES 69
MATS completed on June 30,1959, its first year of operations under
industrial fund financing as the Single Manager agency for oversea
airlift services. This function is carried out as an essential part
of MATS’ responsibility for assuring that the transport and troop
carrier aircraft, service forces, and en route bases required in an emergency
are available and manned by experienced personnel. Commercial
aircraft in the Civil Reserve Air Fleet (CRAF) are scheduled
to provide a substantial part of the aircraft requirement. A new
standard contract for such standby service by airlines was drafted
during the year. Increased use was made during fiscal year 1959
of commercial carriers to provide the necessary airlift. Payments to
such firms amounted to $70.4 million, or $13.7 million more than during
the preceding year, and accounted for almost 26 percent of the
total operating expenses for airlift services of $274.4 million. Continued
close cooperation between MATS and the airline industry will
help to assure the existence of capacity adequate for meeting emergency
conditions as well as economical peacetime airlift services.
Cataloging and Standardization
The cataloging program of the Department of Defense continued
to make major contributions to more efficient supply operations. The
conversion of the military supply systems to the new catalog numbers
was achieved on schedule on December 31, 1958, thus giving each of
the 3,500,000 different items used by the armed forces a single name,
a single commodity group classification, and a single identifyingnumber.
About 459,000 new items of equipment, including component parts,
were cataloged in fiscal year 1959, while some 441,000 superseded
item identifications were dropped, for a net increase of 18,000 listings.
At the close of the fiscal year, the number of active items in the catalog
totaled 3,499,000. Processing time for making changes was decreased
by about 40 percent after rapid data-transmitting equipment between
the central catalog office and 24 field installations was placed in service
in March 1959. Another 12 field installations were scheduled to
join this network during the summer of 1959.
Cataloging is the essential first step in eliminating unnecessary
sizes, types, and kinds of equipment and components from military
supply systems. The weeding out of these superfluous supplies is
accomplished through the Accelerated Item Reduction (AIR) Program
and the Standardization Program.
’ Under the AIR Program, the military services have started to
review the continuing need for over 1 million commercial items in
wide general use throughout the armed forces. During the past
year, 24 categories of administrative and housekeeping supplies were
70 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
surveyed, and almost 10,000 of 14,500 items, or 70 percent, were
declared “nonstandard,” thereby precluding future purchases.
Under the Standardization Program the military services evaluate
the more technical supply items to select equipment that best meets
common operating needs and redesign items to permit more general
use. Detailed standardization plans have been approved for 308 of
the 431 supply categories to be reviewed. The new and revised military
standards published during fiscal year 1959 will prevent further
procurement of some 181,000 sizes, kinds, and types of generally similar
items. With these actions, a total of 937,000 items have been
designated for elimination under the Standardization Program. In
addition, about 1,750 military and Federal specifications have been
replaced by 681 specifications to reduce overlapping and duplication.
Procurement
In continuing the modernization of the armed forces during fiscal
year 1959, the Department of Defense contracted for the purchase
of weapons, supplies, services, and construction with a net value of
$25.3 billion—$1.1 billion more than during the preceding year.
About 90 percent of this procurement was placed with business firms
for work in the United States—more than $19.4 billion for weapons
and supplies, $1.9 billion for services, and $1.4 billion for construction.
In addition, awards for work outside the United States totaled $1.4
billion, and procurement transactions with Government agencies and
nonprofit institutions amounted to $1.2 billion. (See fig. 16.)
Of the approximately $19.4 billion in procurement actions for
weapons and supplies to be produced by firms in the United States,
$15.4 billion, or 79 percent, was allocated to major weapons and equipment.
The remaining $4.0 billion was committed for purchases of
food, fuel, textiles, miscellaneous hard goods, and thousands of small
transactions, each less than $10,000, not reported by category.
The steadily increasing importance of guided missiles systems in
warfare is illustrated by the award during fiscal year 1959 of missile
contracts totaling $4.5 billion—or 60 percent more than $2.8 billion
awarded for these systems during the preceding fiscal year. The
value of contracts for communications and electronics equipment and
for ships was also considerably higher this year than last. Conversely,
the value of aircraft contracts declined from $7.4 billion in
fiscal year 1958 to $6.5 billion in fiscal year 1959.
The great variety of goods, services, and construction required by
the Department of Defense has made reliance on a single procurement
procedure impossible and has forced the use of procurement methods
most appropriate for particular items. Since firm specifications cannot
be drafted in advance for many of our major new weapons sysWEAPONS,
EQUIPMENT, AND FACILITIES 71
PROCUREMENT ACTIONS BY PROGRAM
FISCAL YEAR 1959
( B IL L IO N S OF DOLLARS )
T O T A L $25.3
72 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
terns, formal advertising and sealed bids are unsuited for this type of
procurement.
During fiscal year 1959, the Department of Defense completed
6,699,000 separate procurement actions totaling $25.3 billion. About
847,000 of these actions were accomplished through intragovernmental
arrangements, while 24,000 represented modifications of existing
contracts. Of the remaining 5,828,000 actions, with a value of
$16.2 billion, 4,830,000, valued at $0.8 billion, were small purchases,
averaging $160 each and negotiated locally under simplified methods
to reduce administrative expense. Formal advertising and sealed bids
accounted for 286,000 procurement actions involving purchases totaling
$3.4 billion. Direct competition between suppliers, but without formal
bidding procedures, characterized another 48,000 awards for
$2.4 billion, placed by contracting officers after negotiating with two
or more producers to obtain the best possible price for the Government.
Although 35,000 procurement actions, totaling $8.2 billion, were
reported as having been negotiated with single firms, many of these
actions had been preceded by a preliminary design or technical contest
among several potential suppliers. A survey of $6.6 billions’ worth of
this type of procurement indicated that such preliminary contests were
used for $5.3 billions’ worth. These negotiated awards were primarily
for major weapons systems, spare parts for complex equipment, or research
and development work. The final 629,000 actions, with a value
of $1.4 billion, involved negotiated contracts for procurement outside
of the United States and negotiated contracts of which the competitive
status is unimown.
Small business firms bid successfully for military prime contracts
valued at $3.8 billion during fiscal year 1959, about the same amount
as the preceding year. These awards represented 63.1 percent of the
$6.0 billion in new procurement that had been determined to fall
within the productive capacity of smaller companies. As in previous
years, failure to bid or failure to submit the lowest bid were the
principal reasons for small business firms not receiving all their potential
contracts.
The Department of Defense continued to devote considerable attention
during the past fiscal year to achieving an equitable distribution
of the procurement dollar to small firms. The joint program of the
Department and the Small Business Administration for this purpose
was vigorously executed, with the result that $1.1 billion in contracts
was set aside for competition among such companies. In addition, the
Department of Defense steadily strengthened its procedures for encouraging
large prime contractors to place subcontracts with small
business. During fiscal year 1959, some 295 large producers reported
that they had made payments to small subcontractors that totaled
WEAPONS, EQUIPMENT, AND FACILITIES 73
$3.3 billion. These reports, together with the awards of $3.8 billion
in prime contracts to smaller companies, indicate that the share of
small business in defense contracting totals at least $7.0 billion a year.
Contracts awarded by the Department of Defense during the fiscal
year played a significant role in combating unemployment in areas
and industries with a surplus of labor. Procurement with a net value
of $9.3 billion was placed with firms in 310 labor-surplus areas this
fiscal year, as compared to awards of $3.8 billion in 285 such areas the
preceding year. Included in this year’s totals was $96 million in contracts
awarded through set-asides or tie-bid preferences, about $59
million more than during fiscal year 1958. This program of preferences
has been carried out to assist in maintaining a strong industrial
mobilization base in case of war.
Inventory Control, Storage, Distribution, and Disposal
Particular attention was given during fiscal year 1959 to establishing
inventory levels based on more realistic future requirements and to
redistributing excess stocks among the military services. The Department
began the development of uniform inventory control factors,
applicable to all the services, to govern the quantities of noncombat
items to be stored. New instructions were issued for the transfer of
items in long supply from one military supply system to another
without reimbursement, thus saving appropriated funds for the purchase
of new items.
The supervision of the transfer of assets among the military services
is the responsibility of the Armed Forces Supply Support Center,
established at the close of fiscal year 1958. During the first year of
administering the Defense Materiel Utilization System, the Center
provided for the interchange of long-supply materiel valued at almost
$1.3 billion, as compared to $0.7 billion during the preceding year.
About one-half of the 1959 total was transferred to other Federal
agencies, the national stockpile of strategic materials, and the Military
Assistance Program. The other half was interchanged within the
military supply systems—over $0.2 billion through excess property
screening procedures and over $0.4 billion through the 33 interservice
commodity coordination groups, the 6 area coordination groups in the
United States, and the oversea unified commands. These coordinating
agencies arranged for the transfer of 25 percent more materials this
year than last.
The better utilization of inventories and the reduction in stock levels
has permitted the armed forces to cut back their requirements for
storage facilities. An additional factor contributing to these cuts
has been the increased interservice use of depots and cooperating warehousing
arrangements between the Department of Defense and other
74 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
Government agencies. At the close of the fiscal year, 2,400,000 square
feet of storage space was assigned to joint use by the military departments
between themselves and another 3,900,000 square feet to joint
use by the Department of Defense and other Federal agencies. Since
June 1954, over 27,700,000 square feet has been converted to other uses
or disposed of—4,200,000 square feet in fiscal year 1959—and another
19,800,000 square feet is scheduled to be phased out by June 30, 1962.
Additional studies were undertaken during the year looking toward the
consolidation of ocean terminal facilities at San Francisco, Honolulu,
and Hampton Roads.
Steady advances in technology—hastening the obsolescence of older
weapons systems—have required the military services to give high priority
to their programs for disposing of arms and equipment no longer
needed for current use or for mobilization reserves. Plans were approved
during the fiscal year for the establishment of a central Surplus
Sales Information Office, which will maintain a consolidated bidders’
list to encourage competitive bidding and thus increase the return from
the disposal of unneeded materiel. In addition, the number of regional
sales offices will be reduced by January 1961 from 315 to about
35 to facilitate the more efficient handling of surplus materiel.
Increased emphasis on inventory management during the year resulted
in an increase of disposals to a total of $8.9 billion. Of the
$8.9 billion reutilized, donated, or sold, $8.5 billion—or $2.2 billion
more than in the preceding year—was disposed of after specific determination
as “excess.” Tire balance of $0.4 billion represented materiel
transferred for reutilization by other military users without
having been designated as “excess,” although this materiel would
have acquired “excess” status at some later date. These totals did
not represent the “appraised disposal value” but the acquisition cost
of the materiel processed.
The $8.9 billion of materiel reutilized or disposed of (including
donations) was the largest in the history of the Department of Defense.
Of this total, $1.3 billion, or 15 percent, was utilized by the
Department of Defense, the Military Assistance Program, and other
Federal agencies. The remaining $7.6 billion was processed for donation
or disposal by surplus sale—$4.5 billion was converted to scrap,
$0.3 billion was donated to States, educational institutions, and other
nonprofit organizations, and $2.8 billion was sold as specific items of
materiel in conditions which varied from salvage to usable. From the
$2.8 billion sold, the Department of Defense realized $140 million or
5 percent of the original cost. Scrap sales returned an additional $72
million, making a total return of $212 million from all sales. Taking
into account cash receipts, reutilizations, and donations credited at
book value, and savings from reduced costs of storage and accounting,
the effective management of this $8.9 billion of disposable inventory
yielded an estimated return of 21 percent.
WEAPONS, EQUIPMENT, AND FACILITIES 75
Mobilization Planning
The Department of Defense, operating under general policies prescribed
by the Office of Civil and Defense Mobilization, continued
during fiscal year 1959 to take the actions the Department required
for the maintenance of an adequate industrial mobilization base. The
emphasis in industrial mobilization planning was shifted during the
past year from developing new sources of supply in case of an emergency
to greater reliance on factories already working on military
contracts.
Two types of assistance were available to private firms to expand
their military production facilities—rapid tax amortization privileges
and guaranteed loans. Under present law, only research, development,
and testing facilities and productive capacity for new or specialized
defense equipment can be certified for accelerated amortization.
During fiscal year 1959, the Department of Defense considered 395
requests for such certification, and the Office of Civil and Defense
Mobilization issued 130 certificates in the amount of $94.7 million,
as compared to $107.7 million during the preceding year. In addition,
the Department acted on 40 applications for federally guaranteed
loans, of which 35 were authorized, totaling $137.6 million—$24.8
million less than during fiscal year 1958.
Inquiries from Federal agencies and from industry about whether
proposed new facilities met requirements for adequate dispersion of
productive capacity were substantially more numerous this year than
last—504 as compared to 264. About 76 percent—382—of the proposed
sites met established standards.
An essential nucleus for war production is provided by the National
Industrial Plant Reserve (NIPR) and the plant reserves of
the military departments. The number of plants in the NIPR was
reduced from 83 to 24 during fiscal year 1959, with 21 of these owned
by private firms but subject to recapture in an emergency and 3 operated
under lease or contract. Some plants were removed from the
reserve because of changing requirements in weapons systems and
others because of the changing military concept concerning the time
available in an emergency to put industrial facilities into production.
The plant reserves of the military departments on June 30, 1959,
included 394 facilities, valued at an acquisition cost of $6.0 billion,
as compared to 387 plants valued at $5.7 billion at the end of the
preceding fiscal year. Of this year’s total, 223 were operated by
contractors and 66 by the Government; 89 were in standby status;
and 16 had been declared excess but had not yet been transferred to
the General Services Administration for disposal.
555521—60--------6
76 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
In accordance with the revised planning concepts, the amount of
production machinery held in the National Industrial Equipment
Reserve (NIER) and by the military departments was also reduced
during the fiscal year. On June 30, 1959, there were about 4,000
items of production equipment in the NIER, as compared to 4,900 a
year earlier. The inventory of production equipment controlled by
the military departments on June 30, 1959, included 494,000 items
with an acquisition value of $5.3 billion. This total was lower by
26,000 items and $0.2 billion less than the one at the close of the
preceding year. During the year about 6,400 items, costing $73.1
million, were shipped for use by military contractors and by military
construction facilities. The inactive inventory included approximately
86,127 pieces of production equipment on June 30, 1959.
New guidance was developed to govern cooperative planning between
the military departments and essential industries for wartime
production. Issued shortly after the close of the year, the new instructions
abolished the Production Allocation Program instituted
in 1950 and authorized the services to adopt planning systems specially
tailored to the category of items for which preparatory actions
are considered necessary. The greater flexibility of these new methods
will provide more realistic plans.
The National Priorities and Allocation System, in which the Department
of Defense participates, is used to keep current military
production, construction, and research and development programs
on schedule and to prepare for wartime expansion. The Department
handled over 1,800 requests from contractors for special assistance
in obtaining materials, components, end items, and production equipment
in the past year.
Properties and Installations
During fiscal year 1959, the existing base structure was kept under
continuous review to assure maximum utilization of available assets.
New construction was authorized only for the most essential projects.
Wherever feasible, facilities for new weapons were provided by modifying
older bases, thus holding to a minimum the acquisition of additional
real estate. Probable future weapons development, force levels,
and military plans were given careful consideration in developing the
long-range property requirements of the armed forces.
During fiscal year 1959, most military construction was for facilities
supporting our key defensive and retaliatory weapons systems.
Highest priority was given to strategic missile launching and support
bases. On June 30, 1959, work on the first ATLAS ICBM complex
in California neared completion, while construction for five ATLAS
squadrons and the first TITAN squadron was being rushed to meet
WEAPONS, EQUIPMENT, AND FACILITIES 77
the established schedules. Supporting facilities for the Navy’s
POLARIS fleet ballistic missile system were also placed under contract
during the year.
Further progress was made in the construction of facilities to permit
the wider dispersal of strategic bombers and their refueling
tankers. To shorten the time required for responding to an enemy
attack, additional pavements and crew readiness facilities were being
provided. Air defenses were strengthened by construction of more
surface-to-air guided missile firing sites and ground control centers
and of the first stations in the Ballistic Missile Early Warning-
System.
For these installations and other military public works the Congress
appropriated $1.4 billion in fiscal year 1959. The Department
of Defense obligated $1.7 billion for military construction during the
year—as compared to $1.6 billion during the preceding year—and
spent $1.9 billion, as compared to $1.7 billion in 1958. The unexpended
balance on hand at the close of the fiscal year was reduced to
$2.4 billion—$0.5 billion less than at the beginning of the year.
Efforts were intensified during the year to transfer facilities from
one military department to another in order to meet the requirements
created by new weapons systems. Transfers involving nearly 111,900
acres were approved and more than 12,000 acres were reallocated.
For example, the cession of Parks Air Force Base, Calif., to the Army
permitted the Army to dispose of Camp Stoneman, Calif., while the
transfer of Vincent Air Force Base, Ariz., to the Navy eliminated the
necessity for building a new Marine Corps auxiliary airbase. The
Navy transferred an industrial reserve plant in New York to the
Army, thereby obviating the need for a new 1,400-man reserve armory.
The Army provided land at Fort Custer, Mich., on which the
Air Force will construct a Capehart housing project.
The orderly disposal of real property not suitable to the current
requirements of any service was given continued emphasis. A net
reduction of 1,200,000 acres, much originally part of the public
domain of the United States, was made in the holdings of the Department
of Defense during fiscal year 1959. After these disposals, the
Department controlled on June 30, 1959, a total of 31,300,000 acres
throughout the world, valued with buildings and improvements at
an acquisition cost of $29.7 billion. Almost 81 percent of this acreage—
25,300,000 acres valued at $22.6 billion—was located in the continental
United States, while 11 percent—3,500,000 acres valued at
$3.3 billion—was in Alaska, Hawaii, and U.S. territories and possessions.
The remaining 8 percent—2,500,000 acres valued at $3.8
billion—was situated in foreign countries. About 55 percent of the
holdings had been withdrawn from the public domain or other pub78
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
lie lands; 23 percent was owned by the Department of Defense; 14
percent was controlled through leases, temporary use arrangements,
or easements; and 8 percent represented foreign base rights. The
Department of the Air Force controlled 15,700,000 acres, slightly
more than one-half the total; the Department of the Army one-third,
or 10,300,000 acres; and the Department of the Navy the remaining
5,300,000 acres.
In February 1959 the Department of Defense requested the Congress
to authorize new construction totaling $1.4 billion. About 31
percent of this program was for ballistic missile installations, 20
percent for air defense construction, 17 percent for the support of
research and development, 9 percent for improving the capabilities
of the Strategic Air Command, and the remaining 23 percent for
other modernization of Active and Reserve forces facilities. The
Department’s appropriation request for fiscal year 1960, submitted in
March 1959, totaled $1.6 billion in military public works funds.
Shortly after the close of fiscal year 1959, the Congress authorized
new projects totaling $1.2 billion in value and appropriated $1.4
billion in new funds.
The rapid evolution of weapons technology will continue to create
substantial requirements in future years for new construction. These
requirements can be met economically and effectively if the policies
and procedures developed in recent years are fully applied.
VIII. Mutual Security
The United States does not stand alone in the defense of freedom.
Through collective security arrangements we are allied with 42 nations
throughout the world. (See fig. 17.) This pooling of resources
has immeasurably strengthened both our defenses and those of our
friends, and the increased realization of interdependence has fostered
a spirit of cooperation and mutual confidence that constitutes the real
foundation of the free world community. In support of this common
effort, in close cooperation with the Department of State, the Department
of Defense has carried the responsibility for strengthening the
worldwide protective shield that guards the security of all free and
peaceful nations.
During fiscal year 1959, the value of collective security was demonstrated
once more in the successful defense of Quemoy by the forces
of the Republic of China. The rapid assistance available to nations
determined to protect their freedom was made clearly evident during
the Lebanon crisis. In reply to the Soviet pressure for changes in the
status of West Berlin, the Western powers established a common position
based on the free consent of sovereign nations. Increased emphasis
in the continuing effort to strengthen defensive forces was
placed on the modernization of ground, sea, and air units.
The Military Assistance Program, as a part of our overall mutual
security policy, remains the keystone of the free world alliance.
Without it, the military capabilities of our friends to resist aggression
and combat subversion would be seriously weakened, and the threat
of U.S. isolation in a hostile world would be increased manyfold. In
the present world situation, military assistance expenditures provide
per dollar a greater return in security than if these funds were added
to our defense expenditures.
Military Assistance
The objective of the U.S. Military Assistance Program is to help
friendly nations to participate in collective self-defense. In support
of this objective, the United States furnishes modern arms and equipment
and training in the use and maintenance of this materiel, and
assists in the construction of military bases, the development of advanced
weapons, and the building of industrial facilities for aims
production. Both the form and the amount of assistance is de-
79
80 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
UNITED STATES COLLECTIVE SECURITY ARRANGEMENTS
MUTUAL SECURITY 81
termined by the United States in the light of its own security and
foreign policy requirements.
For these purposes the Congress appropriated $26.9 billion since
1950. Of the funds appropriated through fiscal year 1959, $25.4
billion become available for obligation, after net adjustments of $1.5
billion for transfers, lapsed accounts, and reimbursements. On June
30, 1959, $25.3 billion had been obligated or reserved for obligation,
including $1.5 billion during fiscal year 1959.
Expenditures for military assistance amounted to $2.4 billion during
the fiscal year, bringing total expenditures since 1950 to $22.8
billion. This year’s program further reduced the unexpended balances
on hand at the close of the fiscal year; these balances totaled $2.6
billion, as compared to $3.4 billion a year ago and $8.5 billion at the
end of fiscal year 1953. Over half of the unexpended funds had been
obligated for materiel requiring extensive time for manufacture, such
as aircraft, missiles, ships, and related communications and electronic
equipment. The remaining unexpended funds are committed to
shorter leadtime items in the military assistance supply pipeline. A
further reduction in unexpended balances is anticipated during the
next fiscal year.
The procurement of weapons, ammunition, equipment, and supplies
accounted for over four-fifths of the expenditures by the United
States for military assistance—$18.7 billion of the $22.8 expended.
An additional $1.2 billion covered the costs of packing, crating,
handling, and transporting materiel. In addition, the military services
made available to the Military Assistance Program substantial
amounts of equipment excess to current needs. This materiel was
originally acquired at a cost of $1.4 billion, but only repairing and
rehabilitating costs were charged against military assistance funds.
Including the acquisition cost of this excess materiel, deliveries to
recipient nations reached a total value of $23.3 billion by the end of
fiscal year 1959. About 55 percent of these shipments went to European
countries; 23 percent to the Far East; over 14 percent to the
Near East, South Asia, and Africa; and the remainder to Latin
America and nonregional projects. (See fig. 18.)
Since the beginning of the program by far the greatest portion of
the funds made available was spent in the United States. In fiscal
year 1959, this portion amounted to nearly 90 percent, and the amount
spent abroad was more than offset by foreign expenditures for military
equipment in the United States.
The training of allied military personnel in the operation and maintenance
of U.S. equipment has helped to raise substantially the combat
capabilities of friendly forces. In addition, it greatly contributed to
interallied cooperation by fostering better understanding and the
82 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
MILITARY ASSISTANCE PROGRAM - DELIVERIES -
( M IL L IO N S OF DOLLARS )
T O T A L $2,496 T O T A L $23,324
Figure 18
MUTUAL SECURITY 83
exchange of ideas between soldiers, sailors, and airmen of many nations.
During fiscal year 1959, foreign military personnel successfully
finished 19,100 courses of instruction in the United States and 3,300
courses offered overseas. Including the 1959 program, a total of
124,000 courses here and 32,000 abroad were completed by allied
military personnel since 1950. About $510 million has been expended
from military assistance funds for this training, including $75 million
this year.
The costs of constructing and operating joint military bases supporting
international military headquarters are shared by free world
nations in accordance with special agreements. U.S. contributions to
these mutual undertakings amounted to $132 million during fiscal
year 1959, bringing total expenditures for this purpose to $729 million
since 1950. By far the largest proportion of these funds were utilized
for the construction of military public works projects included in the
North Atlantic Treaty Organization infrastructure program, to which
the United States contributed about one-third of the total cost.
Another important accomplishment of the Military Assistance Program
has been the expansion of allied industrial capacity for arms
production, thus decreasing peacetime and emergency reliance on U.S.
sources. To carry out this objective, the United States placed orders
for materiel with foreign concerns and made funds available to build
new manufacturing facilities abroad under cost-sharing agreements
with allied governments. Since 1950 about $2.6 billion, or 14 percent,
of the $18.7 billion expended for the procurement of weapons and
equipment has been allocated to oversea contractors. In addition,
the United States has spent about $55 million, including $18 million
in fiscal year 1959, as its share—approximately 25 percent—of the cost
of enlarging allied military productive capacity through the Weapons
Production Program and its predecessors.
Cost-sharing arrangements have also been followed in assisting
friendly countries to complete the research and development of promising
advanced weapons, particularly those well adapted to the special
needs of oversea allies. About $111 million has been expended for
this purpose, $39 million of it this year. These funds were allocated
to over 170 research projects, and the results have been available
both to the United States and to the countries that initiated the research.
Some projects were sponsored by a group of allies acting
in concert for mutual benefit.
Direct purchases of modern arms and equipment from the United
States have served friendly nations as an additional means of strengthening
their defenses. Materiel valued at over $0.3 billion was sold to
allied governments during the fiscal year, bringing to a total of $2.1
84 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
billion the value of equipment and services sold to over 60 nations
since 1950.
Including these purchases of equipment, about $150 billion has
been expended since 1950 by countries associated with the United
States in the collective defense of the free world—more than six times
the $22.8 billion spent by the United States for military assistance
during that period. The forces supported by these countries not only
protect non-Communist nations against aggression and subversion but
also form an integral part of our own defense. A substantially greater
proportion of our human and economic resources would have to be
devoted to our national security if these allied forces did not exist.
The continued importance of aid programs to the security of the
United States was reaffirmed during 1959 by the President’s Committee
To Study the United States Military Assistance Program, called
the Draper Committee after its Chairman, William H. Draper, Jr.
The Committee concluded that military assistance represented “the
mortar giving cohesion, strength, and credibility to our collective
security arrangements” and “the foundation on which our forward
strategy is built.” To counter the long-term challenge of communism,
the Committee recommended placing U.S. assistance programs on a
long-term basis, making them less completely dependent on annual
authorizations. It stressed the need for a minimum appropriation
level of about $2.0 billion for the next 2 years. In addition, the Committee
included among its proposals closer integration of military
assistance plans with those of the military services, greater emphasis
on joint research and training activities, and adjustments in administrative
procedures to improve the management of the program.
The Committee’s recommendations were given careful consideration
by both the executive and legislative branches. Some of them were
incorporated by the Congress shortly after the close of the fiscal year
in the Mutual Security Act of 1959. The Department of Defense
initiated action to carry out the proposal for improving the internal
administration of the program.
For the continuation of the Military Assistance Program in the
next fiscal year, the President requested the Congress in the spring
of 1959 to authorize and, later, to appropriate, $1.6 billion in new
funds, an amount slightly above the preceding year’s appropriation
of $1.5 billion. On July 24, 1959, the Congress authorized $1.4 billion
for military assistance, and on September 28, 1959, appropriated
$1.3 billion—an amount nearly 19 percent less than requested by the
President.
Europe
On April 4, 1959, the 15-nation North Atlantic Treaty Organization
(NATO) celebrated its 10th anniversary. Its members could
MUTUAL SECURITY 85
take justifiable pride in their joint accomplishments. The peace and
security of its members had been fully protected throughout the
period. Forces available to NATO in Europe which had totaled 12
divisions, some 400 ships, and some 400 aircraft in 1949, had been increased
to nearly 100 active and reserve divisions, more than 1,000
combat vessels, and nearly 6,000 modern aircraft. An allied command
structure had been created providing integrated defense plans and
central military direction.
The threat of aggression that led to the creation of NATO 10 years
ago has not abated. This fact alone continues to make it essential that
any would-be aggressor knows that he will have to contend with the
combined and coordinated power of all NATO countries if he attacks
any one of them.
In 1949, when the North Atlantic Treaty was signed, the Soviet
Union was attempting to seize control of Berlin through a land
blockade, an effort that failed because of the allied airlift. Again
in fiscal year 1959, the Soviet Union threatened to revise the status
of West Berlin and of allied rights there. This new Soviet challenge
was the major political problem confronting NATO during the year.
The NATO Council at its meetings in December 1958 and April 1959
reaffirmed the determination of the member states to maintain the
freedom of West Berliners and to preserve the rights and obligations
in Berlin of France, the United Kingdom, and the United States.
Protracted four-power negotiations ensued which remained inconclusive
at the close of the fiscal year.
Continued emphasis was placed in 1959 on NATO programs for
modernizing the weapons and equipment of allied military forces.
In accordance with these programs, U.S. assistance has been increasingly
centered on modernization rather than on the general maintenance
and support of military units. It currently represents but 7
percent of the European expenditures for NATO defense forces.
Closer cooperation was established during the year between the
United States and its NATO allies in the military application of
atomic energy for mutual defense purposes. On July 2, 1958, the
Atomic Energy Act of 1954 was amended to permit a greater interchange
of atomic information, other than nuclear components of
weapons. Under this authority, a series of bilateral agreements with
seven NATO countries was concluded. Arrangements were made to
provide Greece, Turkey, the Netherlands, and the Federal Republic of
Germany with information and equipment necessary for drawing up
defense plans, training personnel, and developing delivery systems for
atomic weapons. The accords with Canada and the United Kingdom
included, in addition, special provisions relating to military nuclear
reactors and the sale of a Skipjack-typo submarine nuclear powerplant
to the United Kingdom. An agreement with France authorized the
86 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
purchase of enriched uranium for a prototype nuclear submarine propulsion
unit.
As another part of its program to assist in the modernization of
NATO forces, the United States had delivered the launchers, missiles,
and associated equipment, other than atomic warheads, for 10 missile
units by the end of fiscal year 1959. Deliveries scheduled at that time
called for raising the number of such units to 30 during the next 6
months, including NIKE, HONEST JOHN, MATADOR, and CORPORAL
missiles as well as Intermediate Range Ballistic Missiles.
Die latter are being delivered to the United Kingdom and Italy in
accordance with special agreements.
Modernization was also advanced by cost-sharing arrangements between
the United States and various European countries. For example,
in May 1959 the United States and Denmark embarked on a
5-year program to build some 20 naval vessels in Danish shipyards to
replace obsolescent ships in the Danish Navy.
Multilateral cooperation among NATO states has provided an additional
means for the development and production of new weapons.
The lightweight reconnaissance and strike fighter aircraft, the G-91,
represents a prime example of such joint action. The British developed
the engine and the Italians the airframe, while initial production
for NATO use is being financed by Italy, the Federal German Republic,
and the United States. Similarly, at the close of the fiscal year
Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, and the United
States established a new NATO agency to coordinate the production
in Europe of the HAWK air defense missile, originally developed for
the U.S. Army.
Similar pooling of resources is improving the efficiency of NATO
logistic activities. During fiscal year 1959, the NATO Maintenance
Supply Services Agency began operating as a central management
office for the supply of spare parts and maintenance services to NATO
forces in Europe. The requirements for spare parts of all participating
countries are being consolidated and competitive bids invited.
More economical prices and quicker deliveries can be expected from
this procedure. To prevent procurement duplication by NATO members,
spare parts inventories will be shared. A further contribution
to more effective logistic support of NATO forces is being made by a
materiel codification program for uniform item identifications of
equipment and components, modeled on the U.S. Federal Catalog and
Standardization Programs.
Bases and other military facilities for common use by NATO forces
have also been provided through mutual cooperation. Since 1950,
military construction projects have been financed jointly under the
NATO infrastructure program. The United States provided $507
MUTUAL SECURITY 87
million of the $1.3 billion expended to date in building such facilities
as airfields, petroleum pipelines and storage tanks, communications
networks, and naval bases. During fiscal year 1959, a new radio net
of advanced design was completed to link the Supreme Headquarters,
Allied Powers Europe, in France with NATO regional headquarters
in Naples, Italy, and Izmir, Turkey, and four additional stations in
this system were opened in Norway. To date, about 160 airfields,
5,000 miles of fuel pipelines, storage capacity for about 2 million tons
of petroleum products, 15,000 miles of telephone and telegraph wires,
9,000 miles of radio relay circuits, 2,000 miles of submarine cables, and
extensive naval facilities have been built under the infrastructure program.
Additional work, including extensions of the radar warning
and other communications nets, was authorized for 1960 and 1961
by the NATO Council at its April 1959 meeting in Washington.
Modernization of weapons, improvements in logistic support, and
completion of additional infrastructure all contributed to the growingdefensive
power of NATO forces during fiscal year 1959. Higher
standards of materiel readiness preserved the deterrent strength of
the land, sea, and air forces assigned to the Supreme Allied Commander,
Europe (SACEUR), despite the fact that somewhat fewer
units than planned were made available. In the case of France, unsettled
conditions in Algeria continued to require divisions committed
to NATO, while the planned buildup of forces for NATO by the
Federal German Republic will not be completed until 1961. During
1959, seven German divisions remained committed to NATO and two
more were in training. A total of 12 German divisions will be available
to SACEUR when the German Army reaches its full peacetime
strength. German naval forces increased in numbers and capability
during the year, and 4 of 12 planned air force wings were activated.
Still under discussion at the close of the fiscal year was the exact wartime
relationship to NATO of part of the French Mediterranean fleet
and an agreement concerning the storage of nuclear weapons for
NATO forces stationed in France.
The joint effort of the NATO allies has erected a formidable defense
shielding the North Atlantic community. NATO forces assigned to
SACEUR, totaling about 3,500,000 men, guard a 4,000-mile frontier
from the Arctic Ocean to the Black Sea. Their lines of communication
are protected by two other NATO forces under control of the
Supreme Allied Commander, Atlantic (SACEANT), and the Allied
Commander in Chief, Channel (CINCHAN). Standing behind the
NATO shield are retaliatory striking forces, such as the U.S. Strategic
Air Command and the British Bomber Command, providing a vital
part of the deterrent to aggression.
88 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
Periodically, throughout 1959, NATO forces were brought together
for training exercises to test the effectiveness of joint plans and promote
closer cooperation between allied land, sea, and air contingents.
SACLANT Exercises TALLY HO, SHARP SQUALL III, DAWN
BREEZE IV, NEW BROOM IX, and FAIRWIND IV were designed
to improve the capabilities of naval and air forces to
perform convoy protection and antisubmarine warfare missions,
while SACEUR Exercise TOPWEIGHT in the spring of 1959
helped perfect the defensive and counterattack capabilities of units
in Europe. These combined maneuvers significantly advanced the
ability of NATO forces to work as a single team for the common
defense.
U.S. military assistance continued to be extended during the fiscal
year to a European country not a member of NATO—Spain. Military
equipment and training was provided to increase the capability
of Spanish forces to defend the Iberian peninsula against aggression.
This aid program was initiated in 1953, at which time Spain agreed to
provide sites for air and naval bases to the United States. Major
airbases at Torrejon, Zaragoza, and Moron became fully operational
in fiscal year 1959 and construction work for the naval facility at Rota
was nearly completed.
While the military assistance agreement of the United States with
Yugoslavia was terminated by mutual accord in 1957, provisions have
been made for the sale of spare parts and maintenance equipment for
the upkeep of the materiel provided to Yugoslav forces in earlier
years.
The Middle East and Africa
The tensions besetting the Middle East erupted into violence during
the fiscal year, leading to the overthrow of the Government of Iraq
and increasing the threat of civil strife, subversion, and external
aggression throughout the area. So threatened, friendly countries
turned to the United States for aid in reestablishing and maintaining
the stability essential for self-government and orderly economic development.
Lebanon requested the United States to land troops and
other states bordering Iraq asked for accelerated deliveries of military
equipment from the United States to strengthen the capability
of their forces to cope with the new pressures.
Beginning in May 1958, political unrest in Lebanon, aggravated
by external interference, threatened the continued independence of
the freely elected government of that country. On July 14, 1958, the
Lebanese Government immediately asked the United States to dispatch
military forces to the Levant. Less than 24 hours later naval
units from the U.S. Sixth Fleet arrived and a battalion of Marines
MUTUAL SECURITY 89
went ashore near Beirut, the capital of Lebanon. Additional Marine
Corps and Army combat and supporting units began to arrive 2 days
later, some by air and some by sea. Air Force tactical and transport
aircraft flew to the eastern Mediterranean to support the operations.
At the peak of the buildup, in early August, approximately
5,000 Marines and 9,000 Army troops were deployed in Lebanon; a
sizable fleet of U.S. naval vessels was standing by offshore; and
Composite Air Strike Force Bravo, composed of tactical fighters,
bombers, and support aircraft, was based at Adana, Turkey, to
provide combat and logistical reinforcement for ground and naval
units in case of need.
The presence of U.S. forces in Lebanon contributed greatly to a
peaceful settlement of the local political crisis. A new President
of Lebanon was elected, and U.S. Marine Corps units began withdrawing
in mid-August. By October, all U.S. troops had returned
to their home stations. To help the new Lebanese Government maintain
peace, the United States provided special military and economic
grant-aid assistance during the rest of the fiscal year.
Repercussions from the Iraqi revolt were also felt in Jordan, which
had joined with Iraq a few months earlier in forming the Arab
Union. The Union was dissolved on July 14, and the Government
of Jordan requested the United Kingdom for troops to prevent disorder.
These forces were sent immediately, and the United States
assisted by airlifting supplies for the support of both the British
garrisons and the civilian population of Jordan. At the request of
the Government of Jordan, the Department of Defense surveyed
Jordan's military establishment and prepared a special program
of military assistance to help in preserving the internal security and
territorial integrity of that country.
Turkey and Iran, which adjoin both Iraq and the Soviet Union,
were also subjected to increasing pressure following the Iraqi revolution.
At their request, the United States accelerated delivery
schedules under the Military Assistance Program for the modernization
of Turkish and Iranian forces and increased its help in training
these troops to use their new weapons effectively.
Grant-aid military assistance to Iraq was stopped by the United
States immediately after the overthrow of the old government. Subsequently,
the new government terminated the Iraqi-United States
bilateral military assistance agreement and withdrew from the Baghdad
Pact. The other members of the alliance, however—Iran, Pakistan,
Turkey, and the United Kingdom—strongly reaffirmed their
commitment to the principles of collective security and continued
their planning for mutual protection in the newly designated Central
Treaty Organization (CENTO).
90 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
The bonds of friendship and understanding between the United
States and members of the alliance were more closely drawn in March
1959, when identical bilateral executive agreements were reached between
the United States and Iran, Pakistan, and Turkey. The signatory
states agreed to cooperate in building mutual defense forces and
to take joint action for the preservation of peace and security.
In the eastern Mediterranean area, the tripartite understandings
reached in February 1959 between Greece, Turkey, and the United
Kingdom regarding the future of Cyprus reduced the possibility of
future friction between these NATO allies, and at the end of the year
negotiations were underway for the detailed implementation of the
agreement.
The stability and peace of the Middle East, and of Europe as well,
is being affected increasingly by events occurring in Africa, where
new nations are rapidly emerging from colonial status and striving to
build a new and independent life for themselves. U.S. efforts in
Africa have been directed toward helping these countries to develop
effective democratic institutions and viable economies. While these
programs were primarily technical and economic, the Department of
Defense has provided upon request some military assistance to
African countries. During fiscal year 1959, such assistance was furnished
to Ethiopia and Libya, which provide bases important to U.S.
security, and to Liberia. In addition, the United States sold small
arms to Tunisia. To demonstrate its friendship toward African
peoples, the United States sent the flagship of the South Atlantic
Command on a 2-month good-will cruise to 14 African countries in
the fall of 1958.
Asia and the Pacific
During fiscal year 1959, Communist China stepped up the pace of its
offensive against the independent nations along its frontiers, again
resorting to overt military action while continuing its policy of constant
political and economic pressure. In the late summer of 1958,
the Quemoy Islands came under heavy attack, but steadfast resistance
forced the Communists to scale down their attack. In March 1959,
the Communists ruthlessly employed military force to crush the people
of Tibet, a move strongly protested throughout Asia and the free
world. The immediate effect of the Communist actions was to make
Asian states more keenly aware of the threat to their security and
see the need for strengthening their defensive forces.
The successful defense of the Quemoy Islands by Nationalist
Chinese forces was a major victory for the concepts of collective
security and military assistance. The attack, which began on August
23, 1958, developed into a continuous heavy artillery bombardment
MUTUAL SECURITY 91
that seriously interfered with efforts to keep vital supplies flowing to
the defending garrisons and local inhabitants. The United States
moved rapidly to augment its forces in the western Pacific to be ready
for any emergency. The Seventh Fleet was strengthened by two aircraft
carriers and supporting vessels, an Army NIKE air defense
missile unit was dispatched to Taiwan, and the Tactical Air Command
sent a Composite Air Strike Force, including a combat unit of supersonic
F-104’s.
While the United States was thus demonstrating its determination
to resist aggression, the military situation was stabilized by the forces
of the Republic of China. Drawing upon U.S. advice and assistance,
particularly the convoy of supply ships in international waters, the
Chinese Navy quickly gained proficiency at landing provisions and
ammunition under fire. The Chinese Air Force, equipped and trained
through the Military Assistance Program, shot down 33 Communist
jets—q of them with SIDEWINDER missiles—while losing only 4
of their own craft in the aerial phase of the battle for Quemoy. This
determined defense preserved the islands. After the Communist attacks
subsided in the fall of 1958, the Republic of China continued
with U.S. assistance to improve the capabilities of its forces through
modernization. The increased firepower of the Chinese Army permitted
some reduction in the total number of men under arms.
To the south of Taiwan, the eight Western and Asian nations
united in the South East Asia Treaty Organization (SEATO) effectively
combined their efforts during the year to build stronger free
world defenses. The Asian members of the alliance—Pakistan, the
Philippines, and Thailand—increased their participation in the work
of the treaty organization and further strengthened their defenses.
Ground, sea, and air forces of these countries participated in a number
of major SEATO maneuvers during the year, including the
amphibious Exercise SADDLE-UP off Borneo, a joint air exercise
in Thailand, and a naval defense capabilities exercise in the Philippine
Islands.
SEATO’s protection extends also to the three Indochinese states
of Vietnam, Cambodia, and Laos, although these countries are not
parties to the treaty. The United States continued during the year
to assist these newly independent nations in maintaining their security
forces. With this assistance, Vietnam developed, tested, and adopted
a new organizational structure for its army divisions, more appropriate
for the terrain and combat conditions likely to be encountered.
The effort in Cambodia emphasized the development of logistic support
capabilities. In Laos, military training activities bolstered the
ability of local forces to counter Communist subversion. Poor internal
communications, sparse population, unfavorable terrain, and
555521—60--------7
92 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
long common frontiers with Communist China and North Vietnam
make the defense problems of Laos particularly difficult.
In the summer of 1958, both Burma and Indonesia concluded
agreements with the United States for the purchase of military equipment
to be used in maintaining internal security. Initial deliveries
of the items selected were made under the military sales program
during fiscal year 1959.
Australia, New Zealand, and the United States, allied through
both the SEATO and the ANZUS security treaties, continued their
joint efforts to strengthen collective security in the Far East. Considerable
progress was made in Australian-United States cooperation
for the exchange of information on new weapons and standardization
of equipment.
The Republic of Korea, with U.S. military assistance, further improved
the equipment and logistic capabilities of its armed forces
during the past fiscal year and gained increased combat readiness
for coping with ever-possible Communist incursions. An additional
wing of jet aircraft was furnished to the Republic of Korea, and
U.S. forces in Korea were reinforced with MATADOR surface-tosurface
guided missiles—the second area in the Far East to receive
MATADOR'S, the first being Taiwan. The United States also provided
logistic support to other national contingents of the United
Nations Command preserving the truce in Korea. The increase in
firepower through the modernization of weapons was accompanied
by a small decrease in the size of the Korean ground forces.
The growing capabilities of the Japanese self-defense forces during
the year allowed the United States to make further redeployment of
its combat forces in Japan. The Japanese Army took over full responsibility
for ground defense during the year, while the Japanese
Air Force assumed additional duties in operating air traffic control
communications and air defense warning nets. Increased emphasis
on pilot training is hastening the date when the Japanese Air Force
can take over completely the air defense mission for the islands. The
Japanese Navy was strengthened during the year by deliveries of
additional ships, some built in Japan and others loaned by the United
States. In addition to assisting in the creation of defense forces, the
United States through offshore procurement contracts has materially
fostered the development of a stronger industrial base and economy in
Japan. During the year Japanese firms built aircraft of U.S. design
and produced military vehicles for delivery to Far Eastern military
aid recipients.
In the Far East, where most countries lack adequate resources
to build their own defenses, U.S. military assistance plays a particularly
vital role in maintaining peace and security. With the threat
MUTUAL SECURITY 93
of Communist expansion unabated, continued vigilance and assistance
by the United States will be necessary for some time to come.
The Western Hemisphere
Despite some increased local tension, particularly in the Caribbean
area, the nations of the Western Hemisphere continued to cooperate
during the year in building mutual defenses as envisaged in the InterAmerican
Treaty of Reciprocal Assistance of 1947. This pact was
the first collective security agreement signed by the United States.
Department of Defense contributions to the alliance included grantaid,
sales of military equipment, and participation in the planning
activities of the Inter-American Defense Board.
During fiscal year 1959, U.S. policies toward Latin America were
designed to encourage further progress in the development of common
defenses. At the same time, every effort was made to cooperate with
the Organization of American States (OAS) and individual countries
in preserving peace and security within the area. For example, special
assistance was provided to OAS investigating teams and to the Panamanian
National Guard in the spring of 1959 when insurrectionists
tried to invade Panama. Similarly, a small Marine Corps training
mission was dispatched, upon request, to Haiti to assist in strengthening
the defensive capabilities of that country.
In carrying out its military assistance programs in 1959, the United
States exercised special care to avoid aggravating local political
tensions. No armaments shipments were made to Cuba after March
1958, and in November 1958 further arms deliveries to the Dominican
Republic were suspended pending the clarification of joint agreements.
Military assistance programs to Latin American states have always
placed great emphasis on training activities. About 1,900 courses in
service schools in the United States and the Canal Zone were completed
by students from the other American Republics during the
year, bringing to 10,800 the total number of such courses financed
through military assistance funds. In addition, the United States
maintained military advisory and training missions in 18 Latin
American Republics. Augmenting this help, U.S. Navy task forces
conducted separate antisubmarine training exercises during the year
with the navies of Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru,
Uruguay, and Venezuela.
Grant-aid, either in the form of training or arms and equipment,
was limited to military units with hemispheric defense missions in
12 countries. A special military assistance agreement was reached
with Brazil, which had made the island of Fernando de Noronha
available for the Atlantic missile test range. The first of four annual
94 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
increments scheduled under this program was shipped in fiscal year
1959.
Latin American nations received grant-aid valued at $53.0 million
during the year, bringing total military assistance deliveries to $347.8
million since 1950. This total includes U.S. excess stocks with an
estimated acquisition value of $110.3 million. As prescribed by
law, all military assistance to Latin American nations is subject to a
Presidential determination that aid is necessary to further collective
security.
The defenses of the Western Hemisphere have also been increased
through direct purchases by Latin American Republics of military
materiel and services. Since 1950, sales totaled $177.8 million, including
$5.0 million during fiscal year 1959.
Hemisphere solidarity was further strengthened by the exchange
of visits and good-will tours by members of the armed forces of the
American Republics. Moreover, U.S. Navy helicopters and supplies
aided the victims of severe floods in Uruguay during the spring of
1959.
Protection of the northern reaches of the Western Hemisphere has
increasingly become a joint effort by Canada and the United States.
The defense against air attack is shared by forces of both nations.
Their efforts are coordinated through the North American Air Defense
Command, composed of both Canadian and United States
elements. During the year, Canada assumed the responsibility for
providing a majority of the personnel manning the radar stations
of the Distant Early Warning line in northern Canada. This close
cooperation was symbolized by the combined naval review conducted
as part of the ceremonies that marked the opening of the St. Lawrence
Seaway in June 1959.
Particular emphasis was given during fiscal year 1959 to meshing
the productive capabilities of United States and Canadian industry
to build a broader industrial base for common defense. Military
authorities have continued to reach agreement on the standardization
of procedures and weapons for use by both countries, with components
of this equipment manufactured in Canada as well as in the
United States.
The way to even closer United States-Canadian military collaboration
was opened in May 1959 with the conclusion of a new, broader
agreement on the uses of atomic energy for mutual defense. Under
this arrangement, the two nations will exchange information to facilitate
the development of defense plans and the training of personnel.
Moreover, the United States will make available to Canada the nonnuclear
components of atomic weapons systems in order to improve
the state of training and the operational readiness of Canadian armed
forces.
IX. Conclusion
In the present world situation, the United States has no alternative
but to maintain a defense establishment that by its strength and
versatility would make any aggression against the free world a most
hazardous undertaking.
We now have such a defense establishment. To keep our armed
forces adequate to the task, the American people will have to continue
to make substantial sacrifices, for the cost of defense will remain
high.
The basic reasons for this high cost are that, seeking combat with
no one, we must prepare for all possible contingencies and, confronted
with an unprecedented scientific revolution, we must devote a larger
portion of our resources than ever before to future requirements which
contribute little to current combat effectiveness. In addition, since
new weapons systems do not necessarily replace old ones, we must
maintain an increasingly greater variety of striking forces.
In these circumstances, the careful and wise allocation of resources
becomes the key to effective defense. It involves timely decisions on
the projects to start, the weapons to place into production, and the
programs to cancel because of the progress achieved in other undertakings.
It requires placing the new and spectacular in proper perspective
and giving effective support to the old and conventional
whenever it performs a vital task. It demands gradual adjustment
to avoid sacrificing current security to some possible future gain.
If our defense programs are developed with these requirements in
mind, our armed forces will continue to have the strength to deter
general nuclear war as well as limited war.
The introduction of long-range ballistic missiles has not made
manned aircraft obsolete. While these new missiles have an unparallelled
capability to penetrate enemy territory, they lack the flexibility
of manned aircraft, particularly in case of threatened surprise attack.
For some time to come a mixture of missiles and aircraft will provide
greater security for the United States than reliance on any single
weapons system.
Defense against attack must have the same versatility as our offensive
forces. Defense against bomber attack will remain an important
requirement with the objective to develop countermeasures that will
inflict increasingly prohibitive losses upon an aggressor. At the same
95
96 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
time, means must be developed to reduce the penetration capability of
enemy long-range ballistic missiles. In this effort we are confronted
with entirely new problems, the effective solution of which may depend
on technological breakthroughs as revolutionary as those that occurred
in the development of nuclear weapons, nuclear engines, guidance
systems, and rocket motors during the past 20 years.
As for our “general purpose” forces, they, too, are confronted by
a multiplicity of tasks—readiness for their role in a major nuclear
war, maintenance of a capability to counter local aggression by tactical
nuclear weapons as well as by nonnuclear means alone, and planning
for the deployment of the active forces by themselves or together with
whatever reserves might be needed.
Confronted with this wide variety of responsibilities, differences of
opinion concerning the allocation of resources are inevitable. It is
desirable that those responsible for any specific task should consider
their assignment to be of the highest priority and it is natural that
they should feel entitled to having all requests fulfilled ahead of those
of their competitors. Such a piecemeal approach, however, would
court not only economic but also military disaster.
Good defense management requires that decisions be made in the
light of overall national needs. The basic merit of any program depends
on the degree to which it contributes to our national security
and to the deterrence of war; expensive programs which make relatively
slight contributions to these goals are of dubious value. To be
effective, our armed forces must form a balanced, flexible, and closely
integrated team of ground, sea, and air units.
There are no ideal, permanent solutions to defense problems. The
increasingly rapid scientific and technological revolutions and the
constantly changing world situation have made a continuous review
of programs and procedures essential.
A gradual orderly adjustment of our armed forces to the changes
in the art of warfare has been made in recent years, facilitated by the
greater administrative authority given to the top management of the
Department of Defense. The existing defense establishment has the
flexibility required to continue to adjust to changing times. Building
on these foundations will provide the best assurance that the objective
of our national policy, the maintenance of peace, will be met in the
years to come.
Neil McElroy,
Secretary of Defense.
ANNUAL REPORT
of the
RESERVE FORCES POLICY BOARD
June 30, 1959
In accordance with the requirement of Section 171(a)—1, title 5, U.S. Code,
the following annual report on the status of the reserve programs of the
Department of Defense is submitted for the period July 1, 1958—June 30, 1959.
The Reserve Forces Policy Board met on three occasions during the reporting
period for the purpose of examining and studying the reserve components programs.
Recommendations pertinent to current matters of policy and legislation
affecting the reserve forces were forwarded to the Secretary of Defense as a
result of these meetings, with other matters held in abeyance pending future
development and study. Members of the Board and the Board’s staff made on-site
and on-board surveys of reserve activities and facilities and attended meetings
of the various reserve associations to obtain firsthand knowledge to be used in
the discharge of their duties to the Secretary of Defense.
Changes in Board membership occurred on December 1, 1958, when Brig. Gen.
Philip P. Ardery, ANGUS, replaced Brig. Gen. Chester A. Charles, ANGUS;
Brig. Gen. Kenneth Stiles, USAFR, replaced Brig. Gen. John R. Alison, USAFR;
and Col. George E. Tomlinson, USMCR, replaced Brig. Gen. William W. Stickney,
USMCR. On January 22, 1959, Assistant Secretary of the Army Dewey Short
succeeded the Honorable Hugh M. Milton II. On February 24, 1959, Under
Secretary of the Air Force Malcom A. MacIntyre succeeded the Honorable David
S. Smith; and on March 18, 1959, Rear Adm. Robert T. S. Keith, USN, replaced
Rear Adm. John McN. Taylor-, USN.
General
This report is intended to reflect the actual mobilization potential and readiness
of the reserve components against their assigned mission. The Reserve
components are charged with the mission of providing trained and qualified
individuals and units for active duty in the armed forces of the Nation to augment
the regular components, in time of war or national emergency and at such
other times as dictated by the national security.
Personnel
The changes in numbers of Ready Reserve officers and enlisted men enrolled
and in drill-pay status are indicated for each component in figure 1.
97
98 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE RESERVE FORCES POLICY BOARD
Personnel
Ready Reserve (not on active duty)
Dec. 31, 1957 June 30, 1958 June 30, 1959
Total Drill-pay
status a
Total Drill-pay
status a
Total Drill-pay
status a
Army National
Guard *434, 203 386, 383 *442, 369 372, 921 *404, 036 370, 354
Officers 42, 458
391, 745
37, 229
349, 154
42, 755
399, 614
37, 942
334, 979
40, 156
363, 880
37, 884
Enlisted 332, 470
Army Reserve___
Officers
1, 028, 180 217, 009 955, 462 272, 683 1, 008, 837 298, 642
158, 070
870, 110
47, 958
169, 051
157, 825
797, 637
49, 584
223, 099
167, 486
841, 351
47, 365
Enlisted 251, 277
Naval Reserve___
Officers
508, 160 129, 671 530, 440 129, 632 541, 036 120, 350
80, 605
**427, 555
26, 445
103, 226
82, 408
**448, 032
26, 513
103, 119
81, 442
**459, 594
25, 454
Enlisted 94, 896
Marine Corps
Reserve 238, 576 39, 934 215, 749 42, 735 204, 876 42, 356
(Ifficers 13, 099
225, 477
4, 175
35, 759
13, 434
202, 315
4, 143
38, 592
13, 421
191, 455
3, 537
Enlisted______ 38, 819
Air National
Guard______
Officers_______
Enlisted______
Air Force Reserve___
Officers
69, 029 66, 870 69, 995 64, 611 70, 994 67, 620
8, 254
60, 775
8, 254
58, 616
8, 354
61, 641
8, 354
56, 257
8, 473
62, 521
8, 473
59, 147
228, 316 56, 143 214, 809 48, 287 225, 819 54, 744
43, 289
185, 027
26, 737
29, 406
42, 819
171, 990
19, 522
28, 765
42, 382
183, 437
21, 209
Enlisted______ 33, 535
Notes:
» Excludes personnel undergoing 3-6 month active duty training.
‘Includes inactive National Guard.
“Includes officer candidates.
Figure 1
annual report of the reserve forces policy board
The numbers of men participating in the special 6-month active duty training
program, officers and enlisted, are indicated by component in figure 2.
The 4 years’ operation under the provisions of the Reserve Forces Act of 1955
has enabled the reserve components to show a continual increase in their training
readiness. Implementation of the provisions of this act as it pertains
to screening, utilization of obligors, and the control of enlistments has resulted
in qualitative improvements in the growth and progress of the reserve establish-
111 The process of screening Ready Reservists during fiscal year 1959 involved the
review of 1,972,300 records. The services report that of the 495,592 released,
434,340 were transferred to the Standby Reserve and 61,252 discharged from
reserve status.
Reserve Officers Personnel Act
\t the end of the last reporting period the Reserve Forces Policy Board had
recommended changes to the Reserve Officers Personnel Act as amended
(ROPA) These recommended amendments, including provisions for permanent
promotions, had been incorporated into ROPA Omnibus Amendment bill (DOD
85-250) and forwarded to the Bureau of the Budget. This bill was introduced
on May 21 1959, as H.R. 7325, 86th Congress, and committee hearings were being
held as of’the closing date of this report. With the passage of this bill, many
of the problems encountered in 5 years of implementing this act would be solved.
The Army National Guard
A new peak of peacetime readiness has been achieved by the Army National
Guard primarily through two major actions: The input of trained individuals
from the 6-month training program and from active Army service and the
reorganization of its units into the modern pentomic structure.
It is estimated that on June 30, 1959, approximately 74 percent of the total
strength of the Army National Guard was composed of either 6-month trainees
or men with prior service. Most of the rest have received basic training through
long service in the Army National Guard.
During fiscal year 1959, the objective of the Army National Guard training
program was to begin basic unit training in all units and to continue training
at the basic unit level. Only units adversely affected by the reorganization had
to conduct training at the individual level after the target date for initiating
basic unit training. However, by June 30,. 1959, most of these difficulties were
being overcome and training was progressing according to plan.
As of the end of this reporting period the following major organizations were
federally recognized: 21 infantry divisions, 6 armored divisions, 8 armored
cavalry regiments, and 11 infantry battle groups (separate). Six more defense
artillery missile battalions were federally recognized, bringing the total to 34.
An aggregate strength of 399,427 was distributed among 4,497 federally
recognized units.
The Army Service School Program of the Army National Guard was 93 percent
accomplished during fiscal year 1959. A total of 7,572 officers and enlisted men
received training in courses which varied in length from 1 week to 10 months.
The program fell short of its goal primarily because States which had not accepted
the new troop allotments as of February 10, 1959, were not permitted to
submit applications until they accepted the troop allotment. The enrollment of
officers and warrant officers in extension courses shows an increase from 66 percent
to 80 percent of total officer strength. Enrollment of enlisted men in the
100 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE RESERVE FORCES POLICY BOARD
Special 6 Months’ Active Duty Reserve Training Programs
(Actual and Planned)
(Data cumulative from Aug. 10, 1955)
“Includes “9-Week Basic” program. Number in training July 1, 1956, plus entrances into training
since that date.
Actual Planned
June 30, 1957 June 30, 1958 June 30, 1959 June 30, 1960
ENLISTED
Army Reserve:
Enlistments 90, 386 118, 626 139, 680 179, 480
Entered AD Training 64, 673 109, 941 137, 127 172 927
Completed AD Training 24, 249 87' 373 119, 569 147, 757
Army National Guard:
Enlistments 36, 660 88, 563 136, 361 202, 861
Entered AD Training 25, 642 69, 914 119, 755 182, 755
Completed AD Training 6, 485 45' 334 85' 529 140, 829
Naval Reserve:
Enlistments 387 672 884 2 670
Entered AD Training 387 636 850 1, 136
Completed AD Training 184 506 828 1, 106
Marine Corps Reserve:
Enlistments 13, 224 22, 654 28, 752 36 612
Entered AD Training 6, 059 15, 038 22, 064 30, 074
Completed AD Training 2, 355 9, 304 16' 404 22, 921
Air Force Reserve:
Enlistments 3, 866 6, 858 10, 012 13, 427
Entered AD Training 1, 676 6, 136 9, 613 12, 993
Completed AD Training 19 4, 255 7, 435 10, 995
Air National Guard:0
Enlistments n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.
Entered AD Training a 9, 649 20, 389 29, 071 37, 571
Completed AD Training °___ 4, 841 15, 005 25' 697 34, 756
OFFICERS
Army Reserve:
Entered AD Training 11, 087 17, 701 25, 141 31, 181
Completed AD Training_____ 4, 596 13' 020 19' 993 25, 957
Air Force Reserve:
Entered AD Training 146 159 309
Completed AD Training_____— 96 153 153
Figure 2
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE RESERVE FORCES POLICY BOARD 101
extension course program continued to decrease principally because they can no
longer qualify for a commission on the basis of the precommission extension
course. Increased emphasis was placed on officer candidate schools. Four additional
States established such schools during the year, bringing the total to 42.
Abbreviated OCS courses were conducted during the winter and summer months
by the Continental Army Command at the U.S. Army Infantry School and the
Artillery and Missile School. A total of 431 Guardsmen received training in
these U.S. Army schools, and 3,000 candidates were enrolled in State officer
candidate schools.
Army National Guard aviation attained new heights in strength and flying
hours during this period. At the close of the fiscal year, 1,260 aviators were in
flying status with 843 aircraft assigned. A total of 140,732 aircraft fl>ing hours
were recorded.
The percentage of inactive duty training assemblies for officers, warrant officers,
and enlisted men showed a gain for the seventh successive year. Officer
and warrant officer attendance was 96.4 percent and enlisted attendance was 89.3
percent. Annual active duty for training attendance was approximately 96.9
percent for officers and 94.1 percent for enlisted personnel.
U.S. Army Reserve
During this reporting period the U.S. Army Reserve was converted into a pentomic-
type organization similar to that of the active Army, to support initial
mobilization requirements. Continental U.S. Army and oversea commanders
were authorized to accomplish reorganization during a 2-year period or before
December 31, 1960. However, in order to enhance mobilization readiness at the
earliest practicable date, approximately 90 percent of all reorganizational actions
were completed by the end of fiscal year 1959. As a result, the great majority
of the U.S. Army Reserve units had the distinct advantage of attending annual
active-duty-for-training during the summer of 1959 under the new organizational
structure.
In a further move toward the strengthening of command and supervision of
Reserve units, 46 military districts have now been consolidated into 13 U.S. Army
Corps (Reserve), leaving only the Military Districts of Oklahoma, Arkansas, and
Louisiana. The consolidations bring about concomitant savings of personnel and
funds.
As of June 30, 1959, the U.S. Army Reserve portion of the Ready Reserve
totaled 1,008,800 officers and men, including 299,000 authorized in drill units,
15,500 undergoing 6-month training (including nonunit ROTC-graduate officers),
36,000 participating in other paid training, and 658,300 who did not participate
in reserve training but were subject to recall to active duty in the event of
mobilization or national emergency. The Commanding General, U SCON ARC,
in January 1959 directed that all troop program unit officers of the Army
Reserve become branch- and MOS-qualified in order to retain their unit assignments.
Officers becoming qualified through Army extension courses must complete
a minimum of 80 credit hours each year until completion of the course
in which enrolled in order to be considered as maintaining satisfactory progress.
As of June 30, 1959, there were 55,549 personnel of the U.S. Army
Reserve participating in the extension course program. Additionally, as of the
end of February 1959, there were 22,858 Army Reservists enrolled in the US AR
school system.
The US AR Aviation Training Program has reached an alltime high in aviation
strength and hours flown. A total of 654 aviators on flying status flew approximately
36,000 hours during the period of this report.
102 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE RESERVE FORCES POLICY BOARD
The number of persons having completed basic and advanced training since
the last reporting period has increased to approximately 94 percent of the total
assigned and participating strength in Ready Reserve units. This was due
primarily to the continued assignment of personnel who had completed 6 months'
active duty for training, and of returning obligors, to units. Readiness has
been further enhanced by the increased number of units participating in weekend
and multiple drills.
The need for unit administrative assistants, storekeepers, and maintenance
personnel in civilian status continues to plague U.S. Army Reserve units.
Against a recognized need for 5,300 such personnel, 2,393 had been hired as of
June 30, 1959. This represents an increase of 106 employees over fiscal year
1958.
The Naval Reserve
The Navy’s Selected Reserve Program during fiscal year 1959 progressed
satisfactorily, and the concept is proving to be a means of significantly improving
the responsive readiness of the Naval Reserve. It is considered feasible
to accomplish the full implementation of this program by end of fiscal year 1961.
As of June 30, 1959, 45 of the ultimate goal of 51 Naval Reserve training
ASW (Antisubmarine Warfare) ships had been assigned to the ASW surface
program and Reserve crews activated, though not fully recruited, for 36 of
these ships. Against a goal of 41 fleet-size ASW air squadrons, there were on
this date in the Air Reserve Program 36 squadrons formed, with crews. These
ships and aircraft with their Reserve crews will provide the Active Fleet with
urgently needed additional ASW elements upon mobilization. All personnel of
the Selected Reserve assigned to a drill-pay status will ultimately hold mobilization
orders which become effective automatically in the event of full mobilization
or upon initiation of hostility against the United States.
Training of Ready Reservists assigned to Selected Reserve billets is oriented
to achieve individual or unit readiness in a manner suited to insure overall
maximum responsiveness to emergency or war requirements. Participation by
reservists in actual fleet operational exercises during fiscal year 1959 was
significantly increased and highly successful. Reports by fleet commanders on
fleet readiness and capabilities of the units so engaged were particularly favorable,
and, in several cases, with regard to both surface and air units, were
especially commendatory.
The requirement that all of its reservists, both officer and enlisted, perform 2
years of active duty as a part of their statutory obligation, in addition to a
constant review of Naval Reserve training programs and regular careful inspections
of unit against assigned missions, aids greatly in maintaining the
overall readiness of the Naval Reserve at a satisfactory level.
The strength of The Navy’s reserve component as of June 30, 1959, totaled
802,786. This total is composed of the following elements: Ready Reserve on
active duty, 75,059; Ready Reserve on inactive duty, 541,036; Standby Reserve,
143,302; and Retired Reserve, 43,389.
Within the statutory limit of 2.9 million Ready Reservists allowed in the
reserve components of all the military services, the Navy’s share, assigned by
the Secretary of Defense, is 530,000. This strength was attained for the first
time during the summer of 1958, and the Ready Reserve throughout fiscal year
1959 has been subject to stringent screening in order to maintain this component
in the neighborhood of its ceiling. This screening process is effectively
improving the qualitative structure of the Ready Reserve.
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE RESERVE FORCES POLICY BOARD 103
Marine Corps Reserve
The closing date of this report found the Marine Corps Reserve able to meet
its numerical requirements for trained personnel to fill mobilization billets.
All officers have completed tours of duty, and over 175,000 enlisted personnel
have met or exceeded minimum training requirements for oversea deployment.
While the Organized Reserve attained a higher state of readiness, the Volunteer
Reserve was again hampered by insufficient funds for active duty training (paid
training for nondrill personnel was reduced by 845 billets over the fiscal year
1958 program). Because of this funding limitation it was impossible to reach
the desired goal of providing some form of training each year for all reservists
for whom a mobilization requirement exists.
Other problems created by fiscal limitations were: (a) A reduction in the
6-month training program, (b) paid drills were reduced from 48 to 46 for the
second consecutive year, and (c) approximately 500 officers were forced from
drill-pay units.
During this period plans, primarily of an organizational nature, were completed
to reorganize the drill-pay components in fiscal year 1960 (mainly through
redesignation of existing units and table of organization changes) to bring
them more in line with the present structure of the Fleet Marine Force. Plans
were also completed to make multiple drills mandatory for all 48 drill units
beginning in fiscal year 1960.
By fiscal year 1963 a deficit of some 104,000 enlisted Ready Reservists (due
to the concurrent expiration of many 6- and 8-year enlistments) is expected to
develop. A means of overcoming a portion of this deficit would be the removal
of the limitations now in effect on the 6-month program enlistments as administered
to the Marine Corps Reserve, and permit the maintenance of an
adequate drill pay structure.
Air National Guard
During fiscal year 1959 the conversion of the tactical squadrons to an all-jet
force was completed. Flying training objectives were accomplished, with units
flying over 465,000 hours, pilot proficiency increased, and the aircraft accident
rate dropped to 17.12—a new low for the Air National Guard. One of the
most important means by which this improvement was achieved was the growth
in air technician support, which resulted in bettei’ aircraft maintenance, supervision
over flying operations, and improved flying safety programs at the unit
level.
During this reporting period 14,184 personnel completed training courses at
Air Force service and technical schools, among whom were 10,692 airmen who
completed the regular Air Force basic military training course. The Air
National Guard Instrument School had 351 pilots complete their course. This
group was comprised of recent basic pilot graduates and pilots from jet squadrons
who had not attended a formal instrument flight course.
The officer and airmen personnel objectives were not met, falling short of the
programed goal by 3 percent. Gains anticipated were not achieved principally
because of: (a) Elimination of surpluses created by Streamline III and other
reorganizations; (b) the raising of enlistment requirements by some States:
(c) selective recruitment for personnel with needed skills by certain other units;
and (d) several units’ delayed recruitment pending construction of training
facilities. Even though programed strength goals were not met, retention of
airmen increased from 52 percent in fiscal year 1958 to 59 percent in fiscal year
1959, and reenlistments increased from 78 percent to 84 percent.
104 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE RESERVE FORCES POLICY BOARD
Air Force Reserve
The level of manning in the Air Force Reserve reached its highest peak during
this period as a direct result of an improvement in assignment policies for
obligated reservists. Ready Reserve units, capable of independent operations,
are manned at an acceptable wartime level.
Several factors have contributed to an improvement in reaction time for
mobilization of the Air Force Reserve. One is the issuance of Emergency
Orders (so-called Vest Pocket Orders) to all Ready Reservists for whom an
immediate wartime requirement exists. These orders are triggered by radio
and TV announcements, and become effective on either that date or another
date specified in the order, but always within 30 days of the declaration of
an emergency.
A second factor is the publication of an Air Force manual on mobilization of
the Air Force Reserve. This manual was distributed shortly before this reporting
period, and implementation of its content was accomplished during fiscal year
1959. The publication contains an inclusive compilation of actions required both
before, during, and following a mobilization period. Many problems were anticipated,
and an orderly sequence of required actions was developed to minimize
possible delays. These actions have placed the Air Force in the best possible
position to effect the rapid mobilization of its reserve forces.
The first increment of the new Air Reserve Center course, “Staff Development,”
was completed on schedule. When all parts are completed it will provide the
Air Force Reserve officer with a 4-year instructional program of professional
military subjects integrated with a program of current studies dealing with fast
emerging problems of national security.
During fiscal year 1959 over 4,000 officers and airmen attended service schools
covering a wide range of courses of various lengths. A significant increase in
enrollment in the Extension Course Institute (ECI) of the Air University occurred.
Over 39,000 Air Force Reserve officers and airmen were participating in
this type of training as of the closing date of this report.
The high state of training attained by Reserve navigators assigned to the
Navigators Training Squadron Program was maintained throughout the year.
Though still utilizing the TC-47 aircraft, the approximately 1,000 officers in this
program again demonstrated their exceptional qualifications during the third
annual Reserve navigation competition held in May 1959. Performance of these
reservists during their tours of active duty for training with MATS is graded
against the same standards applied to active force navigators.
The operational readiness of the troop carrier units was increased by the
SWIFTLIFT allocation airlift, which was increased from approximately 20 to
40 aircraft during the past year. This allocation provides about 50 percent, or
20 aircraft, to the support of the Army ; 25 percent to the Air Material Command
for the purpose of airlifting outsized cargo ; 15 percent to Air Defense Command ;
with the remainder being allocated to other missions as determined by Headquarters,
USAF.
During this period all Air Force Reserve troop carrier wings were reorganized
to conform to the organizational structure and strengths of Tactical Air Command’s
troop carrier wings. This permits maximum mobility and adopts the
functional and maintenance procedure being utilized by the active force troop
carrier wings.
As programed, 9 aeromedical evacuation units and 10 casualty staging units
were activated during the last quarter of fiscal year 1959. All these units are new
to the Air Force Reserve force structure.
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE RESERVE FORCES POLICY BOARD 105
The implementation of the Air Reserve technician plan for all 35 troop carrier
locations was accomplished by the end of fiscal year 1959 with over 76 percent
of the authorized positions filled.
Equipment
Army National Guard and Army Reserve
During fiscal year 1959 the Army National Guard received some new types of
equipment. However, shortages in several areas continued to impair effective
training. To meet the training needs of new organizations created by the reorganization
of the Army National Guard, equipment was redistributed as much
as possible. Most of the remaining major shortages were relieved before the
new units began annual active duty for training.
Engineer units received 106 TD-18 or TD-20 tractors as replacements for
outmoded D-7 models. As of June 30, 1959, Army National Guard units had
1,073 armored personnel carriers, of which 478 were received in this reporting
period. However, this is less than the requirement for an effective training
program, as was the number of 106-mm. recoilless rifles on hand. Certain
types of communication equipment and combat surveillance radar sets were
still not available. During this year, 33 percent of the Army green uniforms required
were procured, bringing the total procured thus far to 85 percent of
requirements. The National Guard Bureau continued to screen excess clothing
reported by the States and applied these assets against clothing requisitions.
At the end of the fiscal year the Army National Guard had 658 fixed-wing
aircraft, 185 reconnaissance-type helicopters, and 38 flight simulators, including
18 fixed-wing and 78 helicopters procured during this period. The programed
procurement figures on these items were not attained due to the higher priority
requirements in the active Army.
Property valued at $159,975,691 was reported as excess by Army National
Guard activities during the reporting period. Property with a value of
$29,205,320 was redistributed within the Army National Guard, $95,070,585
worth was returned to the Army Supply System, and $55,839,533 worth was
turned over to disposal officers.
Improved inspection ratings during fiscal year 1959 reflected the progress made
in the continuing maintenance training program and the receipt of additional
facilities. The cost of maintenance and operating supplies consumed during
the year, as reported by the States, was approximately $7,711,565, an increase
of 3.75 percent over the previous fiscal year. This increase was due to aging
equipment, additional issues, change of troop requirements in various States,
and numerous equipment modifications.
The reduction in numbers of units occasioned by the reorganization of the
U.S. Army Reserve and the redistribution of equipment on hand had the effect
of slightly increasing the quantities of equipment available to the remaining
Army Reserve units. Consequently, authorized individual and organizational
clothing and equipment for assigned personnel of Troop Program units reached
an overall average during this period slightly higher than the fiscal year 1958
average.
At the time of this report the overall average of organizational equipment
on hand in the U.S. Army Reserve Troop Program units was approximately
15 percent, reflecting a 3-percent gain over fiscal year 1958. To permit a reduction
of active Army support of US AR units’ annual active duty for training,
and to improve these units’ self-sufficiency, emphasis has been placed on the
issuance of field-type equipment to the Reserve units.
106 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE RESERVE FORCES POLICY BOARD
Platoon-level basic unit training can be conducted by the majority of units
with the quantities of materiel now on hand. Maintenance at all levels
continues to be a most pressing problem.
Naval Reserve
Equipment for training the Naval Reserve is assigned to training centers
and facilities. In general, this equipment is not of the same modernity as
that utilized by the fleet but does serve to illustrate the basic principles and
functions involved. Electronic installations are particularly in need of modern
equipment, and action is being taken to modernize the equipment, particularly
in the antisubmarine warfare field. This modernization will be slow
because of budgetary limitations. The nature of shipboard and shore station
facilities makes issuance of equipment on an individual basis unnecessary.
Therefore, individuals are supplied only with uniforms to accompany them
on mobilization.
In the air programs, special emphasis has been placed on providing firstline
aircraft for the ASW squadrons. All fighter and high-speed attack squadrons
are equipped with jet aircraft. ASW helicopters have been assigned to
the command, and at the close of fiscal year 1959 half the helicopter allowance
was filled with helicopters possessing ASW capabilities. The remainder
are trainers and utility models.
Escort vessel (DE) type ships assigned to the Reserve Training Command,
augmented by Active Fleet ships, cruised surface reservists during this reporting
period. Additional destroyer (DD) type ships are being assigned to the
Reserve Training Command in connection with the Selected Reserve Programs
as they are released from Active Fleet service.
The Marine Corps Reserve
The status of unit and individual equipment of the Ground Reserve continues
to be satisfactory. Unit manning levels, which are necessary due to
the personnel ceiling imposed, have eliminated to a great degree the need
for having full allowances of unit equipment on hand. However, full allowances
are available when required and requisitioned to support training. Modernization
of equipment in use for training continues. During fiscal year
1959 full allowances of the M48AI tanks have been authorized and issued to
tank units and to ordnance field maintenance companies. 155-mm. gun units
currently possess full-tracked, self-propelled weapons. Obsolete 60-mm. mortars
have been replaced with an allowance of 81-mm. mortars. M38 quarter-ton
trucks are being replaced by the M38AI when replacement is required.
Individual equipment needed for training the aviation component is satisfactory.
The Reserve air control squadrons are operating the latest FMF-type
radar. Their overall supply status is considered to be excellent. The majority
of the fighter and attack squadrons are equipped with jet aircraft. These aircraft
were considered to be satisfactory in both types and numbers during the
year. The very low availability of suitable helicopters severely hindered the
training of the Reserve helicopter squadrons and hampered participation in the
various air-ground exercises scheduled during the year.
The Air National Guard and Air Force Reserve
The Air National Guard aircraft inventory as of June 30, 1959, totaled 2,409,
or 92 percent of the 2,629 aircraft authorized. The inventory includes 1,764 jet
fighters, 195 jet reconnaissance aircraft, and 218 jet trainers. Three hundred
and eighty-nine of the assigned aircraft are classified as first line.
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE RESERVE FORCES POLICY BOARD 107
During the year nine squadrons converted to more modern types of aircraft,
including one squadron to F—100 and two squadrons from the conventional to the
jet category. At the year’s end one squadron was still equipped with F-94C’s but
it will convert to F-89J’s by mid-fiscal 1960. With this action all 94C’s will have
been removed from ANG program.
The modernization and conversion of the Air National Guard squadrons during
fiscal year 1959 continued on a smaller scale than in previous years. Continued
close liaison was maintained with appropriate Air Force commands which resulted
in an orderly redistribution and transfer of ground support equipment.
While some special test equipment and jet engine field maintenance tooling items
have continued to be in short supply, the overall equipment support of the Aii
National Guard is considered to be excellent. Those items which fall in the
critical category are on procurement, and estimated shipping dates are satisfactory.
With the exception of the communication-electronics and weather
(C-E&W) units, Air National Guard activities report approximately 90 percent
of mission and training equipment on hand. The C-E&W forces as a whole
possessed approximately 80 percent of their equipment authorization for individual
and unit training. One of the major objectives in this regard was to authorize
for training that equipment which qualitatively satisfied the requirement
for D-day mission accomplishment. Equipment of this quality was issued in
minimum amounts necessary to meet the needs of effective training operations.
The Air Force Reserve troop carrier units have attained very nearly the number
of aircraft needed for the 45 squadrons. The air rescue squadrons had received
all of their aircraft as of the close of fiscal year 1959. However, there are
some problems concerned with the equipping of these organizations. W bile the
squadrons possess their unit equipment, the attrition equipment (i.e., the 10
percent in excess of the unit equipment) has been reduced considerably during
the past year. The aircraft loss has occurred in the C-119G models. The units
with C-119G’s have been filled out by adding C-119J’s to make up the deficiencies.
The latter aircraft, although compatible with the C-119G’s, cannot
be used for troop drops. This creates the problem of determining the combat
capability of the units. The C—119C units, in contrast, are oversupplied with
unit equipment and are now carrying 18 aircraft per squadron.
The C-123 units have a deficiency in navigator compartments since most of
these aircraft are not so equipped. In the active establishment, four compartments
are authorized. Without them, units experience difficulty in executing
air drops. The tentative modification, providing these compartments, has been
approved by the Air Staff but is awaiting the approval of the Weapons Board.
Since this has been assigned a very low priority, its accomplishment in fiscal
year 1960 is unlikely.
During this period activation of the last three squadrons completed the activation
of all units in the 15-wing troop carrier program. A general problem
affecting these units has been the difference between the number of aircraft
actually possessed and those assigned. The principal reason for this disparity
lies in the aircraft which are undergoing IRAN (inspection and repair as
necessary). An improvement will occur very shortly as the repairs aie
completed.
Facilities
Army National Guard and Army Reserve
Under provisions of the National Defense Act of 1950, as amended (as restated
in secs. 2231-2238 of title 10, U.S.C.), the Army National Guard placed 92
construction projects under contract in fiscal year 1959. Of these, 72 were for
555521—60--------8
108 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE RESERVE FORCES POLICY BOARD
complete armories and the remaining 20 projects were expansions, conversions,
rehabilitations, or construction of motor vehicle storage buildings. The cost
to the Federal Government for these projects was $11.6 million. As of June
30, 1959, a total of 1,071 armories had been constructed for which Federal
funds have been provided under the National Defense Facilities Act, as amended.
Due to the reorganization of the Army National Guard, 27 of these armories
are now considered inadequate without alterations or additions.
The total expenditure of Federal funds for all armory construction projects
under this legislation during this reporting period was $116,681,000. The law
also provides for the use of Federal funds for up to 75 percent of the total
construction cost, with the State government providing the remainder. Prior
to the enactment of the NDFA Act in 1950, the several States and territories
had 916 armories considered adequate for continued use which had been constructed
without Federal assistance. Presently, only 639 of these armories are
considered adequate.
Because of the reorganization, it was necessary to proceed slowly with the
armory construction program during the first three quarters of fiscal year 1959.
Only 41 construction projects were placed under contract during this period.
In the final quarter the program was accelerated and 51 more armory projects
were contracted for. This total of 92 was 5 below the 97 projects programed
for fiscal year 1959. In fiscal year 1960, 169 armories and 17 nonarmory projects
are programed, based on $27.2 million new obligational authority from the
Congress.
The long-range construction facilities estimate for the current Army Reserve
troop basis is 1,800 centers. There is a continuing requirement to replace leased
and donated facilities that are inadequate due to lack of space for administration,
classrooms, storage, and maintenance, or because of poor locations, and
which involve high leasing and custodial expenses. The Army commanders
report a total of 925 facilities in this category.
During fiscal year 1959, contracts were awarded for 86 centers and 25 additions.
As of June 30, 1959, 276 centers had been constructed, including 83
that were completed in fiscal year 1959. There were 115 new centers and 25
additions under construction at the start of fiscal year 1960.
The Naval Reserve
Facilities in the Naval Reserve Program (OTA) number 300 training centers
and 19 training facilities. Of this number, 79 percent are class “B” (quonset
or Butler) or wooden barracks-type buildings. These aging structures are becoming
increasingly difficult to maintain economically.
Closely following the loss of six Naval Air Reserve training facilities in
fiscal year 1958, through disestablishment, four additional disestablishments
were ordered during fiscal year 1959. Every effort has been made to accommodate
the drilling Naval Air Reservists displaced by these actions at the
remaining 18 activities of the Naval Air Command. The fiscal year 1959 facility
losses reduced the Air Reserve Program by 10 major activities and 73 satellite
activities (AAU’s) over the past 2 years. Greater emphasis on ASW training,
accompanied by an increase in the number of ASW squadrons and a corresponding
reduction in the number of VF/VA jet squadrons, has reduced the requirements
for aviation facilities capable of supporting jet aircraft.
All Naval Air Reserve facilities are jointly utilized with one or more of the
following: Marine Corps Reserve, Air Force Reserve, Air National Guard, and
Coast Guard Reserve. Among the 319 training facilities and centers other
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE RESERVE FORCES POLICY BOARD 109
than Air, 236, or 74 percent, are jointly utilized by one or more of the other
reserve components.
Under austere funding conditions the maintenance of reserve training facilities
has continued to be a problem during this reporting period.
The Marine Corps Reserve
As of the close of this reporting period the Marine Corps Reserve occupied a
total of 228 facilities. This represents a loss of two during fiscal year 1959,
as a result of continuous study of units, facilities, population densities, and
transportation networks. Of the 228 training centers, the occupancy is shared
as follows: 157 shared with the Naval Reserve; 1 with the Army; 1 with the
Army and Navy; 1 with the Air Force; 1 with the Army, Navy, and Air Force
Reserves. Of the remaining Marine Corps training centers, 44 are federally
owned and 23 are commercially leased.
During fiscal year 1959, certain improvements were made to training centers to
provide more adequate facilities for accomplishment of the mission of the Marine
Corps Reserve. These improvements are: Construction of 8 rifle ranges, construction
of 6 structures to provide storage and maintenance space for automotive
and engineer equipment and artillery weapons, alterations to 14 training centers
to provide better facilities for training, and the completion of 8 new training
centers to replace inadequate facilities. Of these, four were constiucted jointly
with the Naval Reserve and one jointly with the Air Force Reserve. Of the total
number of training centers, 79.4 percent are jointly occupied with another
Service.
Marine Aviation Reserve units are based at naval air stations and receive
logistic support from the Navy. The facilities available and used during fiscal
year 1959 were adequate.
The Air National Guard and Air Force Reserve
Fiscal year 1959 funds in the amount of $12.1 million were utilized in the construction
of facilities for the Air National Guard and in the development of plans
for projects to be undertaken in future years. The major items constructed were
2 runway extensions, 3 hangars, 6 aircraft parking aprons, 6 armament storage
and supply buildings, 1 AC&W building, and 4 arrestor barriers. Advanced
planning was authorized for the design of 10 arrestor barriers, expansion of 4
parking aprons, 5 hangars, 3 AC&W buildings, and 9 runway taxiway extensions.
The 567 Air National Guard units operating as of the close of this report
occupied the following facilities: 94 flying bases (including 10 tactical support
unit flying bases, 3 permanent training sites with tactical units, and 5 permanent
training sites with training site detachment only) and 42 nonflying bases.
The projection of funds needed and programed in fiscal year 1960 is $16,440,000
to provide for presently authorized units. All construction and acquisition of
Air National Guard facilities is accomplished through coordination with the
Reserve Forces Facilities Committee of the Office of the Secretary of Defense.
At the present time 39 Air National Guard flying bases are in the joint-use
category.
The Air Force Reserve obligated a total of $5.6 million for operational facilities
during fiscal year 1959. This includes $4 million made available late in
fiscal year 1958 and not placed under contract until the first quarter fiscal year
1959. At the close of this fiscal year, the 35 required troop carrier bases were
all operational to a satisfactory degree. The remaining operational facilities are
scheduled for completion by the end of fiscal year 1964.
no ANNUAL REPORT OF THE RESERVE FORCES POLICY BOARD
Flying facilities being jointly used are as follows: 19 with the Regular Air
Force, 10 with the Air National Guard, 3 with the Navy, and 5 with civil
aviation.
During this period 82 Air Reserve centers (nonflying), where technical nonflying
training is conducted, were in operation. Six of these facilities were constructed
in locations where Reserve participation and high rent warranted
such action. The remaining 76 centers were located in either Government
owned or leased facilities.
John Slezak,
Chairman, Reserve Forces Policy Board.
Annual Report
of the
SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
July 1, 1958, to June 30, 1959
Contents
Page
Chapter I. Introduction_________________________________________ 113
II. Operations and Training_____________________________ 115
III. Logistics_____________________________________________ 133
IV. Manpower and Personnel Management______________ 149
V. The Search for Better Weapons, Equipment, and Techniques_________________________________________
166
VI. Civil Works: Water-Resource Development___________ 185
VII. Strengthening Management__________________________ 191
VIII. Budget and Funds___________________________________ 198
IX. Conclusion__________________________________________ 203
I. Introduction
U.S. military forces, like the Nation, itself, are fully engaged on
many fronts at all times. Military forces in being weigh heavily on
the outcome of the protracted conflict which faces us. The Army,
together with the Navy and the Air Force, is dedicated to the task of
maintaining the peace by preparedness for war. No one can foresee
with clarity how or where the United States may be called upon to
use its military power. Our land, sea, and air forces may be engaged
in conventional operations, varying in size from a small-scale expedition
to a relatively large-scale war. They may also be required to fight
in a limited nuclear war, or they may even find themselves in the
cauldron of general nuclear war.
A proper combination of offensive and defensive weapons systems,
consisting primarily of advanced missiles and provided with adequate
warning and communications systems, should deter any aggressor
from attacking the United States with nuclear weapons. In the
past year the Army has contributed an increasingly important share
of this deterrent force principally through the extensive deployment
of advanced surface-to-air missiles in defense of the continental United
States. At least one atomic-capable NIKE-HERCULES battery is
now located within each defended locality in the United States.
If the deterrent to thermonuclear war is properly maintained, the
United States and Soviet strategic nuclear capabilities will tend to
cancel out one another. This means that we are entering a period
when the active forms of military power will be modern tactical land,
sea, and air power. This inevitably leads to an emphasis on men, an
emphasis particularly felt by the Army, since land forces, which are
designed specifically to control the land where man lives, depend in
the final analysis on man himself. The Army makes full use of modern
weapons and equipment, but always in the firm belief that men
of courage and skill, and men in numbers, are absolutely essential.
Versatile and strong land, sea, and air forces, fully modernized, suitably
deployed or strategically mobile, and capable of both conventional
and nuclear action, should be able in conjunction with our many allies
to deter or adequately cope with any other kind of aggression which
might occur anywhere in the world.
There has been no significant change in the deployment of Army
forces during the year. In the most critical areas of Europe and Asia,
113
114 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
Army forces are deployed alongside those of our close allies as continuing
evidence of U.S. determination to stand by its commitments.
Here at home, mobile, combat-ready Army forces are essential to
reinforce allied or U.S. forces deployed overseas or to move rapidly
to new trouble spots which may threaten. For this purpose the Army
maintains the Strategic Army Corps, or STBAC, a part of the Strategic
Army Forces located in the continental United States. This
superbly trained combat force has great flexibility for deployment by
air or water in conjunction with the Navy or Air Force. STR AC,
in addition to the divisions which comprise its main combat strength,
also includes the combat support and service support units required
for sustained combat operations. These highly ready and mobile
strategic reserve forces can be rapidly tailored to fit the requirements
of a specific situation as it actually develops and to work effectively
with the Air Force and Navy and the forces of our allies. These
forces are able to fight with or without nuclear weapons. The fast
deployment of Army, Navy, and Air Force elements to Lebanon and
to Taiwan at the time of the recent crises provided excellent examples
of the flexibility and utility of highly mobile combat forces.
Within the capabilities of equipment now on hand, the Army is in a
high state of combat readiness. The Army continues to work tirelessly
to improve its readiness posture and therefore its capabilities
to perform its many increasingly important missions.
II. Operations and Training
Operations in time, of peace entail keeping the Army poised with
all its resources of manpower and equipment in a state of readiness to
respond to any challenge which may be inimical to the security of
the United States. The posture of readiness is difficult to measure
because its effect is principally deterrence of war.
Notable developments in operations and training indicative of the
deterrent power of the Army in fiscal year 1959 were—
— prompt response of ground forces to the crises in Lebanon,
Taiwan, and West Berlin;
— fast air movement of a 1,100-strong reinforced battle group
of STRAC paratroops from North Carolina to the Rio Hato
Military Reservation in Panama where they landed by parachute
to demonstrate the capability of assault reinforcement of
an oversea area from the United States;
— organization of 90 percent of Army Reserve components to
the modern pentomic structure;
— the establishment on a NIKE site of a battalion of the California
National Guard as an integral active part of the air
defense of Los Angeles;
— activation of two battalions to man the new LACROSSE
surface-to-surface missile which will be operational early in
fiscal year 1960; and
— activation of the first battalion for operation of the HAWK
air-defense missile, a highly mobile “homing” missile with excellent
low-level capabilities.
Deployment of Forces
Ready Forces O verseas
The collective security of the free world is dependent to a large
extent upon a tangible demonstration of the will and ability of the
United States to fulfill its international commitments, and Army
forces deployed overseas during the past year were clear and unmistakable
proof of U.S. intentions—both to allies and to potential
enemies. The presence of Army troops on the ground in many parts
of the free world had a stabilizing and deterrent effect which could
have been achieved in no other way.
115
116 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
The Army in Europe
U.S. Army, Europe, is a part of the U.S. European Command, a
unified command, with responsibilities extending geographically from
the northern tip of Norway to the eastern extremity of Pakistan.
The U.S. European Command has the task of welding the joint combat
forces of the United States—Army, Navy, and Air Force—
assigned in Europe as part of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization
defensive alliance.
During fiscal year 1959 the Army held ready in West Germany,
facing Communist forces, 3 infantry divisions, 2 armored divisions,
3 armored cavalry regiments, 2 REDSTONE field artillery groups,
10 surface-to-surface missile battalions, and other support forces.
In West Berlin there were two battle groups.
In the northeastern plain of Italy between the Alps and the Adriatic
Sea the Army maintained the Southern European Task Force,
whose major combat element is one medium missile command. During
the past year this task force was reorganized into a combined
United States-Italian Force, with Italy assuming responsibility for
manning two HONEST JOHN missile battalions.
The potential combat effectiveness of the Army in Europe was
excellent during the past year. It was the best equipped and best
trained operational army the United States has ever had in the field
in time of peace.
German border operations were the responsibility of the three
armored cavalry regiments in U.S. Seventh Army during the year.
These units patrolled along the border which separates the U.S. area of
responsibility in Germany from Soviet satellite Czechoslovakia and
the Soviet zone of Germany. The mission of these units was to alert
U.S. Seventh Army and the free world in case of attack. To accomplish
this mission, motorized patrols, ground observation posts, and
listening posts were manned. Elements of the armored cavalry regiments
were constantly on the move, watching, listening, scouting, and
patrolling and thus maintaining a constant vigil for the security of
U.S. forces in Europe.
In support of Army troops in Europe, approximately 92,000 nonU.
S. civilians were employed, whose work involved all kinds of
support activity, such as communications, hospital support, vehicle
operation, maintenance duties, and engineer activities of all kinds.
These personnel had an important role in support of military forces
and were essential under existing conditions for the success of the
Army’s mission in Europe during fiscal year 1959. Their numbers
are indicative also of a serious shortage of U.S. military manpower.
OPERATIONS AND TRAINING 117
The Army in the Pacific
Area command in the Pacific resides in the Commander in Chief,
Pacific. The commander of Army forces in the Pacific area is responsible
for the execution of operational and logistical missions
assigned by Commander in Chief, Pacific, as well as missions and
responsibilities for Army matters assigned by Headquarters, Department
of the Army.
The operational readiness of the principal element of the U.S.
Army Pacific was excellent during fiscal year 1959, as indicated by
the alert forces deployed in the vicinity of the demilitarized zone near
the 38th parallel of latitude in Korea. U.S. Army forces in Korea
were organized in the U.S. Eighth Army under the United Nations
Command, which includes military forces from eight other nations.
U.S. Army troops in the Eighth Army consisted of two infantry
divisions, an air-transportable missile command, an artillery group,
and a corps artillery. These forces are equipped with some weapons
capable of delivering atomic fire.
Korean Army personnel have been integrated into U.S. divisions at
squad and gun-crew levels and in U.S. Eighth Army service units.
This procedure has proven satisfactory in improving the effectiveness
of U.S. units, which were previously operating at reduced strengths
in accordance with troop ceiling limitations. However, because of the
language barrier, the presence of Korean soldiers in U.S. units reduces
the effectiveness of those units in comparison to equivalent U.S.-
manned organizations and limits the capability of those units for
deployment elsewhere.
The Army strengthened its Pacific forces during 1959 by converting
a 90-mm. antiaircraft gun battalion and a SKYSWEEPER battalion
on Okinawa to NIKE-PIERCULES battalions.
One infantry division, less one battle group, was maintained in
Hawaii as a reinforcement for the Army mission in the Pacific area.
Other Army Oversea Forces
In Alaska two reinforced battle groups and two NIKE-HERCULES
battalions provided ground and air defense for this new
State during fiscal year 1959. Ground troops were kept alert and in
a state of combat readiness by constant training exercises under extreme
conditions of temperature and weather.
In the Panama Canal Zone, the Army continued to maintain one
infantry battle group and one antiaircraft gun battalion for the protection
of this area.
In Iceland a battalion combat team of the U.S. Army continued
participation in the Iceland Defense Force, a subordinate command of
the U.S. Atlantic Command.
118 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
In agreement with Denmark, the Army moved a NIKEHERCULES
battalion to Greenland during the past year and it also
established there its Polar Research and Development Center.
Troop Movement to Lebanon
During the political crisis in Lebanon in July 1958 when the
Lebanese Government requested the support of U.S. military forces,
the Army began moving 8,000 combat-ready troops to that country,
including an airlifted airborne battle group and reinforced tank and
engineer combat battalions. The timely deployment of these troops
together with other U.S. military forces served as a deterrent to aggressors
to dominate countries in the Middle East. No active military
action resulted and Army forces were withdrawn after a 14-week
display of readiness to uphold the political freedom of Lebanon.
In response to requests of military aid by the Government of the
Republic of China, when the Communist Chinese began an intensive
artillery bombardment of the Quemoy Islands on August 23, 1958, the
United States provided substantial materiel assistance. In addition,
the Army rapidly deployed a NIKE-HERCULES battalion with
supporting units from the United States and moved numerous training
teams to Taiwan from nearby Far East areas and from the United
States to assist in improving the defensive posture of the Chinese
Nationalist Army. All Army troop movements were executed on
schedule and without incident. The prompt and effective assistance
rendered by these forces materially aided the Chinese Nationalist
Army in its successful defense of the Quemoy area. (See fig. 1.)
Ready 0ombat Forces Within the United States
In fiscal year 1958 the Army organized its Strategic Army Corps
(STRAC) as a means of providing quick ground reinforcement for
U.S. Army forces in oversea areas and for use in other areas of the
free world.
At the end of fiscal year 1959 these forces constituted STRAC:
Headquarters, XVIII Airborne Corps; 101st Airborne Division; 4th
Infantry Division; 82d Airborne Division; 1st Logistical Command;
the 2d Infantry Brigade; the 2d and 3d Missile Commands; and
Combat Command A of the 1st Armored Division. STRAC was reduced
by one division during the year because of the overall Army
strength reduction of 30,000 men. STRAC is part of the sevendivision
Strategic Army Force (STRAF). The four non-STRAC
divisions are to be used to reconstitute the STRAC in the event of deployment.
In recognition of the danger of limited as well as general war,
STRAC units are designed for quick movement against any kind of
OPERATIONS AND TRAINING 119
aggression around the world. The high level of combat readiness
for this mission requires troops who are fully trained to use a wide
range of weapons and equipment so that they may be prepared to
apply whatever degree of force is necessary to uphold the national
policy of the United States.
While STRAC was powerful, flexible, and ready throughout 1959,
the Army defines three main areas in which improvements are being
sought.
120 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
The first area is modernization. The quality and quantity of
weapons and equipment in the hands of STRAC troops have been sufficient
to meet requirements of the past. However, to be fully effective,
STRAC must be fully armed with the most modern weapons
and equipment which the Army has developed.
Manpower is the second area in which improvements are being
sought. Units which can move into combat in a matter of hours must
be made up of men who have completed up-to-the-minute training.
While the majority of the men in STRAC are so trained, there is the
unavoidable problem of personnel turnover and the continuing need
for trained replacements. In the past year it became clear that the
restrictions on the Army’s military strength were making it increasingly
difficult to hold in STRAC units the level of fully trained men
considered necessary for combat readiness. The problem was compounded
by the need for longer training periods for individuals in
the use of more advanced weapons and equipment.
Strategic mobility is the third area in which there is a need for
improvement. The movement of troops from Europe to Lebanon
gave dramatic emphasis to the necessity for a careful study of the
policies and plans governing airlift and sealift with a view toward
providing STRAC and the Army as a whole with the mobility required
to meet the increasing threat of limited war.
To airlift a strong combat force of STRAC with all its equipment
over a long distance in a matter of a few weeks and to support this
force by air until surface shipping can take over will require the
development of modern, large payload, high-speed aircraft with
longer ranges then those now in use.
Strategic sealift is generally adequate to meet the current mobility
requirements of the Army, but the bulk of the present oceangoing fleet
was built during World War II and is approaching obsolescence.
There is a real need for modernization of the strategic sealift fleet
with the objectives of faster vessels with more rapid means of loading
and unloading.
A “roll-on roll-off” ship is the kind of vessel required for efficient
sealift of Army combat forces. A prototype, the U.S.N.S. Cornet^
which can load and discharge divisional combat vehicles without conventional
lift equipment and which can rapidly transport four to five
times as many combat vehicles as the World War II Victory ship,
was used to transport, vehicles from Bremerhaven to Lebanon during
the crisis there. The performance of the Comet was considered excellent
during this operation. (See fig. 2.)
Readiness of the Reserve Components
A basic premise of all Army plans and operations is the concept
that the Active Army, the Army National Guard, and the Army
OPERATIONS AND TRAINING 121
Figure 2. Vehicles roll off U.S.N.S. Comet to Army lighter.
Reserve have complementary roles. During fiscal year 1959, the concept
of unity of forces was carried out by integrating an Army
National Guard NIKE unit into the active air defense of the United
States, placing Army Reserve units within the mobilization base of
the Active Army, reorganizing all but one of the 37 reserve components
combat divisions into the pentomic organizational structure,
and by effecting a priority system to man, train, and equip all reserve
components for phased mobilization into one cohesive force.
The Army Reserve forces considered to be immediately available
for mobilization are contained in the Ready Reserve with an authorized
strength of 1,448,000 officers and men. A total of 700,000 personnel
are assigned to units in a paid-drill status and 748,000 are listed
as individual reinforcements. The unit paid-drill strength consists
of 400,000 National Guardsmen and 300,000 Army Reservists.
The reserve components have been organized into 37 infantry and
armored divisions, 27 of which are Army National Guard and 10
Army Reserve. In addition, 13 Army Reserve training divisions and
numerous combat and service support units of both the Army National
Guard and the Army Reserve have been organized to meet
mobilization requirements. Upon mobilization about 1,100,000 of the
total 1,400,000 officers and men would be required by the 37 combat
divisions and supporting units in the Army Reserve Forces Troop
Basis. The balance would be required as individual reinforcements
for Active Army units, and to initiate the organization of additional
units.
One battalion of the California National Guard was placed on a
NIKE-A JAX site in the Los Angeles area during the past year as an
integral part of the air defense system in force in the United States.
122 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
The Army National Guard continued its training for active participation
in the air defense of the United States and Hawaii.
By the end of fiscal year 1959, 20 missile batteries (NIKE-AJAX)
of the Army National Guard completed training. During fiscal year
1960, an additional 38 Army National Guard missile batteries (NIKEAJAX)
and 4 Army National Guard missile batteries (NIKE-HERCULES)
are scheduled to complete training.
The Army Reserve participated in air defense, with two detachments
undergoing training at two Active Army NIKE-AJAX sites
in the Chicago, HL, area. This was experimental training to determine
future participation of Army Reserve elements in operational
air defense.
Air Defense
In fiscal year 1959 construction of new tactical sites of the Army’s
part of the air defense system of the United States was stopped except
for sites under contract and one new site started in the Dallas-Fort
Worth, Tex., defense area. This stoppage was due to a revaluation
of the concept of air defense of the United States by the Secretary of
Defense in line with the desire of Congress to eliminate possible air
defense duplications of the Army’s NIKE-HERCULES and the Air
Force’s BOMARC. At the end of the year an air defense master
plan was issued by the Secretary of Defense which reduced NIKEHERCULES
construction in fiscal year 1960 from the original plan
of the Department of Defense.
NIKE
The widespread NIKE-AJAX air defense system was strengthened
during the past year by the addition of the more powerful secondgeneration
missile, the NIKE-HERCULES. At the end of the year
there were more than 80 NIKE-HERCULES batteries on site, including
more than 30 batteries overseas and in the State of Alaska.
In the coming year, additional NIKE-AJAX batteries will be converted
to the NIKE-HERCULES at present defense sites which now
protect cities, Strategic Air Command bases, and various installations
in the United States, including Alaska, and in Flawaii.
All NIKE-AJAX installations will be either converted to NIKEHERCULES
or supplemented by NIKE-HERCULES on the same
sites. The NIKE-AJAX, though not as effective as NIKE-HERCULES,
can defeat any bomber operational today. The NIKEHERCULES
has the advantages of having a much longer range, of
being much faster, and of having the ability to carry a conventional
or nuclear warhead. NIKE-HERCULES is also an effective weapon
against air-breathing air-to-surface missiles.
OPERATIONS AND TRAINING 123
The very high accuracy of the NIKE-AJAX and NIKE-HERCULES
has been demonstrated by regular firing for several years.
At the end of the year, annual service practice and package firing of
NIKE-AJAX missiles totaled over 3,000 and NIKE-HERCULES
firings totaled over 400. During the past year the accuracy of the
weapon was further demonstrated when NIKE-HERCULES successfully
intercepted a target at over 100,000 feet and a Q—5 drone
traveling at supersonic speeds up to 2,100 miles per hour at a high
altitude, thus achieving the highest and fastest target intercepts to
date in the free world.
Safety is afforded in the NIKE system by its “command guidance”
system which keeps the missile under control at all times. Additional
safety devices have been included in NIKE systems which react
automatically to destroy the missile and warhead if flight should be
erratic or ground control is lost.
HAWK
HAWK, a “homing” missile which has the capability of destroying
supersonic vehicles at treetop level, became operational during the
past year. The first HAWK unit was organized during the year and
successfully completed its training. Early in fiscal year 1960 operational
units will be ready for assignment either overseas, to the Strategic
Army Corps, or to continental air defense. Like the NIKEHERCULES,
the HAWK has intercepted successfully the supersonic
Q-5 drone and has demonstrated its low-altitude capability by intercepting
an F-80 drone flying at an extremely low altitude.
MISSILE MASTER
In continental air defense, the Army’s NIKE units and MISSILE
MASTER fire-coordination systems are under the operational control
of the North American Air Defense Command. The MISSILE
MASTER is an automatic data communication network, which integrates
in a defense area all elements of Army air defense weapons
from target detection to target destruction.
In addition to the MISSILE MASTER system now operational
in the Washington-Baltimore defense area, nine more systems were
placed under contract during the past year. These systems will be
operational by the end of calendar year 1960.
NIKE-ZEUS
The next step in air defense which will be necessary in the very near
future is the production of a weapon which will defend against intercontinental
ballistic missiles and intermediate-range ballistic missiles.
555521—60-------9
124 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
The Army recognizes the many complex problems presented in the development
of an effective antiballistic missile defense. It has been
pursuing the solution to these problems aggressively for several years
in the development of the only promising weapons system of this
type, the NIKE-ZEUS.
Training
Training was emphasized in all Army operations during fiscal
year 1959, and each training program was tailored to fit the mission
of the command concerned. Training of Army forces stationed overseas
was conducted with the objective of maintaining instant combat
readiness. STRAC trained for immediate deployment from the
United States. The reserve components trained to meet mobilization
schedules. Lastly the Army Training Base and service schools
provided trained replacements and school-trained specialists to all
Army forces.
Training in Europe
With the objective of maintaining instant combat readiness, the
U.S. Army in Europe continued to emphasize realistic training under
field conditions, stressing individual and unit protective measures on
an atomic battlefield.
Army aircraft, as a means of battlefield mobility, were used in al]
tactical training to transport troops, vehicles, equipment, and supplies.
Army helicopters and fixed-wing aircraft were used also to support
and conduct long-range combat and reconnaissance training patrols.
The largest Army-wide field-training exercise, FREE PLAY, was
conducted in Germany during February 1959. In this 6-day corps
maneuver, 50,000 troops participated. As a result of the training
and experience gained under continuous field conditions, participating
units showed marked improvement in their combat readiness.
(See fig. 3.)
Army troops in Europe continued to take part in field exercises
directed by the North Atlantic Treaty Organization headquarters
which are designed to increase the readiness of the combined NATO
forces defending free Europe.
During the past year four theater-level schools were operating in
Europe. These schools provide specialist training, leadership training,
and several individual training courses essential to the efficient
operation of Army forces in Europe.
Fund limitations reduced the frequency of movement of units to
major training areas in Europe during the year and also forced cancellation
of a major field exercise. The combination of limited
OPERATIONS AND TRAINING 125
Figure 3. HONEST JOHN firing in training exercise in Germany.
funds and inadequate close-in training areas hampered training in
Europe.
Training in the Pacific
The U.S. Eighth Army in Korea carried on continuous field training
during the year, emphasizing rehearsal of assigned combat and
support missions. (See fig. 4.) Elements of the U.S. Air Force, the
Navy, and the Republic of Korea Army participated in much of
this realistic training. A major problem of training in Korea
stemmed from insufficient troop-space authorizations for administrative
and support functions. Consequently, it was necessary to assign
the most essential of these duties to combat troops, thereby interfering
with combat training.
The 25th Infantry Division in Hawaii carried on effective combat
operational training during the year, but lacked air and sealift to
support mobility training exercises of the division. This deficiency
is a serious handicap to the division, which, however, is well trained
to accomplish its operational missions.
Several schools were conducted in the Pacific area; all courses
were conducted at troop level rather than at theater level.
Training in the Panama Canal Zone and in Alaska
In the Panama Canal Zone and in Alaska, emphasis was laid on
environmental training. Each command operated excellent facili126
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
Figure 4- Training in Korea.
ties—the Jungle Warfare Training Center in the Panama Canal
Zone and the Cokl Weather and Mountain School in Alaska. Plans
were laid during the year to start polar environmental training near
Thule, Greenland.
Training in the United States
During fiscal year 1959 highest priority was given to the training
of STRAC to assure its readiness for immediate deployment to any
trouble spot in the world. Every effort was made to relieve the
STRAC from reserve component summer training, replacement
training, and other missions not contributing to combat readiness.
These measures have enabled STRAC to conduct a most effective
training program which has been responsible for maintaining this
force in the highest possible degree of readiness.
Replacement Training
During the past fiscal year, approximately 235,000 Active Army
replacements received basic training in Army training centers and
in units of the Strategic Army Force.
OPERATIONS AND TRAINING 127
Approximately 75,500 6-month trainees and 1,500 3-month Reserve
component trainees entered training in Army training centers during
fiscal year 1959. About 50,000 of these were Army National Guard
trainees and the remainder, Army Reservists. After completion of
8 weeks of basic combat training in the Army training centers, the
majority of trainees completed advanced individual training and
unit training either in Army service schools or at Army training
centers, with only a small percentage diverted to apprenticeship in
Active Army units.
School Training
During fiscal year 1959, 123,240 Army personnel were graduated
from Army service schools, 2,500 from Navy schools, 418 from Air
Force schools, 11 from Marine Corps schools, 1,608 from courses
conducted by the Defense Atomic Support Agency, and 200 from
joint colleges (National War College, 34; Industrial College of the
Armed Forces, 40; and Armed Forces Staff College, 126).
Education and training was provided for 1,760 Army personnel
in civilian institutions.
A significant development during the past year was the start of
training for operator and maintenance personnel on combat surveillance
and target acquisition equipment. Ten different courses of
instruction in operation and maintenance of medium- and long-range
ground radar, drone systems, airborne radar, and aerial cameras, were
started. Graduates were assigned to commands which had been
issued the new equipment.
Field Exercises and Maneuvers
Seven field exercises and maneuvers were conducted in the United
States during the year involving approximately 78,800 men. As far
as practicable, these exercises emphasized tactical operations under
assumed conditions of extensive nuclear, chemical, biological, radiological,
and electronic warfare capabilities for both friendly and
enemy forces.
Exercises DARK CLOUD and WHITE CLOUD provided combined
unit training in airborne operations at Fort Bragg-Mackall
Maneuver Area, North Carolina, for the 82d and 101st Airborne
Divisions. Participation in these exercises greatly improved the
operational readiness of these units.
Exercise ROCKY SHOALS, a joint-service amphibious exercise,
was conducted in the south-central portion of California, and despite
insufficient shipping, 13,000 Army troops received excellent training
128 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
in many aspects of amphibious operations. This was the first largescale
joint amphibious exercise for troops in the United States since
1953, and, although the final reports were not fully evaluated by the
end of fiscal year 1959, there were positive indications of the
importance of such exercises to the operational readiness of the Army.
Exercise CARIBOU CREEK was conducted in Alaska by a battle
group from the 82d Airborne Division stationed at Fort Bragg, N.C.
The maneuver afforded the troops experience of air movement to
Alaska and training in extreme cold weather operations.
Exercise BANYAN TREE, a joint Army-Air Force airborne training
exercise, was conducted in the Rio Hato Military Reservation in
Panama by a reinforced battle group from the 82d Airborne Division.
Approximately 5,000 Army personnel participated, although only
1,100 were airlifted to parachute into the military area. This was
the first time, either as a training exercise or as an actual operation,
that an airborne battle group was flown directly from the United
States to an oversea area to execute a parachute assault against an
“aggressor” force upon arrival. This training afforded the opportunity
to test STRAC reinforcement procedures and provided training
in joint operations for U.S. Army personnel stationed in Panama.
Exercise DRY HILLS provided valuable field training for the 4th
Infantry Division operating under the new pentomic structure. This
maneuver started with a coordinated air and overland movement of the
division from Fort Lewis to the Yakima Maneuver Area, Wash.
Exercise LOGEX 59 was a logistical command post exercise conducted
at Fort Lee, Va., to afford students from technical and administrative
service schools the opportunity to apply their recent instruction.
A total of 6,800 military personnel participated in this exercise
simulating continuous logistical support of war.
Training of the Reserve Components
During fiscal year 1959 training in the reserve components reached
the highest level yet attained during peacetime. Most units of the
reserve components dispensed with individual training at home stations
and initiated unit training during the past year. This was made
possible by the requirement for all non-prior-service personnel who
enlisted in an Army Reserve or Army National Guard unit to take
6-month active duty for training. In addition, the reorganization of
all but one of the combat divisions of the Army Reserve components,
which took place between January 1,1959, and the beginning of annual
field training, enabled most elements to train under the pentomic tactical
doctrine during summer camp.
OPERATIONS AND TRAINING 129
Training of Foreign Nationals
During the past year 11,000 foreign national military personnel received
training in tactics, weapons, logistics, and military technology
in Army service schools. Included in this number were approximately
535 orientation visits made by senior officers and staff officers to
Army service and technical schools. During fiscal year 1959 the Army
spent $44 million in training foreign nationals so that foreign nations
might develop self-sufficiency as contributors to the collective security
of the free world. This training has been vital in the maintenance of
approximately 200 divisions among armies of allies of the United
States.
Training of soldiers of allied nations in the operation and maintenance
of the NIKE-AJAX, NIKE-HERCULES, the HAWK, and
the CORPORAL missiles continued at the Army’s guided-missile
school during the past year as countries participating in the Military
Assistance Program requested these missiles.
During fiscal year 1959 the first foreign units to complete NIKEHERCULES
training were three Italian battalions. At the end of
the year personnel from nine other nations were being trained in U.S.
Army service schools to man the NIKE-HERCULES.
In addition to formal school training conducted for foreign nationals
within the United States, 5,000 Army personnel in Military
Assistance Advisory Groups and Missions aided in the training of
troops in the armies of 42 foreign nations to teach them the proper
use and maintenance of arms and equipment received from the United
States.
Military Assistance Program
The Army’s participation in the Military Assistance Program represents
a tremendous investment in maintaining free world security
in a total of 65 independent nations by aiding them to maintain
ground troops. Under grant-aid, a part of the Military Assistance
Program, the Army supplied many of these nations with materiel
and services worth $12.5 billion over the past 9 years. Arms, equipment,
and services valued at $807 million were supplied during fiscal
year 1959. Under the Mutual Security Military Sales Program, another
part of the Military Assistance Program, arms and equipment
valued at $561 million have been sold to the free nations of the world
in the past 9 years. During fiscal year 1959, $115 million worth of
materiel was sold.
Nations of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO)
started receiving atomic delivery weapons systems during fiscal year
130 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
1959. Stocks of nuclear warheads were deployed in conformity with
NATO defense plans in agreement with the nations directly involved.
In accordance with the law of the United States, all nuclear warheads
were retained in the custody of U.S. forces.
In the underdeveloped countries of Asia and the Middle East, military
assistance funds have been used to provide construction of barracks,
depots, maintenance facilities, and ammunition storage
facilities. The total value of the Army’s participation in this construction
is $219.7 million, of which $118.9 was completed by the end
of the year.
Army Mapping
Combat troops who must be trained to move constantly over unfamiliar
ground as fast as modern combat vehicles can carry them
and missilemen who are expected to hit ground targets hundreds and
even thousands of miles away need extremely accurate maps and
geodetic information of all kinds. Because of this the Army Map
Service, one of the largest military mapping organizations in the
world, has continued its accelerated program of mapping the earth’s
surface, has devised newer and better methods for precisely establishing
locations on the earth’s surface, and has begun evaluation of data
recorded from artificial satellites to obtain geodetic information.
(See fig. 5.)
In keeping with the requirements of the modern Army, the Army
last year produced new and revised military maps covering more than
360,000 square miles of the earth’s surface at large scale and approximately
535,000 square miles at medium scale. In order to provide
the necessary source materials, usable aerial mapping photography
of approximately 150,000 square miles of the earth’s surface was provided
by the Air Force and commercial contractors.
Emergency requirements for maps of the Middle East accelerated
Army map production and more copies of maps were printed in the
first quarter of the year than had been scheduled for the whole fiscal
year. During the past year a total of 40 million copies of maps of
different scales for many areas were printed. As in previous years,
private contractors assisted the Army in this accomplishment.
Due to the magnitude of the requirements of world mapping, significant
progress can be made only by integrating the efforts of
technicians skilled in this field throughout the world. As a result of
U.S. efforts through NATO, SEATO, and the Central Treaty Organization
(formerly the Baghdad Pact), as well as through independent
arrangements with nations not participating in these organizations,
valuable contributions are being made to the world treasury of
mapping. Currently, the United States has mapping arrangements
OPERATIONS AND TRAINING 131
Figure 5. Mapping survey party in Alaska.
with 53 countries. During the past year, new exchange arrangements
were made between the Army Map Service and Service Geographique
de 1’Armee, France, and with the Mitchell Library, Sydney, Australia.
Many of the arrangements include the exchange of mapping materials
and information, while others include permission for such on-site
work as aerial photography, recovery and establishment of geodetic
control, or utilization of mapping facilities for joint production of
new mapping. The Army Map Service participated in geodetic
surveys in seven countries.
During the year emphasis was placed on the use of astronomy for
making geodetic measurements. In a procedure known as occultation,
observation of the positions of the stars and the moon permits
the precise determination of locations. Sixty-one occultation predictions
were made during the year for determining more accurately
interisland connections in the Pacific Ocean.
The Inter-American Geodetic Survey, a U.S. agency manned by
Army personnel, carried on computation and adjustment of geodetic
132 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
surveys in collaboration with several South American nations. Under
the arrangements made through the Inter-American Geodetic Survey,
the United States assisted countries of South America in their mapping
activities and, in return, received maps and map source materials.
The Inter-American Geodetic Survey has been active for many years
now in obtaining constant mapping scales for the Americas and in
tying together geodetic control for North and South America.
For the purpose of obtaining geodetic and topographic data, the
Army participated in the tracking of satellites and has obtained a
wealth of data which are still being evaluated. As its portion of the
Vanguard program, the Army exercised administrative, logistical, and
partial operational control over electronic Vangaurd tracking stations,
and under its own program, Project BETTY, manned a number of
other satellite observation stations. The data obtained from these
projects will aid in the development of a more uniform system of
geodetically relating the earth’s features, and the information also will
make possible better estimates of the effects of gravity on ballistic
missile trajectories. During the year Army responsibilities in connection
with Vanguard were transferred to the National Aeronautics
and Space Agency, but Army Map Service continued to receive data
on the orbits of satellites for evaluation.
Army scientists and engineers were called upon during the year
to make an analysis of existing source materials to determine the
feasibility of preparing topographic maps of the moon. The result
of this analysis was an operational assignment for the Army to prepare
small-scale lunar maps. Obviously, this assignment must be
accomplished without the use of the familiar surveyor, transit, and
rod man. Instead, information will be obtained from astronomical
photographs.
The principal developments in the field of logistics during fiscal
year 1959 were—
— unremitting action in procuring equipment to modernize the
Army insofar as stringent funding permitted; Spartan planning
for procurement in fiscal year 1960 in view of further postponement
of the Army’s 5-year materiel program because of budgetary
restrictions;
— tentative establishment of tables of organization and equipment
for the pentomic division providing a foundation on which
to base specific logistical planning;
— successful conclusion of Project ELIMEX eliminating excess
and wornout stocks originally valued at $6 billion; implementation
of continuing elimination standards;
— establishment of an improved supply system for fast-moving
supply items and repair parts as a result of the experimental
Project MASS;
— construction of facilities valued at $421 million and start
of facilities worth $245 million in addition to the acquisition of
8,986 family housing units; and
— outstanding advances in space medical research as a result of
the successful space flight of the Army’s monkey, Able, and the
Navy’s monkey, Baker, in the nose cone of the Army’s JUPITER-
C missile.
Logistical Management
Support of the soldier on the battlefield has not been simplified but
rather complicated by advances in technology. Advances in weapons
have brought about changes in tactics. These, in turn, have brought
on a need for new equipment to make the new tactical concepts workable.
Concurrent with these changes, the whole structure of the
method of logistical support has had to undergo constant reorganization.
This process of change was not a sharp and definitive occurrence
which provided a modicum of stability for logistical planning as was
the case in past history when a scientific advance was adapted to
warfare. Today, major scientific breakthroughs follow one upon
another, demanding continuous readjustment in the types of arms
133
134 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
the Army must have, the equipment to support these arms, and the
tactics for employing them. Added to this, methods of production
and storage and issuance procedures constantly must be reshaped
and realigned.
In fiscal year 1958 the tables of organization and equipment for
the new pentomic divisions has been adopted only tentatively with
the understanding that experience would bring about considerable
change. In the past year, the composition and equipment of pentomic
Army troops has been decided upon more definitely and the
objectives of supply have become more concrete. Nevertheless, in
view of what is now in the process of research and development, it is
only reasonable to suppose that the organizational structure of tactical
troops and their methods of fighting will continue to change. Such
change will be followed undoubtedly by a need for continued shifts
in logistical planning.
Materiel Planning for War
The current concept of how wars of the future will be fought
places major reliance on materiel on hand in Army stock and immediately
available from commercial sources, rather than on post-D-day
production, because reaction speed is the key to victory in today’s
world of large, ready military forces.
During the past year the Army continued to maintain and improve
its combat reserve stocks in oversea theaters to compensate for possible
disruption of the supply pipeline. In addition, prestocked
reserves continued to be dispersed and protected by confining them to
an austere list of selected combat-essential items and by restricting
stockage of other items to satisfy only current operating requirements.
Although stocks on hand are the primary requirements of the modern
Army, there is still some need for the capability to rapidly
increase production of arms and equipment in order to replace stocks
and to build up reserves in the event of hostilities. This necessity
has emphasized the importance of a suitable modern production base.
During the past year Army-owned production plants were reviewed
to determine those not needed due to excess capacity or to obsolescence
of product. In the past 3 years, 24 Army plants were declared excess.
Four of these were declared excess in fiscal year 1959.
In keeping with congressional mandates, the Army continues to
emphasize the inclusion of small business firms in day-to-day procurement
activities. During fiscal year 1959, the Army awarded to
small business concerns, on a prime contract basis, $1,767 billion,
which represented 33 percent of all contracts placed by the Army
with both large and small business concerns.
LOGISTICS 135
The Army has supported the national economy also by encouraging
the placement of contracts with firms located in labor surplus areas
by setting aside portions of certain procurement for exclusive negotiation
with such firms. Priority under this procedure is given to
small business firms in labor surplus areas first, then to other firms
in such areas, and thirdly, to small business firms located elsewhere.
At the same time, however, the Army continues to comply with the
statutory prohibition against payment of a price differential to relieve
economic dislocation.
Procurement Deliveries
The value of deliveries of major equipment, including materiel
procured for other agencies, totaled $1,639 billion during fiscal year
1959. This represents an increase of $228 million over fiscal year
1958 deliveries.
The type of deliveries during the year continued to follow the
pattern that has evolved over recent years, that is, a shift to deliveries
of guided missiles and supporting equipment and communications
equipment at the expense of other items, especially ammunition.
Deliveries of guided missiles during the year amounted to $587 million,
more than a third of total deliveries. These are expected to
rise to $737 million in the next fiscal year. Electronics and communications
equipment, which had a delivery value of $168 million
in fiscal year 1958, increased to $278 million in fiscal year 1959 and
is expected to be $265 million next year.
Concurrently, ammunition deliveries continued to decline from
approximately $300 million in fiscal year 1958 to $182 million in fiscal
year 1959. Aircraft deliveries, averaging approximately $100 million
annually over the past few years, decreased to $74 million. This
decrease is explained by reduced purchase of old models pending
quantity production of new types. Some increase is anticipated in
both ammunition and aircraft deliveries during the next year, but
delivery of combat vehicles will decrease from $183 million to $100
million. (See fig. 6.)
Improvement of Combat Materiel Readiness
In order to improve its combat materiel readiness the Army
has drawn up a 5-year materiel procurement program to fill these four
specific requirements:
a. To provide standard materiel to equip and support the Army
as a strong deterrent force, and, if need be, a greatly expanded
force in combat;
136 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
PROCUREMENT ' Wh'. ■ ■. ■•■•i
MAJOR EQUIPMENT DELIVERIES
MILLION DOLLARS
5. To provide newly developed equipment and weapons to improve
the Army's combat capability;
c. To follow up with improved models of newly developed
equipment to maintain a completely modern Army with the highest
possible combat potentials; and
d. To replace items which, have been consumed or worn out or
lost from inventory for any reason.
These requirements represent the highest priority materiel objective
for procurement in the Army’s 5-Year Materiel Program. In this
program procurement requirements are broken down into annual
increments over the 5-year period and will require funding at a rate
LOGISTICS 137
of $2.8 billion annually. Each year this plant is reviewed and changed
so that it is compatible with the most recent developments. All
planned procurement for any of the four purposes above is carefully
screened to insure that items are not purchased which are approaching
obsolescence. It is recognized that continuous progress is being
made in the area of research and development and that advances in
technology cannot be geared to the physical life expectancy of the
equipment in the Army's inventory. Therefore, determination is
made prior to procurement that money is spent for items which will
not only have a long life expectancy, but will also remain modern for
a relatively long period of time.
Storage and Distribution
The advent of long-range missiles and the possibility of nuclear or
chemical or biological warfare, which might affect any part of our
Nation, has necessitated a revision of the Army’s depot and distribution
system in the theaters of operations. The massive depots of
World Wars I and II which specialized in one type of equipment are
no longer possible. Likewise, the long supply lines which stretched
hundreds or thousands of miles to the rear cannot be depended upon to
supply troops in modern atomic war.
In order to attain the degree of flexibility and mobility which is
essential for either limited or general war, the Army concentrated
during fiscal year 1959 in further streamlining the supply system to
include the elimination of items not essential to either current operations
or minimum mobilization and combat reserves.
The principal methods which have been used to reduce inventory
are—
a. Standardization of equipment with emphasis on interchangeability
of parts;
b. Single management of items common to the Department
of Defense and single management within the Army for items
with similar functions;
c. Emphasis on more active exchange of common items of
supply among the military services;
d. Reduction of nonessential items in the supply system; and
e. Physical elimination of nonessential items from stock.
Project ELIMEX, a 2-year effort to reduce Army inventories, ended
in fiscal year 1959. It was highly successful in eliminating excess
stocks of Army supplies originally valued at approximately $6 billion.
This was 20 percent more than the original target set for the project.
Most of these stocks were either sold, transferred to another Government
agency, donated to civic organizations, or otherwise disposed
138 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
of, although significant quantities were set aside for the Military
Assistance Program.
In addition to physical disposal of materiel, Project ELIMEX was
aimed at permanently reducing the number of line items stocked in the
Army’s supply system. This was difficult because of the continuous
addition of new items particularly in the fields of missiles and communications
equipment. However, despite 179,000 new items placed
in stock, 259,000 items were deleted, bringing total line items in the
Army’s supply system down from 737,000 to 657,000 at the end of
fiscal year 1959.
As work continues to reduce items of supply to those which contribute
directly to success in battle, depots stocking a variety of items
are being dispersed. Efficiency in stockage is being carried down to
lowest troop levels so that equipment not in daily use is pooled at
higher echelons in the rear and stocks of supplies not frequently drawn
upon are held in rear areas.
Project MASS Results
During the past year an improved supply system for minor secondary
items and repair parts grew out of Project MASS, an experimental
system for supply of these items to troops in Europe.
In the course of the experiments, many procedures were tried and
rejected. Many more proved to be sound and were retained. Still
others were modified and then accepted. For example, original tests
provided that a requisition to the supplier would be acted upon without
any review as to validity of the requirement in order to reduce administrative
delays. This was found to be wasteful, and after careful
analysis, necessary editing and more stringent controls were
introduced.
Again, original procedures provided air shipment for slow-moving
items from the United States to Europe. In view of higher priority
cargo for air movement, shipment by air was later restricted to repair
parts required for inoperative equipment. Locally controlled cannibalization
was established as the primary source of supply for slowmoving
parts. Originally the test provided for support directly from
the United States, bypassing the communication zone of the theater.
The test proved the physical capability of providing direct support,
but this procedure has been discarded as unworkable if applied to a
fast-moving war over a large landmass. One of the most successful
features of the test was the utilization of electrical means for the transmission
of requisitions.
The fundamental characteristics of the improved supply system
which will permit reduction of stocks at all echelons, particularly in
forward areas, are—
LOGISTICS 139
a. Stockage in the field for organizational and field maintenance
is based upon frequency of demand and combat essentiality;
I). The basis for converting frequency of demand for an item
considers both the density of demand for an end item and seasonal
fluctuations in demand;
c. Controlled cannibalization is established as the primary
source of supply for low-mortality parts. Items required by
using units which are not stocked in the theater will be obtained
by stripping such items from uneconomically repairable or disposable
end items. Only when these nonstocked items cannot be
obtained from cannibalization or local procurement will they be
requisitioned from the United States;
d. Procedures are in effect to reduce the frequency and cost of
requisitioning;
e. Over-the-counter exchange of an unserviceable item for a
serviceable replacement is authorized without formal requisition;
and
f. Direct delivery of slow-moving items from the United States
to forward areas is made when such items cannot be otherwise
obtained.
Field Stock Control System
The Army field stock control system was established in 1957 and
was designed to reduce the number of stocked minor secondary items
and repair parts by computation of demand for each item. While
complete evaluation of worldwide-demand data has not yet been made,
line items at installation level in the United States have been reduced
over 50 percent during the past 2 years.
A further extension of the stock control system is the economical
inventory policy, which introduces a cost frequency of demand criterion
as a basis of stockage. Currently under test, this system seems
to indicate that it can effect further substantial economies in supply
operations.
Maintenance of Facilities
Several depot and Army-owned industrial facilities were disposed
of during the year, and Army-held facilities in Japan continued to be
phased out while minor reductions in facilities were made in Germany.
These reductions were more than offset by completed new construction,
acquisition of family quarters, and additional fixed facilities in France
and Korea.
In terms of building space to be maintained in the United States and
overseas, the Army had 965 million square feet of building space at
the end of fiscal year 1959, 3 million square feet more than in 1958.
In fiscal year 1958, $551 million provided for maintenance of facilities
was insufficient and left a considerable backlog of deferred mainte-
555521—60-------10
140 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
nance at the end of that year. In fiscal year 1959, with a greatly
increased maintenance responsibility, only $533 million was allocated
for maintenance. The backlog of maintenance of the Army plant now
totals $114 million.
Maintenance of Equipment
During the past several years the Army has been acquiring more
and more guided missiles and aircraft. The complexity of this new
equipment requires an increasingly greater number of repair parts to
insure operational readiness, as indicated by the fact that depot
maintenance support of guided missiles and aircraft has risen from
$61 million in fiscal year 1957 to $141 million in fiscal year 1959. It
is estimated that by the end of fiscal year 1960, materiel maintenance
funds will be short $166 million. This shortage of funds will affect for
the most part the Army’s older types of equipment. Maintenance support
of equipment other than missiles and aircraft has declined from
a cost of $244 million in fiscal year 1957 to $127 million in fiscal year
1959. As a result of this fund shortage the Army must give highest
maintenance priority to guided missiles and aircraft in support of the
pentomic Army.
Many successful efforts are being made despite fund limitations to
overcome the maintenance squeeze on conventional equipment. The
“inspect and repair only as necessary” technique has provided some
relief. Used since 1958 for vehicles, the program has been expanded
during the past year to include all types of equipment and all echelons
of maintenance. This technique requires continued use of functional
parts of equipment, regardless of evidence of wear, to the maximum
limits of their designed life. Similarly, equipment components and
assemblies that perform effectively and satisfactorily are retained in
service. This system has permitted considerable reduction in deferred
overhaul of conventional equipment.
One of the means which gives promise of improving maintenance on
a broad scale throughout the Army is the intensive program of product
improvement. Although in operation for only a little more than 2
years, this program indicates that by simplifying the construction of
equipment and by reducing the degree of individual skill required to
operate and maintain it, the whole field of logistical support can be
reduced. Logistically minded engineers throughout the Army are
now thinking in terms of the following objectives:
a. Improve reliability to reduce the need for maintenance;
b. Reduce frequency in cyclic and corrective maintenance; and
c. Reduce time for fault isolation and repair.
Military Construction
Construction of Army facilities worth $245 million was started in
fiscal year 1959.
LOGISTICS 141
Approximately 30 percent of Army construction was for air defense,
including the start of projects in support of the development of
NIKE-ZEUS, the antimissile missile. The defense of major metropolitan
areas and strategic installations was updated by conversion
of several NIKE-A J AX sites for NIKE-HERCULES and by original
construction of one NIKE-HERCULES facility. Army plans
for NIKE construction were restricted during the year, pending revaluation
of air defense plans by the Secretary of Defense. (See
ch. II, p. 122.) Part of the program was also devoted to MISSILE
MASTER construction which provides an integrated control for air
defense weapons.
The construction program also included $18 million for training
facilities at various locations to support missile programs. In addition,
construction financed by almost $14 million in other appropriations
was started to support these missile activities.
While missile construction accounted for a major part of the program,
other urgent operational, training, research and development,
and housing requirements were met. In the Army Communications
Zone in France, a $24 million addition was made to existing facilities,
most significant of which was the start of two storage depots. Oversea
construction also included many large facilities in support of the
Army Security Agency and worldwide Signal Corps communication
operations. Included in the facilities for training were the new $3
million Quartermaster academic building at Fort Lee and an academic
building for the Industrial College of the Armed Forces costing
$3.75 million. For expansion of medical facilities, a 100-bed hospital
at Fort Lee, Va., and an addition to the Army Medical Graduate
School, Walter Reed Army Hospital, Washington, D.C., were started.
During the past year 8,561 Army family housing units were either
acquired by lease, placed under construction, or in the process of final
contract award for construction. This was accomplished under the
Capehart program and the leasing program for tactical installations.
Family housing assets on June 30, 1959, totaled 115,000 units, an increase
of 38,900 over the past 4 years.
In oversea areas, under the surplus commodity housing program,
contract awards were made for 57 units, bringing total family housing
overseas to 50,300 units.
Public Law 85-241, approved August 30,1957, authorized the Secretary
of the Army to determine inadequacy of public quarters and to
permit occupancy by military personnel and their dependents on a
rental basis without forfeiture of basic allowances for quarters. The
law, as amended, further provided that quarters which were determined
inadequate must be rehabilitated, converted, or disposed of.
Over 7,000 units have been designated inadequate, of which 150 have
been funded for rehabilitation.
142 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
The Army had acquired 14,963 of the 22,248 Wherry housing units
by the end of fiscal year 1959. Adequate funds for repairs and improvements
have been made available and work is underway.
Almost half of the Army’s construction effort during the past year
was the construction of facilities for the Air Force. During fiscal
year 1959, the Army Corps of Engineers placed approximately $750
million of Air Force construction and started work on Air Force
facilities estimated to cost $825 million. Approximately one-third
of the new work was the construction of launching, detection, and
other support facilities for Air Force missiles. The remainder of
the construction was mainly for expansion and the improvement of
airbases, including such work as increasing the length of runways,
strengthening runways to accommodate heavier aircraft, providing
additional parking aprons, and construction of ready-crew buildings,
alert hangars, operations buildings, shops, warehouses, and quarters
for personnel. (See fig. 7.)
Figure 7
LOGISTICS 143
Army Medicine
The ever-present possibility of the use of atomic weapons in battle
and the consequent widespread dispersal on a battlefield pose serious
problems for the Army Medical Service in conserving and salvaging
the Army’s fighting strength. In the Korean war a remarkable record
was established by the return to duty of almost 90 percent of combat
casualties who reached medical facilities. This was accomplished by
moving hospitals with complete surgical facilities closer to the fighting
troops, by using helicopters and other expeditious means of evacuating
troops, by immediate injection of plasma and whole blood, and by similar
advanced procedures.
On the atomic battlefield, the Army cannot hope to match its performance
in the Korean war because of the probable great imbalance
between corpsmen and wounded. Nevertheless, the Army Medical
Service does not expect to be overwhelmed. To meet the situation it
has training programs underway to teach every soldier what he must
know to save his own life or that of his fellow soldier, and to teach its
less skilled corpsmen how to take over tasks performed by the more
skilled.
Disease Noneffective Rate
Disease noneffective rate throughout the Army declined from a daily
average of 11.1 per 1,000 in fiscal year 1958 to 9.9 in fiscal year 1959.
This was due in part, at least, to the improvement of standards of patient
care, to the careful monitoring of personnel assignments within
the Medical Service, and to better utilization of equipment and
facilities.
Prev en tiv e Me dicine
Major problems in military preventive medicine during the year
arose from the continuing difficulties in recruiting and training of
preventive medicine officers; from the increasing hazards involved in
the rapidly expanding military use of radioactive materials, microwaves,
other radiation devices, and missiles; and from the difficulty of
providing effective training of individuals and small groups in field
sanitation and hygiene. The latter problem was emphasized by the
excessive hospital admission rates for diarrheal disease in U.S. forces
in the Lebanon operation. A concerted effort during the year indicated
progress in solution of all these problems.
Vaccination against poliomyelitis of all Army personnel under the
age of 40 years was made mandatory during the year and the decision
was reached to vaccinate all recruits henceforth against adenovirus
disease beginning in the fall of 1959.
144 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
In filling a pressing need of some duration, Army technical manuals
in the fields of Army health nursing (public health nursing for dependents)
and civil affairs public health were completed.
Professional Medical Training Programs
In keeping with the developments in the field of endocrinology, the
Army Medical Service has established a 1-year training program in
endocrinology and metabolism during fiscal year 1959.
The programs of internship training for psychologists conducted at
Letterman and Walter Reed Army Hospitals were reviewed by the Accreditation
Committee of the American Psychological Association
during the year and were found to comply with approved professional
standards.
College postgraduate training was continued for regular officers to
maintain specialists in science fields allied to medicine. The acquisition
of allied specialists continued to be difficult because, as experience
shows, rarely does a Reserve officer with a Ph. D. degree elect to apply
for the Regular Army or for an indefinite reserve category at the
conclusion of his obligatory service.
Twenty-five residency programs in the field of medicine and surgery
were conducted throughout the teaching facilities in the Army medical
hospital system.
Progress was made during the past year in the procurement of
equipment and the training of personnel in the continuing effort to
establish radioisotope clinics in all teaching hospitals.
N’europsychiatry
Army neuropsychiatry expanded its efforts to prevent noneffective
duty performance due to psychological causes during the year.
Mental hygiene consultation services and other Army outpatient
psychiatric activities enlarged their spheres of operations to include
behavioral and disciplinary problems as well as the more traditional
symptom disorders. Stockade screening, in support of the Army correctional
program, now evaluates the duty potential of all stockade
inmates, makes appropriate recommendations for the administrative
discharge of repeating offenders, and provides psychiatric treatment to
restorable prisoners. This program significantly contributed to a
reduction of prisoners confined in the Army during the past year.
For offenders who are convicted by courts-martial but do not receive
confinement sentences, a psychiatry screening program providing a
routine psychiatric evaluation was established during the past year.
For almost 2 years a special psychiatric study conducted jointly by
Walter Reed Army Institute of Research and Walter Reed Army Hospital
has explored the possibilities for a more effective treatment of
LOGISTICS 145
schizophrenia in young military personnel. A unique technique,
“milieu therapy,” has been evolved which provides continuous treatment
by a psychiatric team with considerable emphasis upon the utilization
of enlisted neuropsychiatric specialists. Preliminary results of
a 1-year followup study has indicated that 50 percent of the patients
treated by this method can be restored to useful military service as
compared to 5 to 10 percent treated by other methods.
As a result of the Army preventive psychiatry program and programs
to raise personnel standards in the Army, hospital admissions
for psychiatric disorders have dropped to a new low of 8 per 1,000 men
during fiscal year 1959. The average admission rate for the past 5
years was 10 per 1,000.
Medicare
In view of the expressed desire of Congress that military dependents
make optimum use of service medical facilities, which was reflected in
a reduced appropriation for fiscal year 1959, the civilian medical care
authorized under the Medicare Program was restricted on October 1,
1958. The principal restrictive changes were—
a. Establishment of a Medicare permit system which limits free
choice of medical service by requiring those dependents who reside
with their sponsors to obtain care from service medical facilities,
if available and reasonably accessible; and
6. A limitation restricting to service facilities certain types of
surgery which can be planned, outpatient care of injuries, acute
mental and nervous disorders, and certain other medical
categories.
Generally, these requirements have been effective in promoting
greater use of military facilities; however, the curtailment of benefits
has resulted in some serious problems which the Dependents’ Medical
Care Act was established to solve.
The favorable morale advantages evidenced by the establishment of
Medicare have been decreased, particularly in those instances where
there is no easy access to military medical facilities. There are indications
that many dependents either are bearing the expense of the
medical services not now authorized from civilian sources or are foregoing
treatment.
Reinstatement of the original Medicare program would resolve certain
recognized inequities and hardship situations and provide a more
uniform program of medical care for dependents.
During the first quarter of fiscal year 1959, dependent admissions
to civilian hospitals totaled 93,400 for all services. During the second
quarter, 65,100 admissions to civilian facilities reflected a 30.3-percent
decrease attributable to the October changes in Medicare. In similar
comparative data on admissions to military hospitals, an increase of
146 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
6.6 percent is noted. Available data, though presently incomplete,
indicate that a similar trend will continue.
Medical Research and Development
The Army Medical Service Research and Development Command
has continued medical research in many broad fields during the year
to provide new or improved means for the prevention or treatment
of disease and injury. Some of the most important projects were—
a. The use of a new type of artificial kidney along with new
techniques for treating acute renal failure have reduced the
mortality rate in patients treated. A mortality rate of more than
50 percent was expected from this condition under former
procedures.
b. The development of a device, an “electrogoniometer,” was
supported by a research and development contract. With this device
it is possible to record, measure, and calibrate tracings of the
motions of certain joints of moving feet and to distinguish normal
and abnormal patterns. This development may be valuable for
faster determination of proper footwear fitting. It may also
prove to be beneficial in prosthetic work.
c. Through extramural investigations an antibiotic called Griseofulvin
has been found to be extremely effective against a number
of fungus infections and is regarded as a major step forward in
the conquest of skin infections by fungi.
d. Current studies of the energy value of the food required to
maintain body weight in men indicate that they require considerably
more food in hot climates than in colder areas. Determination
of causes and establishment of accurate ratios of area
temperature to food requirement will affect logistical planning in
the future.
e. Studies are being conducted to develop an instrument and
techniques which will measure accurately the total amount of
water in the body at any one time. Since it is now known that
man absorbs moisture from the air through the skin, these studies
may have far-reaching logistical implications relative to the
amount of water needed by soldiers in various climates of the
world.
/. New fluorescent antibody techniques for rapid identification
of micro-organisms are outstanding. These techniques are being
used also in studies of the origin and development of damage produced
by disease-causing organisms.
g. Preliminary studies supported by the Army Medical Service
have indicated a possible breakthrough in the prophylactic
use of gamma globulin for the prevention of hepatitis following
blood transfusions. These studies are being accelerated in an
LOGISTICS 147
attempt to obtain statistically valid data. Success in this area
might have great significance in the saving of military manpower
in the event of large-scale casualties.
Space Medicine
The newly established Biophysics and Astronautics Branch of the
Army Medical Research and Development Command participated in
two successful launchings of primates into space and their reentry
into the atmosphere aboard JUPITER ballistic missiles launched
from Cape Canaveral. The first flight of one monkey, though not
completely successful because of the failure of the recovery mechanism
in the nose cone, furnished considerable telemetered data, since
the animal was alive on reentry into the atmosphere.
The second flight was made by two monkeys, one Able, sponsored
by the Army, and the other, Baker, sponsored by the Navy. This
flight was completely successful and the monkeys were recovered with
no apparent damage to their systems. Able, the Army monkey, died
shortly thereafter of heart arrest while under anesthesia. There was
no evidence of injury due to the flight through space. (See fig. 8.)
Figure 8. Monkey Able being released from space flight capsule.
148 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
Data from these two historic experiments are still being analyzed;
however, the following important facts have been established:
a. It is possible to construct a capsule to support and protect
life—to protect two animals of different weights from the stresses
of flight and recovery. This is believed to be the most important
result of the test.
Z> . An acceleration of 10 g’s, deceleration of 38 g’s, the separation
of various portions of the missile by explosive action, and
a high rate of spin were determined as they affected the monkeys’
heart rate and respiration.
c. It was demonstrated on monkey Able that there was no increase
in radioactive substances in her body; hence, no appreciable
exposure to cosmic radiation.
d. Autopsy on monkey Able indicated complete absence of any
gross injury, internal or external, resulting from the flight. Microscopic
studies were not completed at the end of the year.
Advanced thinking and experimentation in astronautics in no way
detracts from the Army’s medical mission of supporting the combat
soldier on the battlefield. To emphasize the need for advanced
medical procedures for the changing concepts of ground combat, the
Office of Special Assistant to the Surgeon General for Combat Development
was established during the past year. This office will
accelerate the application of new concepts of combat medical support
to troop organization.
IV. Manpower and Personnel Management
The principal developments in manpower which were felt throughout
the Army during the past year were—
— the strength reduction of 37,000 men of the Active Army;
—the maintenance of 700,000 Ready Reservists in drill units;
— a continuous scrutiny of the use of military and civilian personnel
with some resulting realignment of manpower;
_ greatly increased enlistment rates over the past year;
more efficient methods of assignment and provisions for movement
for all personnel;
— a thoroughgoing enlisted management system affecting basic
assignment, promotion, pay, and prestige of enlisted personnel;
a continued weeding out. of ineffectives and legislative authority
to deny induction to individuals failing to meet performance
standards; and
— a general rise in morale together with downward trends of
disciplinary actions.
Military Personnel
Men, materiel, and doctrine are the three essentials of military force.
Each affects the other, and the requirements for each are ever changing.
Even in this age of ever-increasing materiel complexity, of
accelerated materiel obsolescence, and of rapidly changing military
concepts, the soldier, with his precious skills, requires the greatest
“production” leadtime and is, in the final analysis, the most important
factor in defense.
In the United States, which has no intention of aggression, the only
reasons for maintaining military forces is to protect itself and to display
in a credible manner that it is ready to enforce its international
rights and obligations. As long as the Communist, sphere maintains
large and well-equipped armies that display and practice aggressive
designs, this Nation must have soldiers. These soldiers must be in
sufficient number and so qualitatively equipped as to make clear this
country’s intention to respond to its international responsibilities
regardless of the degree of challenge.
With a declining troop strength over the past year, the Army was
hard pressed in maintaining adequate strength levels in its units at
home and abroad. The numbers of troops required for special activities
remained constant and contributed to the overall objectives of the
149
150 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
Army, although not directly strengthening its combat potential. An
example of these are the 5,000 troops detailed to training soldiers in
some 200 combat divisions in allied nations throughout the world.
The Army recognizes that numbers alone do not constitute strength,
and is proud of its accomplishments in continuing to meet everexpanding
requirements in the face of reductions in numbers. The
relatively effective manpower position of the Army over the past year
has been possible only because of the success of programs to improve
the quality and increase the efficiency of the use of human beings.
Increased efficiency in management has been brought about by use of
the twin tools of manpower management—the effective distribution
and utilization of available manpower and personnel management—
the proper classification and handling of the Army's men and women.
Even so, austere manning levels of the Army imposed by the fiscal year
1960 strength ceiling of 870,000 are causes for serious concern within
the Army, particularly in the face of recurring crises such as those
in Lebanon, the Formosa Strait, and in West Berlin during the past
fiscal year.
Strength
The total Army strength was scheduled to reduce from 898,192 on
June 30,1958, to 870,000 on June 30,1959. The intermediate objective
was 878,200 by midyear. The turn of world events, however, precluded
adherence to this schedule due to the tense international
situations which developed in Lebanon and Taiwan during the first
half of the fiscal year. As a result, the Secretary of Defense directed
the Army to maintain its strength temporarily at 900,000, and it was
in November 1958 that the reduction to 870,000 was established. Actual
Army strength on June 30, 1959, was 861,964. Because of the
Army’s relatively weak position in Europe, in view of the rising
crisis in Berlin, the end-of-year reduction was carried out by reducing
forces elsewhere. The reduction demanded a slowdown on some Army
activities, but it did not require a shutdown of any mission essential
to the defense of the Nation.
Enlistments and Reenlistments
A total of 112,680 voluntary enlistments into the Regular Army
during fiscal year 1959 represents a 44-percent increase over nonprior-
service gains during the previous fiscal year. This increase is
attributed to the combined impact of fluctuations in the national
economy, improvements in the Army Recruiting Service, increased
service attractiveness, and changes in mental criteria.
Overall Regular Army reenlistment rates during fiscal year 1959
showed an improvement of 4 percentage points over fiscal year 1958
(52.4 percent vs. 48.1 percent). Both first-term (21.5 percent vs.
MANPOWER AND PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT 151
17.2 percent) and career (83.9 percent vs. 80.4 percent) Regular rates
reflected a similar increase. Draftee enlistment rates in fiscal year
1959 approximated those for fiscal year 1958 (5.1 percent vs. 4.7
percent).
Almost 73 percent of the Army’s enlisted strength was Regular
Army at the end of fiscal year 1959, as compared with only 65 percent
Regular Army at the end of fiscal year 1958. Although fotal enlisted
strength of the Army has decreased steadily since 1955, from 985,700
to 758,500, the proportion of Regular Army soldiers compared to total
strength has increased from 58 percent to 73 percent. This has given
the Army greater stability and a greater depth in professionalism.
(See fig. 9.)
ACTIVE ENLISTED STRENGTH
Figure 9
Preinduction Aptitude Screening
Public Law 85-564, enacted in July 1958, permits the President,
except during times of national emergency declared by the Congress,
to modify the standards for induction otherwise established in the
Universal Military Training and Service Act. As a result of this
legislation, Selective Service registrants who score from the 10th
152 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
through the 30th percentiles on the Armed Forces Qualification Test
(Mental Group IV) are now further tested with the Army Classification
Battery of tests. Only those who score 90 or better in two or
more aptitude areas are accepted for induction.
Army procedures established on the basis of this law went into effect
on August 4, 1958. From that date through June 30, 1959, 84,005
Mental Group IV Selective Service registrants have been tested at
the armed forces examining stations with the Army Classification
Battery of tests, and 53,272 qualified for induction, with 27,742 of these
being inducted into the Army.
Army Career Option Group
The Army Career Option Group, which permits individuals coming
into the Army to choose a skill or specialty, was placed in effect on
January 1, 1959, as a replacement for branch enlistment options. The
program has been received enthusiastically, since it guarantees the
enlistee a choice of job training in the area of his choice and offers
greater potential job satisfaction. From the point of view of the
Army’s problem of assignment, the Career Option Group introduces
more flexibility, making more certain the assignment of the right
person to each job without regard for branch or technical service.
Manpower Distribution
The operating forces of the Army—combat forces and their integral
supporting elements—comprised 63.2 percent of the total Army
strength at the end of fiscal year 1959. The following data show the
broad areas in which the Army’s year-end strength was being used:
Strength Percentage
Operating forces_____________________________________ 544, 815 63. 2
Training forces______________________________________ 147,106 17. 0
Supporting forces______________________________________ 91, 094 10. 6
Special activities_______________________________________ 59, 910 7. 0
Transients and patients________________________________ 19, 039 2. 2
The “Special Activities” category includes units and elements whose
missions are of international, joint service, liaison diplomatic, political,
research, or other special purpose nature.
Utilization of Manpower
A reduction of 30,000 military personnel and 10,600 civilian employees
which the Secretary of Defense directed for the Army during
the last year demanded continued maximum effective utilization of the
manpower available to accomplish the Army’s mission. The Army did
not drop any of its principal programs and activities because of the
manpower cuts, but its ability to support them was curtailed, most
MANPOWER AND PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT 153
notable of which was the reduction of the Strategic Army Corps from
four divisions to three. Actual reduction of Army personnel for fiscal
year 1959 totaled 37,000 military personnel and 10,100 civilian
employees.
The basic policies concerning utilization of manpower were reviewed
and revised as necessary and were considered sound. At all
levels of the Army, increased emphasis was placed on locating and
correcting instances of violation of these policies.
The manpower utilization survey is an effective procedure by which
basic requirements for manpower and its actual utilization at a specific
installation on a specific date are determined. During the past year
456 surveys involving 334,403 positions were conducted, resulting in
the redistribution of 12,348 spaces to areas of more effective utilization.
Efficiency of the survey system was markedly increased during the past
year by the detailed review by the Department of Army staff of substantial
numbers of completed surveys.
Directly related to the manpower program is the staffing guide program.
Staffing guides provide information of recommended organizational
structure and guidance about the kind and numbers of personnel,
both military and civilian, needed to staff standard support activities.
At the present time, approximately 40 percent of the military and
civilian positions in the support area are covered by published staffing
guides. The goal is to provide guidance for distribution of 80 percent
of these personnel.
The procedure for development and use of tables of distribution by
which commanders record the use and intended use of support manpower
has been simplified. The recurring review of tables of distribution
was strengthened by clarifying the scope and specifying the
review and approval levels. Through these actions these tables have
become even more effective manpower control documents than they
were previously.
Actions taken to minimize instances of duplication of effort or dual
staffing include the requirement for all onsite manpower survey teams
and those charged with control functions at all levels of command to
identify and correct such instances.
The Army’s control of support manpower is maintained by constantly
trimming or extending the work force to the mission and
workload. Actions have been consistently taken to eliminate marginal
utilization of personnel and to increase the relative strength of operating
forces of the Army by making maximum feasible use of civilian
personnel in the support area within the limitations imposed by funds
and civilian personnel ceilings. The reduction in total civilian employees
of the Army in fiscal year 1959 seriously hampered this
practice.
154 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
Review of manpower control procedures is being continued with
an objective of achieving tighter controls and more consistency in
their application by all commands. The dilemma of decreasing personnel
and expanding missions is not easy to solve, but the Army
maintains a positive attitude toward the problem and anticipates increasingly
efficient utilization of manpower in fiscal year 1960.
New Techniques for Assignment of Enlisted Personnel
A major improvement was effected during the year in the reassignment
of enlisted personnel from basic combat training to advanced individual
training. A newly developed procedure enables the field
commands to forward expeditiously to Headquarters, Department of
the Army, a variety of personnel information on each basic trainee,
making possible better selections for advanced training on an individual
name basis. This system has resulted in better qualitative selection
of individuals based upon their aptitudes and previously
acquired skills, has produced fewer academic failures in the Army
school system, and has enabled more accurate forecasts of training
base outputs. All of these help the Army achieve more effective utilization
of manpower.
Improved centralized control of top-ranking enlisted personnel was
placed in effect this year by name assignment of the top two noncommissioned
officers and specialists ranks. Under this system, master
sergeants, first sergeants, and specialists in pay grades E-8 and E-9
are given assignments based on individual considerations comparable
to the officer assignment system. This not only adds prestige to these
senior enlisted personnel but also helps the Army to apply their special
abilities and skills to the specific locations and jobs which are most in
need.
Measures To Decrease Personnel Movement
Efforts were made during the year to decrease the frequency of
movement of Army personnel, particularly by limiting the number of
permanent changes of station. These measures met with appreciable
success. However, as long as the Army maintains large forces in as
many different countries overseas as it does today, personnel turbulence
will continue. As an indication of the impact of oversea demand
for personnel, it was necessary during the year to change the policy
on stabilization in the United States of long-service, more senior enlisted
personnel. Previously, enlisted personnel of the top five pay
grades who had completed 20 years’ service were exempted from oversea
service if they so desired. As of July 1, 1959, the criterion will
change from 20 to 27 years’ service.
A certain amount of movement is considered a healthful indication
of an alert, progressive military force and is therefore desirable. The
MANPOWER AND PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT 155
average frequency of movement of career military personnel today is
approximately once every 2 years as compared to once every 16 months
several years ago. The Army will continue to decrease this frequency
of movement during the coming year to the extent that operational
readiness, career development, and training requirements permit.
Enlisted Management Program
A significant forward step in personnel management is the Army s
Enlisted Management Program, announced in October 1958. The
program, designed to improve the effectiveness and enhance the prestige
of enlisted personnel, is expected to have a long-term and beneficial
effect. Details of the more significant features of the program
as developed through fiscal year 1959 are described in the paragraphs
that follow.
A. Proficiency Pay
The 1958 military pay legislation provides for proficiency pay
to any enlisted member designated as possessing special proficiency
in a military skill. Based upon guidance received from
the Office of the Secretary of Defense, the Army plan was developed
to allocate proficiency pay to all military occupation specialties
while regulating the number of personnel entitled to the
pay within each specialty.
In fiscal year 1959 proficiency pay of $30 per month was paid
to 13,793 Regular Army enlisted personnel in pay grade E-4
or higher.
B. Enlisted Evaluation System
A new system has been established to evaluate more objectively
relative proficiency of individuals. The new system incorporates
written and performance tests and performance
evaluation reports. These provide composite scores for relative
evaluation of enlisted personnel in their military occupation
specialties.
The new evaluation system is centrally operated and controlled
through the Army Enlisted Evaluation Center established at
Fort Benj amin Harrison, Ind.
C. New Enlisted Grades
Public Law 85-422, passed by Congress in May 1958, created
two new top-enlisted pay grades, E-8 and E-9, and authorized
the Army to have 2 percent of its enlisted strength in grade E-8
and 1 percent in grade E-9. Using these levels as an eventual
goal, the Army plans to phase promotions to these grades over a
4-year period. By the end of the fiscal year, 3,300 of these
555521—60-------11
156 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
promotions had been awarded to senior noncommissioned officers
who hold key jobs requiring high degrees of training and experience.
Prerequisites for these new grades include 15 years of active
Federal service for promotion to E-8 and 18 years for promotion
to E-9. As an added incentive to outstanding noncommissioned
officers, an exception to the years-of-service requirement provides
that 20 percent of the total promoted to E-8 and E-9 may be
from noncommissioned officers with a minimum of 8 and 10 years’
service, respectively.
D. Permanent Enlisted Promotions
Permanent promotions for enlisted personnel of the Army were
reintroduced on July 1, 1958, after a lapse of 8 years, as a means
of enhancing the prestige and career stability of Regular Army
noncommissioned officers. As promotions to permanent noncommissioned
officer grades are made on the “best qualified” basis,
this program is expected to assist in retaining for the Army the
highest quality personnel.
Many recent changes in personnel policy have improved the
position and prestige of noncommissioned officers. Furthermore,
commanders at local levels are encouraged to increase the authority
and freedom of action of noncommissioned officers by reducing
the requirement for officer supervision, by adhering more
closely to the chain of command through enlisted ranks, by issuing
mission-type instructions rather than detailed orders, by
using noncommissioned officers in planning and execution of pertinent
training programs, and by granting noncommissioned officers
a stronger voice in the discipline of the command.
kV omen's Army Corps
The strength of the Women’s Army Corps, on June 30, 1959, was
732 officers, 39 warrant officers, and 7,837 enlisted personnel. Eighty -
seven percent of the total strength was assigned in the United States
and 13 percent overseas.
Fif ty women were commissioned as second or first lieutenants in the
Army Reserve and called to active duty, while three officer candidates
received regular commissions as second lieutenants. Nine Reserve
officers were recalled to active duty. A total of 3,317 women enlisted
in the Women’s Army Corps during the year.
Educational opportunity for members of the Women’s Army Corps
continued during fiscal year 1959. Two enlisted women were accepted
for college training in personnel management; 1 officer was selected
for the logistics officer program; 3 officers attended the Army ManMANPOWER
AND PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT 157
agement School; the first officer of the Women’s Army Corps earned
a master of arts degree in journalism under the program of training
military personnel at civilian institutions; and 3 officers entered the
first advanced public relations course conducted at the University of
Wisconsin.
Under the Enlisted Management Program, members of the Women’s
Army Corps have received promotions to pay grade E-8 and are
receiving proficiency pay.
Morale
Morale, though stemming fundamentally from leadership, depends
in some measure upon the availability of facilities and services considered
a basic part of the way of life of the individual soldier before
his entry into the Army. Housing, religious and welfare services,
pay, and medical services had a noteworthy beneficial impact on
morale during the past year.
During fiscal year 1959 there was a notable increase in family housing
facilities which relieved the critical housing situation to some
extent throughout the Army, although a deficit of 61,000 housing units
still exists. (Housing construction is discussed earlier in this report.)
Despite decreasing troop strengths during the past year, attendance
at religious services showed an increase over previous years, reaching
36 million. Attendance at religious education classes was 9 million.
On January 1, 1959, the system for pay of military personnel in
the Army was revised to provide for an individual pay voucher to
replace the centrally controlled pay-record card. The voucher system
gives a detailed analysis of each individual’s pay by reflecting items
of entitlement or deduction together with other pertinent data. Individuals
receive a copy of their vouchers on payday along with their
pay and are able immediately to determine that their pay for the
period is correct. This action has reduced the number of complaints
arising from pay procedures, resulting in a beneficial effect on morale.
The authorization of medical care in civilian facilities for certain
dependents of military personnel under the Medicare program has
contributed vastly to improved morale within the Army. However,
the favorable morale advantages initially achieved through the Dependent
Medical Care program have been lessened somewhat by a
recent cutback in authorized civilian medical services.
General Educational Development
The voluntary, off-duty General Educational Development Program
continues as a mainstay of the Army’s education system. During the
fiscal year ending June 30,1959, over 45,000 enlisted personnel achieved
the equivalent of high school completion; 6,000 passed the 4-part col158
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
lege level test that is widely accepted as the equivalent of a year in
college. Officers and enlisted personnel together completed 60,000
college courses both by correspondence and by actual attendance. In
all levels of education, ranging from elementary instruction through
advanced college work, a total of 360,000 individual courses were completed
by 125,000 participants.
In March 1958, the Army announced a program providing full-time
college training for selected enlisted personnel at the graduate and
undergraduate level in technical, scientific, managerial, and leadership
fields—areas in which trained personnel would be needed to meet
specific future Army requirements. Those selected attend a college
or university on a full-time basis with the cost of tuition, books, laboratory,
and other fees paid by the Army. At the end of the past
year, a total of 173 individuals were enrolled in 54 colleges and
universities.
Punitive Confinement
The number of prisoners in confinement in the Army has declined
a spectacular 72 percent in the past 5 years. While the total Army
strength also has declined considerably, the rate of decrease in confinement
is almost twice the rate of total Army strength decline. In
terms of average rate of confinement per 1,000 of Army strength, there
were only 5 prisoner confinements per 1,000 individuals in the Army
at the end of fiscal year 1959 compared to almost. 13 per 1,000 at the
beginning of fiscal year 1955. (See fig. 10.)
The impressive decline of Army prisoners in confinement is the
result of a great many recent changes in the Army. However, the
most controlling factor is thought to be the intensive drive to raise
the quality of manpower admitted into the Army. Coupled with
higher standards for enlistment and induction have been more skillful
leadership, both at officer and noncommissioned officer level, and the
beneficial effects of the military personnel management program.
Of considerable importance in this concerted effort to conserve manpower
is the program for evaluation of individuals upon initial confinement
to stockades. Through the combined services of legal assistance,
mental hygiene consultation, and religious facilities, prisoners
in stockades are evaluated early in their confinement for the purpose
of determining an individual program aimed at early return to duty.
In the past 2 years, the disciplinary barracks at Fort Gordon, Ga.,
Fort Crowder, Mo., and at New Cumberland, Pa., were closed. The
disciplinary barracks at Lompoc, Calif., were prepared for closure
early in fiscal year 1960. Only the Army disciplinary barracks at
Fort Leavenworth. Kans., are to remain in operation.
MANPOWER AND PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT 159
PRISONERS IN CONFINEMENT
30 JUNE 1955
Figure 10
30 JUNE 1959
Military Personnel Problems
The relatively small number of young officers in the 3- to 12-yearsof-
service group, known in the Army family as the “valley,” constitutes
the most serious problem in officer personnel management. This shortage
results from the low procurement and low retention rates during
the years 1946 to 1957.
The lines of action are being pursued to prevent this problem from
becoming more serious; first, filling in the “valley” by selectively calling
to active duty reserve officers of the proper skills and ages; second,
retaining greater numbers of reserve officers who complete their
obligated service; and lastly, attempting to decrease the resignation
rate of young Regular Army officers.
The military pay bill, Medicare, the program to reduce the number
of change-of-station moves, and other programs are instrumental in
convincing young officers to choose the Army as a career. The program
for the promotion of exceptional officers ahead of their contemporaries
has introduced strong competition into the promotion system,
and this, it is hoped, will appeal to younger officers.
Reductions in the military strength of the Army over the past several
years have created surpluses over authorizations in enlisted grades
E-6 and E-7, and in some E-5 specialties. This has come about by
160 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
the emphasis the Army has placed on retaining combat strength at
the expense of support personnel while carrying out reductions. As
a result, there were during the past year too many high-grade enlisted
men in support functions, while there were too few in the combat arms,
particularly in the new technical specialties needed for missiles, atomic
weapons, electronic equipment, and aircraft.
Corrective action for the surplus of upper grade enlisted personnel
includes retraining for other skills and establishing controls over classification
and promotion of individuals possessing skills in excess of
Army requirements.
The need for warrant officers today is in the technical and specialist
fields, particularly in the aviation and special weapons areas, rather
than in the administrative and supply fields which have been the
specialized areas for warrant officers in the past. As a result of these
changes in requirements, imbalances in skills and specialties have developed
within the warrant officer corps even though actual strength
is normal.
To solve the foregoing problem these actions have been taken:
a. Establishment of a more comprehensive program to provide
a firm future for warrant officers.
Z>. Establishment of a program to encourage voluntary retraining
or transfer to MOS areas which are understrength.
c. Elimination of Regular Army warrant officers who twice
failed to be selected for permanent promotion and of certain nonRegular
Army warrant officers who fail for temporary promotion.
d. Involuntary retirement of non-Regular Army warrant officers
who have completed 20 years of service, with at least 5 years
in officer/warrant officer status, except those retained to meet
requirements of the Army.
Reserve Components Manpower
The strength of the Army National Guard on June 30, 1959, was
399,427 officers and enlisted men. This strength, distributed among
4,497 federally recognized units, was relatively stable during the year
since it did not deviate more than 2 percent from the 400,000 authorized
strength for the year.
The Army Reserve portion of the Ready Reserve totaled 1,008,800,
including 299,000 in drill units, 15,500 undergoing 6 months’ training,
36,000 participating in other paid training, and 658,300 who did not
participate in Reserve training.
Both in the Army National Guard and in the Army Reserve, great
stress was placed on higher personnel standards for both officers and
enlisted men. For example, in the Army Reserve all troop program
officers who were found to be professionally unqualified in their grade
and specialty were required to take a minimum of 80 hours of extension
MANPOWER AND PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT 161
course work per year or to attend a US AR school in an appropriate
course.
The requirements for promotion of enlisted personnel in the Army
National Guard were raised to include specified time-in-pay grade,
with provisions for a limited number of meritorious appointments.
Also, a relatively high score in standard Army aptitude tests to qualify
for appointment to grade E-4 or higher was required.
New regulations require all applicants for enlistment in the National
Guard to obtain a qualifying score on tests, thus eliminating the exception
previously permitted for those who had prior service in the
armed forces and had satisfactorily completed the third year of high
school.
The Reserve Officers’ Training Corps is a source of junior officers
for the Active Army, the Army Reserve, and the Army National
Guard. The program was carried on at selected colleges, military
schools, and high schools during school year 1958-59 for 220,000 students.
Advanced course training at summer camp opened in June
1959 with 13,447 students in attendance. During the school year
12,600 junior officers were commissioned.
Civilian Personnel
A general pay increase for civil service employees greatly improved
the Government’s competitive position in the labor market, particularly
for scientists and engineers. As a result, the Army was able to
meet substantially its needs for such personnel, except for a few highly
specialized categories.
A survey of scientists and engineers in the major research and
development installations was conducted as a followup to a similar
survey made 3 years earlier. Findings revealed that while recruitment
and retention are much less a problem now than they were
earlier, improvements are needed in some instances to make the best
use of skills available, to provide more effective supervision, and to
improve working conditions for these personnel.
Strength
At the end of fiscal year 1959, direct-hire civilians employed by the
Department of the Army totaled 405,848, of which 345,869 were in the
United States (excluding Alaska) and 59,979 in oversea areas. A
2-percent reduction of direct-hire civilian personnel was ordered by
the Secretary of Defense to be effected during the year. This reduced
Army civilian employment by approximately 10,000 in the United
States.
In addition to the direct-hire employees, the Army had 142,090
contract personnel on July 1, 1958, in support activities in the oversea
162 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
commands. This strength was reduced to 120,452 because of a decline
in the workload and fund limitations.
Personnel Development
Programs for development of professional skills were vigorously
promoted throughout the Army. One of the most notable is the program
for cooperative training agreements with selected individual
college students. In this program, college students spend half of
each year at their institutions pursuing the courses of their choice
and the remaining portion of the year as civilian employees of the
Army performing duties allied to their studies. Approximately 800
cooperative students are now in this program and there is reason
to believe that an even larger percentage of these than the 70 percent
of fiscal year 1958 participants will accept full-time professional
employment with the Army. This program is considered extremely
valuable because it not only assures a potential supply of new professional
personnel but it also brings the new graduate into the Army
professional system with more than 2 years of productive experience.
Professional skills development also was encouraged by contract
training of selected employees in colleges and industrial organizations
and by the presentation of monetary and honorary awards for outstanding
scientific papers written during the year.
Executive Development
Executive development was stimulated throughout the year by encouraging
selected civilians to attend the Army’s Regional Personnel
Management for Executives Program and the Army Management
School. In the past year, 968 civilian executives participated in the
Management for Executives Program and 94 attended the Army
Management School.
Merit Promotion Program
The Merit Promotion Program for the Army's civilian personnel
was placed in effect on January 1, 1959. This provided that candidates
for promotion be drawn from broad areas of consideration
and that their qualifications be examined through use of objective
screening processes. Fair and equitable consideration of all who
might be qualified is thus insured and the identification and promotion
of the best available candidates, regardless of length of service, becomes
more probable.
This Merit Promotion Program was established in response to new
Civil Service Commission requirements. Although the Army’s previously
published guidance on promotion programs was in substantial
conformance with the requirements of the Civil Service Commission,
some procedural changes were found to be necessary.
MANPOWER AND PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT 163
The program, while allowing considerable local discretion, has re-'
suited in greater uniformity of practice among Army installations in
making promotions.
Salary and IFage Administration
Major improvements in the Army-Air Force Wage administration
system in the form of consolidated grades, fewer step rates, and
a leader pay plan were effected in over half of the Army-Air Force
labor market localities. The revised system will be completely installed
throughout the two departments in February 1960. These improvements
tend to resolve disparities between Army and Air Force
grade levels.
Career Programs
In June, the Army started the first of many Army-wide career programs
planned for its civilian employees. This program covers the
more than 3,500 administrators and specialists working in the area of
civilian personnel administration—the Army’s counterpart to industrial
relations activities.
The program provides for systematic recruitment of well-qualified
personnel; planned development at the junior, intermediate, and
senior levels; defined patterns of advancement; specially designed
performance appraisal and counseling methods; and an Army-wide
placement and referral system.
The technical services have developed 135 career field programs
covering career fields in supply, procurement, contracting, acceptance
inspection, engineering, biological and physical sciences, and management
and administration. One hundred and twenty of these programs
covering approximately 63,000 civilian employees became operational
during the past year; the remaining 19 are targeted for operational
status by December 1959.
Career programs of similar patterns will provide further major
improvements in the management of the Army’s civilian work force.
Benefits will accrue to the individual who will be offered a career
rather than a job; to the local installation, to the extent that immediate
personnel needs will be systematically met; and to the Department,
insofar as long-range needs for qualified key executives will be filled.
Canal Zone Merit System and Pay Plans
During the past year the President delegated to the Army
responsibility for assuring that our treaty commitments with the
Republic of Panama, as they pertain to employment practices of all
Federal agencies in the Canal Zone, are faithfully observed.
Under this delegation, the Canal Zone merit system and a uniform
wage schedule for all employees regardless of citizenship were placed
164 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
in effect for all U.S. agencies in the Panama Canal Zone. In May
1959 members of the Canal Zone Board of Appeals were appointed
to serve as the top appellate body for employee appeals alleging faulty
application of the pay system.
Suggestion Program
For the second straight year, the Army’s Incentive Awards Program
earned an award for itself from the National Association of Suggestion
Systems. This year’s award was given in recognition of the
most improved program among member agencies in view of its 41-
percent increase in suggestions submitted.
Capitalizing on the impetus resulting from Project Paydirt in
1958, a command suggestion competition was established and annual
awards announced to maintain a high level of interest in the program.
The Army is divided into three competitive areas for the awards:
Armies in the United States; oversea commands; and administrative
and technical services. Awards are provided in each competitive
area to the commands with the highest suggestion rate and to the
command with the highest adoption rate.
Mobilization Planning for Civilian Employees
In addition to mobilization planning for military personnel which
is periodically refined and tailored to meet current as well as potential
world situations, a comprehensive plan for mobilizing civilian personnel
necessary to support the Army’s wartime mission was issued during
the past year. The planning guidance for the Department of the
Army is contained in Civilian Personnel Regulation M-100, entitled
“Mobilization Planning and Execution.”
The all-inclusive and realistic manner in which the new regulation
provides preemergency and postemergency planning and procedures
places the Army in the best possible posture to mobilize its civilian
work force quickly to meet any emergency situation. The principal
features of the plan, some of which are unique in mobilization planning,
are:
a. Delineation of precise preemergency actions for all levels
of command. These include securing agreements with specific
individuals and maintaining them in the National Defense Executive
Reserve system to be ready to fill executive positions; locating
potential manpower resources; reclassifying jobs requiring the
employment of scarce skills; developing training courses; and
providing trained cadres of key operating officials from personnel
now employed by the Army to reactivate installations.
b. Requirements for all chiefs of technical services and commanders
of U.S. armies to establish civilian manpower requireMANPOWER
AND PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT 165
ments for each, of their activities having a mobilization mission
either for limited or general war. These individuals are further
required to coordinate their mobilization planning with regional
and local offices of the Civil Service Commission, of the Department
of Labor, and of other agencies in order to assure that Army
plans are not conflicting.
c. Modifications of all current civilian personnel regulations
and reporting requirements which become effective automatically
throughout the Army in the event of an emergency.
The degree of coordination to be effected with all agencies having
control over personnel and with operating officials of the Army is
realistic and practical.
The Civil Service Commission has furnished a copy of the Army’s
Civilian Personnel Regulation, M-100, to each of its regional offices
and to many other Federal agencies with the suggestion that they
explore the feasibility of adapting the Army’s regulatory format to
meet their specific mobilization planning requirements.
Safety
The number of Army accidents declined from 44,500 in fiscal year
1958 to 41,700 in fiscal year 1959, an improvement of 6 percent. The
following table illustrates the effect of this improvement. Projected
losses were obtained by applying injury and fatality rates for fiscal
year 1958 to fiscal year 1959 strengths.
Army personnel
Deaths_______________________
Nonfatal injuries______________
Man-days lost_________________
Direct cost of injuries__________
Projected Actual Saving
934 895 39
29, 460 28, 600 860
774, 200 743, 400 30, 800
$73, 757, 000 $72, 640, 000 $1, 117, 000
Aviation Safety Program
The accident rate per 100,000 flying hours for major accidents during
the year was 27.6 as opposed to 28.3 for fiscal year 1958. New
mobile devices such as low frequency nondirectional homer AN GRD
6 and ground control approach radar, used by Army aviation, are
contributing immeasurably to the success of the Army aviation safety
program.
Nuclear Safety
During the past year the Army established the Nuclear Weapons
Coordination Group to monitor every conceivable aspect of safety
surrounding the increasing types and quantities of nuclear weapons.
Since nuclear weapons are now allocated throughout many elements
of the Army, this group will oversee the overall aspect of operational
safety from the conception of the nuclear weapons system to operational
delivery.
V. The Search for Better Weapons, Equipment,
and Techniques
While extremely proud of its spectacular accomplishments and
future projects in space research, Army research and development
continued to keep its feet firmly placed on the ground, for the primary
criterion of Army research and development during fiscal year 1959
was to increase combat effectiveness.
Research and Development Policy
Reduction of Leadtime
The Army was very much concerned with the dimension of time
in its research and development program during the past year, since
projects in this field have meaning only insofar as they can be
completed successfully and placed in the hands of troops. A laboratory
project is of no value to the soldier as long as it remains in the
laboratory. The Soviets are aware of this fact and indications are
that their leadtime in military research and development is considerably
less than that of the United States.
The Army knows that leadtime can be reduced under the most urgent
circumstances and maximum decentralization of authority. This has
been proven in the development of the JUPITER ballistic missile
which was successfully fired in its tactical configuration only 3 years
after the project was started. From its initial firing, JUPITER
rapidly progressed through a series of tests to attain an unusual
degree of reliability and accuracy. During the past year it was turned
over to the Air Force for deployment to Italy with a proven operational
capability. Unquestionably, adequate funding and streamlined
management at military and industrial levels can expedite all
Army research and development as in the case of the development
of the JUPITER.
New regulations were issued in the beginning of the last fiscal year
to cut leadtime in research and development by providing for the start
of production engineering early in the development cycle, by prescribing
standard parts for research and development equipment, and by
decreasing the testing period. Army agencies and individuals were
encouraged to take authorized actions at every level of command and
of development to reduce the total time between “concept” and “hard166
THE SEARCH FOR BETTER WEAPONS, EQUIPMENT, AND TECHNIQUES 167
ware.” No procedure was considered sacrosanct or immune to
improvement.
Later in the year further revisions of regulations were taken under
consideration for the purpose of expediting the decision-making process,
reducing the number of projects of marginal value, and permitting
more expeditious development of exceptionally important
projects.
“InDELouseR Research and Development
The bulk of the Army’s research and development is carried out by
contract with industry and educational institutions. For example, in
the Ordnance Corps, which is responsible for 69 percent of the Army’s
research and development, about 70 percent of that work is performed
by contract with industry. A small but important portion of the
Army’s research and development is conducted “in-house. In this
manner, the Army, relying on its great knowledge of the art of
weaponry as well as its technical and managerial competency, can
effectively and knowingly direct the performance of research and
development by an industrial contractor.
In some instances the “in-house” capability goes far beyond making
original technical discoveries and laying the groundwork for a research
project. For example, the principles for solution to the problem
of reentry heating of ballistic missiles were originated by the Army’s
research and development facilities. The ablation nose cone, which
made a 1,200-mile flight in August 1957 and successfully reentered the
atmosphere, was originally conceived and basically designed by Army
“in-house” facilities. Its development was then carried forward by
contract with several universities and industries under careful supervision
of Army scientists. Thus, one of the biggest problems in the
development of long-range missiles—that of reentry into the atmosphere—
was solved expeditiously and inexpensively.
During fiscal year 1959 the Army continued successfully to join its
high quality “in-house” research and development capabilities with the
vast reservoirs of industrial talent in the development of weapons.
Basic Research
The Army continued to emphasize during the past year a basic research
program that will insure the flow of fundamental scientific data
related to new weapons.
Most of the Army’s basic research is not performed within Army
facilities but is contracted to industry and some 180 colleges and universities.
Generally, basic research is funded in 10 major fields and
74 subfields that are related in some important way to the needs of
the soldier. Although these areas of study may not be immediately
applicable to any current military activities, they may have major
168 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
importance in some yet undetermined future development. No one
knows what major scientific breakthroughs will change the strategy
and tactics of warfare in the future. Certainly, however, they will be
derived from basic research.
A major event in the progress of Army basic research was the formal
establishment during the past year of the Army Mathematics Research
Center at the University of Wisconsin. The center is oriented toward
both basic and applied fields of research in mathematics. In its dayto-
day operations the Army leans upon mathematics as an ubiquitously
necessary tool for the design of weapons and structures; for the compilation
of maps; for the analysis of communication, transportation,
and logistics; and for the development of missiles and other weapons
systems. The Army is therefore vitally concerned with continual
progress in mathematical methods. The Mathematics Research Center,
U.S. Army, is the most important of the several mathematics research
facilities to which the Army gives support, and it is recognized as
comparing favorably with the finest university mathematics research
departments in the country.
The comparatively new science of research in the field of military
operations has assisted in the analysis and evaluation of modern military
organization for such areas as weapons systems, logistics, tactics,
and the making of military decisions. During the past year the Army
had several contracts with civilian institutions in this field and it
continued to strengthen its internal capabilities in this science by means
of war games and simulation.
Recognition of the importance of environmental factors to all aspects
of military planning, supply, and combat operations resulted in the
establishment during the year of an Environmental Sciences Division
at Headquarters, Department of the Army. This Division is concerned
with discovering the impact of climate, terrain, vegetation, and native
animals on men, equipment, and material, especially in the severe
environments of deserts, humid tropics, polar lands, and mountains.
Principal Research and Development Projects
The Army’s research and development program is vigorous, imaginative,
and bold, and is sharply focused toward weapons systems and
techniques for the ground soldier. (See fig. 11.)
In the development of weapons the trends are toward increased
lethality and range with lighter weight, a reduced number of types of
artillery, a dual atomic-nonatomic capability in selected weapons, and
an increase in surface and air mobility. Within the limitations of
security some of the principal accomplishments within this field are
described below.
THE SEARCH FOR BETTER WEAPONS, EQUIPMENT, AND TECHNIQUES 169
RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT
FY 59 FUNDING PROGRAM
New Small Arms Family
GUIDED MISSILES
MILITARY SCfEHCES
O&M OF FACILITIES
OTHER EQUIPMENT
MILLION DOLLARS
174.7
95.7
78. 8
75.4
AMMUNITION 25.7
ARTILLERY 18.4
VEHICLES 17.8
AIRCRAFT 12.2
I
SHIPS & SMALL CRAFT
TOTAL
Figure 11
1.0
499.7
The recently adopted family of small arms, consisting of the M-14
rifle and the M-60 general-purpose machinegun, was placed in production
during the past year and issuance of the machinegun to troops
was started. This new family will simplify production and reduce
spare parts, maintenance requirements, and training time. Firing the
NATO round of ammunition, the two weapons will replace the seven
weapons and the three calibers of ammunition now in use.
Claymore
The directional antipersonnel fragmentation weapon Claymore is a
new concept in defensive munitions. The principle of propelling a
170 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
fan-shaped pattern of fragments was conceived several years ago and
was realized with the standardization of the T48 Claymore during
1959. An improved version of this weapon, the T48E1, was developed
and is undergoing tests.
Grenade Launcher
A new weapon for the launching of antipersonnel grenades was
developed and tested during fiscal year 1959 to overcome the limited
range and inaccuracies of the current rifle and hand grenades. The
new grenade launcher is similar in appearance to a shotgun and will
provide the infantryman with a greatly improved capability for delivering
high explosive fire against close small-area and point targets.
90-mm. Recoilless Rifle
A 90-mm. recoilless rifle was developed to provide small combat
units with a greatly improved capability for attacking armor or other
hard targets. It can be carried by one man and fired from the shoulder
if necessary. Under development also is a 120-mm. recoilless rifle to
supersede the 106-mm. system. This will greatly increase the antitank
assault capability of rifle companies.
Ammunition
During fiscal year 1959 research and development effort continued
on improvement of all types of conventional ammunition. Progress
was made in incorporating increased range and larger areas of
lethality. Concurrent with projectile development, progress was made
in developing multipurpose fuzes.
Chemical Shells and Rockets
The Army now has the ability to disseminate toxic chemicals with
the 4.2-inch mortar, the chemical landmine, and the 105-mm. and 155-
mm. howitzers. In addition to the aforementioned artillery systems, a
chemical 8-inch howitzer shell was under consideration during the
past year, and the development of a modified chemical landmine was
almost completed. A chemical rocket and chemical warheads for
several missile systems were under development.
Incapacitating Agents
Development of incapacitating agents to produce temporary effects
for a militarily significant period of time continued during the year.
There are two general types of incapacitating agents, those which
cause physical incapacitation, rendering personnel unable to perform
useful physical activity for a relatively short period of time, and those
which cause mental incapacitation. Evaluation of such agents during
the past year indicated that considerable progress is being made.
THE SEARCH FOR BETTER WEAPONS, EQUIPMENT, AND TECHNIQUES 171
Missile Firepower
LACROSSE
This highly accurate tactical surface-to-surface missile will be used
in close support of ground troops and is capable of delivering either
atomic or nonatomic warheads against area or small hard targets.
Testing has demonstrated high accuracy and suitable reliability of
this mobile weapons system which will supplement conventional artillery.
Two LACROSSE battalions were activated in late fiscal year
1959 and are now training at Fort Sill, Okla. (See fig. 12.)
LITTLE JOHN
This is a lightweight, simple, rugged, and reliable rocket under
development for use as a close support weapon and for assignment to
those Army units requiring a high degree of air transportability.
SERGEANT
Using a solid-propellant fuel, this tactical surface-to-surface
guided-missile system is under development to replace the 5-year-old
liquid fuel-propelled CORPORAL. SERGEANT is invulnerable to
any known countermeasures and possesses many improvements over
its predecessor in accuracy, reliability, mobility, and field-handling
characteristics. Testing to date provides high assurance that the desired
SERGEANT capabilities will be achieved and that the system
will be available for field use in the near future.
PERSHING
This missile was under development as a solid-propellant replacement
for REDSTONE. It is expected to provide the field army with
an accurate, all-weather, atomic delivery system that has the high degree
of ground and air mobility essential for worldwide troop support.
The system was designed to have a rapid target engagement capability
with a range to exceed that of REDSTONE. Development was
started in January 1958 and proceeded at an optimum rate during the
past year.
NIKE-ZEGS
The Army’s ZEUS antimissile system is the third generation of
the proven NIKE family of surface-to-air guided missiles. It is designed
to provide an effective active defense of the United States
against ballistic missiles. The Army’s ZEUS system is a logical outgrowth
and extension of the earlier AJAX and HERCULES systems.
Like its predecessors, ZEUS will incorporate a refined command
guidance system of operation, which will be designed to kill intercontinental
ballistic missiles. To achieve success in the destruction of
555521—60------ 12
172 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
Figure 12. LACROSSE surface-to-surface missile.
targets of this type, many technological advances in automation guidance,
propulsion, and radar are required. Progress in all phases of
development was achieved on schedule during the past year.
Design of the missile itself was essentially completed and each stage
of the missile motor was fired successfully in static tests. The booster
motor, fired many times in tests at Redstone Arsenal, is the most powerful,
single solid-propellant motor in existence in the free world
today. It has a proven thrust of 450,000 pounds which will provide
THE SEARCH FOR BETTER WEAPONS, EQUIPMENT, AND TECHNIQUES 173
the ZEUS missile with the ability rapidly to reach extremely high
altitudes. At the end of the fiscal year major components of the
ZEUS system were being installed at White Sands Missile Range for
various tests. The Army considers the ZEUS program to have progressed
to the point where production of the system now can be
started.
MISSILE A
To insure effective atomic fire support for STRAC units, weapons
were sought which would be highly mobile on the battlefield and yet
be sufficiently small and lightweight for transport in aircraft available
for strategic movement. Feasibility studies were completed on
MISSILE A to provide a second-generation missile to be even lighter
and more mobile than LITTLE JOHN and to have greatly improved
operational features.
MISSILE B
A new divisional weapon, MISSILE B, was in the early planning
stages during the past year to employ the latest knowledge of rocketry
while retaining the simplicity, reliability, and mobility required for
general support under battlefield conditions. It will be the next
major missile system to be developed.
REDEYE
In order to provide air defense protection for the soldier on the
battlefield from enemy low-flying strafing attacks, the Army continued
development of REDEYE. REDEYE is designed as a
bazooka-type guided missile, to be fired by an individual soldier from
a shoulder launcher. (See fig. 13.)
Figure 13. REDEYE, antiaircraft missile with electronic guidance.
174 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
MAULER
This missile, an all-weather air defense guided missile, was being
planned for development to protect the forward combat elements of
a field army from low-flying aircraft and short-range missiles. This
system will be designed as a highly mobile, self-propelled weapon
with a high-kill probability and with the capability of moving with
and defending columns on the move or units in position on the battlefield.
It was anticipated at the end of the year that development
of the MAULER system would be started in the near future.
Mobility
A primary consideration for all equipment developed for use on the
pentomic battlefield is mobility. All vehicles must be able to move
offroad on unimproved ground under all types of weather. In the
pentomic concept of warfare it is recognized that the capability to
move may often be as important as the capability to shoot.
Research in offroad ground mobility was accelerated during fiscal
year 1959. An important event of the year in this field was a meeting
held at the Fighting Vehicles Research and Development Establishment
in London, England, at which representatives of the British,
Canadian, and U.S. Armies met to coordinate research in soils-testing
classification and tactical mapping to indicate trafficability of terrain.
The results of the meeting are now being circulated for approval by
the three national headquarters.
During the past year the Army established the Soils Trafficability
Research Facility at the Army Mobility Research Center, Vicksburg,
Miss. Some advances were made in tactical mapping to indicate vehicle
passability. Utilizing data obtained from investigations in soils
testing and classification, trafficability maps were under preparation
to be subjected to field testing in representative parts of the world.
Work continued at the Yuma (Desert) Research and Development
Center, the Fort Churchill (Arctic) Research and Development
Center, and the newly established Thule (Polar) Research and Development
Center leading to trafficability classifications of terrain in
those environmental regions.
The Army Scientific Advisory Subpanel on Environmental Research
visited the Canal Zone during the year to evaluate that area
as a possible prototype for trafficability mapping research in tropical
areas. The report was favorable and plans for future action are being
formulated.
Combat Vehicles
On an atomic battlefield, armor is extremely important to provide
protection from atomic bursts. For its personnel carriers and its
THE SEARCH FOR BETTER WEAPONS, EQUIPMENT, AND TECHNIQUES 175
tanks the Army continued its investigations to provide armor thick
enough to give a degree of protection against direct and residual
radiation, yet not so heavy as to impede a vehicle’s capability to cross
piles of rubble, craters, or streams.
The M-113 aluminum-armored personnel carrier which was standardized
during the past year has pronounced advantages over the
M-59 personnel carrier in that it represents a decrease in weight from
21 to 10 tons, an increase in range from 120 to 200 miles, an increase
in speed from 32 to 40 miles per hour, and an improvement in fuel
consumption from 1 to 2.6 miles per gallon. The greatly reduced
weight of the M-113 has permitted the use of one gasoline engine,
whereas two engines were needed to power its steel-armored predecessor,
the M-59. All these improvements are expected to reduce
maintenance time and effort.
A new main tank, designated M-60, was standardized in fiscal
year 1959 and placed in production. Its weapons system is far
superior to those in previous tanks and its diesel engine is an outstanding
improvement.
During the past year, the principal effort in combat vehicle research
and development has been directed toward an even better main battle
tank. Continuing progress was made in weaponry, electronics, propulsion,
and protective systems. As a result, a completely new concept
of armored fighting vehicles was evolved, which, when translated
into hardware, should provide the Army with armored vehicles
far superior to those now in existence.
As a result of this research, development was started on an armored
reconnaissance airborne assault vehicle intended to replace the present
light tank and the 90-mm. airborne assault weapon, M56.
Undergoing tests during the past year was an aluminum-armored,
self-propelled carriage for the 105-mm. howitzer which combines a
360° field of fire and an improved ability to move across rugged terrain
and streams. The reduction in weight of approximately 12 tons
in this type of vehicle is expected to contribute to its greater operating
range and mechanical reliability. The same carriage can also mount
the 155-mm. howitzer with little additional weight.
Another new lightweight, self-propelled, airborne carriage for
heavy artillery was being tested to provide improvement in ground
mobility and emplacement time for the 8-inch howitzer and the 175-
mm. gun and to make these weapons air transportable. (See fig. 14.)
Logistical Ground Mobility
Through the use of lightweight materials and by combining both
the body and frame of a vehicle in a single construction, advances
have been made in reducing the weight of general-purpose vehicles.
176 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
Figure Ip 175-mm. gun on lightweight carriage.
Mobility is being improved also through the use of independent wheel
suspension, low-pressure tires, simplification of maintenance, and fuel
economy.
The reduction of repair parts needed for the new wheeled vehicles
is an important factor of their development. Whereas present
wheeled vehicles, from %-ton trucks to 10-ton trucks, now require
THE SEARCH FOR BETTER WEAPONS, EQUIPMENT, AND TECHNIQUES 177
6 engines, 6 transmissions, and 6 axle types, the new fleet will require
only 4 sets of components. Common parts, such as generators, starters,
brake systems, and steering systems, will be interchangeable.
A promising concept for an offroad cargo carrier is a development
known as the Goer. An outgrowth of heavy construction equipment,
it is a simply constructed vehicle mounted on four wheels with very
large low-pressure rubber tires. Two models, a 15-ton cargo truck
and a 5,000-gallon tanker, have been constructed, using commercially
available parts. These will undergo testing in 1960.
A machine for loading and unloading materials on rough terrain
has been under development to mechanize supply operations at temporary
field supply areas. Though lightweight, it is a durable forklift
mounted on large low-pressure tires, capable of traversing rough
terrain.
Amphibians
Development of an amphibious 5-ton lighter, the LARC-5, a replacement
for the World War II DUKW, was completed during fiscal
year 1959. This entirely new vehicle is designed basically as a marine
craft, and equipped with four large tires which give it exceptional
offroad mobility. Constructed of welded aluminum it is nonswampable.
It has a payload of 5 tons, travels in the water at a speed of 10
miles per hour, and on highways up to 35 miles per hour. Preliminary
testing of the first prototype indicates that the LARC-5 will successfully
meet operational requirements.
Prototypes of a new amphibious cargo carrier, T116, were delivered
to Army test agencies during fiscal year 1959. This is an unarmored
low-ground-pressure, full-tracked amphibious vehicle which will increase
the Army’s capability for moving personnel and loads up to
iy2 tons over water, marshy terrain, sand, snow, ice, and tundra. It is
being tested as a replacement for the World War II “Weasel.”
Mobility for Fuels
Major advances in vehicles for transportation of fuel were ready for
limited production at the end of the year. For the transportation of
fuel, pairs of large tires with a capacity of 500 gallons each are coupled
together on a common axle for towing by a vehicle as small as a jeep.
As many as five of these units, known as Rolling Fluid Transporters,
can be hooked together in a train and towed by a 2iA-ton truck.
A collapsible rubber and fabric fuel tank with a capacity of 10,000
gallons has been standardized during the past year. This tank weighs
only 535 pounds as compared with its predecessor, the bolted steel
tank, which weighed 6,500 pounds. The extremely static nature of
fuel storage areas is changed by this device and relatively easy dispersion
and mobility of fuel reserves becomes practical.
178 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
Another item which increases the mobility potential for fuels is an
automatic pipe-welding machine which is designed not only to permit
more rapid laying of pipelines but also to permit higher pumping
pressures and increased capacity by reason of stronger welds between
each pipe section.
The tremendous transportation burden in furnishing varieties of
fuel for field operations is being attacked also as a whole by intensive
research into multifuel engines. Limited preliminary tests during the
past year indicate that it is not only feasible for these engines to use
almost any kind of petroleum fuel but also that they are approximately
35 percent more economical in fuel consumption.
Air Mobility
During the past year, the Army continued to develop aircraft which
might provide greater mobility to men on the battlefield. New aircraft,
tested during the past year, included the Caribou, the Iroquois,
and the Mohawk.
The Caribou is a forward area transport airplane with a 3-ton payload
designed to “live” with the Army under field conditions. Like
the Mohawk, it is designed to operate from small, unimproved fields
and to require very low maintenance.
The Mohawk is an observation airplane, specifically designed to
conduct surveillance by visual, photographic, and electronic means in
order to meet the greatly increased intelligence requirements of tactical
units. It successfully completed its first test flight in fiscal year 1959
and an accelerated flight test program was started immediately. (See
fig. 15.)
In the rotary-wing field, the Iroquois utility helicopter successfully
completed tests during 1959, and issue to field units was started. This
helicopter, the first turbine-powered, rotary-wing aircraft designed
and manufactured in the United States, represents many improvements
over the Chickasaw, which it replaces. It is smaller, easier to
maintain, and far more versatile. In later versions, the “B” and “C”
models will have an increased payload capacity.
The Army has continued to pursue the development of vertical
takeoff and landing aircraft. Extensive research was carried on with
such test-bed aircraft as the Vertol Tilt Wing, the Doak Rotating
Ducted Fan, the Ryan Deflected Slipstream, and Bell Convertiplane.
Experiments during the past year have proven that it is possible to
combine the vertical takeoff capability of the helicopter with the
advantages of fixed-wing operation for forward flight. Based on the
results obtained from these prototypes, operational aircraft required
for field use will be developed.
Finally, in relation to air mobility, the Army has initiated a
program to investigate the arming of helicopters. Tests with machineTHE
SEARCH FOR BETTER WEAPONS, EQUIPMENT, AND TECHNIQUES 179
Figure 15. MOHAWK reconnaissance aircraft.
guns and rockets have effectively demonstrated the value of a helicopter
as a highly mobile firing platform with offensive power and
sufficient evasive capability.
Communications
In modern warfare the battlefield will be an extremely large area
in which small groups of men must act together for a common purpose
even though separated from each other. For control and effectiveness
of present tactics it is essential that easy-to-carry, lightweight communications
equipment be available; that it be rugged, dependable,
easy to maintain; and that it be adaptable to a wide variety of
channels.
So radical are the advances made by the Army in communications
that each new discovery opens up whole new fields of investigation
which sometimes render obsolete equipment which is under development
at the same time. Consequently, it is extremely difficult to settle
upon the standardization of signal equipment in the present condition
of galloping development because of indications that right
around the next corner there may be something better. Nevertheless,
the Army has settled for what it considers to be the most advanced
field radio practical to manufacture at the moment.
The new tactical command radio set for combat vehicles is designated
the XAN/VRC-12. It makes possible extraordinary command
180 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
control on an atomic battlefield. It is made up of 3 lightweight components
which provide a wider range of communications than the
heavier and less dependable 12 components of the old vehicular radio
set.
When the new set is procured on a mass production basis, it is
estimated that it will cost slightly more per unit than the previous
set. However, considerable savings will be possible because of the need
for fewer units. Its maintenance will be less than that required for
the old set and it will permit a reduction of 30 percent in the time
required to train maintenance personnel.
Other extraordinary developments in communications during the
past year are—
a. The design and development of a global communication system
which will incorporate voice, teletype, facsimile, and video
capability. The difficulties of restricting such a system from the
eyes and ears of a potential enemy are very great, but considerable
progress has been made in this area over the past year;
1) . Further advances and incorporation into communications
and other electronic equipment of micromodules, which are miniature
circuits packaged in plastic blocks;
c. Accelerated development of the “troposcatter” mode of transmission
of radio signals. This system promises to be more reliable
than any other known method of propagation of radio signals
while eliminating the necessity of intermediate relay stations
between terminals;
d. Development of nickel-cadmium batteries which are rechargeable
dry batteries with a very small factor of deterioration;
e. Improved cold cathode electron tubes which may do away
with the present need for complex air-conditioning systems for
large electronic machines requiring tubes; and
/. Miniaturized signal recorders, relay equipment, and analyzing
devices which were used in the Score satellite to broadcast the
President’s 1958 Christmas message.
Combat Surveillance
In all past wars a great number of soldiers were used for reconnaissance
patrols to gather information about the enemy in order that
commanders might secure their forces and plan attacks. In any
future war the foot patrol will be replaced in large measure by electronic
and mechanical combat surveillance which will provide a continuous
watch over battle areas. Progress in electronic and associated
technology in the past few years is overcoming the difficulties due to
weather, darkness, and inaccessible terrain.
Drone aircraft with improved tracking and control systems, a
greater variety of sensors, and increased speed and endurance are
THE SEARCH FOR BETTER WEAPONS, EQUIPMENT, AND TECHNIQUES 181
currently under development. Every possible device is being studied
to provide all echelons of the field army with reliable, continuous, and
accurate information of enemy movements and installations for the
purpose of permitting the delivery of immediately effective fire of
missiles, artillery, and small arms. Automatic cameras, infrared,
acoustic, and seismic devices of all kinds are being studied and adapted
for combat surveillance.
Nuclear Developments
During the past year considerable reduction in the diameter, weight,
and complexity of atomic warheads has been achieved. Development
efforts are continuing in this direction. However, future progress is
expected to be slowed down considerably because of the current restrictions
on tests of atomic weapons.
Atomic Power
The joint Army-Atomic Energy Commission nuclear power program
continued development of a family of stationary, portable, and
mobile military plants in power ranges from a few hundred to 20,000
kilowatts. The principal operational advantage of military nuclear
power plants is their self-sufficiency. For example, one currently
available nuclear fuel core can replace 60,000 barrels of diesel oil with
a ratio by weight of 1 to 25,000. The nuclear core can be transported
in a single small aircraft.
Two prototype reactor plants were in operation during fiscal year
1959: The 2,000-kilowatt stationary, medium-power plant (SM-1)
at Fort Belvoir, Va., and the 300-kilowatt stationary, low-power plant
(SL-1) at the National Reactor Testing Station in Idaho. Development
continued on a 6,000-kilowatt stationary plant (SM-2) for use
in the NIKE-ZEUS systems; a 300-500-kilowatt mobile, low-power
plant (ML-1) to be trailer mounted; and a 2,000-kilowatt modular,
portable, medium-power plant (PM-1) for Air Force use.
A long-range development effort is leading to a mobile mediumpower
plant (MM-1), which is a highly compact system for a wide
variety of military applications, including possible adaptation to
propulsion of an overland snow train.
Preparatory planning continued during the past year, pending availability
of funds, for the development of a 10,000-kilowatt floating
nuclear electric power plant for general military use in strategic
reserve.
Procurement of Army field nuclear power plants continued during
the past year with the construction of the stationary plant (SM-1 A)
at Fort Greely, Alaska, scheduled for operation by the summer of
1960. A portable, modular plant (PM2-A) was under construction
for use in a remote Arctic location. It is scheduled for delivery in the
182 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
summer of 1960. Plans for procurement of additional Army field
plants proceeded with the rate of development. All such plans are
contingent upon the availability of future funds.
Training of military personnel from all three services in the operation
of military nuclear power plants continued on a schedule consistent
with tentative plans for utilization of these plants by the three
services.
Space Research and Development
Despite the fact that space is largely an unknown medium which
transcends the exclusive missions of all military departments, space
technology as a unified national effort is advancing at an explosive
rate. During the past year the Army wholeheartedly cooperated in
the national space exploration effort under the direction of the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration, the civilian space agency, and
the Advanced Research Projects Agency of the Department of Defense.
Although space experiments undertaken during the past year
were primarily for the purpose of gathering basic data, it is believed
that they will eventually benefit the Army and its sister Services in
the furtherance of their primary missions.
During fiscal year 1959 successful Army-sponsored space accomplishments
included the launching of Army’s third earth-orbiting
satellite, two lunar probes, and the free world’s first recovery of living
creatures placed in a trajectory through space.
Explorer IV
Explorer IV, a 38.4-pound radiation-measuring satellite, was placed
in orbit by an Army JUNO I missile on July 26, 1958. This was a
project of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration which
the Army supported with equipment and personnel.
Pioneer III
The Pioneer III lunar probe, a 12.95-pound gold-plated cone, was
fired by a JUNO II missile on December 6, 1958. Although Pioneer
III failed to reach the moon, it did attain an altitude of 63,580 miles
and telemetered back, during both ascent and descent, valuable information
including precise data on the existence of a second Van Allen
radiation belt.
Pioneer IV
The Pioneer IV lunar probe, whose payload was identical to Pioneer
III, was fired March 3, 1959. This probe achieved an earth-moon
trajectory, passing the moon 41 hours after firing, and entering a
perpetual orbit about the sun. Pioneer IV was tracked for 82 hours
out to a record-setting distance of 407,000 miles.
THE SEARCH FOR BETTER WEAPONS, EQUIPMENT, AND TECHNIQUES 183
Monkeys Able and Baker
In support of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration’s
man-in-space program, the Army launched a 7-pound rhesus monkey,
Able, and a 1-pound squirrel monkey, Baker, in the nose cone of a
JUPITER missile. Able, and her Navy-sponsored fellow passenger,
Baker, traveled nearly 1,500 miles and reached an altitude of more
than 300 nautical miles. This epic NASA experiment demonstrated
the Army research capability in bioastronautics.
SATURN
The multistage SATURN, the military space workhorse of tomorrow,
was placed in development by the Army during the past year for
the Advanced Research Projects Agency. Its first stage is a cluster of
eight modified JUPITER engines which are designed to produce
li/2 million pounds of thrust. Its second and third stages have been
selected and are under development. Booster engines were test fired
prior to assembly into a cluster. Modifications of the Redstone Arsenal
static test tower, to accommodate a full-scale static test firing of the
SATURN booster, were nearly completed during the year. Design
of a 305-foot-high service tower, which will be more than twice as big
as any such tower yet built, was completed, and construction under
direction of the Army Corps of Engineers was about to begin as the
fiscal year ended. Approximately 1,700 tons of steel will be used in
the tower; yet despite the tremendous weight concentrated on its
50-foot-square base, it will move on steel wheels and rails.
The SATURN is being developed to place multiton pay loads into the
orbits required in advanced worldwide satellite communication complexes.
The Army Signal Corps, which developed the solar batteries
for the Vanguard sphere, the communication package for the December
1958 talking Score satellite, and continued developing payloads and
associated ground equipment for other communication satellite systems,
was making plans to develop the SATURN communication
payload.
Future Plans in Space
Army requirements in space, aimed toward the accomplishment of
its primary combat functions, its assigned mission in air defense, and
necessary supporting functions, have been drawn up during the past
year and presented to the Advanced Research Projects Agency of the
Department of Defense.
The organization of space branches and divisions within several of
the Department of Army general staff agencies during fiscal year 1959
is evidence of the Army’s interest in the military potential of space.
184 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
Human Factors Research
The human factors research program consisted of a wide range of
research to improve the quality and performance of Army personnel
during the past year. Research was directed toward the development
of new techniques for more effective utilization of personnel and for
increasing the efficiency with which Army personnel perform their
duties.
The present emphasis of personnel research, one element of human
factors research, is upon improved means of identifying combat and
leadership potential, development of refined selection devices for enlistment
and induction, and classification for training and school assignment
and for special utilization. A second element of human
factors research relates directly to improved personnel performance
through the development of new training methods, techniques of leadership,
and the means to increase motivation for training and combat.
Special emphasis is being placed upon improving and reducing the
length of specialized training courses. In the past year considerable
success has been achieved both in reducing the length of various electronics
maintenance courses and in improving the quality of graduates.
VI. Civil Works: Water-Resource Development
Since the first appropriation by the Congress of the United States
in 1824 for navigation improvements, legislation has delineated the
scope, policies, and procedures for a national water-resource development
program to be carried out under the direction of the Secretary of
the Army and under the supervision of the Army Chief of Engineers.
Known as the “civil works” of the Army, this multimillion-dollar
activity of more than 3,000 projects in all the States, the District of
Columbia, and U.S. territories and possessions, is contributing substantially
to the economic growth and well-being of the country.
Progress in Fiscal Year 1959
During the past year, a total of 267 projects were under construction,
including 25 multiple-purpose projects with power-generating facilities,
77 channel and harbor projects, 16 locks and dams, 8 bridge
alteration projects, 87 local protection projects, 51 flood-control dams,
and 3 shore-protection projects. Of these, 25 navigation improvements,
2 bridge alterations, 2 shore projects, 11 local-protection projects,
5 flood-control dams, and 1 multiple-purpose project, although not
completed, permitted useful operation by the end of the fiscal year.
In addition, continued progress was made on 19 construction features
of the Mississippi River and tributaries flood control project.
Appropriations
In fiscal year 1959 total funds appropriated to the Army Corps of
Engineers for civil works amounted to $815,810,300. This was allocated
as follows:
Construction, general__________________________________
Planning and design___________________ $9, 476, 500
Construction__________________________ 598,770,000
Operation and maintenance_____________________________
Mississippi River and tributaries________________________
General investigations_________________ 300, 000
Planning and design___________________ 75, 000
Construction__________________________ 51,972,500
Maintenance__________________________ 16, 000, 000
$608, 246, 500
114, 521,100
68, 347, 500
General expense_______________________________________
General investigations_________________________________
St. Lawrence River Joint Board of Engineers_____________
Permanent appropriation________________________________
(Maintenance and operation of dams; hydraulic
mining; payment to States)
12, 738, 700
10,188, 500
100, 000
1, 668, 000
Total. 815, 810, 300
185
186 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
Navigation Projects
Construction for the improvement of navigation was carried on
during the past year in coastal harbors and channels, Great Lakes’
harbors and channels, and the inland and intracoastal waterways,
including some projects in Puerto Rico, Alaska, and the Hawaiian
Islands. Navigation facilities provided by these projects carry tonnage
of foreign and interstate commerce now exceeding 1 billion tons
per year.
There are 23,000 miles of completed waterways, approximately 500
improved harbors, 230 locks, and 190 navigation dams in use in the
United States today. During the past fiscal year 93 navigation
projects were under construction, of which 25 were placed in useful
operation.
Maintenance of navigation facilities, because of limited funds, was
directed primarily to deep-draft harbors and major inland waterways
to serve the most pressing requirements of commerce. Reduction
of an overall backlog of maintenance work was continued on 207
waterway and harbor projects.
The St. Lawrence Seaway, for which the Army Corps of Engineers
is the construction agency, was opened to ocean traffic on April 25,
1959, and formally dedicated on June 26, 1959.
Complementary to the St. Lawrence Seaway is the Great Lakes’
Connecting Channels Project which is under construction now, with
the main channels scheduled for completion in 1962 and the completion
of the entire project in 1964. The channels will provide an
integrated navigation system for oceangoing vessels from the Atlantic
Ocean through the Great Lakes to Duluth, Minn.
Lock and Dam Replacement Program
A $1.6 billion program for modernization of canalized waterways by
the replacement or reconstruction of existing navigation locks and
dams calls for 8 new navigation locks and dams on the Monongahela
River, 3 on the Warrior River system, 19 on the Ohio River, 4 on the
Mississippi River, and 5 miscellaneous projects on other rivers.
Nine new navigation locks and dams, the total cost of which is
estimated to be $398.5 million, were under construction during fiscal
year 1959.
Three additional locks and dams for navigation estimated to cost
$139 million were authorized by the Secretary of the Army during
fiscal year 1959. Construction had not started on these by the end of
the year.
CIVIL WORKS: WATER-RESOURCES DEVELOPMENT 187
Flood Control
The responsibility for nationwide flood control was assigned to the
Army Corps of Engineers by the 1936 Flood Control Act, which also
established the basic Federal policy for that activity.
Since 1936, the Army Corps of Engineers has completed 358
projects at a cost of $982 million.
Under construction during fiscal year 1959 were 155 projects estimated
to cost $3.9 billion when completed. The remainder of the
active program, consisting of 236 projects estimated to cost $1.8
billion, has not been started.
The Flood Control Act of July 3, 1958, authorized the first three
hurricane flood protection projects in Narragansett Bay, R.I., New
Bedford, Mass., and Texas City, Tex. The cost of these is estimated at
$748 million. Federal participation is limited to 70 percent of this
cost.
Despite the progress made in construction for flood control, adequate
protection is not available in most river basins as emphasized by the
disastrous effects of recent floods. A reasonable degree of protection
can be provided to the Nation through orderly prosecution of existing
flood control plans, expanded as necessary on the basis of up-to-date
engineering and economic studies. This has been proven by results
obtained from the operation of completed flood control projects.
The Federal flood control program carried out by Army Engineers
has provided reservoir systems, levees, floodwalls, and other flood
protection works which have prevented damages of $10.2 billion
through June 30, 1959. During the past year flood control projects
prevented flood losses amounting to approximately $500 million in
Indiana, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Texas, during the fall of 1958; in
Illinois, Indiana, and Ohio in February 1959; and in States in the
lower Missouri River basin during May and June 1959.
During fiscal year 1959 the following projects for flood control were
placed in useful operation:
FLOOD CONTROL RESERVOIRS
Name of project
Rough River Reservoir, Rough
River, Ky.
Hodges Village Reservoir,
French River, Mass.
Dyberry Reservoir, Dybefry
Creek, Pa.
Russian River Reservoir, East
Fork of Russian River,
Calif.
555521—60'------ 13
Type
124' earthfill dam with uncontrolled
spillway, 12' gate-controlled
conduit. Channel improvement.
55' earthfill dam with concrete
overflow section.
112' earthfill dam with uncontrolled
spillway.
160' earthfill dam with fixed crest
spillway. Gated outlet works.
Total estimated
Federal cost
$9, 700, 000
4, 810, 000
4, 000, 000
13, 802, 000
188 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
Name of project Type] Total estimated
Federal cost
Toronto Reservoir, Verdigris 90' earthfill dam with gated con- $13, 970, 000
River, Kan. crete ogee spillway and gated
sluices.
Calion, Ark. Levees and pumping plant______ 973, 000
Norwich Channel Improve- Channel improvement__________ 1, 300, 000
merit, Conn.
Upper Iowa River, Iowa Channel improvement and spoil 951, 000
bank levees.
Barbourville, Ky. Levees and pumping plants______ 1, 910, 000
Catlettsburg, Ky. Levees, floodwalls, and pumping 4, 000, 000
plants.
Cumberland, Md., and Ridge- Levees, floodwalls, channel im- 15, 500, 000
ley, W. Va. provements, and pumping
plants.
Worcester Diversion, Mass. Control dam and diversion chan- 5, 270, 000
nel and tunnel.
Belzoni, Miss. Levees_______________________ 320,000
Vicksburg Floodwall, Miss. Concrete floodwall______________ 2, 000, 000
Amazon Creek, Oreg. Earth and concrete lined channel- 1, 266, 000
Greybull, Wyo. Levees_______________________ 300, 000
Hydroelectric Power
Multiple-purpose projects, in addition to providing large flood storage,
are an important component of the Nation’s power supply system,
representing in fiscal year 1958 4.2 percent of the national electric
power production capacity and 20.8 percent of the hydropower capacity.
(See fig. 16.) During fiscal year 1959, generating capacity
of Army Engineer projects increased by 488,000 kilowatts to a total
of 6,104,400 kilowatts. This capacity was installed in 32 multiplepurpose
projects located in 19 States. The total powTer production at
these projects during the fiscal year exceeded 26,500 million kilowatthours
of energy. During fiscal year 1959 the Table Rock Dam on the
White River in Arkansas and Missouri was placed in useful operation.
Its estimated completed cost will be $67.5 million.
Local Water Supply
In 18 reservoirs built primarily for flood control and navigation,
there is provision for approximately 1,200,000 acre-feet of storage for
municipal and industrial water supply which is not considered sufficient
for the expanding economy. The Water Supply Act of 1958
allows for greater water supply storage in flood control reservoirs.
The act specifically authorizes provision for storage in Federal reservoir
projects to meet anticipated future local water supply needs when
local interests assure the Federal Government that they will pay the
additional construction costs. The Corps of Engineers and the Public
Health Service reached agreement in defining their respective
CIVIL WORKS: WATER-RESOURCES DEVELOPMENT 189
Figure 16. Construction of Ice Harbor project, Snake River, Wash.
responsibilities under the Water Supply Act of 1958 and previous
water legislation. Coordination also was effected with the Bureau
of Reclamation.
Recreation
Attendance at civil works projects reached a total of 94,793,000
during the calendar year 1958, representing a twentyfold increase over
that anticipated in 1946. Public access to the waters of these projects
is now available at 3,455 points and boats may be launched at 1,578
ramps. These facilities and others, including playgrounds, camping
areas, sanitary facilities, and access roads, are provided to the general
public and maintained either by the Army Engineers or by cooperating
Federal, State, county, or municipal agencies.
Beach Erosion Control and Hurricane Protection
The policy of Federal assistance in measures to restore and protect
against erosion by waves and currents applies to the publicly owned
shores of the United States, its territories and possessions. It extends
to shorelines other than public if some public benefit can be shown
under certain conditions.
During fiscal year 1959, three shore protection projects were under
construction, two of which were placed in useful operation.
190 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
Assignment of New Responsibilities
New responsibilities and expanded fields of activity authorized by
Public Law 85-500 (1958), the River and Harbor, Flood Control, and
Water Supply Act, include control of noxious aquatic growths in eight
coastal States from North Carolina to Texas, hurricane flood protection,
and provision of storage in reservoirs for future water supply
needs.
Public Law 85-629, August 12, 1958, authorized inclusion of fish
and wildlife conservation as a project purpose.
Investigations
The Army Engineers who were designated to perform the major
portion of field investigations of the proposed tidal power development
at Passamaquodcly, Maine, had substantially completed their work at
the end of the fiscal year. The results of the Corps’ investigation of
the engineering feasibility, the cost, and the economic justification of
the project will be incorporated into the report of the International
Passamaquoddy Engineering Board and transmitted to the International
Joint Commission on Passamaquoddy in October 1959.
The Army’s Board of Engineers for Rivers and Harbors has recommended
improvements by the Federal Government of 66 navigation
and flood control projects, including a $1 billion Columbia River Basin
Water Plan. The Board disapproved 19 projects.
Before submission to Congress, the Governors of the various States
involved and interested Federal agencies will be asked to comment on
the recommendations.
VII. Strengthening Management
Army command management, the process of deriving maximum
benefits from available manpower, money, and materiel resources,
assumed greater importance than ever during fiscal year 1959 because
of the pressing need to support increasing programs and activities
with decreasing resources. While Army management is primarily
concerned with business-type and nontactical activities, it is ultimately
oriented toward combat readiness.
The Army Command Management System
Fiscal year 1959 was the first full year of operation of the command
management system on a worldwide basis. Because of this, emphasis
was placed on the improvement of the use of management data in the
exercise of command at all echelons.
A major achievement in the continuing refinement of the Army
Command Management System has been the redesign of cost and performance
reporting in order to simplify it and cause it to reflect more
meaningfully the information needed at operational levels and at
Headquarters, Department of the Army. This redesign, coupled with
the use of mechanized procedures at Department of Army level for
the compilation of the data, is an invaluable tool in the overall management
of the Army’s operation at all levels of command.
The Army Management Improvement Program
The Army Management Improvement Program is a many-sided
effort to seek out and put into practical use improved methods of
accomplishing work in a more efficient and economical manner. Each
agency of the Army develops and carries out its own annual improvement
plan which becomes part of normal daily operations. Improvements
which appear to have widespread applicability are published
and distributed so that commanders with similar operations might
adapt them to their operations. The benefits are, accordingly,
multiplied.
Under the management improvement program, Army commanders
continue to make selective use of a variety of techniques to improve
the management of Army operations. Typically, these include, but
are not restricted to, work simplification, incentive awards, automatic
data processing, performance analysis, management survey, organizational
analysis, training, and engineered standards activities.
191
192 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
During fiscal year 1959, over 800 selected examples of management
improvement were reported to Headquarters, Department of the
Army. These selected improvements resulted in over $25 million of
benefits in terms of increased production, reduced costs, and more
efficient operations. Several of these examples illustrate the value
and diversity of the improvements effected:
a. At Ford Ord, Calif., an aluminum target on firing ranges
to replace paper targets was found to be about six times more
durable. Besides this advantage, it was determined that it works
better on an electrically controlled target device in wet weather,
thereby saving maintenance labor. Installed at Ford Ord, the
new aluminum targets will save an estimated $88,000 per year at
this one installation, even though initial purchase costs are
higher.
&. A problem at the U.S. Army Armor School, Fort Knox,
Ky., was to provide training to senior officers in the maintenance
of guided missiles without excessively costly and critical equipment
and skilled personnel. The equipment and personnel needed
were located at Redstone Arsenal, Ala., but the cost to bring them
to Fort Knox for a 2-hour lecture and demonstration was prohibitive.
The problem was solved by beaming closed-circuit television
from the Ordnance Guided Missile School at Redstone
Arsenal to the classrooms of the Armor School at Fort Knox.
Instruction was given on five missiles—HAWK, NIKEHERCULES,
CORPORAL, LACROSSE, and REDSTONE.
This was the first use of a closed-circuit television program for
this purpose in the Army. This method of instruction has great
potential for training throughout the Army and should be particularly
valuable in mobilization training.
c. In Army facilities in Japan, hot water and steam heating
plants have always been subject to excessive corrosion due to
silica in the water. Soda ash was the accepted means of neutralizing
the silica; however, experiments conducted by the Army
indicated that phosphates were far more efficient. The consequent
substitution of phosphates for soda ash lowered maintenance
costs of heating systems throughout Army installations in
Japan and increased the life of boilers. In addition, fuel consumption
was lowered approximately 2 percent, and savings at
one installation approximated $30,000.
d. At Camp Irwin, Calif., a consolidated installation supply
organization replaced separate supply and storage activities maintained
by each technical service. The consolidation resulted in
a reduction and redistribution of personnel and the closing of
several barracks buildings. An annual benefit of $77,000 is estimated
as a result of this improvement.
STRENGTHENING MANAGEMENT 193
e. In construction of airfield runways it was common practice
to maintain the same thickness of subbase across the entire
width of runways. A study was made by the Corps of Engineers
Ohio River Division laboratories and its Waterways Experiment
Station on channelized traffic of aircraft on runways. As
a result of the study, it was determined that only the center third
of any runway required the thickness previously specified for
the entire width since the two outer sides normally are not used
by aircraft. By reducing the thickness of the subbase in the two
outer 100 feet of a runway 300 feet wide by 12,000 feet long,
87,000 yards less subbase material would be required. This would
result in an estimated benefit of $435,000. This principle of design
of airfield runways is now in common use.
/. At Martin Army Hospital, Fort Benning, Ga., approximately
4,000 hypodermic syringes per month were individually wrapped
in gauze and labeled, requiring approximately 5 minutes per
syringe. By using sterilizer bags the process was reduced to 1
minute per syringe and breakage was greatly reduced. A reduction
of approximately 3,200 man-hours per year was realized, with
an estimated benefit of $6,400.
Army Management Training
Over 10,000 Army officers received management instruction in 20
Army service schools and colleges during the past year. This instruction
varied from an orientation of a few hours to detailed courses
covering several hundred hours.
The U.S. Army Management School at Fort Belvoir, Va., graduated
582 officers and civilians during the year. The school presented
9 management classes of 3 weeks’ duration, 2 orientation classes of
1-week duration, and 2 special classes of 1-week duration for Army
personnel in Europe.
The Finance School at Fort Benjamin Harrison, Ind., continued to
conduct specialist courses in such management areas as military comptrollership,
techniques of review and analysis, integrated accounting,
budgeting, inventory accounting, and stock fund operation. Approximately
750 military personnel and civilian employees attended these
management courses during the past year. In addition to resident
instruction, the Finance School provided an extension course program
in accounting for military and civilian personnel. Almost 2,000 individuals
were enrolled in six extension courses during the fiscal year,
reflecting an 85-percent increase over the previous year.
A number of intensive short courses were held in management
engineering at Rock Island Arsenal, Rock Island, Ill. Twenty-four
separate courses, varying from 3 days’ to 4 weeks’ duration, were
194 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
attended by approximately 3,250 military and civilian personnel
during fiscal year 1959.
The Army Audit Agency also provided management instruction for
its military and civilian personnel. Its courses were from 1 to 10
days’ duration and covered such material as audit management and
supervision, work management, personnel management, and automatic
data-processing systems. Over 1,200 persons received such
training during the past year.
During fiscal year 1959, 250 officers were enrolled in full-time graduate
courses in business administration and management at approximately
30 colleges and universities.
In addition to regular college courses, advanced management courses
at Harvard University and the University of Pittsburgh of 13 and 8
weeks’ duration, respectively, were also attended by 20 Army officers.
The University of Toledo in Toledo, Ohio, provided specialized
courses for the Army in financial management, supply, and storage
management. During fiscal year 1959, over 1,500 students completed
one or more of the courses which vary from 1 week to 4 weeks’
duration.
Work Simplification
During fiscal year 1959 the Army Work Simplification Program
continued to eliminate nonessential work. Work simplification is a
“do-it-yourself” approach to management methods improvement. It
encourages the free flow of ideas and creates a climate for change,
while enlisting the knowledge, skills, and ingenuity of thousands of
Army supervisors in the effort to improve efficiency, increase productivity,
expedite work, and stretch tax dollars.
During fiscal year 1959, 11,149 supervisors were trained in the use
of work distribution charts, flow process charts, motion economy, and
layout studies. As a direct result of this training, 7,374 improvements
were installed that resulted in $7,219,356 in benefits.
Automatic Data-Processing Systems (ADPS)
Utilization of ADPS in business-type operations of the Army had
a continual growth during fiscal year 1959. The number of ADPS
installations increased from 20 to 31. Use of ADPS in logistic functions
continues to increase, with the majority of existing installations
being used for financial inventory accounting, stock fund accounting,
item accounting, stock control, and similar managerial functions.
ADPS at the Army Finance Center has proven successful and economically
advantageous in some applications. Equipment proposals
are now being evaluated with the objective of expanding the scope of
ADPS applications at the Center.
STRENGTHENING MANAGEMENT 195
At Headquarters, U.S. First Army, ADPS tests were conducted
during the past year on the application of ADPS to personnel management.
A prototype ADPS was installed at Fort George G. Meade,
Md., to test its adaptability to routine administrative functions of the
Army at class I installations. The first area under test was the administration
required in supply management. Tests will be conducted
also in the procedures of financial management, civilian personnel
management, military personnel management, and miscellaneous logistics
services after ADPS has become fully operational in the supply
management field. If test evaluations prove favorable, the Army will
introduce ADPS operations at other selected class I installations on a
schedule justified by the requirements.
The Army plans to continue the pursuit of applications of ADPS
with the expectation of increased effectiveness in its business-type
operations. Stress will be placed on full exploitation of equipment
already in use, with emphasis on an interchange of information and
ideas between users.
Areas of Management Emphasis
The effort to reduce unnecessary paperwork in the administrative
procedures of the Army continued during the past year. It was aimed
particularly at reducing administration within the tactical organizations.
The following specific areas received special emphasis:
a. Administrative paperwork and man-hours previously consumed
in determining responsibility for Government property
lost, damaged, or destroyed were reduced as a result of a study
completed during the past year. Authority to take action in
these matters was decentralized, and the procedures relating to
pecuniary liability were simplified, with assurance of equal protection
to the Government and to the individual. Reports of
survey of minor motor vehicle damage were eliminated on the
basis that the cost of administration exceeds the amount of loss
or damage.
&. The problem of overlapping inspections and staff visits was
studied during the year, resulting in more rigid policies to insure
the essentiality of each inspection and staff visit, to eliminate
overlap and duplication, and to provide consolidation where practicable.
In the future, an annual review of the need for individual
inspections and staff visits will be made by each command or
agency. Further, an independent examination will be made of
the effectiveness of policies and controls of inspections and visits
to forestall abuses.
Army Audit Agency
Independent and objective appraisal of the management of the
financial resources of the Army is provided by the Army Audit
196 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
Agency. Its representatives operate on a mobile basis from regional
and branch offices around the world and are stationed at a number
of military installations and plants of Army contractors. About 20
percent of the professional staff of the Agency are certified public
accountants, comparing favorably with the percentage of CPA’s in
public accounting firms. As a field arm of the Comptroller of the
Army, the Agency provided audit services to 335 military commands
and installations during fiscal year 1959 and audited procurement
contracts of the Army, involving close to $4 billion.
The Army Audit Agency also provided a wide range of advisory
audit services to contracting officers primarily responsible for the
procurement of the weapons and services required by the Army. For
example, substantial proportions of this procurement were handled
on a cost-plus-fixed-fee basis. Army auditors made on-site reviews of
the books and records at contractors’ plants to determine whether costs
were accurate and reasonable on the basis of contractual provisions.
Working with contracting officers, the Agency reduced contractor
charges by approximately $125 million during its audit of contracts
in fiscal year 1959.
As a result of the rapid pace of technological progress and the
shifting emphasis of military programs, the Army is faced each year
with the problem of disposing of excess property. The broad resources
and technical experience of the Army Audit Agency were utilized
during the past in the Army’s many-sided attack upon this problem.
The Agency has started a lateral audit on a worldwide basis of the
generation, reporting, and disposition of excess and surplus property.
The results of this audit are expected to provide Army management
with comprehensive recommendations for better control over the
generation of excesses and for greater effectiveness of all phases of its
disposal problem.
In the fast-moving missile field there are special needs for auditing
facilities because the speed with which new missiles may be placed into
production and into the hands of troops after development is governed
to some extent by the management of available funds. For example, a
vertical audit of the Army missile program, which entailed the coordinated
effort of audit teams at over 50 locations of plants of prime
contractors and subcontractors, was in progress during fiscal year
1959. Through interim reporting, the results of the missile program
audits were furnished to the Ordnance Missile Command on a current
basis. This permitted the reprograming of funds to various missile
systems of greater urgency. The total result of this audit will provide
Army management with an overall look at the programing and budgeting
of the entire program. It will tie the actions of the Chief of
Ordnance to his commodity commands, to his arsenals, his procureSTRENGTHENING
MANAGEMENT 197
ment districts, and to the funding of prime contractors and their major
subcontractors. It will also trace supply and operational maintenance
from depots to tactical missile installations.
In a continuing program, the Army Audit Agency is working with
program managers throughout the Army to develop procedures which
will provide more responsive funds management.
VIII. Budget and Funds
The Army’s net expenditures during the fiscal year 1959 were
$9,456 billion or 22.9 percent of the total outlay for defense.
For payrolls of military personnel alone the Army spent almost 40
percent of its total budget, so that less than $6.0 billion was devoted
to the Army support of its worldwide operations and maintenance,
procurement of new weapons and equipment, the vast research and
development program, extensive construction activities, and other
programs.
The past year was a period marked by increasing budgetary problems,
and the year ahead will be equally difficult. Modernization of
Army equipment is lagging seriously; maintenance of equipment and
facilities has fallen behind—to mention but two of the serious problems
arising from inadequate funds.
These problems stem primarily from the necessity for the Army to
hold the line on its obligations and expenditures or, in many cases, to
live with less, in the face of: (a) Increased requirements for more
complex and more expensive weapons, weapons systems, and equipment;
(&) continued rises in costs; and (c) unanticipated demands
to support emergency activities in trouble areas of the world, such as
Lebanon, Taiwan, and Berlin during the past year.
Notwithstanding the magnitude of these budgetary problems, the
Army has made substantial progress over the last several years in
developing a central financial management system which endeavors to
bring maximum value for each dollar while providing field commanders
as much flexibility as possible to use their resources to best
perform their assigned missions.
New Appropriation Structure
A step in the improved budgeting system was the establishment of
a revised appropriation structure for fiscal year 1960. The revision
provided for the alignment of accounts by functional area and established
certain new appropriations in line with current concepts of
performance budgeting. The revised alignment will permit more
cohesive budget presentations and provide more meaningful comparisons
within the Department of Defense budget structure when the
Army budget is presented to Congress. (See fig. 17.)
Individual changes involve five appropriations. The formerly single
Army National Guard appropriation, covering all activities of the
198
BUDGET AND FUNDS 199
APPROPRIATION STRUCTURE
REVISIONS TO APPROPRIATION STRUCTURE
APPROPRIATION STRUCTURE
FY 59
MILITARY PERSONNEL, ARMY
REVISED STRUCTURE
FY 60
MILITARY PERSONNEL, ARMY
RESERVE PERSONNEL, ARMY RESERVE PERSONNEL, ARMY
ARMY NATIONAL GUARD
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE. ARMY
NATIONAL GUARD PERSONNEL, ARMY
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE, ANG
NATIONAL BO EOR THE PROMOTION OF
RIFLE PRACTICE, ARMY
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE, ALASKA -
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, ARMY
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE. ARMY
NATIONAL BD FOR THE PROMOTION OF
RIFLE PRACTICE, ARMY
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE, ALASKA
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, ARMY
PROCUREMENT OF EQUIPMENT &
MISSILES,"ARMY • °
PROCUREMENT OF EQUIPMENT &
MISSILES, ARMY
RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT, ARMY
MILITARY CONSTRUCTION, ARMY -
RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT, TEST &
EVALUATION, ARMY
MILITARY CONSTRUCTION, ARMY
MILITARY CONSTRULIIUN.
RESERVE FORCES M
MILITARY CONSTRUCTION, ARMY
RESERVE FORCES
CONSTRUCTION, ALASKA COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM, ARMY - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
MILITARY CONSTRUCTION,‘ARMY
NATIONAL GUARD •
CONSTRUCTION, ALASKA
’ COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, ARMY
Figure 77
Guard, is divided into two appropriations: “National Guard, Personnel,'’
and “National Guard, Operation and Maintenance.”
That portion of the “Operation and Maintenance, Army,” appropriation
which has provided support for research and development
test centers and boards is now transferred to the new “Research, Development,
Testing and Evaluation” appropriation (RDT&E). “Production
of Equipment and Missiles, Army,” formerly associated with
the procurement of materiel in support of the research and development
effort, is transferred to “RDT&E.”
“Military Construction, Army Reserve Forces,” breaks out the two
budget programs in that appropriation and raises them to individual
appropriation status for the Army Reserve and the Army National
Guard.
The most significant change is the expansion of the “Research,
Development, Test and Evaluation” appropriation to include identifiable
funding requirements for test and evaluation as well as for
research and development in the 1960 budget.
The research and development program execution in fiscal year
1960 under this new appropriation may be materially improved
through this centralization of funding authority under a single pro200
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
gram director. Under the old appropriation, the research and development
effort was supported in substantial degree by other Army
appropriations, resulting frequently in time-consuming staff coordination.
While the requirement for support from other appropriations
has not yet been removed, the new RDT&E appropriation should permit
less complex and less cumbersome staff procedures. Further
consolidation of support into the RDT&E appropriation is being
planned for fiscal year 1961. The centralized authority established
under the new appropriation may also contribute to improvement in
leadtime by reducing the number of situations attributable to delay
in funding decisions.
Direct Obligations
Fiscal year 1959 direct obligations totaled $9,555 billion, or $201
million less than in fiscal year 1958. For fiscal year 1960 the Army
plans to obligate $9,987 billion, a net increase of $432 million over
fiscal year 1959. This increase will not alleviate the funding pinch
on operations, maintenance, or procurement, but will be applied
primarily to research and production areas, including the continued
development and production tooling for NIKE-ZEUS, the Army’s
antimissile missile. A small increase will be applied also to the Army’s
reserve components’ programs to support authorized strength levels
for fiscal year 1960.
New Obligational Authority
Fiscal year 1959 new obligational authority for the Army was approximately
$1.6 billion higher than in fiscal year 1958. The bulk
of this increase was for the procurement of “Equipment and Missiles”
appropriation, since, for many years prior to fiscal year 1959, procurement
was financed exclusively by unobligated balances carried
over from the Korean war. (See fig. 18.)
Funds vs. Requirements
The impact of limited funding in fiscal year 1959 was felt in all
activities of the Army, but particularly in those financed by the
“Operations and Maintenance” and the “Procurement of Equipment
and Missiles” appropriations.
There were two major problems in funding for operations and maintenance
during the year:
a. The unanticipated requirement to move tactical troops with
supporting elements to Lebanon and Taiwan and the strengthening
of forces in West Germany in view of the Berlin crisis.
5. The difficulty of maintaining minimum “standards of living”
both for organizations and individuals. These standards
slipped considerably during the past year from those maintained
BUDGET AND FUNDS 201
DIRECT OBLIGATIONS
Figure 18
APPROPRIATION CATEGORY AND TITLE FY 1958 I FY 1959 FY 1960 ACTUAL j ACTUAL ESI.
• MILITARY PERSONNEL (M ILION DOLLARS)
MILITARY PERSONNEL. ARMY 3,489.1 3,501.6 3,470.7
RESERVE PERSONNEL. ARMY 205.7 213.5 231.7
NATIONAL GUARD PERSONNEL. ARMY 200.5 208.9 235.0
• OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE. ARMY 3,191.4 3,086.9 3,069.9
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE. ARMY NATIONAL GUARD 133.5 140.7 151.7
NAT’L BO FOR THE PROMOTION OF RIFLE PRACTICE, ARMY .2 .3 .3
OPERATION & MAINT, ALASKA COMM SYSTEM. ARMY 5.5 5.7 7.0
PREP FOR SALE OF SALVAGE OF MILITARY PROPERTY, ARMY 20.6 i ' * -
• PROCUREMENT
PROCUREMENT OF EQUIPMENT & MISSILES. ARMY 1,313.3 1,097.0 1,387.6
• RESEARCH. DEVELOPMENT, TEST & EVALUATION
RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT. TEST & EVALUATION. ARMY 801.3 1,021.5 1,101.4
• MILITARY CONSTRUCTION
MILITARY CONSTRUCTION. ARMY 356.4 239.8 272.0
MILITARY CONSTRUCTION, ARMY RESERVE 22.7 23.9 23.0
MILITARY CONSTRUCTION, ARMY NATIONAL GUARD 15.8 14.8 15.0
CONSTRUCTION. ALASKA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, ARMY .2 1 I 6
TOTAL 9,756.2 9,554.7 I 9,965.9
in fiscal year 1958. Operation and maintenance funds were made
available to the Army at a rather constant level in the face of
rising costs and more complex and costly equipment such as missiles
and aircraft. Field inventories of repair parts, which have
reached an unacceptably low level, will become further deficient
as more major equipment is issued to troop units. This will
adversely affect the operational readiness of combat troops since
it will require the continued lowering of supply stocks below
the levels considered necessary for most efficient operation.
Much as the Army desires to maintain its facilities in first-class
condition and to avoid continued deterioration of the Army plant,
202 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
first priority in available funds must go to those functions and activities
which more directly affect combat capability. As a result, the
repair and maintenance backlog of facilities and equipment continues
to increase. The unfunded requirements to rebuild unserviceable
but repairable major items of equipment have risen from $93
million at the end of fiscal year 1957 to $148 million at the end of
fiscal year 1959. The backlog of deferred maintenance of facilities
has risen from $80 million to $114 million during the same period.
Program objectives of the Army continue to include provisions for
both holding an efficient and economic maintenance level for conventional
equipment and facilities and for expanding the maintenance
level to meet requirements for the new, highly complex equipment
and related new facilities.
Continuous review and analysis is being conducted to maintain
balance between programs and funds in order to reduce those activities
which are least essential to support the Army’s principal missions
and to apply any savings to those activities which will contribute
the most toward the accomplishment of the Army’s basic missions.
The “Procurement of Equipment and Missiles” appropriation funds
the procurement of longtime materiel such as guided missiles, aircraft,
weapons, ammunition, and vehicles.
In fiscal year 1958 the Army drew up a comprehensive 5-year
materiel plan for meeting its highest priority equipment and requirements
for limited war and for support of the initial phases of unlimited
war. This plan also encompassed the replacement of annual
losses of equipment due to consumption, wearout, and obsolesence.
Financial support of the Army’s 5-year materiel plan was not provided
in fiscal year 1959; in fact, funds were barely sufficient to permit
replacement of the annual loss in inventory due to consumption, wearout,
and obsolescence. The quality of part of the Army’s inventory
of equipment was enhanced, however, by initial or continued procurement
of several new missile systems and other newly developed items.
We can expect that this condition will continue in fiscal year 1960,
since once more funds are only about one-half the amount required
for the Army’s modernization plan. Thus in both fiscal years 1959
and 1960 the Army’s quantitative inventory position has not and will
not be improved to any appreciable degree.
IX. Conclusion
This report clearly illustrates the high return received by the American
people on their investment in today’s Army—an army which,
during fiscal year 1959, operated on slightly more than one-fifth of the
total defense budget.
There is no simple formula or panacea which can assure our national
security. Our defense cannot be geared to a single weapons
system, strategic concept, or combination of allies. We must create
and maintain at the highest level of combat efficiency judiciously
planned and apportioned military forces capable of defeating an
enemy in any environment. Our national military program must
be designed to deter aggression in any of its direct or indirect manifestations.
However, should deterrence fail and should war in any
form be thrust upon us, our forces must be designed and prepared
to insure victory.
Possession of an effective intercontinental nuclear delivery system
has been and will continue to be a major factor in deterring global
nuclear war. However, if there is an overzealous outpouring of resources
for our nuclear deterrent forces, our capability to defend
against other forms of aggression must suffer. Land and sea as well
as air forces have acted as a deterrent to all types of aggression and
all are essential to the security of the Nation. Not only have our land
forces contributed materially to the deterrence of general war but
have been active throughout the free world in successfully deterring
and combating limited aggression.
Within this framework the Army has four principal tasks:
First, to maintain combat-ready forces in critical areas overseas
in sufficient strength to forestall aggression, or, should attacks
occur, to offer effective resistance.
Second, to maintain highly mobile, combat-ready, strategic
forces in the United States prepared on short notice to reinforce
our oversea commands or move to the aid of our allies anywhere
in the world.
Third, to provide forces on station for air defense of the United
States.
Fourth, to maintain a training, supply, and mobilization base
which can keep our forces in-being and our strong civilian components
at peak combat efficiency.
5555.21—60------14 203
204 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE ARMY
As can be seen from this report, the Army has maintained during
the past year a high state of combat readiness consistent with available
resources. However, because of rapid technological advances the
Army is now faced with material obsolescence in many critical areas.
In fiscal year 1959 the combat potential of the Army was directly
related to and limited by the size of its budget. This will also be true
in the ensuing fiscal year 1960.
As we look into the future, the need for extensive advancement can
be foreseen clearly. The Army is now in a position to reap the benefits
of its forward-looking research and development program. If
sufficient funds can be provided for the maintenance of an adequate
force structure and for the procurement of newly developed equipment,
the Army will take great strides forward.
Nevertheless the Army will not lose sight of the fact that it must
be ready to fight with what it has. Nor will it let its present battlefield
capabilities decline while relentlessly striving for weapons more
suitable to the requirements of the nuclear age. Just as in the past,
the Army stands ready to respond rapidly and successfully to any
“Lebanons” or “Taiwans” which may arise in fiscal year 1960.
It}.
Wilber M. Brucker,
Secetary of the Army.
Annual Report
of the
SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
July 1, 1958, to June 30, 1959
Contents
Page
Chapter I. Introduction_________________________________________ 207
II. Naval Operations____________________________________ 209
III. Marine Corps Operations____________________________ 226
IV. Naval Personnel____________________________________ 233
V. Design and Construction of Ships_____________________ 239
VI. Design and Procurement of Aircraft__________________ 246
VII. Weapons_____________________________________________ 249
VIII. Medical and Dental Service_________________________ 254
IX. Supply_______________________________________________ 258
X. Shore Facilities_____________________________________ 261
XI. Research____________________________________________ 265
XII. Civilian Personnel__________________________________ 274
XIII. Business Management_____________________________ ___ 276
XIV. Conclusion__________________________________________ 283
I. Introduction
Each year since 1948, the United States has been forced into oversea
military action by some emergency or international incident arising
from direct Communist probing, Communist inspired or supported
crisis, or overt attack. These actions have ranged from a show of
naval strength, made during the 1958 Quemoy incident, to full-scale,
all-Service combat as in the Korean war.
During the period of this report there has been continued Communist
effort to disturb world peace. This persistent Communist
agitation to bring international relations to the point of armed conflict
was focused this year on Lebanon and on the Taiwan-Quemoy area
off the China coast. At the request of the Lebanese Government,
U.S. amphibious forces staged initial troop landings to assist Lebanon
in meeting its internal emergency and in maintaining order in the
face of threatening insurrection. Chinese Communist attempts to
blockade Chinese Nationalist forces on Quemoy and the other offshore
islands required a speedy concentration of naval forces to be ready
for any contingency, to support U.S. policy with regard to Taiwan
and the Pescadores, and to advise and assist Chinese Nationalist forces
in supporting the offshore island defenders. Continuing pressure
on Laos and Vietnam promises a prolonged period of Communistincited
international unrest.
The Navy and Marine Corps, in responding to these emergencies,
have tested their preparedness and at the same time demonstrated
the ready versatility, mobility, speed, and discrimination of the naval
task force. While maintaining its capability for general warfare,
this aspect of the employment of naval forces is especially valuable
in carrying out U.S. commitments in limited situations.
Analysis of the current world situation defines the Far East and
Near East as the border zones between Communist and free world
areas. There, unsettled political conditions, mounting nationalist
feelings, and aspirations for economic improvement have provided
fertile ground for Communist intrigue. This strategic picture presents
a highly complex defense problem, one whose solution demands
intense awareness of the maritime principles involved.
On the solution of this problem, the Department of the Navy has
concentrated work, planning, research, and efforts to increase the
efficiency of the Navy and Marine Corps members of the defense
team.
207
208 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
To all maritime nations, control of the seas is a vital matter—a
matter of national survival if such control is contested. Throughout
the history of the United States such control has been the naval
mission. In this period of rapid change, control of the oceans (traditionally,
their surfaces) now closely involves the deeps of the seas,
the space above them, and their littorals. As interest and activity
in outer space grows, that new frontier assumes increasing importance
in the planning for and the future role of naval forces. The Navy
and Marine Corps, fully aware of the threat implied in Communist
domination in any of these areas, have continued developing forces
capable of worldwide operation against these threats.
II. Naval Operations
Employment of Forces
International conditions and U.S. foreign policy are requiring the
continuing worldwide employment of U.S. naval forces: The Sixth
Fleet in the Mediterranean, Seventh Fleet in the western Pacific, and
other Atlantic and Pacific Fleet units ready for immediate movement
to any troubled area. The striking power of these forces is built
around aircraft carriers, operating in conjunction with antisubmarine,
amphibious, logistic, service, and other components.
Prominent among the year’s operational incidents were fleet alerts
and movements occasioned by the flareup of local international tensions
in two widely separated areas of the world—Lebanon and Taiwan.
The readiness and responsiveness of U.S. naval forces were
exemplified in these incidents, which are described in succeeding
paragraphs.
All operations and training exercises constantly stress the improvement
of antisubmarine warfare capability. Almost continuous antisubmarine
exercises, ranging from individual units to large-scale fleet
operations, have been held in the Atlantic and Pacific, training personnel
in the use of equipment and tactics necessary to combat the submarine
threat.
During training exercises and in special cruises, naval units have
“shown the flag” around the world and from the Arctic to the
Antarctic, while participating in NATO, SEATO, and bilateral
exercises, International Geophysical Year operations, and while
supporting the missions of other U.S. armed services. In one instance,
a special preview of the future was provided when on June 8,
1959, the first official “missile mail” was delivered by the submarine
Barbero from 100 miles east of Florida via a REGULUS I missile
containing 3,000 letters which landed at Mayport, Fla., after a 20-
minute trip. The President’s “People-to-People” program was advanced
through personal contact of naval personnel with citizens of
various localities, and in rescue and assistance operations to be described
later.
Large-Scale Exercises
Large-scale fleet exercises were fewer this year, due to the naval
operations required in the Lebanon and Taiwan incidents. It was not
209
210 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
until October that the Sixth Fleet resumed normal operations with
Exercise CRESCENT HINGE, a simulated atomic air strike over
southeast Europe. In February 1959, the Second and Sixth Fleets,
operating in the western Mediterranean, conducted Exercise BIG
DEAL, stressing offensive air strikes coupled with fleet air defense
problems. In April, the Sixth Fleet attack carrier striking force
participated in Supreme Allied Command Europe (SACEUR) Exercise
TOP WEIGHT which involved atomic strike, fleet air defense,
antisubmarine warfare, and amphibious air support. The Sixth
Fleet’s amphibious force, after withdrawing from Lebanon, continued
assault landing exercises along Mediterranean shores. Various exercises
in the western Atlantic helped develop procedures for tactical
employment of new amphibious-type ships and provided training for
midshipmen. In the Arabian Sea and Persian Gulf, the Middle East
Force participated in combined exercises with allied navies, promoting
closer relationships with nations comprising the Baghdad Pact parties.
In the eastern Pacific, ready attack carriers of the First Fleet conducted
air defense and air strike exercises. Submarine and air opposition
added realism and tested task group defenses against such enemy
threats. Two large-scale amphibious exercises were conducted on the
west coast, each involving two amphibious squadrons, with Marine
Corps and Army troops participating in division strength. Seventh
Fleet exercises in the western Pacific involved units of various
SEATO nation navies.
Special Operations
Lebanon
On July 14, 1958, President Chamoun of Lebanon requested the assistance
of U.S. armed forces in maintaining orderly government in
that country. The response to his request set in motion a number of
fleet operations.
The U.S. decision to land troops in Lebanon was made the same
afternoon. The Chief of Naval Operations, acting for the Joint Chiefs
of Staff, immediately ordered Commander in Chief Naval Forces
Eastern Atlantic and Mediterranean (CINCNELM) and Commander
Sixth Fleet (COMSIXTHFLT) to sail the Sixth Fleet to the eastern
Mediterranean and to land Marines in Lebanon at 1500 (Beirut time),
July 15. The landing was made as scheduled, and U.S. Marines secured
the local airfield in preparation for the airlift of U.S. Army
forces from Germany. On July 16, CINCNELM assumed overall
command of the operation as Commander in Chief Specified Command
Middle East (CINCSPECOMME). A second battalion of
Marines was landed by Amphibious Squadron 2 on July 16, a third by
Amphibious Squadron 4 on July 18. More Marines were transported
NAVAL OPERATIONS 211
from the United States, with immediate support being provided by
847 Marines airlifted from Cherry Point, N.C., and reaching Beirut
on July 20.
Task Force 23, including the carriers Eorrestal and Randolph and
two destroyer divisions, was organized and stationed off the Virginia
capes. Task Force 24, in the northern European area with the midshipmen
embarked, continued scheduled visits but prepared for rapid
movement if necessary. Both task forces joined forces in mid-Atlantic
on July 30 and returned to east coast ports as Middle East tensions
subsided. In a preparatory move, an augmented amphibious squadron
plus a carrier, organized as Task Group 44.0, lifted two Marine
battalion landing teams plus miscellaneous air units to the Caribbean
area for training, but as the emergency in Lebanon abated this group
was soon disestablished.
With the arrival of all scheduled Army combat units early in August,
the Marines commenced reembarking in their transports to provide
a ready reserve afloat. Phasing out of all naval and military
forces commenced in October, and on October 25 SPE COMME was
inactivated, with operational control passing to CINCNELM.
Sixth Fleet airpower was reduced temporarily in August when the
carrier Essex was sent to reinforce the Seventh Fleet in the Taiwan
area, but was strengthened with the arrival of Forrestal and Randolph
in September. In the meantime, all Pacific Fleet ships had been
alerted and placed on short sailing notice, and antisubmarine and airearly-
warning patrols were increased. The Eastern Pacific/Middle
Pacific Ready Force of three attack carriers and two antisubmarine
aircraft carrier task groups was activated for emergency deployment.
Lexington and six destroyers moved to the western Pacific; Yorktown
and some amphibious units moved to Hawaii. By August 1 the
Pacific Fleet, except in the western Pacific, had resumed normal
operations.
Only two attack aircraft carriers were deployed in the western
Pacific on July 15, but with the arrival of the Lexington, Commander
Seventh Fleet was able to keep two carriers continuously at sea while
all three rotated periods of port availability. After the Lebanon
alert, Essex sailed from the Mediterranean on August 23, and joined
Seventh Fleet operations off Taiwan.
T aiwan
On August 23 the Chinese Communists commenced heavy shelling
of the Kinmen Island complex off the China coast west of Formosa.
The Chinese Nationalists at the same time increased their naval activity
in the area. Seventh Fleet forces, including three Attack
Carrier Task Groups plus cruisers and destroyers, moved to the
212 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
Taiwan area until the situation clarified. A basic problem was
whether or not to furnish assistance in the effort to resupply the
Kinmen Island complex, where conditions became critical in midSeptember.
U.S. patrol and escort of Chinese Nationalist supply craft
was restricted to international waters. The Chinese Communists
executed a temporary cease-fire in October, and early in November
resumed their shelling on odd-numbered days only, which had the
effect of reducing tension in the western Pacific area and resulted in
a gradual reduction of the U.S. forces involved. By December, Commander
in Chief Pacific Fleet officially reverted the western Pacific
area to its normal condition of readiness.
Operation HARDTACK
A series of atomic tests was conducted from April through August
at the Eniwetok proving grounds and Johnston Island by Joint Task
Force 7, which included 27 surface ships and 31 patrol aircraft and
helicopters.
Evacuation from Nicaro, Cuba
Conflict between the Cuban Army and rebel forces in this area on
October 22 endangered lives of Americans at the Nicaro nickel mine
owned by the United States, and resulted in a State Department request
for their evacuation by the Navy. Air evacuation was considered
unsafe due to small-arms fire at the local airfield. On October 24, the
Kleinsmith (APD 134) picked up 59 persons, unassisted and without
incident. Additional ships were available in the area if needed.
Virgin Islands Inaugural
The destroyer Blandy represented the Navy at the September 25
ceremonies installing the Honorable John D. Merwin as Governor of
the Virgin Islands. On the following day, Blandy transported the
new Governor and his party to St. Croix for additional ceremonies
1 here.
Submarine Operations
On October 6, 1958, the nuclear submarine Seawolf completed a
continuous submerged run of 60 days during which she demonstrated
the ability of such craft to conduct unrestricted operations while completely
submerged. The crew lived under artificial atmospheric conditions
with no adverse effects. Nuclear submarines Skate and Seawolf
each had previously conducted submerged operations of more
than 30 days’ duration. Both Nautilus and Skate completed transits
under the Arctic ice cap to reach the North Pole.
Antarctic 0perations
Logistic support operations for Operation DEEP FREEZE IV
began in October. Within a month, aerial resupply and the airlift
NAVAL OPERATIONS 213
of relief personnel scheduled to spend the winter there had been completed
by aircraft of the Military Air Transportation Service and Air
Development Squadron 6. The icebreaker Glacier, first of nine participating
ships, reached McMurdo Sound on November 10 after
working through 600 miles of severe pack ice. Another, the Edisto,
later freed the Belgian ship Polarhav from pack ice and assisted the
John Biscoe in resupplying British bases on the Palmer Peninsula.
The Antarctic program of the International Geophysical Year was
completed on December 31. Research programs continue at Byrd
Station, Pole Station, Camp Hallett Station, and the McMurdo Sound
base. All Antarctic resupply operations ended on April 10,1959.
Transatlantic Cable Breaks
Following breaks in five transatlantic cables late in February 1959,
the destroyer escort Roy 0. Hale boarded the Soviet fishing trawler
N or orossisk off Newfoundland to determine if she had been responsible.
Although the trawler had been operating in the trouble area,
her master disclaimed knowledge of the cable breaks.
A ttacked Aircraft
On June 16, 1959, a U.S. Navy P4M patrol aircraft flying over
international waters off North Korea was severely damaged by two
MIG-type (Soviet) fighters. The plane landed safely in Japan with
one man wounded.
Operation Inland Seas
Celebrating the opening of the St. Lawrence Seaway, a task force
of 26 ships and embarked amphibious troops operated in the St.
Lawrence and the Great Lakes for about a month during June and
July 1959. The value of opening U.S. inland ports to the sea was
strikingly demonstrated, and thousands of people had an opportunity
to see their Navy-Marine Corps team in action for the first time.
Humanitarian Operations
In early October the cruiser Helena used helicopters and boats to
rescue passengers and crew of the Norwegian ship Hoi kVong, aground
in the Paracel Islands. Heavy December rains in Morocco flooded
miles of land near the U.S. Naval Facility at Port Lyautey. Naval
personnel aided disaster victims with food and money and used the
only available helicopter in surveys, rescue work, and food lifts. At
about the same time, fire destroyed half of the Japanese town of
Koniya in the Ryukyu Islands and the carrier orktown and seven
destroyers furnished food, clothing, and shelter equipment.
For 10 days in April, the U.S.S. Edisto provided food and medical
aid to assist the Government of Uruguay in flood relief operations.
214 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
During the first 6 months of fiscal year 1959, 37 ships of the Military
Sea Transportation Service (MSTS) gave assistance at sea, including
16 search or rescue missions.
Operational Readiness and Capability
Air Offense
The Navy’s striking forces, composed of attack carriers, guidedmissile
ships, cruisers, and destroyers, are powerful combinations of
units trained in all the skills and tactics of modern warfare. Aircraft
and guided missiles which seek out the ultimate targets are the heart
of these forces. The combat aircraft assigned to attack carrier forces
comprise fighters, heavy attack bombers, and light attack bombers.
Fighters, normally used defensively as interceptors, can turn offensive
and deliver bombs when speed is essential. Heavy attack bombers
can deliver nuclear weapons over ranges of 1,000 miles in any weather.
Light attack bombers, refueled in flight, can carry nuclear and conventional
weapons to long ranges for accurate delivery in visual
weather conditions.
New all-weather attack planes are under development. The A3J
will provide the option of high speed and altitude performance with
low-level attack capability. The A2F will be equipped for accurate
low-level attacks necessary in close support. The air-to-surface missile
BULLPUP, highly reliable and accurate and designed for use by
light attack aircraft in close troop support and interdiction missions,
was deployed operationally in the Pacific Fleet in April 1959.
The first nuclear-powered carrier, Enterprise, is presently scheduled
for completion in September 1961. Independence, fourth Forrestal-
A^ss carrier, was commissioned during the year, and Ranger,
third of that class, was assigned to the western Pacific in her first
deployment.
Carrier operating efficiency, and consequently, air strike capability,
continues to improve. The mirror landing system has greatly reduced
major accident rates. A newer lens-type optical landing system
proved highly successful in its operational evaluation aboard Ranger,
and will go into carriers now building. An automatic carrier landingsystem,
which lands planes without pilot control and offers increased
. all-weather capability, will go into all new carriers plus Midway- and
F orrestad-Awss ships.
Investigations of nuclear power for aircraft progressed through
design and operational analysis studies. An operational nuclearpowered
subsonic turboprop seaplane would be the next step in such
development, to provide experience factors on which to assess its seaair
power potential. By using existing seaplanes, it is expected that
this program could reach flight-test stage in 5 or 6 years.
NAVAL OPERATIONS 215
Air Defense
Fleet air defense is accomplished by modern ships equipped with
long-range radar and surface-to-air missiles, high-performance interceptor
aircraft equipped with air-to-air missiles, and communications
equipment designed for control of widely dispersed task formations.
The defensive capability of naval forces is supported further by their
mobility and by their ability, while widely dispersed, to conduct coordinated
operations. As can be seen, the adequacy of air defense is
directly influenced by the degree to which modern high-performance
equipment can be applied to it.
Guided missile systems, now operational and contributing to such
defense capabilities, include both surface-to-air and air-to-air categories.
Operations of the Boston and the Canberra, both TERRIER
missile cruisers, and the Gyatt^ a guided-missile destroyer, have increased
the experience level of missile ship crews and of fleet forces
in general. The cruiser Galveston, first ship with long-range surfaceto-
air guided missiles (TALOS), has completed technical evaluation.
The air-to-air missiles SPARROW III and SIDEWINDER 1A,
both operational, have deployed with fleet squadrons. Their performance
and reliability is being improved. SIDEWINDER production
has been accelerated to meet U.S. and allied needs, and
development of improved versions of this missile is underway.
A nuclear-powered missile cruiser now building will carry TERRIER
and TALOS surface-to-air missiles and is scheduled for completion
in October 1960. Undergoing conversion for either TALOS
or TERRIER missiles are five World War II light cruisers, and three
World War II heavy cruisers are being altered to carry TALOS and
TARTAR missiles. Keels were laid for additional TARTAR destroyers
and TERRIER frigates, and space could be made available
for a POLARIS missile launching system in several guided-missile
cruisers, should this system be approved for future adoption.
The TARTAR is completing development as a small, short-range
missile suitable for destroyers and for secondary battery use on large
ships. This missile can home on aircraft at extremely low altitudes.
The first TARTAR destroyer will be commissioned in September 1960
and 18 TARTAR destroyers have been authorized.
The EAGLE, a long-range air-to-air missile system now under development,
is calculated to overlap the service life of the SPARROW
III/F4H system. EAGLE, plus improved airborne radar and greater
aircraft endurance, will enable a combat air patrol to assume most of
the outer perimeter air defense beyond the range of surface-to-air
missiles. It is planned for all OVA attack carriers.
Greater air defense capability for task forces is promised by
the F4H-1 all-weather fighter and the WF-2 airborne early-warning
216 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
(AEW) plane, now under evaluation. Both, are carrier based. The
F4H-1 has far exceeded the speed of sound and has zoom climbed over
80,000 feet with normal armament of four SPARROW III missiles.
Radar carried by the WF-2 offers improved target detection plus
target height determination, heretofore impossible with carrier-based
AEW planes. Both planes are scheduled for fleet use in the calendar
year 1960.
The new AEW long-endurance airship, ZPG-3W, first flew on
July 21, 1958, and reached the fleet near the end of the year. Meanwhile,
various existing aircraft are being improved through visualassist
radar, infrared detection equipment, and reduced susceptibility
of fire control radar to enemy electronic countermeasures.
Combat direction in fleet air defense will be improved by a new naval
tactical data system. The Naval Electronics Laboratory is testing a
development model and fleet operational evaluation will commence in
1961.
Naval air defense units continue to serve in provisions for continental
air defense as well. Operational plans assigned Navy interceptor
squadrons as augmentation forces for U.S. air defense, while
airborne early-warning aircraft and radar picket destroyer escorts
extend the Distant Early Warning (DEW) line to sea. Ocean station
radar pickets comprise the surface portion of the seaward extension of
the contiguous radar coverage.
Antisubmarine Warfare
The greatest challenge to U.S. control of the sea is the threat of
enemy submarines. Improvements in the capability of antisubmarine
forces have been offset by the increased submerged speed and endurance
of modern submarines. The possibility of destructive submarinelaunched
missile raids on coastal cities gives the problem an urgency
not known in preatomic years.
Every possible means of defeating submarines is being investigated.
Measures of countering them fall into two broad phases: Destruction
of home bases, building yards, and support facilities, and defeat of the
submarine at sea. This second and most difficult task requires time,
assorted electronic equipment and weapons, varied force components,
and widely deployed forces.
The four phases of the search for and destruction of the submarine
are detection, localization, classification (including identification), and
kill. Improvements in all phases have been realized during the past
year, and research and development have pointed the way to further
advances. It should be pointed out that, thus far, the water medium
has proven much less permeable to detection devices than has the
atmosphere. Sound has been, and for the foreseeable future will conNAVAL
OPERATIONS 217
tinue to be, a most important means of detection of submarines. An
intensive research and development program is under way in this
field and in the related areas of oceanography and hydrography.
Significant improvements are being realized and new items of sonar
equipment, both shipborne and airborne, have been produced and
either are being installed or evaluated. Considerably longer detection
ranges will be obtained with them.
Localization ability has been enhanced by these new sonars, and
this is particularly true of the new aircraft systems. An improved
helicopter-dipping sonar, with excellent detection and localization
capabilities, is undergoing evaluation also.
New equipment and techniques have increased the ranges and
probabilities of classifying a target as a submarine and of identifying
it as “friendly” or “nonfriendly,” although not to the levels
required. Continued research and development is required in these
areas at a high priority, next after that devoted to detection.
Our antisubmarine weapons are progressing markedly in range,
speed, depth, and probability of hit. Improvements are being achieved
in homing torpedoes, with either atomic or conventional explosive
warheads, and in atomic depth bombs. Rocket-assist, as employed
in ASROC (a ship-launched, rocket-assisted homing torpedo), is
being provided in several of these weapon types in order to project
them to extended ranges which match the increased sonar ranges and,
thereby, to provide an early attack capability.
New and better antisubmarine ships are being built, although not
at a rate sufficient to compensate in numbers for those becomingobsolescent.
A Fleet Rehabilitation and Modernization Program is
giving emphasis to extending the life of existing destroyer types.
Additional information on antisubmarine warfare ships and weapons
is set forth in chapter IV.
Replacement of all antisubmarine aircraft types, except seaplanes,
has just commenced and will be continued at an increasing pace each
year until completed about 1965. The P2V long-range, land-based
patrol plane will be replaced by the P3V (modified Electra) which
has much greater speed, capacity, range, and endurance. The S2F-3
(modified Tracker) will provide similar advantages over the S2F-2,
and the HSS-2 represents a marked advantage over the HSS-1 and
-IN. The HSS-2 is an all-weather, twin-turbine, amphibious helicopter
which, with the S2F-3, will operate from the antisubmarine
carriers (CVS’s). The destroyer-based helicopter concept (Dash)
has been basically evaluated, and more advanced installations will
begin operational tests in 1960. Chapter V contains more detail
concerning these aircraft.
The new nuclear-powered submarines, with their high speed,
maneuverability, and greatly extended endurance, will themselves be
218 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
especially potent antisubmarine weapons systems. Attention lias been
given to the provision of realistic training aids and substitutes for
the services of actual submarines, which are in great demand and
short supply. Two types of submarine simulators have been developed,
and a large cylindrical tank which was employed in certain
atomic tests has been moored in deep water about 45 miles southwest
of Point Loma, Calif., to provide a practice submarine target. If
successful, similar targets probably will be moored at appropriate
locations.
Organizationally, the direction of the antisubmarine warfare effort
has been centralized and strengthened considerably within the Office
of the Chief of Naval Operations and in the technical bureaus and
the Office of Naval Research. To provide greater top-level civilian
and military concentration on the total program and its problems,
the Secretary of the Navy, on November 17, 1959, established the
Navy Antisubmarine Warfare Committee. The membership comprises
the Secretary of the Navy (Chairman) ; the Under Secretary
of the Navy; the Assistant Secretary of the Navy (Research and
Development) ; the Chief of Naval Operations and Deputy Chiefs
of Naval Operations; the Chiefs of the Bureau of Naval Weapons,
Bureau of Ships, and Naval Research; and the Directors of Nava]
Intelligence and the Long Range Objectives Group in the Office of
the Chief of Naval Operations.
In the operating forces, additional special antisubmarine task
groups have been formed in the general model of the well-known and
highly successful Task Group Alfa. In the Atlantic, these are Task
Group Bravo, which is almost identical to Alfa, and Task Group
Charlie, which is composed of destroyers and patrol aircraft and is
engaged primarily in escort-of-convoy tactical development. From
time to time, as the availability of trained units permits, one or two
other Atlantic Alfa-type groups are formed for advanced training
and exercises. In the Pacific Fleet, a program is under way which, by
April 1960, will provide an antisubmarine organization very similar
to that in the Atlantic. At present there is one semipermanent
hunter/killer group in the Pacific. This soon will be increased to
two, plus a third group about half the time, depending on the availability
of the component elements.
Submarine Warfare
A strong, balanced submarine force is an integral part of the Navy.
Its primary mission is the destruction of ships, particularly submarines,
and it thus forms an important component of antisubmarine
strategy. Typical of submarine progress, its missions also include
missile strikes, radar picket, reconnaissance, mining, aircraft refuelNAVAL
OPERATIONS 219
ing, support of underwater demolition team operations, and troop
carrying.
Most U.S. submarines were built during World War II. The present
building program, while designed to forestall potential mass
obsolescence, places emphasis on superior offensive capability and
constant readiness to perform assigned missions, rather than the
weight of numbers alone.
Six new submarines joining the fleet included the nuclear-powered
Sargo^ Swordfish, and Skipjack. Skipjack, the first submarine combining
nuclear propulsion and advanced hydrodynamic design, completed
builder’s trials and is the fastest underwater craft in existence.
Four more submarines were launched, including the nuclear-powered
George Washington, first fleet ballistic missile submarine. Still building
are 18 nuclear-powered and 5 fleet ballistic-missile submarines.
The nuclear-powered submarines continued to demonstrate their
spectacular operating ability. While developing their own capability
for antisubmarine warfare, they have helped other units develop
tactics against enemy nuclear submarines. The Nautilus, during the
course of a 1,700-mile 97-hour passage under the Arctic ice pack,
reached the North Pole on August 3, 1958. For this historic feat
she received the first Presidential Unit Citation awarded in peacetime.
The Skate reached the North Pole less than 10 days later,
operated under the ice pack for 10 days, and surfaced near the pole.
She again conducted under-ice operations later in the year, and on
March 17 surfaced at the North Pole to conduct memorial services for
famed Arctic explorer Sir Hubert Wilkins, who first attempted polar
submarine navigation. Fulfilling the request of his widow, Lady
Suzanne Wilkins, his ashes were scattered at the pole.
Amphibious Forces
Existing amphibious shipping, about 75 percent of which is World
War II construction, is rapidly approaching obsolescence. This deficiency
is of special concern as it affects the Navy’s ability, either in
limited war or general hostilities, to move U.S. ground forces into
trouble areas. An adequate substitute for amphibious lift will never
be fully supplied by airlift. This was proved during the Lebanon incident,
when restricted flyover rights and saturated terminal facilities
critically delayed airlift operations. More and faster ships are needed
to provide the “anywhere, anytime” amphibious capability which offers
the Nation’s most evident and effective response to threats of limited
war. Yet, high shipbuilding costs and low annual replacement programs
widen the gap between current modern amphibious shipping
inventory and the minimum future goal.
On April 2, the keel of the first amphibious assault ship (LPH) built
as such, the I wo Jima, was laid down. It will be an important contri-
555521—60-------15
220 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
bution to amphibious capabilities. It was necessary, on the other
hand, to inactivate four assault transports during the year to provide
part of the crews for the carriers Boxer and Princeton, which were redesignated
as LPH’s.
Mine Wdrfare
Minelaying forces, aircraft and submarines, are kept in a high state
of readiness. The principal mining aircraft, A3D and P2V types,
require consistent fundamental training to keep mining capability
alive. Development of new types of mines with increased reliability
and effectiveness has progressed satisfactorily, although economy considerations
have deferred stockpiling them. Mines presently in stock
have been improved as the result of mining exercises.
Three new minesweepers were added to mine countermeasures forces
during the year and tests of helicopters have proved it feasible to use
them as high-speed minesweepers. Existing units, trained in all
phases of mine countermeasures against known mines, provide a
minimum peacetime force. Materiel readiness continues to increase,
and new and improved equipment designed to eliminate existing deficiencies
is under development.
Harbor Defense
A small harbor defense program, approximating 1,300 officers and
men, provides a base of trained personnel from which to expand when
and if necessary. Harbor defense exercises on both coasts have included
Reserve Harbor Defense Divisions as part of their regular
drills. Research and development is in progress to improve and extend
capability in this field.
Fleet Ballistic Missile System
Consisting essentially of POLARIS missiles, nuclear-powered
launching submarines, and logistic support facilities, the fleet ballistic
missile system will provide a practically invulnerable retaliatory
weapon, independent of foreign bases. This high-priority program
has been accelerated, looking toward operational employment in 1960
instead of the previous 1963 goal. As mentioned previously, the first
six POLARIS submarines are under construction and three more will
be started soon.
Development of the POLARIS missile is on schedule. Flight tests
of a full-scale missile commenced September 27, 1958. Solid propellants
have proved satisfactory in static tests of large-scale engines.
Launching techniques have been developed; the first practical underwater
launching test occurred March 23,1958.
The test ship Compass Island has been evaluating new navigational
equipment and obtaining the precise navigation data required for
NAVAL OPERATIONS 221
POLARIS use. The U.S.S. Observation Island has completed her
shakedown, preparatory to employment as a test ship for the
POLARIS weapon system.
Support Readiness and Capability
The increasing age and declining efficiency of active underwayreplenishment
ships are generating future problems in maintaining
sufficient capability for sustained support of deployed fleet units.
One POLARIS submarine tender is included in next year’s building
program, but many more modern mobile logistic support ships will
be needed to arrest obsolescence of fleet support.
A number of tankers in the nucleus fleet of the Military Sea Transportation
Service have been fitted for limited fuel transfer at sea.
Continuation of this program will provide 34 tankers, altered so as
to provide what is the only expeditious means of refilling fleet underway-
replenishment oilers. The Bureau of Ships and the Bureau of
Supplies and Accounts are developing new cargo-handling techniques
and equipment for replenishment at sea.
Military Sea Transportation Service (MSTS)
MSTS provides ocean transportation for all Department of Defense
personnel and their dependents, fuel, cargo, and mail (excluding that
carried by fleet units), and furnishes services to other Federal agencies
as determined by policies of the Secretary of Defense. During the
year it engaged also in oceanographic surveys and in operations supporting
missile test ranges, ocean radar stations, and military stations
in the Arctic.
Through continued reductions, the MSTS nucleus fleet reached a
total of 151 ships and craft, the smallest since July 1950. These
reductions were caused principally through reduced military commitments
in oversea theaters, combined with service policies to rotate
their personnel by air transportation. Twelve transports were rendered
idle and placed in a ready reserve status during various periods
of the year. Forecasts for the coming year indicate that this downward
trend will continue. It may necessitate the permanent layup
of some transports, which will result in reduced capability to meet
mobilization emergency requirements.
MSTS operations produced gross income of $423 million, $47 million
less than last year. Tariff adjustments reduced this figure to approximately
$412.0 million. More than $324 million—approximately 79
percent of MSTS expenditures—were paid to commercial interests.
MSTS lifted 12,394,519 measurement-tons of cargo, 556,586 passengers,
and 16,669,660 long tons of petroleum. About 76 percent of the
cargo and 53 percent of the petroleum, oil, and lubricants were moved
in American-flag ships.
222 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
Naval Observatory
The Naval Observatory continues the work which has made it
one of the world’s foremost astronomical observatories. Capabilities
of the observatory are constantly utilized in many aspects of
the space effort, particularly in the computation of orbits, in mathematical
astronomy, and in the fields of time and absolute frequency.
The Nautical Almanac Office, in addition to its usual navigational
publications and the American Ephemeris, has undertaken calculation
and production of the annual ephemeris issued for surveyors
by the Department of the Interior, and has commenced computation
of “Sight Reduction Tables for Air Navigation, Vol. 1, for Epoch
1965.0.” The Time Service Division can now supply time measurement
accurate to one-thousandth of a second. The first atomic time
system in the world has been established, and corrected time signals
are now issued with respect to atomic time as well as universal time.
This Division will commence transmission from the Navy Radio Station,
Summit, C.Z., in December 1959.
The Observatory has continued astronomical programs involving
observations of double stars, electronic amplification of low-light intensities,
and positions of the sun and other solar system members.
It is participating in an international plan to chart 21,000 reference
stars in the Northern Hemisphere, and is charting the marginal
zone of the moon.
Hydrographic Office
Continuing to supply the Navy and the merchant marine with
nautical and navigational aids, and supporting other Department of
Defense activities, the Hydrographic Office has also strengthened
relations with similar agencies throughout the world and is collaborating
with the International Hydrographic Bureau. Several
navigational surveys in the Johnston Island area were completed and
a survey of the Northern Bahamas was initiated. A revised edition
of “The American Practical Navigator” (Bowditch) was issued, as
were 36 new charts and 37 new editions of existing charts. The airborne
magnetic survey program for ocean areas was deferred, and
project aircraft were diverted to classified programs of high priority.
Sixteen new aeronautical charts and 14 new editions of such charts
were produced. Continued liaison with the Air Force in publications
of joint interest has resulted in money savings and reduced
requirements.
Through special chart productions, hydrographic surveys, ice reconnaissance
and forecasting services, and the assignment of special
personnel, the Hydrographic Office supported Arctic resupply and
submarine operations and aided DEEP FREEZE IV operations in
the Antarctic. Missile programs were supported by special charts
NAVAL OPERATIONS 223
and surveys; undersea warfare programs by development of oceanographic
forecasting and sonar prediction surveys and a specialpurpose
antisubmarine warfare chart; and aviation programs by production
of air-targeting materials, special seaplane studies, and Hydrographic-
Oceanographic Data Sheets.
Communications Support
The possibility of sudden emergencies, emphasized by ballistic missiles
and nuclear weapons, demands reliable, rapid communications
systems. Like ships, however, and in the face of an increasing traffic
load, most communication equipment is the overage World War II
type, is expensive to maintain, and lags behind the rapid advance of the
weapons systems it must support.
In May 1959 automatic switching went into operation with service
between both coasts. A very-low-frequency station now building at
Cutler, Maine, should be completed in 1962.
Programs designed to increase the reliability, speed, and security
of naval communications are in progress. Installation of single sideband
equipment is planned for tactical communications with widely
dispersed forces, and will increase range at no added cost in power,
weight, or space. Line-of-sight communications, especially for shipto-
air and air-to-air use, continue to rely on double sideband equipment
in the ultra-high-frequency (UHF) range, and this is being
improved through increased power and rapid frequency-shifting
features.
Communications with submarines, especially POLARIS submarines,
is under intensive study. The new station in Maine will
greatly extend the range of submerged radio reception and provision
of similar capability on Guam is being investigated. Promising
prospects for two-way communication with submerged submarines
are being found in long-range underwater sound in the audio
frequency band and in improved submarine antennas.
Shore system landline (wire) circuits are being replaced by microwave
radio where security or economy is increased, and some shore
circuits have been converted to the single sideband technique with
increased transmission speeds and reliability. Presently under test,
and expected to prove 100 percent reliable, is the communication moon
relay, using the moon as a radio reflector when it is above the horizon
of communicating stations.
Material Readiness
Material Condition
Progressive material deterioration continues in the fleet. The rate
of significant failures in ships of the fleet has quadrupled since 1955.
224 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
For the fiscal year 1959, 72 percent of the ships inspected by the Board
of Inspection and Survey were found unsatisfactory.
Over 80 percent of the active fleet comprises World War II ships.
Aging, they require more maintenance; yet labor and material costs
increase faster than do funds allocated for maintenance. More operations,
at higher speeds with fewer ships, increase maintenance requirements
while reducing maintenance time. Adding to the problem,
personnel experience levels are not perceptibly improving.
The Fleet Rehabilitation and Modernization (FRAM) Program,
initiated to arrest this deterioration, provides for the planned rehabilitation
and modernization of 255 World War II ships over a
4-year period. Funds have been appropriated for the fiscal year
1960 for a first increment of 34 ships. In addition, all active fleet ships
reached in the regular overhaul schedule receive thorough overhauls,
even at the expense of deferring other ships scheduled for later
overhaul. In all, 400 ships started overhauls during the year, 116
of them in commercial yards.
Military Improvements
Only the most urgent improvements in the fields of antisubmarine
warfare, air defense, electronic countermeasures, submarine warfare,
and replenishment at sea were accomplished. Other items were deferred
to provide additional overhaul money. The program to improve
ship habitability was limited to essential air conditioning for
ships assigned to hot and humid areas and to health and sanitation
items in a few ships.
Mobilization Posture
Reserves of personnel, ships, aircraft, material, and facilities are
essential for emergency augmentation and are constantly reviewed
to determine those requiring priority treatment. Reserve mobilization
capabilities can now provide approximately 120,000 Ready Reservists,
plus 46 antisubmarine warfare ships and 25 fleet-size air
squadrons from the reserve training organization, for immediate
active duty in a national emergency.
Financial factors have permitted little improvement in the general
readiness of Reserve Fleet ships; only nine destroyers were modernized
and overhauled this year and these austerely. Ships with high mobilization
priority have been identified, so that available funds and manpower
can be used where most productive.
The mobilization potential of naval aviation depends primarily on
Selected Reserve units. Such units, for antisubmarine carriers and
Marine air wings, require minimum additional training for effective
augmentation of active forces. Antisubmarine units of highly ready
NAVAL OPERATIONS 225
patrol aircraft and carrier-based aircraft provide immediate resources
for air antisubmarine forces. Reserve transport and air support
squadrons are ready for prompt employment.
Oversea base support capability shows minor improvement. Planned
mobilization development is minimum and flexible; high-priority sites
required in various contingencies have been identified. All mobilization
planning has been carefully scrutinized, objectives clarified, priorities
established, and requirements placed on an austere, realistic
basis.
III. M arine Corps Operations
The U.S. Marine Corps provides a compact, versatile striking force,
uniquely qualified to fulfill the expeditionary needs of our maritime
nation. The Fleet Marine Force, by nature and by design, is an integral
element of seapower. Its landing forces are deployed and deployable
on the high seas as components of the fleets. These landing
forces, with integrated skills for land and air combat, can be projected
readily and flexibly as national policies dictate. The Marine Corps
is dedicated to the principles of economy, effectiveness, and responsiveness.
These are the assets the Marine Corps strives to refine; these
are the attributes of a force-in-readiness.
Employment of Forces
The Fleet Marine Forces, three Marine divisions, and three Marine
aircraft wings, together with their supporting force elements, remain
capable of meeting requirements for limited war and the initial requirements
of general war tasks. The current and projected deployments
of these di vision/wing teams, their supporting forces, supplies,
and equipment support the national strategy of maintaining ready,
mobile forces suitably deployed to be responsive instantly to such international
crises as may arise. Those elements of the Fleet Marine
Forces located in the western Pacific and the Mediterranean areas are
prepared for immediate commitment to combat and are backed by
substantial forces on both the east and the west coasts of the United
States which are equally ready for deployment and entry into combat.
The Marine Corps continues to develop further and emphasize the
doctrine of initial entry into combat via amphibious vertical
envelopment.
During the past year, in furtherance of maintaining the instant combat
readiness of the Fleet Marine Forces, two significant achievements
have been made. The organization of Amphibious Squadron 10 by
the Navy has given the Marine Corps a vehicle which will permit
more rapid surface deployment of elements of the air-ground team to
troubled areas. Additionally, transoceanic flights by Marine Corps
jet aircraft have demonstrated the ability of this component of the
air-ground team to deploy immediately over long distances for the
support of Marine ground units.
Rapid response by Marine Corps forces to the directives of the
President during the Lebanon crisis aptly demonstrated the effective-
226
MARINE CORPS OPERATIONS 227
ness of the balanced fleet with embarked Marine Corps forces as a vital,
flexible element of national strategy. The ability of the balanced
fleet to project naval power ashore in the precise degree of force required
and to sustain that force ashore continues to assure the United
States of a capability quickly responsive to international problems.
Marine Corps Objectives
To maintain the Fleet Marine Forces at maximum efficiency and
peak readiness, the Marine Corps continues to place primary emphasis
on attainment of adequate force levels for the effective manning of
combat elements; provision of the fast, modern amphibious shippingrequired
for vertical envelopment tactics; and lightness and flexibility
in both organization and equipment. Continued lower personnel
strengths have caused temporary reduction of some elements of the
Fleet Marine Force to cadre status. Specifically, six battalion landing
teams have been so reduced and Marine aviation elements were reduced
by the equivalent of six squadrons. The net effect of this loss has
been to decrease the combat effectiveness and staying power of each
division and aircraft wing by about 20 percent.
Marine Corps capabilities for amphibious operations are directly
proportional to the capabilities of amphibious shipping. The modern
concept of amphibious vertical envelopment requires shipping different
from the World War II types which were developed for over-thebeach
amphibious operations. As a partial solution, the U.S.S.
Boxer and the U.S.S. Princeton have been maintained in the active
fleet as interim amphibious assault ships, with Marines contributing
to their complements. For a satisfactory solution, there should be
sufficient fast, modern amphibious types to provide in the active fleet
a simultaneous lift for two Marine division wing teams.
Study and evaluation of the organization and equipping of the Fleet
Marine Forces continue, to insure that they will keep pace with the
requirements of rapid commitment to either general or limited war
situations. Included in this study and evaluation is specific consideration
of the reorganizational steps required to accomplish early
reactivation of certain Fleet Marine Force units which are now in
cadre status. Greater flexibility with newer, lighter, and more effective
equipment is a principal objective. Concurrently, improvements
in the expeditionary characteristics of Marine aircraft wings
are being pursued, including the ability to move ashore rapidly and
operate modern jet aircraft from short airfields.
Operations and Training
Operating forces of the Marine Corps constitute 63 percent of
Marine Corps strength and are comprised of the Fleet Marine Forces,
Security Forces, and Ship’s Detachments.
228 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
The Fleet Marine Forces consist of three Marine divisions and
three Marine aircraft wings, together with necessary headquarters,
combat support, and service units. Approximately two-thirds of the
Fleet Marine Forces are assigned to the Pacific Fleet and one-third to
the Atlantic Fleet. These forces provide the fleet commanders with
the means of projecting naval power ashore, wherever and whenever
required.
Marine Security Forces have assumed increased commitments in
providing security for newly constructed special weapons storage
sites, although their overall strength has been reduced. This was
accomplished by replacing Marines with civilian guards and deactivating
several Marine barracks. Marine detachments afloat increased
by two during the year, with the activation of detachments for the
amphibious assault ships Boxer and Princeton.
Certain operations this year deserve special mention as examples of
Fleet Marine Force readiness. At the beginning of the year, a provisional
Marine force consisting of three battalion-landing-teams was
embarked in fleet units in the Mediterranean. When the situation in
Lebanon deteriorated, these Marine landing teams were dispatched
to Beirut on July 15 and the first landing was accomplished within 15
hours of the time that the order had been communicated to the commander
of the Sixth Fleet. Within 3 days all the battalion-landingteams
had landed, secured the northern, eastern, and southern approaches
to the city, and established effective security over the airport,
harbor, and port facilities and the American Embassy in Beirut. By
mid-December all Marine forces committed in Lebanon had returned
to the continental United States, except for the single battalionlanding-
team routinely maintained afloat in the Mediterranean.
In late August 1958 when the Chinese Communists threatened the
offshore islands, Marine Aircraft Group 11 was deployed from Japan
to Taiwan to augment air defense forces there and to provide fighter
augmentation for the Seventh Fleet. By September 1 this group
was performing limited air operations, and by September 8 was fully
operational from its new base at Ping-Tung, Taiwan. Of interest is
the fact that during the period it operated in Taiwan, personnel of
the group provided training and technical assistance to Chinese
Nationalist pilots which later permitted them to employ SIDEWINDER
missiles successfully in air combat against Communist
aircraft.
To maintain an adequate air defense in Japan, Marine Aircraft
Group 13 was deployed from Hawaii to Atsugi, Japan, to replace
Marine Aircraft Group 11. A significant feature of this deployment
was the transoceanic flight of 24 of the group’s combat aircraft, accomplished
through the utilization of inflight refueling en route.
MARINE CORPS OPERATIONS 229
MAG 13 redeployed to its home base in March 1959 preliminary to
the return of MAG 11 to Atsugi in April.
Progress in conducting operations under the modern amphibious
warfare doctrine was highlighted by the aforementioned redesignation
of aircraft carriers Boxer and Princeton as amphibious assault ships.
This constituted the first major step toward creating a modern amphibious
capability in both oceans. Also, the Fleet Marine Force,
Atlantic, has formed a special force, a Provisional Marine Brigade,
which is maintained in constant readiness to mount out rapidly, and
is specifically designed for embarkation in fast, modern amphibious
shipping, including the amphibious assault ship.
The Fleet Marine Forces are in a high state of combat readiness,
and have completed a cycle of amphibious training which commenced
with small unit training and progressed through major amphibious
exercises. Since the Boxer joined the Amphibious Force, Atlantic
Fleet, in January, a series of six helicopter-launched brigade amphibious
exercises has been conducted. Atlantic and Pacific amphibious
exercises totaled 25—18 at the battalion-landing-team/helicopter
squadron level, 6 at the regimental-landing-team/air group
level, and 1 at the division/air wing level. Additionally, the battalionlanding-
team in the Mediterranean conducted about 12 practice landings
including joint, NATO, and unilateral amphibious exercises.
Reserve training included the assignment of individual reservists
to periods of active duty for training in Marine Corps formal schools
and with regular Marine Corps units, with organized units and elements
of other services, and in extension courses and other nonpay
training programs. Reserve unit training, normally consisting of 24
or 48 drills, was reduced to 23 or 46 drills to reduce expenditures. In
addition to these drills, all units conducted 15 days of annual field
training. Emphasis was placed on unit training exercises and field
maneuvers, and within the various Reserve Districts, exercises combining
aviation and ground units were conducted whenever possible.
Landing Force Research and Development
Development of guided missiles to meet the specialized requirements
of the Marine Corps has proceeded as planned. Notable progress
was made in the air defense missiles HAWK and REDEYE.
A prototype 115-mm. gun-boosted rocket launcher has progressed
satisfactorily, as has the amphibian vehicle LVTE-1, an LVTP-5
modified for clearing landmines.
In the field of transportation, the Marine Corps is closely watching
the development of hydrofoils, ground effect devices, and planing
hulls that can be used in the development of high-speed amphibious
vehicles. For engineer applications, development was completed and
230 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
procurement started on a sectionalized rubber-tired tractor that is
transportable by helicopter, and a 6,000-pound forklift for use on
rough terrain. Development was started on a smaller (3,000-pound)
forklift for similar use.
Personnel protection equipment has continued to advance and prototypes
of the man-load body armor concept are now being evaluated.
In electronics, major emphasis has been placed on ground equipment
that will improve air defense and air control capability. New projects
are being started on better air defense radars, helicopter homing
beacons, and helicopter navigation systems, as well as advanced studies
of drone helicopters. The expeditionary capabilities of Marine aviation
squadrons to operate from minimal airfields have improved with
the receipt of jet-assisted takeoff equipment, airfield arresting gear,
and a new type of airfield matting.
Marine Corps Personnel
Strength Levels
The Marine Corps completed its reduction to an active duty strength
of 175,000. Marines in the Fleet Marine Forces increased from 52.7
percent to 54.6 percent of total strength by the end of the year. Since
the fiscal year 1960 will be a period of high personnel turnover, a
reduction in the availability of men for the Fleet Marine Forces is
anticipated.
The strength of the inactive Marine Corps Reserve on June 30 was
about 316,000. The Ready Reserve was about 3,000 below its authorized
strength of 208,000, with 42,356 in drill-pay units. The number
of ground units conducting paid drills remained at 229. The aviation
reserves added 5 helicopter units and deleted 4 Reserve groups due to
the closing of four naval air stations, for a new total of 85 drill-pay
aviation units.
Officer Programs
Efforts to improve officer quality and stability included elimination
of the 2-year obligor program; increasing the mental requirements
for officer candidates; measures to increase reserve officer retention;
and expanded warrant and limited-duty officer programs.
In October 1956, the Defense Advisory Committee on Professional
and Technical Compensation (Cordiner Committee) recommended
that “the Marine Corps consider the establishment of appropriate
programs to raise the educational level of its officers, with particular
emphasis on assisting officers in obtaining baccalaureate degrees.” In
March 1957, the Commandant of the Marine Corps established such a
program and by the end of the fiscal year 1959, 150 officers had
received baccalaureate degrees.
MARINE CORPS OPERATIONS 231
Enlisted Programs
The program of enlisting reservists for 2 years’ active duty was
discontinued. Emphasis was placed on the 4-year enlistment and
over 80 percent of new men were enlisted for 4 years. Standards for
reenlistment were raised.
Changes in the rank structure were made which resulted in lowering
the ratio of noncommissioned officers from 58 percent to 37.4 percent
of the enlisted population, thereby achieving a more realistic rank
structure.
A current project has as its objective the establishment of a systematic
determination of enlisted billet grade requirements for personnel
in all Marine Corps organizations. It is anticipated that this project
will provide the foundation for a realistic and valid enlisted job
evaluation system which will lead to the correlation of rank requirements
among occupational fields, and thereby improve the efficiency
with which Marines are assigned and guided through their careers.
Six thousand proficiency pay awards were made to Marines in pay
grades E-3, E-4, and E-5, 85 percent in critical skills and 15 percent
on the basis of outstanding effectiveness. There has not been sufficient
experience as yet to judge the effect of proficiency pay on retention of
personnel.
Supporting Establishment
Logistic support was provided primarily from Marine Corps Supply
Centers at Barstow, Calif., and Albany, Ga. In addition, units
in the Pacific are provided logistic support as available from local
Army and Navy sources. An initial 3-year phase in the establishment
of an integrated supply system, utilizing the latest electronic dataprocessing
techniques, was completed.
Efforts to modernize Fleet Marine Force equipment resulted in the
following improvements:
(1) Significant deliveries of the M103A1 tank with 120-mm. gun
and of the 106-mm. recoilless rifle mounted on the Mechanical
Mule, M274;
(2) Delivery for test and evaluation of the first model of an
improved fire control system for the TERRIER land-based
weapon system and seven preproduction pilot models of a
lightweight 34-ton truck (Mighty Mite) ;
(3) Negotiation of a contract for additional M274 Mechanical
Mules and a 2)/2~ton truck van.
(4) Order and initial delivery of high-powered partially transistorized
single-sideband radio equipment to replace shorter
range AM vehicular radios.
232 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
The Marine Corps Auxiliary Air Station, Yuma, Ariz., was commissioned
on January 1, 1959, and construction of a new helicopter
facility at Futema, Okinawa, was initiated.
Although water rights at Camp Pendleton, Calif., continue to be
a problem, litigation in this matter should be completed during the
fiscal year 1960.
On June 30, 1959, construction contracts totaling $26.5 million were
in progress for Marine Corps ground forces facilities. A regimentalsize
camp and storage warehouses in Okinawa made up $14.1 million
of this total; all other construction was in the United States.
During this fiscal year, 1,323 Capehart Act housing units were
under construction. The Marine Corps acquired 2,193 units of
Wherry Act housing which had been declared public quarters, leaving
a current public quarters shortage of 9,738 units.
IV. Naval Personnel
Among primary challenges of the year were the high personnel
turnover and the urgent necessity for advanced training in greater
numbers in order to keep abreast of technological developments. Continuing
tasks can be foreseen in providing sufficient opportunities for
promotion, in improving the quality of officer and enlisted personnel,
and in maintaining personnel stability.
The active duty strength of the Navy was as follows:
Grand total_______ ____________
SO June 1958
___ 641, 005
31 Dec 1958
634, 739
SO June 1959
626, 340
Total officers________________________ 71, 560 70, 416 69, 795
Men____________________________ ___ 68, 864 67, 715 67, 057
Women_________________________ 2, 696 2, 701 2, 738
Total enlisted____ ___________________ ___ 563, 506 559, 017 552, 221
Men____________________________ ___ 558, 955 554, 166 547, 236
Women_________________________ 4, 551 4, 851 4, 985
Total officer candidates_______________ 5, 939 5, 306 4, 324
Midshipmen (Naval Academy)_____ 3,483 3, 555 2, 534
Naval aviation cadets________________ 1, 393 1, 265 1, 111
Officer candidate school___________ 918 302 570
Aviation officer candidates____________ 145 184 109
Personnel allocations for the 864 active fleet ships were austere.
The manning level (ratio between peacetime allowance and wartime
complement) remained at about 81 percent except during the Lebanon
and Taiwan operations, which showed that a level of at least 84 percent
is necessary for active ships. Improvement of this ratio is being
attempted through constant balancing of fleet units and supporting
shore activities to achieve optimum manning and support of the
operating forces.
Reductions in supporting forces continued, with few additional
support facilities being planned. Air stations at Atlantic City, N.J.,
Chincoteague, Md., Columbus, Ohio, Denver, Colo., and Niagara Falls,
N.Y., plus a few other air activities, were disestablished. Personnel
strength was built up at the Pacific Missile Range and at the
Naval Station at Roosevelt Roads, P.R. (to support guided missile
programs).
233
234 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
Officer Personnel
The experience level in the junior officer years remains low. It is
anticipated that this will be remedied in time through increased
retention of younger reserve officers. It was decided this year to
discontinue the warrant officer program, and this also should help
to raise the experience level.
There will be no further input of warrant officers after the fiscal
year 1960, and the program will be phased out through normal attrition.
The limited duty officer (temporary) program will be expanded
to assimilate those warrant billets requiring the supervisory qualities
of an officer and ultimately will consist of more than 9,000 wellqualified
officers distributed among various occupational fields. Warrant
officer billets requiring technical skill rather than supervisory
skill will be redesignated for master chief petty officers.
Enlisted Personnel
The petty officer situation improved somewhat due to an increase
in reenlistments. Notwithstanding this improvement, the loss of new
petty officers persisted at a high rate. Only a slight reduction in
basic training was possible. Within the numbers allowed, petty officer
strength has been maintained at 53.3 percent of total enlisted strength,
or about 89 percent of the number of petty officers considered to be
necessary. Better balance among ratings has been obtained. Within
nearly all ratings, pay grades E-4 and E-5 (2d- and 3d-class petty
officer) continue to be problem areas with respect to retaining trained
personnel.
Procurement of Personnel
Recruitment quotas for officer candidates and officers were met with
the exception of those for women officer candidates, aviation cadets,
and aviation officer candidates. Thorough screening of applicants
helped to assure recruitment of the finest young men and women.
Legislation has been initiated which would make it unnecessary
for a regular appointee in the Naval Reserve Officer Training Corps
to request retention in the Regular Navy. If it is approved, an
NROTC regular graduate will be aware from the beginning that he
has a career awaiting him in the Regular Navy, as does a graduate
of the U.S. Naval Academy.
The Navy Enlisted Scientific Education Program has been converted
to an officer candidate program to train highly qualified inservice
personnel at civilian educational institutions as career officers
in scientific fields of special value to the Navy. The former Navy
Enlisted Advanced School Program has been absorbed in this new
program.
NAVAL PERSONNEL
235
All enlisted quotas were met this year, with a marked increase in the
quality of personnel recruited. The High School Graduate Training
I rogram continues to be most effective in attracting trainable young
men. As a result of emphasis in the nuclear field of this program, the
total number of enlistments in this specialty reached a new high of
887, compared with 584 in 1958 and 113 in 1957 (fiscal years). Enlisted
reservists serving, or called to active duty, with the regular
establishment are now given the opportunity to join the Regular Navy
at the expiration of their current enlistment in the Naval Reserve, thus
affording the advantages of regular career status to those reservists
who desire it.
The complexify of modern weapons and military equipment is still
increasing, and emphasis on procurement of high-quality highly trainable
personnel will be continued. Intensified recruiting efforts
coupled with improved recruiting techniques and management effectiveness
have enabled the Navy Recruiting Service to achieve its goals
at savings in both funds and manpower.
Promotions
Legislation has been initiated which will provide reasonable promotion
opportunity for officers in the so-called “hump” year groups
resulting from World War II. Beginning next year, the authority
of this legislation will be utilized to create additional vacancies in
commander and captain grades by a “noncontinuation” process.
Captains with at least 5 years in grade and commanders who have
twice failed of selection to captain will be considered by a board
established for the purpose, and certain percentages of officers will
be retired short of the normal 30- to 26-year points appropriate to
their grades. Those not recommended for continuation will be retired
at the end of the fiscal year in which considered, provided that they
will have 20 years1 service for retirement purposes. They will receive
a compensatory $2,000 lump-sum payment.
Effectuation of the new pay grades E-8 (Senior Chief Petty
Officer) and E—9 (Master Chief Petty Officer) is in progress. It will
take approximately 3 years to achieve full strength in these grades.
Proficiency pay is now an integral part of the Navy enlisted pay
structure and will be phased in over a period of 4 years. The enlisted
advancement system was used to select candidates who are proficient
in the technical aspects of their ratings. The Navy authorized 12,823
proficiency pay awards, each granting a monthly pay increase of $30.
A selection board met in April 1959 to consider enlisted personnel
in certain rates who have over 20 years of active service, whose enlistments
expire in the fiscal year 1960, and who desire retention on active
duty. Personnel not selected within quota limitations will be retired
555521—60-------16
236
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
or transferred to the Fleet Reserve, thus improving advancement
opportunities for others in their ratings.
Training and Education
Additional requirements for the support of advanced weapons
systems have necessitated expansion of training at the Submarine
School, New London, Conn.; the Sonar School, Key West, Fla.; and
the Nuclear Power School, Mare Island, Calif. I he naval electronics
warfare simulator installed at the Naval War College will
assist in the teaching and in fleet analysis of tactical concepts generated
by new weapons. Prospective commanding and executive officers
of nuclear-powered ships will be assured of intensive nuclear
power training prior to commissioning of such ships.
Overall, medical training decreased in proportion to the decrease
in Navy strength. The attractions of naval internships and residency
training are proving to be great career incentives for young doctors.
During the 1958-59 intern year, there were 373 applicants for 176
available internships, permitting a high degree of selectivity. Augmentation
of thermonuclear, biological, and chemical warfare passive
medical defense training is continuing. A nursing course related to
nuclear medicine was instituted for Navy and other sei vice nurses,
and several new enlisted training courses have been established.
Training of medical officers of NATO and SEATO nations has continued
at previous levels; training of foreign medical officers under
the Military Assistance Training Program will increase moderately
next year.
The training of dental officers has remained stable during the past
several years, with not more than 3.8 percent of the total number of
dental officers on active duty receiving training at any one time. This
year there were 624 dental technicians trained—478 in the basic course
for general dental technicians and the remainder in advanced or specialized
schools for general, repair, or prosthetic technicians.
Efforts are being made to increase the postgraduate student piogram,
particularly in the scientific and engineering areas. Nuclear
power and guided missiles are being given increased emphasis, as are
leadership and language instruction. Many postgraduate curricula
have been revised and consolidated around a core curriculum, and
the entire field of officer postgraduate education is being reviewed in
an effort to find means of providing advanced technical training for
an increased number of unrestricted line officers.
After-hours courses in foreign languages for officers in the Washington
area are being conducted on a year-round basis as one means
of increasing the language capabilities of the officer corps. Steps have
been taken to insure that all officers assigned to Military Assistance
NAVAL PERSONNEL 237
Advisory Groups receive foreign language training prior to going
overseas. In addition, all officers stationed overseas will be directed
to study the indigenous language until they become proficient.
The need for reemphasis on leadership was further recognized by
the establishment of three leadership schools. These 4-week courses
were established at Norfolk, Va., Great Lakes, Ill., and San Diego,
Calif. In addition, 1 week of leadership training was added to the
curricula of all advanced technical schools and a new officer correspondence
course in naval leadership is under preparation. This is
part of an intensive program to reemphasize and revitalize the leadership
qualities of officers and men, in order that they may meet with
increasing effectiveness the challenge of technological innovations and
the problems arising from modern social, economic, and political conditions,
and from the pressures of international tension. Results after
the first year of operation have been very encouraging, with constantly
increasing interest in this vital subject. There has been evidence of
improvement in individual and group productivity, in morale, and in
proficiency.
The third Naval Nuclear Power Training Unit was established at
the Atomic Energy Commission’s reactor site near Windsor, Conn.,
and the Naval Nuclear Power School was established at the Mare
Island Naval Shipyard, Vallejo, Calif. These activities are in support
of the rapidly expanding requirements for training and qualifying
reactor operators for nuclear-powered ships. Orientation material on
space technology has been introduced at the Postgraduate School,
Monterey, Calif., in officer candidate programs, and in Fleet Training
Centers. Enrollment in correspondence courses has increased 13
percent.
Beginning next year, “closed book” end-of-course examinations will
be given for most officer courses. These examinations replace the written
professional examinations formerly required for officers prior to
promotion.
Personnel Research
Research in the assessment of human abilities and aptitudes has
proceeded systematically. An improved group of basic tests was developed
and put into operational use. Development of a test designed
specifically for the selection of enlisted personnel for nuclear power
training was completed and is now being used on an experimental
basis. Initial evaluation is highly encouraging. In the continuing
effort to reduce personnel turnover, the dynamics of change in career
motivations and attitudes of enlisted personnel during their first enlistments
are being analyzed.
238 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
Discipline
There was significant improvement in the state of discipline, as
measurable in terms of reduced numbers of absence offenses, fewer
courts-martial cases, and fewer confined personnel. Effectuation in
April 1959 of revised standards and procedures governing administrative
discharges of enlisted personnel was a notable development.
Such discharges are designed to eliminate marginal personnel early in
their careers with a character of discharge not reflecting discredit
upon them, rather than waiting until they become major disciplinary
problems requiring other than honorable discharge, confinement pursuant
to court-martial sentence, or both.
A forward step has been made in personnel rehabilitation by revitalizing
the corrections program. This involves new screening and testing
methods, better designed to identify prisoners who have potential
for future useful naval service. Those who do not have such potential
are separated at the earliest practicable date; those who do are given
intensified counseling and training, aimed at returning them to duty
equipped to hold their own in competition with their contemporaries.
Naval Reserve
At the beginning of the year, the Naval Reserve consisted of
approximately 759,000 officers and men, and increased to approximately
803,000 by June 30,1959.
Further development of the Selected Reserve, formed in 1958 within
the Ready Reserve, has been a significant achievement of the year.
It is composed of forces and units trained and immediately available
for assignment to active-duty billets in an emergency. Units with
assigned personnel, ships, and aircraft have been established to provide
the fleet with additional antisubmarine warfare forces upon
mobilization and are organized into the Antisubmarine Warfare
Component. All remaining paid drilling units of the Selected Reserve
have been assigned to three other components, i.e., Active Fleet
Augmentation (Surface and Submarine), Fleet Support, and the
Shore Establishment. Personnel assigned to the Selected Reserve are
subject to immediate active duty on the commencement of hostilities
against the United States, or when specifically needed in a national
emergency.
V. Design and Construction of Ships
Increasing mobility and versatility typify the ships currently being
designed and built. The aircraft carriers completed or under construction
and conversion are prime examples. Self-contained yet
highly mobile air bases are the Independence (JJVA-62), Kitty Hawk
(CVA-63), Constellation (CVA-64), Coral Sea (CVA-43), Oriskany
(CVA-34), and, in a class by itself, the nuclear-powered Enterprise
(CVAN-65). Singly or in groups, these ships can speed to exert the
degree of military pressure that is needed, where it is needed. The
mobility of these floating airfields not only provides an economical
means of enabling the United States to bring airpower to bear on
widely dispersed areas but also renders them difficult for an enemy to
locate and destroy.
Independence, for example, can cover over 700 miles in 1 day, and
for offensive purposes her powerful new jet aircraft can extend that
range much farther. Oriskany, completely revamped and back with
the fleet, now has vastly improved capabilities. With her new angled
deck, aluminum planking, and steam catapults, she will be able to
operate much heavier aircraft than ever before. Her combat information
center has been completely remodeled. The various tactical
functions, although located in one space, are now separated into
“modules according to function or task. With this modular combat
information center, her officers will be able to direct operations
more efficiently.
Most powerful of all is Enterprise, whose eight nuclear reactors will
give her a range far exceeding that of even Forrestal-d\'&s,$> carriers.
She has many additional improvements over other new carriers, including
internal combustion catapults having greater power than
steam catapults.
An added fillip to the flexibility of the Navy’s air arm will be the
advance aviation base ship (AVB), a conversion in the 1960 program.
Starting with an LST hull, the Bureau of Ships has designed changes
that will enable this ship to support aircraft operations at temporary
fields on distant coastal areas.
The increasing versatility of the Navy is also well illustrated by its
missile submarines, able to fire missiles deep inland from a point near
the enemy shore. The two submarines converted some years ago for
REGULUS I missiles have now been joined by the newly built
REGULUS I submarines Grayback (SSG-574) and Growler (SSG-
239
240 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
577). This small fleet will soon be augmented by Halibut (SSGN-
587), launched last fiscal year with its REGULUS I bow-hangar
having in itself about the displacement of a World War I submarine.
Nuclear power will give this new naval weapons system vastly increased
endurance.
The even more powerful fleet ballistic missile submarines are being
constructed rapidly. The first of these nuclear-propelled, POLARISarmed
ships was launched on June 9, 1959, when George Washing ton
(SSBN-598) took to the water. Already the keels of four others
are laid and contracts for four more are let—the last four to be built
to the Ethan Alien (SSBN-608) design. These will be improved
versions of the SSBN-598 class, incorporating all recent improvements
in submarine systems. Each will carry 16 POLARIS missiles.
Proteus (AS-19) is being converted as a tender for the POLARIS
submarines. Proteus is large, but even so a 44-foot longitudinal section
must be inserted amidships to provide the space needed for servicing
SSBN’s—replenishing their missiles and other weapons, providing
food, medical care, and recreational facilities for their crews,
accommodating relief crews, and performing myriad other functions.
Since no other submarine tenders of appropriate type are in the reserve
fleets, additional POLARIS submarine tenders will be built
from the keel up; one such ship is included in the fiscal year 1960
program.
Triton (SSRN-586), as well as the missile submarines, will add to
the Navy’s versatility, for her nuclear reactors and powerful radar will
provide a far-ranging, hard-to-find early warning system having immense
value in many distant areas of the world. Launched this year,
she will soon be in service.
Great strides are being made in increasing the effectiveness of the
submarine in its more traditional specialty—the destruction of ships
that threaten freedom of the seas. Swift, Albacore-hulled Barbel
(SS-580) joined the fleet last fiscal year and the other two ships of
this class were launched. Conversion of Seawolf (SSN-575) began.
This conversion consists primarily of replacing her sodium reactor
with a pressurized water reactor. The nuclear fleet was enlarged by
the addition of Swordfish (SSN-579) and Sargo (SSN-583), sister
ships to the transpolar cruising Skate (SSN-578). The fourth and
last of this class will be completed in the fiscal year 1960.
The rapid evolution of submarines is indicated by the delivery in
the same year of Skipjack (SSN-585). This first ship to combine
nuclear power and the Albacore hull form has already demonstrated
its exceptional speed and maneuverability. Five more of these ships
will be completed by the end of the fiscal year 1961.
Advanced detection and attack features plus the improvement demonstrated
by Skipjack have been incorporated into the latest class of
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF SHIPS 241
submarines, the Thresher (SSN-593) class. Nine of these ships are
now being built; four submarines originally authorized as guidedmissile
ships (SSGN’s) were redesignated SSN’s at the time the
REGULUS II missile program was canceled. The attack submarines
in the fiscal year 1960 program will also be built to the Thresher design.
Thresher will operate at greater depths than submarines now
in the fleet, and will be the quietest submarine ever built. Her main
propulsion machinery will be of a new, quieter design and will be
sound isolated. Her auxiliary machinery is being purchased to specifications
containing strict noise limits, and she will have the “cleanest”
hull yet achieved. She has no superstructure whatsoever and an extremely
small “sail.”
The guided-missile cruiser, frigates, and destroyers now building
are designed to handle a wide variety of tasks. Equally adept as antiaircraft
and antisubmarine warfare ships, they can also screen highspeed
task forces and support amphibious operations.
The two-reactor Long Beach (CGN-9) will have the best equipment
available for performing these various functions. TERRIER
and TALOS missiles, coupled with powerful search and guidance
radars, will defend against threatening aircraft. Long-range sonar,
antisubmarine rocket-assisted torpedoes (ASROC), and antisubmarine
homing torpedoes will counter enemy submarines. Long Beach
was ready for launching at the end of the year.
The 19 guided-missile frigates now building have antisubmarine
warfare capabilities similar to the Long Beach. In addition, they will
have twin TERRIER missile launchers for operations against enemy
aircraft. Ten of them are Farragut (DLG-6) class ships with TERRIER
launchers aft only; of these, six have already been launched and
all are due for completion by the end of the calendar year 1961. The
other nine frigates are DLG-16 class “double-enders,” with TERRIER
launchers both forward and aft. These are bigger ships with
far greater endurance. Bainbridge (DLGN-25) is similar, but with
her nuclear power plant she has 45 times greater endurance.
Even the 18 Charles F. Adams (DDG-2) class ships in the programs
of fiscal years 1957 through 1959 have antisubmarine warfare features
similar to those of Long Beach. Their antiaircraft armament consists
of guns forward and TARTAR missile launchers aft. The 1960
guided-missile destroyers will be generally similar.
The three Albany (CG-10) class conversions in the 1958-59 programs
will be as versatile as the new ships, and will have the most
powerful guided missile systems afloat. They will have TALOS
launchers both forward and aft, TARTAR amidships, and antisubmarine
equipment equivalent to that in Long Beach.
The remaining cruiser and destroyer types in the Navy’s shipbuilding
and conversion programs are very nearly as flexible as the fore242
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
going types. The six guided-missile light cruiser conversions
under way will specialize to some extent in antiaircraft work, three of
them using TERRIER and three using TALOS missiles. Galveston
(CLG-3), already at sea although not ready for unrestricted service,
successfully fired the first TALOS missile ever shot at sea.
Four of the Forrest Sherman-A&ss destroyers were delivered during
this year and the last two were nearing completion. These ships
have antiaircraft guns, antisubmarine torpedoes, “hedgehog,” antisubmarine
weapons, and medium-range sonar. The Claude Jonesclass
of escort vessels, the last of which will be finished in the fiscal
year 1960, are similarly equipped. The 1960 escort vessels will be
bigger (50 feet longer, approximately 800 tons greater full load
displacement) and will have the ASROC antisubmarine weapon plus
the latest antisubmarine homing torpedoes. Present plans are to include
very-long-range sonar in a bulbous bow dome, and facilities for
the drone antisubmarine helicopter (Dash). The Dash concept permits
flying an antisubmarine weapon to the immediate area of the
target rapidly and with no risk to personnel in stormy weather. It
will involve installation of a helicopter platform and special radio
control equipment, among other things. Dynamic roll stabilizers will
improve sonar performance and helicopter operations.
Long-range sonars are very large equipment. Their effectiveness
is greatly reduced by self-generated shipboard noise. Seeking a way
to get these electronic giants aboard destroyers and escort vessels
without placing them where their effectiveness would be dissipated
by noise, the Bureau of Ships designed and installed a very large dome
as an integral part of the bow of Barry (DD-933) and placed the
sonar transducers within it. Evaluation indicates that this is a very
promising step in the solution to the problem, hence the bow dome of
the 1960 escort types.
This same concept has been used in the design of an escort research
ship (AG) in the 1961 program. This ship will test an experimental
hull of advanced hydrodynamic design for development of an optimum
design for escort vessels. She will have very-long-range sonar
in a large bow bulb. A nacelle located under the main hull and extending
well aft of it contains the main propulsion electric motors
which obtain their power from gas-turbine generators located amidships.
These motors drive contrarotating propellers. The electric
motors will provide an extremely quiet mode of propulsion, while the
forward location of the main sonar will isolate it from what little
noise is created aft. Valuable information gained in testing this ship
should lead to greatly improved sonar performance, and may improve
future destroyer types, as did the Albacore for submarine designs.
Many of the improved antisubmarine weapons and equipment will
be placed aboard active destroyers in the course of the Fleet RehabihDESIGN
AND CONSTRUCTION OF SHIPS 243
tation and Modernization (FRAM) Program. This program stems
from the Navy’s concern over block obsolescence, particularly of its
destroyer types. Generally, it will provide for complete rehabilitation
of selected active fleet destroyer types, together with significant modernization
of their electronics and ordnance systems. The Mark I
program is designed to extend the useful life of these ships for another
8 years; the Mark II program, for another 5 years. Most of the ships
will receive long-range antisubmarine weapons such as ASROC or
Dash, as well as the Navy’s new homing torpedoes. The sonar capabilities
of these destroyers will be significantly improved. Better
radar, electronic countermeasures, communications, and navigation
equipment will be installed. A new combat information center will
be provided so that the new electronic equipment can be more effectively
employed. Prototypes for both the Mark I and Mark II destroyer
programs were started during this fiscal year.
Planning for the FRAM Program has not been confined to destroyer
types. It has included submarines, submarine tenders, destroyer
tenders, antisubmarine warfare support aircraft carriers, and certain
amphibious warfare vessels. A prototype modernization of a submarine
was begun.
The emphasis on antisubmarine warfare—in improving capabilities
through the FRAM Program and in placing a strong array of the
latest equipment aboard new ships—is also illustrated by the hydrofoil
submarine chaser (PCH) which has been included in the fiscal
year 1960 program. This has been designed to be a 110-ton ship
which, when “flying” on its hydrofoils, is expected to be able to
make over 40 knots even in fairly heavy seas. Normally, PCH’s will
operate in pairs, in a sort of grasshopper technique. One will proceed
through the water in its displacement condition at low speeds,
using its long-range retractable sonar and its variable depth sonar
to detect submarines, then directing its partner to the target. The
partner will proceed to the target at high speed and drop its homing
torpedoes for the kill.
Other construction and conversion projects are helping to improve
the Navy's amphibious warfare capabilities. AH but one of the
new tank landing ships (LST) had been completed by year’s end.
The newly converted fast attack transport Paul Revere (APA-248)
joined the fleet and a similar conversion of Francis Marion (APA-
249) began. The keel of the amphibious assault ship I wo Jima
(LPH-2) was laid, and work on the yet unnamed LPH-3 will start
in the fall of 1959.
The Bureau of Ships completed the design of the amphibious
transports, dock (LPD), in the fiscal year 1959 and 1960 programs.
These ships are a combination attack transport, attack cargo ship,
and landing ship, dock. They will be able to accommodate 900
244 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
troops—Marines and all their support equipment including tanks,
missiles, food, fuel, and innumerable other items. The troops and
equipment can be off-loaded either by helicopter or assault landing
craft. There will be a helicopter landing area aft. The after end
can be opened and flooded to permit landing craft to enter the ship,
take on their load, and leave again. All of this is packed into a
520-foot hull which will have a full load displacement of 13,900 tons.
Two inshore minesweepers and four nonmagnetic ocean minesweepers
were completed during the year. A major step was taken
in the development of an all-purpose minesweeper with the designation
of minesweeper, special (MSS). She is filled with styrofoam,
so that if a mine explodes close and smashes in a portion of the
underbottom, the effect on operating capability will be almost nil.
With five diesel right-angle drive units—in effect, “outboard” engines—
it will be difficult to knock out all of this ship’s propulsion
system. While the ship is expected to take tremendous punishment
and survive, her men will be shielded from such risks. The very
small crew will remain in the pilothouse during sweeping operations
and this pilothouse will be shock mounted to reduce the blast effect
of mines that go off nearby.
In order to conduct basic and applied oceanographic research at
sea, leading to new military applications, particularly in undersea
warfare, designers have worked closely together to develop the design
of the oceanographic research ship (Ayor) in the fiscal year 1960
program. This ship will have extensive deck areas and laboratories
for scientific work. Her regular engines are sound isolation mounted
for quiet operation. She also will have a special retractable motor
driving a rotatable bow propeller to permit her to maintain a very
stable position. Her tank stabilizers will greatly reduce roll, whether
she is dead in the water or moving.
Since World War II, the cost of building, modernizing, and maining
the Navy’s ships has increased very greatly. Rising prices of
both material and labor, and technological developments—nuclear
power, guided missiles, electronics, etc.—are the prime causes of this
rapid increase. The rise is making it increasingly difficult for the
Navy to remain within a level budget and maintain an up-to-date
fleet. Only the ships at the very top of priority lists can be built,
converted, or modernized. Although the FRAM Program for the
fiscal year 1960 included only top-priority ships to start with, the
expensiveness of doing the work has already led to significant reductions.
Merely to begin the FRAM Program in the current fiscal
year, and to overhaul and repair active fleet ships so as to maintain
at least the status quo, required a severe cutback in many other areas.
For instance, programs for combating obsolescence in reserve fleet
ships practically ceased. Programs for improving active fleet ships
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF SHIPS 245
were greatly reduced by the end of the fiscal year; operational improvements
were reduced to bare safety items; the military improvements
list program—originally stringent—was halved; the program
for improving habitability aboard ships was eliminated during the
last half of the year. Prospects for the immediate future are even less
favorable.
Strong measures are being taken to reduce to an absolute minimum
the costs which are within Navy control. One source of increasing
costs—changes in specifications to improve ships which are under
construction or conversion—is being rigidly policed by a board of
flag officers which reviews all significant changes and approves only
those which are absolutely essential. Value engineering—a concerted
program to engineer economy into ships and equipment—is being
pushed and a searching study of means to reduce administrative and
personnel costs in the ship program has been made. Savings thus
made are substantial, but they have not been able to keep up with the
growing costs of keeping the fleet modern. Further economies must
be found if a reduction in the effectiveness of the fleet is to be avoided.
VI. Design and Procurement of Aircraft
Increased costs are affecting the buying and operating of aircraft
as well as ships. For this and other reasons, aircraft procurement
again declined, being 9.3 percent lower than last year. Those ordered
this year were 72 percent combat types, 14 percent trainers, and 14
percent utility types. A number of new aircraft were procured for
other users, including the Army, the Coast Guard, and foreign
governments under the Military Assistance Program.
New aircraft models in the Navy 1959 procurement program included
the Y/P3V-1, the C-130B, the W2F-1, and the A2F-1. The
first is being bought as a test model of the Lockheed P3V-1, which
arrangement will allow early modification and prototyping of this
new patrol bomber prior to its procurement in the fiscal year 1960.
The ski-equipped Lockheed C-130B aircraft is in an Air Forcedeveloped,
medium-range, land-based utility transport for use in
Antarctic operations.
The W2F-1, an improved version of the WF-2 Tracer, is a twinengined
turboprop, carrier-based, all-weather airborne early-warning
airplane, capitalizing on recent advances in electronics. When available
to the fleet in operational quantities, the W2F-1 will supplement
and eventually replace the WF-2 and AD-5W airplanes in the Navy’s
carrier-based airborne early-warning squadrons. The A2F-1 is a subsonic,
low-level, all-weather attack plane which will provide roundthe-
clock close air support for ground troops.
There was a 23-percent decrease in target aircraft procurement;
contracts for three types of targets were canceled. By the end of the
year the only target remaining in the procurement program was the
new KDB-1, designed for training operations with surface-to-air
and air-to-air defensive weapons systems.
As a result of the reduced procurement and rescheduling, 21 percent
fewer aircraft were accepted this year than in the fiscal year
1958. Among those accepted were three new versions of the basic
A3D-2 Sky-warrior attack plane—the A3D-2Q (countermeasures) ;
the A3D-2P (photographic reconnaissance) ; and the A3D-2T
(bomber-navigation trainer). Other aircraft deliveries included the
HSS-2, an improved, gas-turbine-powered, all-weather antisubmarine
warfare helicopter, and the HU2K-1, a turbine-powered, all-weather
utility helicopter; the F8U-2, an improved version of the F8U-1
246
DESIGN AND PROCUREMENT OF AIRCRAFT 247
Crusader, a day and night visual fighter; the A3J-1 Vigilante, the
Navy’s first supersonic carrier-based, all-weather attack airplane; the
S3F-3 Tracker, a twin-engine (reciprocating), carrier-based antisubmarine
airplane which houses the most modern developments in
antisubmarine warfare electronics and armament; the carrier-based
WF-2 airborne early-warning aircraft; and the ZPG-3W, the Navy’s
largest airborne early-warning airship, equipped with the latest electronic
devices. Three types of target aircraft were received for
service use, a new one being a medium-performance recoverable target.
In November 1958, the P6M Seamaster jet seaplane program was
reduced by more than one-third. Later, shortly after the end of the
fiscal year, the entire program was terminated. Overriding urgency
of other Navy programs made the additional expenditure of funds for
the seaplane evaluation project unjustifiable. The F8U-3 Crusader
III, long-range, all-weather fighter program was terminated also, in
December 1958. This decision was reached after extensive preliminary
evaluation of both the F8U-3 and F4H-1 all-weather fighters.
The F8U-3 airplanes which had been accepted and used in the competitive
evaluation have been transferred to the National Aeronautics
and Space Administration for use in research projects.
Among new’ developments is a drone antisubmarine warfare helicopter
for operation from small ships. Funds have been programed
for prototypes of a single-engine model (SDN-1) and a turbinepowered
operation model (DSN-2). A new high-speed, low-cost,
expendable missile target is being evaluated by the Navy and the Air
Force. It will fulfill a need for an air-launched target for pilot training
in the firing of radar-guided or heat-seeking air-to-air missiles.
Sound aviation practice brooks no compromise with safety and
concerted efforts to make flying safe are bearing fruit. Navy and
Marine Corps pilots have recorded the safest year of flight in the
history of naval aviation—2.6 major accidents per 10,000 hours of
flight. Since a large proportion of these accidents occur during carrier
landings, the Navy is constantly on the alert for any device to
improve landing techniques.
The human body is not naturally adapted to the altitudes and
speeds which modern planes are capable of reaching, and demand has
been growing for special survival equipment and protective clothing
for pilots. This year the Navy completed development of the first
U.S. space suit—the Mark IV full pressure suit. This suit has been
selected, in a slightly modified version, by the National Aeronautics
and Space Administration (NASA) for Project Mercury’s man-inspace
flights. It is the result of 9 years’ experimentation to develop
an emergency full pressure suit for use by pilots at altitudes above
45,000 or 50,000 feet. The Mark IV and its earlier model, the Mark
III, were first used by deployed fleet squadrons in December 1958.
248
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
Operational use of the full pressure suit has resulted in provision
of shipboard facilities for ventilating them in carrier ready rooms,
and of a special flight-line taxi for transporting pilots wearing them
between ready rooms and aircraft. Both measures provide cool, lowhumidity
air to ventilate the pressure suits and evaporate perspiration
during preflight periods.
VII. Weapons
The fleet ballistic missile POLARIS and its associated system continue
to receive a major proportion of work and funds. The effort
to perfect efficient antisubmarine weapons has been increased. As
in other programs, rising costs are creating problems in the planning
and management of weapons and ordnance materiel.
Fleet Ballistic Missile System
Research, development, and test of the major components of the
Navy’s fleet ballistic missile weapons system saw significant progress
in all areas. This essential system, which combines the range, endurance,
and relative invulnerability of the nuclear-powered submarine
with the fast-reacting POLARIS ballistic missile, is on schedule and
planned for operational status in late 1960.
Polaris Missile
A progressive series of ground and flight tests of development test
vehicles was conducted and confirmed the design characteristics for
major subsystems. The first 10 of the full-scale development model
test vehicles were flown during this year from the Atlantic Missile
Range. The test program successfully demonstrated the launching
from land of a full-scale, solid-fuel POLARIS test vehicle, the ability
of the POLARIS flight control system to stabilize such an aerodynamical
ly unstable vehicle, successful motor separations, precise
motor cutoff and ignition, the ruggedness of the guidance system,
and successful operation of the reentry body.
Many test vehicles were successfully launched from the submerged
launcher “Pop-up” off the California coast—some through large waves
generated by a cruiser. This series of firings provided assurance of
the compatibility of the missile and launching techniques and proved
the feasibility of large-scale missile firings from a submerged
launcher.
The reentry body design was confirmed by ground and flight tests,
and materials able to withstand the intense heat of reentry were
Selected and tested. Arming and fuzing devices were subjected to a
variety of tests with successful results. The first complete missile
guidance systems were produced. Compatibility of the guidance
and fire control systems was demonstrated.
249
250 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
The propulsion development program has been proceeding successfully.
High-energy propellants were tested in numerous ground
tests. Lightweight motor cases were developed. Substantial improvements
were achieved in manufacturing techniques and processes.
Missile Submarine
Construction of six POLARIS submarines proceeded satisfactorily
along with the accelerated schedule for the fleet ballistic missile. The
U.S.S. George ~W ashington, first submarine in the program, was
launched on June 9, 1959. A specially designed fire control system
was produced and became available for installation in shore test
facilities. The radically new navigation equipment designed for these
submarines is undergoing tests at sea aboard the navigation test ship
Compass Island. A shore-based navigation test facility was established
for the advance testing of its components. Considerable progress
was made in developing the novel electronic and communications
equipment required.
Support
Naval personnel to man the POLARIS submarines were trained
at contractors’ plants, aboard the test ships, and at naval schools with
specialized curricula and special training equipment. Construction
of the Nava] Weapons Annex at Charleston, S.C., was initiated and
will be in operation in time to load missiles in the first of the submarines.
Conversion of the first fleet ballistic missile submarine tender
began at the Charleston Naval Shipyard.
Pacific Missile Range
Established last year by the Secretary of Defense, the Pacific Missile
Range will be developed over the next 15 years. During the fiscal
year 1959, construction commenced for various Missile Impact Location
Systems (MILS) facilities at Midway, Eniwetok, and Wake Islands
to support initial intercontinental ballistic missile firings by the
Air Force.
Surface Weapons Systems
TALOS, the Navy’s long-range, surface-to-air guided missile, was
fired at sea for the first time from the guided-missile cruiser Galveston
on February 24, 1959. One version of the TALOS missile was satisfactorily
evaluated at the White Sands Missile Range, New Mexico.
Full production of another version was begun and the first delivery
was received late in the fiscal year. Development commenced of a
new radar concept for use with a more advanced TALOS missile.
Results have shown a reduction in cost, weight, space, and maintenance
problems. A digital computer which will bring similar savings
also became available for TALOS-armed ships.
WEAPONS 251
An advanced version of the medium-range, surface-to-air TERRIER
guided missile began evaluation and is expected to become
operational soon in the fleet and from mobile ground launchers of the
Marine Corps. The performance of this advanced TERRIER is
vastly improved over the original model which is now operational on
two guided-missile cruisers (Boston and Canberra} and one guidedmissile
destroyer (Gyatt}. It was flight tested at the Naval Ordnance
Test Station, China Lake, Calif. Like the original TERRIER,
the new weapon is a supersonic missile powered by two stages of
solid-fuel rockets and is able to intercept any present-day supersonic
bomber many miles away.
TARTAR, the Navy’s short-range, surface-to-air guided missile,
developed by the Bureau of Ordnance for smaller ships and with a
high volume of fire, is in production. The missile has been successfully
fired from the test ship Norton Sound, and has proved highly
effective against both low- and high-altitude targets. It is about 15
feet long and slightly over 1 foot in diameter and utilizes miniaturization
techniques fully.
Underwater Weapons Systems
Development of the SUBROC antisubmarine missile, to be launched
from submerged submarines at ranges well beyond the capability of
present weapons, proceeded satisfactorily on an accelerated schedule.
Flight test vehicles were subjected to intensive component and function
tests such as missile water entry, shock tube ejection, and waterto-
air interface penetration, with good results.
ASROC, an antisubmarine rocket, entered its final development
phase. The installation of the prototype ASROC weapon system in
the U.S.S. Norfolk was completed, and the contract for production
has been let. Operational evaluation should be completed during the
summer of 1960. ASROC is a missile system which will provide a
long-range antisubmarine capability for all new construction destroyer-
type ships and for some older ships scheduled for modernization.
Development was started of an advanced lightweight antisubmarine
torpedo to be launched from aircraft or surface vessels. This torpedo
will have greatly increased speed to counter nuclear submarines and
will be capable of attacking at greater depths.
ASTOR, an electric submarine-versus-submarine high-speed torpedo,
was in the final stages of development. This weapon system is
capable also of destroying surface vessels, with greater reliability than
any underwater weapon presently in operation.
Fleet evaluation of the Mark 44 torpedo was started. This is a
target-seeking, electrically propelled torpedo which can be launched
555521—60------17
252 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
or projected from either aircraft or surface ships. It is a great improvement
over other torpedoes in the fleet.
The first submarine sonar designed specifically for controlling
weapons was successfully demonstrated and represents a significant
technical advance.
Air Weapons Systems
SIDEWINDER, the reliable and effective infrared homing missile
developed by the Naval Ordnance Test Station, China Lake, Calif.,
was operational on all fighter planes in the fleet, on many Air Force
planes, and on some foreign aircraft. On September 24,1958, Chinese
Nationalists fired SIDEWINDER missiles in combat against Chinese
Communist MIG planes over the Quemoy/Chinese mainland area and
scored a decisive victory. These are the first air-to-air guided missiles
ever fired in combat. An advanced version of this missile is under
development.
ZUNI, a 5-inch folding fin aircraft rocket, was made available to the
fleet. This rocket can utilize any of four types of warheads and has
both air-to-ground and air-to-air capabilities. Built for high-speed
aircraft to replace the World War II HVAR, ZUNI is adaptable to
practically any fighter or attack plane. Certain aircraft can carry
up to 48 ZUNI rockets to be fired singly, in pairs, or in rippled salvos.
Its speed is twice that of sound and its accuracy and lethal warheads
give ZUNI a far greater kill probability against hard and soft targets
than any other rocket.
A new high-performance 20-mm. gun, externally mounted in a pod
suspended on a bomb rack, appears to be highly effective and reliable.
Operational evaluation is scheduled for early in 1960. It enables the
arming of types of naval aircraft which otherwise would lack conventional
aircraft guns. Its rate of fire, in excess of 4,000 rounds per
minute, will furnish an offensive and defensive capability to aircraft
in many “cold war” and limited war situations.
Other Weapons Development
Successful tests have been made of hybrid rocket motors—that is,
solid fuel with a liquid oxidizer. This type of motor shows great
potential for high performance and increased loading density.
A pyrotechnic device which produces the flash, sound, and cloud
formation of a nuclear burst went into final development. This device,
to be carried by aircraft, is a training aid for teaching techniques of
survival under nuclear attack.
Power cartridge applications in missile systems and aircraft are
rapidly increasing. In addition to the development of many specific
items, work was started to increase the reliability of cartridge-actuated
devices in high temperatures and at high altitudes.
WEAPONS 253
Two new explosive compounds, di aminotrinitrobenzene (DATE)
and triaminotrinitrobenzene (TATB), were developed at the Naval
Ordnance Laboratory, White Oak, Md. These compounds are very
resistant to high temperature and shock, and it is expected that they
will be used widely in plastic-bonded explosive systems.
Development of a high-energy, plastic-bonded explosive composition
(PRXN-2) was completed. In comparison with other explosives
it shows considerable promise with respect to physical properties,
stability at high temperatures, and explosive characteristics.
It is easy and safe to manufacture and handle and can consistently
be pressed to high density.
Investigation of the hazards of electromagnetic radiation (Hero
Program) disclosed that a few types of weapons could be actuated
unintentionally by electromagnetic fields. Preventive operating instructions
were issued, and design changes are being made to eliminate
this hazard.
Under the sponsorship of the Department of Defense Advanced
Research Projects Agency (ARPA), work is continuing on the refinement
of doppler techniques for satellite tracking and orbital measurements.
This idea was conceived at the Applied Physics Laboratory
of Johns Hopkins University and will have direct application to
military requirements. Limited tests have been made of an experimental
satellite launching system which shows great promise for
putting small vehicles into orbit at greatly reduced cost.
VIII. Medical and Dental Service
Health of Personnel
Measured in terms of availability for duty, a decade ago about 22
of every 1,000 active duty personnel were hospitalized each day of the
year. Last year this figure was 14. This year it decreased to 12, due
mainly to the fact that the widespread influenza outbreaks of 1958
were conspicuously absent in 1959.
A general reduction was observed also in the incidence of other acute
respiratory infections, including pneumonia. The cumulative improvement
over the years can be attributed largely to the increasing
use of new medications and vaccines available for preventive medicine
and to improved methods of treatment. Moreover, an expanding
percentage of the sick and injured are now being treated on an outpatient
basis and returned to duty with minimal lost time from work
or training.
Several health challenges arose during the year, however. Outbreaks
of acute infectious hepatitis occurred among personnel of ships
operating in the Mediterranean—as many among shipboard personnel
in February 1959 as occurred during all the last half of the previous
fiscal year. Prompt action by Navy preventive medicine units
kept this epidemic from assuming larger proportions. There was
also an increase in venereal disease cases, 170 per month over last
year, the increase among shore-based personnel abroad and ships
personnel offsetting the reduction achieved in the I nited States.
The death rate fell from 1.9 to 1.8 per 1,000. Of the 1,500 deaths
of active duty personnel, 570 were due to motor vehicle accidents and
350 to aviation accidents. The rate for the former was about the same
as last year, while that for the latter dropped about one-fifth. Invaliding^
from the service, through action by physical evaluation and
medical survey boards, increased by 1,500 to 12,100 persons.
A daily average of more than 12,900 patients occupied beds in worldwide
Navy medical facilities during the year. Eighty-five percent of
these were in shore-based naval hospitals. Of every 100 patients in
these shore hospitals, 66 were active duty Navy and Marine Corps
personnel and 14 were dependents of military personnel, w’hile the
remainder were Army and Air Force retired persons, Veterans Administration
beneficiaries, etc. Fourteen percent of the Navy and
Marine Corps patients worldwide were in naval facilities other than
254
MEDICAL AND DENTAL SERVICE 255
naval hospitals, occupying an average of 1,537 beds each day. The
number of Navy and Marine Corps patients in Army and Air Force
hospitals increased by almost 10 percent, primarily as a result of the
hepatitis outbreak in the Mediterranean area. The amount of outpatient
care remained about the same as for last year.
Dental care provided to eligible personnel by 376 Navy and Marine
Corps dental activities included over 7 million diagnostic and treatment
procedures for more than 2 million patients. Recruits, on the
average, required 12.9 surface restorations and 1.5 extractions. Of all
the dental care required for recruits, 20 percent to 25 percent was
completed at the naval training centers and Marine Corps recruit
depots.
Medical Facilities
At year’s end, there were 26 naval hospitals, 31 station hospitals,
4 U.S. naval dispensaries, 69 dispensaries with authorized beds, and
111 dispensaries without beds in operation. Total operating beds
amounted to 15,956, the number of fully staffed and equipped beds
being adjusted throughout the year to assure the optimum 80-percent
occupancy. With few exceptions, there was also an appropriate
medical facility on each ship. There were 340 dental facilities (of
which 116 were in ships) and 9 mobile dental clinics.
The program to centralize ward food distribution in hospitals advanced
further. Systems incorporating motorized tray assembly
tables were planned, funded, and by the end of the year partially or
completely installed at the Chelsea, Mass., Philadelphia, Pa., Charleston,
S.C., and Jacksonville and Pensacola, Fla., hospitals.
Aviation Medicine
Provision of new-type aviation physiology training devices continued
to keep pace with space age demands. Three 100,000-foot lowpressure
chambers (which simulate conditions at this altitude) are
under contract. Final specifications for a 250,000-foot low-pressure
chamber were established and contract negotiations are in progress.
At the same time, five Martin-Baker ejection seat static procedural
trainers were delivered to training units, while seven Martin-Baker
ejection seat trainers were under construction.
The need for provisions for emergency escape from aircraft at altitudes
below 1,000 feet and at low-level speeds above 500 knots has
become urgent. To obtain this low-level, high-speed escape capability,
aircraft producers are required to install the Martin-Baker low-level
ejection seat in designated aircraft. The ejection seat itself is beingimproved
to protect the airman from windblast. The new rocket
catapult ejection seat continues under evaluation and will be in operational
use in the near future. When utilized, this system subjects
256 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
the airman to lower “G” forces and provides a higher trajectory
favorable to normal parachute recovery.
A new and revolutionary means of picking up a downed airman
with relatively high-performance, fixed-wing aircraft, beyond the
range of helicopter operation, shows great promise.
Continued interest in the conservation of hearing and the protection
of personnel from excessive noise and vibration led to increased procurement
of sound-attenuating devices for flight deck and ground crew
personnel. Several large jet airbase dispensaries were equipped with
automatic audiometric devices for the rapid and repeated testing of
those exposed to high intensity noise.
Submarine Medicine
The nuclear-powered submarine has brought added importance
to this field. Fourteen medical officers specializing in it have transferred
to the Regular Navy since June 1956, and 15 will enter training
during the first quarter of the fiscal year 1960. Of these new
trainees, 11 will commence the basic training in submarine medicine
and 4 will begin training in radiobiology.
A short 7 weeks’ course in radiobiology was established for officers
entering the nuclear power program, to be followed by practical
instruction at an Atomic Energy Commission reactor site. Officers
willing to obligate themselves for longer periods of service will still
be able to attend the more complete academic courses in nuclear
medicine at Reed College and the University of Rochester.
Medical Research
Research projects in clinical medicine covered a wide variety of
subjects, such as malaria, dentistry, cardiovascular disease, neuropsychiatry,
liver disease, and burns. Much of this was carried on at
naval hospitals in circumstances where it would assist in medical and
surgical treatment. o At Great Lakes, 111.., there .was ext.ensive study
of respiratory diseases and evaluation of vaccines for use in preventive
medicine.
A squirrel monkey trained by the U.S. Navy School of Aviation
Medicine (USNSAM) was carried to a height of about 300 miles in
two JUPITER missile biological research flights. Physiological data
were transmitted to the earth during each flight. No severe physiological
reaction occurred, and the period of zero gravity did not produce
a marked change in any of the physiological functions measured.
A biological research package, developed to permit testing the performance
of trained rats over a 2-week period while in orbital flight,
will be ready for use when a vehicle becomes available in which to
launch it.
MEDICAL AND DENTAL SERVICE 257
The Navy Medical Department participated in developing the full
pressure suit accepted by NASA for the Mercury Project astronauts,
as well as the contour couch for supine positioning and restraint for
that project.
Advances in the knowledge of ionizing radiation have been made.
The Navy continues to support psychophysiological testing and training
of Project Mercury astronauts by means of the dynamic flight
simulator and the Air Crew Equipment Laboratory low-pressure
chamber. In one test six men, isolated for 7 days for psychophysiological
studies within a multiman crew bioastronautical test facility,
were supported by a liquid oxygen source within a closed ecology system.
Isolation was complete with no outside communications available
to the test subjects.
A rotating room was developed and built by the U.S. Navy School
of Aviation Medicine for studies of long-term low “G” force effects
relating to coriolis force effects on human response and performance.
The school installed and instrumented a new human disorientation
device for studying spatial disorientation during orbital and interplanetary
flight.
At Chelsea Naval Hospital, blood cells were preserved for over 24
months, reconstituted, and successfully transfused in patients. The
blood bank was utilized to preserve unusual types of cells which are
readily available to the clinician when they are needed. There were
studies at Camp Lejeune of the heat casualties which occur when troops
transfer rapidly from temperate to tropical climates. The environmental
change results in measurable physiological stress and the lowering
of troop efficiency.
Many studies on the biological effects of ionizing radiation were
under way. One, for example, showed that the incidence of animals
bearing detectable tumors becomes large 180 to 300 days after irradiation.
Investigations in medical aspects of biological-chemical warfare
defense involved the development of methods for quickly recovering
and identifying adequate samples of biological and chemical agents
to which an individual has been exposed.
The scope of the dental research program was broad. Advances toward
more effective operative procedures were made by studying problems
related to high-speed rotary cutting instruments. Investigations
were conducted at the Naval Academy to determine the effectiveness
of certain drugs, topically applied, in caries prevention. Studies were
continued in Antarctica on the effect of severe cold and dehydration
on oral health, and other projects involving more fundamental approaches
were conducted at the Naval Medical Research Institute to
determine the differences between caries-resistant and caries-susceptible
teeth.
IX. Supply
Along with the trend in basic defense programs, there has been a
shift in the emphasis of logistics programs from conventional forces,
equipment, and weapons to special weapons systems, nuclear power,
research and development, and support of contractor production. Although
the number of logistics vessels and shore-based supply activities
in commission have been reduced, greater requirements and
consumption rates have increased the logistic task. The increased
workload has been assimilated by consolidating and improving supply
distribution facilities; more effective and economical procedures in
supply management, field purchasing, and transportation; greater
utilization of automatic data-processing equipment; vigorous disposal
of surplus; and development of more sophisticated inventory management
techniques.
For flexibility and responsiveness to changing operational demands
afloat and ashore, supply support operations in the San Francisco
Bay area were consolidated. Plans for similar consolidations in the
New York, Norfolk, and Charleston areas are under joint study, and
repair parts stocks have been consolidated in the San Diego area.
Realignments of inventory managers have been made to permit consolidation
of similar functions or to improve communications and
coordination. Criteria have been established for transferring central
inventory management of virtually all susceptible Navy stocks to
centralized supply demand control points, thus reducing Navy Department
headquarters workload.
During this fiscal year, conversion of approximately 1,400,000 naval
items of supply to the new Federal system of cataloging was completed,
and all inventory managers are now using only the new’
cataloging data. An accelerated item reduction program is continuing,
the range of items being reduced in accordance with schedules
established by the Armed Forces Supply Support Center. Approximately
101,500 Navy Federal stock numbers wTere eliminated in reviews
under this program.
Successful completion of an aggressive disposal program has enabled
reduction of the investment level of the Navy Stock Account
from $2,056 billion to $1,870 billion. As a result of the Navy-wide
disposal program, which includes both Navy Stock Fund material
and material not carried in the fund (such as ships and aircraft),
approximately $3.3 billion of property was disposed of during the
258
SUPPLY 259
year. Included were 2,400 aircraft and 167 ships. Redistribution of
excess personal property approximated $157.2 million, of which nearly
$124.8 million was redistributed within the Department of Defense
and $32.4 million to other Federal agencies.
The aviation supply organization encountered pressing problems,
and a broad program of solutions was devised, based upon the recommendations
of two reviews by the Office of Naval Material, reports
of the General Accounting Office and the staff of the House of Representatives
Committee on Appropriations, and the report of a special
board convened by the Secretary of the Navy. The responsible
administrators of aviation supply have vigorously attacked these
problems and by the end of the fiscal year had completed action or
had made substantial progress on all issues raised. Among the important
solutions were clarification of management responsibilities;
development and refinement of a comprehensive inventory control
program for repairables; intensification of management attention to
high-cost items while managing low-cost items by wholesale methods;
improved reporting and control of contractor performance; and improved
field stock status reporting. While the full impact of these
improvements will not be measurable for several months, immediate
improvement in several areas has been evident.
To strengthen fleet support further, standard electric accounting
machine card requisition/issue procedures were introduced to simplify
the supply operation and reduce paperwork. Likewise, the material
readiness of 367 active ships has been improved through issuance
of coordinated shipboard allowance lists. By survey of 119 active
ships, excess material valued at $6.95 million has been off-loaded,
while onboard allowance deficiencies of $12.2 million have been identified.
Appreciable savings are being realized and increased fleet
endurance achieved through the use of “ration-dense” food—dehydrated,
compressed, or concentrated food products which extend the
“at sea” time of the fleet and reduce replenishment and transportation
costs.
Other means of increasing supply efficiency being explored include
systematic methods improvement and engineered work standards.
Paperwork requirements have been a target for substantial reduction
through refinement of supply procedures and installation
of additional mechanized stock recording and reporting equipment,
ashore and afloat. Additions and replacements are increasing
the capacity of existing automatic data-processing equipment,
and new equipment has been installed at the inventory manager
and stock point levels. The aviation supply data transmission system
has been expanded, and a data transmission system for ship-to-shore
requirements is being tested and evaluated by the Atlantic Fleet and
260 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
the Naval Supply Center, Norfolk, Va. Supply demand control
points have installed transmission equipment for material identification
data and have tied into the Armed Forces Supply Support Center
net for rapid transmission of Federal catalog and item identification
data.
Supply research and development programs have been stepped up.
Engineering solutions to shipboard problems of mobile logistic support
are being studied, including the development and evaluation of
equipment necessary for helicopter resupply at sea and the use of
helicopters for cargo handling in support of Marine Corps operations.
A contract was placed for an underwater fuel cache as a
first step in the development of underwater storage facilities. New
clothing for missile handlers and catapult crews of aircraft carriers
and new anticontamination clothing for personnel aboard nuclear
submarines were developed and approved. Efficient galley layouts
and equipment were perfected for nuclear-powered submarines. A
technique was established for determining the military essentiality
of repair parts aboard ship, thus enabling a prototype ship’s allowance
list to be designed for maximum endurance, economy, and
effectiveness.
Progress in the transport of material has paralleled other
developments. A POLARIS movement plan was developed to move
POLARIS missiles and related materials expeditiously, entailing
maximum use of each mode of transportation to obviate disruption
of production schedules through transportation failures. An improved
priority system was devised to insure transmission, processing,
and movement of material requirements through the logistics pipeline
in accordance with relative military importance and need, and is
scheduled for full implementation on January 1, 1960. Prompt and
proper shipment of personal belongings being an important morale
factor, the use of demountable household goods containers was expanded
to provide better service for military and civilian personnel
and their dependents. With regard for its economy and logistic effectiveness,
the use of air transport for priority freight is being
furthered as an expeditious means of improving supply support.
Corresponding improvements and economies were effected in the
handling of freight shipments and the operation of cargo terminal
facilities through application of sound traffic management principles.
During the first 10 months of the fiscal year 1959, terminal sections
of major supply system activities handled 6.4 million measurementtons
of material in inland shipping, and 4.3 million measurement-tons
in ocean shipping. Total effort to move this volume was reduced
from 8,456,000 to 7,893,000 man-hours; a ratio of 1.36 measurementtons
per man-hour compared with a ratio of 1.25 in the previous year.
X. Shore Facilities
The Naval Shore Establishment is adjusting to the trends in military
concepts and weapons systems, and changes are taking place
not only in physical plant but in engineering, administrative procedures,
and management as well.
Shore Construction
There was a net increase in the real property inventory of $470,-
600,000 this year, to a new total of $9,022,357,000. Major projects
completed included work on Midway Island for direct support of
airborne early warning, authorized and funded in July 1955 for $40
million; Navy’s largest pier on pilings, at the Naval Base, Newport,
R.I. ($10,680,000) ; major POLARIS research and production facilities
on the west coast and at Cape Canaveral; and a new type gas-air
catapult arresting-gear test facility and jet sled tracks at the Naval
Air Station, Lakehurst, N.J.
Construction projects started during the year total about $300
million in cost. They include expansion of existing facilities at Point
Arguello, Calif., for the Pacific Missile Range: construction of a drydock
for the repair of Forrestal-cl&ss carriers at Bremerton, Wash.;
a 1,100-man addition to Bancroft Hall at the Naval Academy; a training
facility for fleet ballistic missile submarine crews at New London,
Conn.; a research facility, the world’s largest radio telescope, at Sugar
Grove, W. Va.; and a radiation exposure evaluation laboratory at the
Naval Medical Center, Bethesda, Md.
On June 30, 1959, construction contracts amounting to $900 million
were in progress, and included the $62 million very-low-frequency
radio station at Cutler, Maine; increments totaling $37.5 million for
the master jet station at Lemoore, Calif.; the third increment of the
subsidence remedial work at Long Beach, Calif.; and facilities for
the relocation of the functions of Naval Air Station, Anacostia, to
Andrews Air Force Base, the new area being designated “John Towers
Field.” Plans are being made to relocate the former Naval Receiving
Station (now Naval Station, Washington, D.C.) to the Anacostia
site when it is vacated by the air station.
Political unrest in Cuba and Morocco has affected construction
programs in those countries. At Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, the program
to remedy the critical shortages of power and water was
greatly impeded. Contract work by the Cuban Electric Co. on the
261
262 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
power-generating problem was delayed, but resumed early in 1959.
Fresh water is supplied from off the base by contract with a local
Cuban company which is unwilling under present political conditions
to expand its facilities in order to meet base requirements. In connection
with this problem, a contract to increase water storage facilities
on the base has been awarded, and possible sources of water within
the base are being investigated. In Morocco, only the most urgent
or emergency projects are being approved until the ultimate status
of the station is clear.
Planning and Design
Technological advances in weapons systems require new types of
shore facilities for which there are no precedents and create challenges
in design and construction planning. New and revised design and
construction guidance and criteria are being formulated which will
meet these challenges, provide structures at the lowest overall cost
(including maintenance), and satisfy operational requirements.
Research has continued in several fields, including support for
amphibious operations, effects of nuclear weapons on structures, and
construction economy. An atomic blast simulator capable of performing
at low cost types of tests of structures (on a scaled basis) formerly
possible only at the Nevada test site and at the Eniwetok proving
ground, has been developed and installed at the Navy Civil Engineering
Laboratory, Port Hueneme, Calif. A master shore development
plan for the Charleston, S.C., naval complex has been completed;
others have been initiated at Norfolk, Va., and San Diego, Calif.;
and still others are scheduled for accomplishment later.
Real Estate
Title to 582,478 acres of land was acquired, 443,275 of them by
transfer from other Government agencies, while land disposals totaled
20,331 acres valued at $176 million. In addition, at the end of the
fiscal year major disposal actions involving approximately 89,700
acres were in process. With improvements, these represented a total
cost of about $487.5 million. Twenty-two industrial reserve facilities,
with book value of more than $200 million, are leased to private
interests.
Housing
Total requirements for Navy and Marine Corps family housing
(including fleet personnel) are estimated at a minimum of 278,516 units
as of the end of the fiscal year 1959. There are 58,470 adequate Navycontrolled
units and 97,207 families have adequate quarters in private
housing. This leaves 122,839 families inadequately housed. Of these,
41,493 are in inadequate Navy units and the remainder in inadequate
private housing.
SHORE FACILITIES 263
By the end of the year, the Department of the Navy had acquired
Wherry Act housing projects at 20 locations, amounting to 12,549
units of the 24,503 units under Navy sponsorship. Of 11,319 new
quarters authorized under the Capehart Act, 8,995 are completed or
under construction.
Utilities
Procurement of utility services, exclusive of long-lines communications,
totaled $55,744,000. Savings through contract negotiations,
hearings before State utility commissions, and municipal rate negotiations
were approximately $4,211,000. Leased long-lines communications
services (approximately $6,250,000) include new automatic
teletypewriter service, which was placed in operation this year. New
commercial telephone service for the Naval Base at Newport, R.I.,
incorporates “in-and-out” dialing and other features of the nsjGon
wide mechanization program of the telephone industry, a service
eliminating most of the requirement for switchboard operators.
In operation of its mobile power reserve, the Navy has been a
major contributor to the Government’s emergency power needs. The
loan of steam-generating cars of its east and west coast railway electric
power plants, for use in the testing of nuclear reactor components,
avoided the necessity to purchase steam generators and resulted in
savings of approximately $250,000 for the Government. Increased
attention is being given to the applicability of nuclear power plants,
especially for use at isolated and remote locations. Studies of this
will be carried on during the coming year in conjunction with the
Atomic Energy Commission. A floating powerplant (YFP-10) was
made available to the Air Force to power an early warning installation
in Greenland.
Maintenance
A beginning has been made on a cost analysis of maintenance operations,
which is expected to lead to more effective budgeting and
more critical appraisal of maintenance expenditures. An effort is
underway to apply engineered performance standards for public
works departments to all major air stations within the next 2 years.
Work improvement measures in maintenance management have been
initiated with highly gratifying results.
Extensive studies in motor transportation and the economics of
equipment ownership are being prosecuted. Coupled with a review
of equipment usage in the Shore Establishment, these studies are expected
to bring significant savings through the more effective use of
fewer units of equipment. Attention is also being given to wider use
of electronic devices to analyze the performance of internal-combustion
engines without disassembly.
264 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
Despite savings and increased efficiency in maintenance management,
the general condition and level of maintenance is deteriorating
at some shore facilities, reserve training centers for example. This
is a product of the three-way “squeeze” caused by normal deterioration
working against an expanding plant, less maintenance funds, and
increased labor and material costs.
XI. Research
The future capability of the Navy and the Marine Corps is being
assured by an effective research and development program covering a
broad field. Important research objectives this year were increased
antisubmarine effectiveness, improved all-weather operation of carrier
aircraft, and better air defense. Next year’s program will contain
several fully integrated weapons systems. Typical of the intricacy
of modern weapons, many of these extend beyond the technical fields
of any single organizational component. In these cases a “lead”
bureau is designated to carry development responsibility for the entire
system.
Weapons and Equipment
The 1959 development program included these items, in part:
An all-weather low-altitude attack aircraft (A2F), a subsonic
turbojet plane designed for shore-based or carrier-based operations.
It will probably be test flown in 1960.
An internal combustion catapult powerplant. With development
well advanced, this system will enable rapid launching of
heavy aircraft, and is presently planned for the first nuclearpowered
carrier,Enterprise (CYAN 65).
A close support artillery weapon. Transportable by helicopter,
this rapid-fire artillery piece is superior to the 105-mm. howitzer
in all respects, and has been test fired successfully.
The Navy Tactical Data System. A complete three-station
tactical data system network is being assembled for technical
evaluation.
An assault landing craft (LCA). Designs for this craft, similar
to the Landing Vehicle, Tracked (LVT), have been completed.
The LCA will have a water speed of 15 knots and a land
speed of 25 knots.
Guided-missile development is providing the best possible balance
between present needs and future requirements in conventional and
nuclear warfare. The program includes EAGLE, an all-weather
long-range, air-to-air missile; air-to-air missiles SIDEWINDER 1C
and SPARROW III; the air-to-surface missiles BULLPUP and
CORVUS; and the surface-to-air missile SUPER TALOS. These
missiles have been discussed elsewhere in this report, as has the fleet
ballistic missile POLARIS.
265
266 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
Operational requirements have been forwarded to ARP A for research
and development on a high-accuracy navigation system using
earth satellites; communications satellite relay systems; and electronic
reconnaissance satellite; a reconnaissance surveillance satellite system;
a naval weather satellite system; satellite surveying systems; antisatellite
systems; an air/sea launch system for satellite pay loads; and
a sea-based manned maneuverable interceptor spacecraft system.
Among items which have been evaluated are new and improved
sonar equipment; new torpedoes, including an antisubmarine homing
torpedo which can be launched from the air or surface; improved
aircraft submarine detection systems; and the operational concept
of a drone antisubmarine helicopter (Dash). Air and submarinelaunched
antisubmarine mines are ready for evaluation after successful
initial tests. Mine defenses will be improved by a helicoptertowed
mine countermeasures system and a high-frequency sonar which
are under development.
Basic Research
Foundation research continues at a pace designed to support and
advance the diverse and complex technology required by modern naval
forces. Highlights of this year’s program are found in materials
research, in the exploitation of high-altitude balloons for upper
atmosphere and astrophysical investigations, and in signal processing.
Significant advances have been made in the discovery (by synthesis
or composition) of new materials; also in the determination of new
properties and uses of known material in extreme environments
through improvements in the measurement and prediction of mechanical,
thermal, and electrical properties. Development and instrumentation
of reliable high-altitude balloons is leading particularly to new
and important observations in solar physics and cosmic rays. In
signal processing, construction of both masers (microwave amplification
by stimulated emission) and parametric amplifiers is advancing.
In addition, computer technology has made notable progress in
the design of more flexible and more self-reliant, information-handling
systems.
Chemical Sciences
Worthy of special mention are recent results in the synthesis of
new compounds with applications to the development of materials
which retain their relevant physical chemical characteristics at high
temperatures. The perfluorobenzenes are examples of such compounds.
A new branch of chemistry as extensive as the chemistry of benzene
itself is in promise. The chemical industry is considering large-scale
development of these new perfluorobenzenes because of their inherent
resistance to change at high temperature.
RESEARCH 267
A new synthetic fluoaluminate crystal has been made which, micalike
in physical properties, exhibits desirable electrical properties up
to 750° F. It cleaves readily into optically clear plates as thin as
0.0005 inch. A synthesis technique has been discovered whereby a
composition comprising uniformly dispersed nickel in polymeric
carbon can be prepared easily to yield what promises to be a high
temperature (up to 1,800° F.) semiconductor. A large new project
on inorganic polymers is expected to produce new chemical knowledge
and discoveries leading to plastics and rubberlike materials
suitable for use at temperatures of l,000°-l,200° F.
Boron has been prepared in new and interesting forms including
a new crystalline variety. The Army Signal Corps has described
samples tested as being the purest boron ever investigated by that
activity. New phosphides and silicides of transition metals, which
exhibit interesting corrosion resistance, have been prepared and described
for the first time.
Physical Sciences
The outstanding capability of balloon-borne systems for astronomical
and atmospheric research is vividly demonstrated by Project
Stratoscope. This project succeeded in photographing the limb and
disk of the sun with higher resolution than ever before attained. The
pictures established for the first time the scale of the solar granulations
and revealed unexpected details in their structure. Success of this
project has encouraged the design of a 36-in ch telescope which will
provide a resolution of the order of 0.1 second of arc and light-gathering
power sufficient to allow its use at night. For comparison, predicted
satellite stabilities are of the order of 1 minute of arc.
Ultrasonic techniques for studying metals in the superconducting
state has proven especially valuable. Much current research effort is
concerned with measurements of the velocity and attenuation of sound
in various media as a function of frequency, temperature, and pressure.
These data give information on energy transfer within the molecules,
as well as very consequential information on the material. Data on
ultrasonic attenuation in the superconducting region have been particularly
helpful in evaluating theories of metals.
Mathematical Sciences
Through logistics research, methods were developed for quantifying
relative military worth of equipment and parts for combat ships.
These methods will be used in conjunction with usage data in determining
allowance lists for ships. Important contributions in subjects
fundamental to logistics are an integrated collection of studies in linear
and nonlinear programing and a book on “Strategy and Market Structure”
using a game theory approach.
555521—60-------18
268 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
Progress in automatic data processing requires increased speed and
capacity for conventional computers by development of new components;
more capable and reliable computer systems by utilization
of novel techniques and organization; emphasis on understanding and
development of self-organizing computerlike systems for adaptive
control, for pattern recognition, and for handling large amounts of
data. Studies are proceeding in information retrieval and mechanical
language translation.
Earth Sciences
In 1957 the National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council
established the Committee of Oceanography. The first report,
published in 1959, recommends a substantial expansion of oceanography
in the United States. The Navy portion of those recommendations
is being implemented by Project TENOC, a 10-year
expansion program for oceanographic research including the construction
of specially designed oceanographic research vessels.
In late 1957, the Office of Nava] Research undertook the development
of ARCAS, a rocket probe for meteorological research at elevations
between 100,000 and 200,000 feet. Coordination with other interested
agencies has resulted in broadened support and participation, including
research activities of the Navy and the Air Force. The demand for
ARCAS is so great that present planning calls for delivery within the
next year of more than 800 engineering test rounds. This foresighted
and well-coordinated effort will assure the accelerated development of
a critically needed item with substantial savings in time and money.
The first of three International Geophysical Year rockets containing
spectrographic solar instrumentation was launched from White
Sands Proving Ground on May 5, 1958. The rocket carried an
extreme-ultraviolet spectrograph for the range of 500 to 2,100 angstroms,
and a camera which photographs the disk of the sun by using
only the light of the Lyman-alpha line of hydrogen (1,216 angstroms)
and is capable of arc resolution. The spectra obtained
appear to confirm the earlier finding that the Lyman-alpha line is
less than 0.3 angstrom in half-width.
A project to evaluate and use the maser is now underway at the
Naval Research Laboratory in cooperation with Columbia University.
First used with the laboratory’s 50-foot reflector to observe the extremely
weak radio waves from other planets, distant galaxies in
collision, and clouds of ionized hydrogen gas between stars, the
maser operates at about 9,000 megacycles per second. It was installed
as a radio frequency preamplifier in the 3-centimeter radiometer used
for radio astronomy studies, and the composite apparatus was mounted
at the focus of the reflector in April 1958. A tenfold improvement
RESEARCH 269
in the usable signal-to-noise ratio was realized in this first attempt
to evaluate and use the antenna-maser-receiver combination.
Minitrack observations made on the U.S.S.R. satellite, 1957 Alpha
II, and others made on the U.S. satellite, 1958 Alpha, yielded data
which enabled scientists to determine the density of the upper atmosphere.
The results thus far indicate a density about 40 times greater
than previous values for that altitude obtained from calculations using
models of the atmosphere. Another study was made recently on
atmospheric drag of the 1957 Alpha II and both U.S. satellites, 1958
Alpha and Beta.
In May 1959 for the first time, highly detailed photographs of
the entire sun were taken in the light of the Lyman-alpha line of
hydrogen. Lyman-alpha light is in the extreme ultraviolet region
of the spectrum, midway between visible light and X-rays. It originates
in regions of the solar atmosphere 4,000 to 6,000 miles above
the sun’s surface. The photographs were taken from an altitude
of 123 miles by a small, specially constructed solar observatory in
the nose of an AEROBEE-HI rocket launched from White Sands,
N. Mex., on March 13, 1959. The experiment was designed and the
launching conducted by the Naval Research Laboratory as part of
the Solar Activity Program of the International Geophysical Year.
Biological Sciences
A technique employing ultrasonic waves for special types of brain
surgery has shown effectiveness in the treatment of certain nervous
disorders. New or improved methods for the preservation and storage
of tissues (red blood cells, skin, bone, and cartilage) have advanced the
therapeutic measures to be used following radiation and traumatic
injuries.
The lives of severely burned persons may be saved by the use of
serum containing antibodies specific for the toxins derived from burned
tissue. For the first time it has been shown (by tracer techniques)
that choline is taken up by living adult nerve and incorporated into
cholesterol.
The human disorientation device has been developed as a research
tool in the field of aviation medicine for the generation of angularly
accelerated motion to enable medical research in the field of animal
or human responses to angular acceleration. The device produces
accurately known and controlled values of angular acceleration about
two axes of rotation when the subject is seated so that his head is
located at the point specified by the intersection of the axes. It allows
medical study of sensory responses to angular acceleration, vertigo,
and similar phenomena required for analysis of human behavior and
human performance limitations in the rapid maneuvering (spin and
tumbling, etc.) of high-speed aircraft and spacecraft.
ANNUAL 170 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
Psychological Sciences
Navy support of psychological research is calculated to maximize
the Navy’s manpower resources. Projects have concentrated on increasing
our fund of knowledge of man’s physiological and psychological
potentialities in order to use manpower in the various kinds
of environments in which our Navy operates (underwater, surface, air,
distant space, cold, warm, stressful, etc.) and to achieve peak efficiency
in the combined efforts of personnel who must perform in ever-increasingly
complex and global systems.
Material Sciences
In many aspects, the relationship between the physical and mechanical
behavior and properties of materials at high temperatures and
their composition and structure is very poorly understood. Thus, it
has not been possible to specify in advance on theoretical grounds
what the properties of a particular alloy will be. Recently, a method
has been developed for calculating the relative stabilities of a given
metal to permit reliable predictions of the occurrence, and the type
and temperature range of a phase transformation. This is a significant
step toward being able to calculate and preselect future alloy
systems of practical use, thereby greatly reducing the large amount of
experimentation now needed for alloy development.
As yet, much work in the selection of materials must necessarily be
empirical. In order that the empirical approach may be prosecuted
most efficiently, improved testing methods are required. One method
(the Notch ductility test) has been employed in developing and selecting
the higher quality steel and welds for new submarine hulls. The
concepts derived from these tests have established the basis for defining
the optimum characteristics of the materials which are being used
in the current construction program. Among a variety of materials,
HY-80 “high-chemistry” steel was quickly identified as the best in all
respects of weldability and as the ultimate in resistance to brittle
fracture. Many years of empirical tests of new submarine hull structures
were obviated by the store of data and know-how accumulated
through the years.
Electronic Sciences
The radiotelescope facility at the California Institute of Technology
was completed and placed in operation. This facility, which includes
two 90-foot steerable parabolic reflectors mounted on tracks to permit
operation as an adjustable interferometer, is the most versatile in the
world today, and its reflectors possess the most accurately finished
surfaces.
RESEARCH 271
A space surveillance system with operational control centered at the
Naval Weapons Laboratory, Dahlgren, Va., was placed in operation
on a 24-hour basis in February 1959. It has since detected and tracked
every known object in space which has passed over the United States.
The system, developed by the Navy for ARPA, includes two electronic
“fences," each 1,000 miles in length, stretching east and west across
the southern United States.
Since 1949, when work on ionosphere reflection radar started, many
problems in circuits and techniques have been solved. Subsequent
research, and the resulting cross-correlation radar, detected ionization
produced by missile launchings and atomic tests by means of ionosphere
reflection. Work is continuing toward improving the system
and evaluating its capabilities for surveillance work.
Continuing the search for new communication channels for naval
use, scientists proposed using the moon as a reflector for radio communication
signals. From calculations based on the assumption that
radiowaves would be diffusely scattered back to the earth from the
entire visible hemisphere of the moon, it had been thought that overlapping
repetitions would render the signal practically unintelligible.
However, persistent research revealed that all radiowaves reflected by
the moon come from a relatively small spot, with little diffusion. This
discovery led to the first transcontinental circuits via moon relay. An
official transcontinental message was first sent by reflection from the
moon in November 1955 from the Naval Research Laboratory in
Washington, D.C., to the Navy Electronics Laboratory, San Diego,
Calif. A new source of communication channels has thus been made
available.
Transparent films of phosphor that create different colors can be
deposited one on top of another, thus permitting the development of
a completely new approach to color television. Cathode ray tubes
with several combinations of two primary colors are in successful operation
and tubes with all colors are in the experimental stage.
Engineering Mechanics
In the more basic aspects of structural mechanics, a breakthrough
has been achieved by developing an analytical method of deriving shell
theories, in a systematic manner, from the exact three-dimensional
linear theory of elasticity. This work establishes a long-sought theoretical
basis for determining the accuracy of shell theories to be used
in new designs of weapons and weapons systems. Successfully applied
to problems concerning rotationally symmetric deformations of cylinders,
this work now will be extended to unsymmetrical deformations as
experienced in most designs of submarine hulls and in missiles subjected
to complex loading conditions.
272 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
Energy Conversion
Following earlier experiments and investigations on heat transfer
by liquids at or near their critical points (first observed with ammonia),
the enormous transport of heat by natural convection in a
fluid near its critical point was further confirmed in a larger installation
with carbon dioxide. The heat transfer in this instance corresponds
to an apparent heat conductivity more than 2,000 times that
of solid copper. It also was found that, at temperatures above the
critical point, the heat transfer rate decreases suddenly.
Research leading toward the control of thermonuclear reactions
on a laboratory scale, and hopefully on a large, economical powerproducing
scale later, is being pursued in many countries throughout
the world. One approach has been under experimental investigation
by the Department of the Navy for several years. The basic idea
uses high-frequency-field speed shock waves to preheat a tube containing
deuterium gas, and then compression of the resultant plasma
by a strong magnetic field. These experiments are being conducted
with a high current condenser bank capable of producing currents
in excess of 5 million amperes in times of the order of 6 microseconds.
With this apparatus, it is possible to generate pulsed magnetic fields
in the 500,000-gauss range and temperatures up to 20 million degrees
Kelvin (36 million degrees Fahrenheit).
General Science
The Coordinated Science Laboratory at the University of Illinois
has made considerable progress in the development of decision-making
procedures and weapons assignment criteria, using as major tools the
Cornfield tactical data system, a special-purpose tracking and sorting
computer, and a general-purpose high-speed computer. A high
resolution radar system having the novel feature of utilizing storage
tubes for proper data processing has been developed, and gives resolutions
many times that of conventional radar systems. Continuing
effort is leading to the development of an electrostatic gyroscope,
which will be capable of navigation accuracies between 10 and 100
times better than any system now in process.
Exploratory and foundational research programs in Navy laboratories
have contributed greatly to solutions of development problems
and have helped to indicate new’ areas for exploitation. In satisfying
operational requirements some recent accomplishments of these programs
follow.
Molecular magnetism (ferrites) is being investigated at the Naval
Ordnance Laboratory, White Oak, Md. In attempting to understand
forces responsible for ferromagnetism, a large number of new ferrites
were prepared and the magnetic properties measured. One of these,
RESEARCH 273
a nickel iron aluminate, was found to have a reasonably high magnetic
moment and minimum losses at a frequency in the neighborhood
of 1,000 megacycles. This ferrite is being used by the British Admiralty
Laboratory for a ground search radar and as a Faraday rotation
isolator in microwave systems used by the Hughes Aircraft
Co., Airtronics, Sperry Rand, Harvard University, and Stanford
University—applications all based on the published results of Navy
research.
To meet the need for an instrument which would determine meteorological
conditions at high altitude, a study was instigated which led
to an instrumented LOKI rocket intended to accomplish the required
mission to 100,000 feet altitude. As a result of the study, engineering
development of such a meteorological rocket called HASP was started.
The first version, useful to 100,000 feet, has been released.
A most recent accomplishment in solid state physics is the development
of a transistor which will both improve the signal-to-noise ratio
and increase the frequencies of operation, making the simpler transistor
technology competitive with masers for some applications.
The Naval Ordnance Laboratory has been investigating the application
of nuclear techniques to nondestructive testing of large propellant
grains. A gamma ray technique has been developed which
is superior to the X-ray techniques usually employed. The Laboratory
is presently studying a neutron technique which promises even
greater improvement.
For the last few years, work has been in progress at the Naval
Weapons Laboratory, Dahlgren, Va., on methodology for employing
digital computers in war game studies. Pursued in collaboration
with the Operations Evaluation Group of the Chief of Naval Operations,
it is making valuable contributions to tactical planning.
XII. Civilian Personnel
On June 30, 1959, the Department of the Navy had 357,108 employees
and was the third largest employer of civilian personnel in
the Federal Government. Employment decreased 6,621 during the
year, with an increase in foreign areas. The accession rate was 14.7
percent, while the separation rate was 16.6 percent.
CIVILIAN EMPLOYEES
30 June 1958
Territories and Foreign
Total United States possessions countries
Graded_____________________ 139, 454 129, 054 5, 623 4, 777
Ungraded___________________ 224,275 202,573 11,516 10,186
Total________________ 363,729 331,627 17,139 14,963
30 June 1959
Graded_____________________ 138, 422 127, 632 5, 464 5, 326
Ungraded___________________ 218,686 196,013 11,588 11,085
Total________________ 357, 108 323, 645 17, 052 16, 411
Employment
During the year the Department’s merit promotion program was
revised to comply with new requirements of the Civil Service Commission.
Naval activities have implemented new promotion plans
(individually reviewed and approved by the Department) designed
to fill vacancies with the best qualified employees, provide opportunity
for progressive development of employees, insure a high level
of employee performance, and retain capable employees.
“Campaign Forty,” a promotional effort directed at increasing employee
participation in the suggestion program, was initiated during
this year to commemorate 40 years of Navy experience with this tool
of management. Excellent results have been obtained; during the
first 6 months 37 percent more suggestions were submitted than in the
comparable period of 1958.
Prompted by a White House directive on agency personnel programs,
a Navy-wide survey revealed a healthy state of employeemanagement
relations. Communications appeared to be the only
weakness of consequence. Activity reports indicate that conscientious
274
CIVILIAN PERSONNEL 275
action is being taken to improve employee-management relations and
Civil Service Commission inspections corroborated those reports.
During the last 6 months of the year, substantial reductions in force
were necessary. In order to avoid adverse effects upon employees to
the greatest extent possible, a vigorous outplacement program was
instituted by Navy bureaus and their field activities. As a result of
these efforts 4,599 of the 8,852 employees affected by reductions in
force in five major bureaus have been placed; of the remainder, 639
were retired.
Position Classification and Wage Administration
Reviews and evaluations were made of wage setting and position
classification in field activities, and classification standards and occupational
analyses are under continuous study and development.
Wage surveys were performed to keep pace with the pay levels in
private industry. The passage of Public Law 85-872 in September
1958 required that all wage schedules be placed into effect not later
than the first day of the first pay period which begins on or after the
45th day following the date on which wage surveys were ordered.
All Navy wage schedules were approved and issued within the time
limits required. New or revised schedules were approved and issued
for 126 labor market areas in the continental United States, and 32
schedules were issued for 20 wage areas overseas.
Training
Work-study and cooperative educational programs for engineers
and scientists have been expanded, with a total employment of 1,200
student-trainees in 51 naval activities. A detailed occupational analysis
and manpower survey of all industrial relations personnel was
undertaken. This study will aid in establishing career development
plans for employees engaged in the field of industrial relations. The
provisions of the Government Employees Training Act (Public Law
85-507) were effectuated, delegation of authority being made to chiefs
of Navy bureaus and offices for the approval of training in non-Government
facilities.
Considerable attention is being given to improving the quality of
civilian leadership. The “Code of Ethics for Government Service”
was published and disseminated, and programs for management and
supervisory development are being revised to stress the importance
of personal example, good management practices, and moral
responsibility.
XIII. Business Management
Procurement and Contracting
Analyses of proposed contracts and review of requests for authority
to negotiate contracts have led to improved procurement practices
including better price evaluation and wider competition. Improved
techniques in the pricing of missiles and related electronic equipment
were instituted and are of continuing significance since the major part
of Navy procurement funds is spent for these items and for aircraft.
Greater participation by small business firms in Navy procurement
continues to be sought. During the fiscal year 1959, small companies
received $1,122,838,000 in prime contract awards. Their proportion
of total direct Navy purchases decreased, however, from 18.7 to 16.2
percent. Primary reasons for this decline were the growing complexity
and size of individual Navy purchases; a revised definition of “small
business” in certain industries, which reduced the small business population
; and generally depressed prices in the petroleum market, which
made it more difficult for small business concerns to compete for Government
contracts.
In cooperation with the Small Business Administration, procurements
set aside totally or partially for small business by the Department
of the Navy were substantially increased. Procedures for greater
utilization of small firms to meet research and development requirements
were developed through symposia, at which Navy technical
personnel acquainted qualified concerns with the Department’s general
research and development requirements. Improved techniques for
classifying contractors’ capabilities in the research and development
field also helped.
Increased effort was made to reduce the number of contractoroperated
plants in the Department’s industrial plant reserve, and to
align the program with the latest mobilization planning. As a result,
29 plants were removed from the reserve this year, compared with 8
last year. Of the 126 remaining, 17 Government-owned contractoroperated
plants, and 13 privately owned, privately operated plants,
recapturable in an emergency (national security clause), have been
declared excess to current and mobilization requirements. These
plants are in the process of disposal and should be removed from the
reserve during the fiscal year 1960,
276
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 277
During the fiscal year 1959, the Department authorized its first
auction sale of surplus Government property located at a privately
operated plant. The sale, involving several million dollars of aircraft
quality machine tools, resulted in an excellent return of 25.3 percent
of the original cost.
Contributions to industrial mobilization planning in an international
sense are noted in Navy participation in the North Atlantic
Treaty Organization (NATO) groups of experts. In cooperation
with the Army and the Air Force, this participation has produced
important standardization agreements within the NATO family. By
this means, all participating countries design equipment under common
agreements and resultant products will be compatible. Exchange
of technical data has also led to coordinated production between
various NATO countries, some examples of which are SIDEWINDER
missiles, maritime patrol aircraft, and most recently the
Mark 44 torpedo.
Financial Management
During the fiscal year 1959, $11.7 billion was expended in maintaining
the readiness and capabilities of the Navy and the Marine Corps
for the Nation’s defense. This amounted relatively to about 15 cents
of every dollar expended by the Federal Government and about 28
cents of every dollar expended for military purposes by the Department
of Defense.
In drafting the Navy budget for the fiscal year 1959, fund estimates
were based on the paramount objectives of immediate readiness,
maximum striking power, and maximum capability in antisubmarine
warfare and fleet air defense. Integral with those objectives were
the research and development and procurement necessary to provide
for future capabilities. After extensive consideration, Congress
appropriated $11.8 billion in new obligational authority; that is, new
authority to incur obligations for the future payment of salaries,
purchase of equipment and supplies, and contractual services. Since
the Department entered the fiscal year with “carryover” or prioryear
funds of $11.4 billion, nearly all of which was already obligated
or held in a reserve status for long leadtime items of procurement, it
had available for expenditure from these sources during the year a
total of $23.2 billion. Having spent $11.7 billion during the fiscal
year, $11.5 billion was carried forward into the fiscal year 1960 for
expenditure then or in later years as deliveries are made under
procurement contracts and work orders. Net returns to the Treasury
amounted to about $93 million.
The broad purposes or functions for which Navy expenditures
were made in the fiscal year 1959 are set forth in the following table:
278 ANNUAL report of the secretary of the navy
Amount
(millions of
Budget category dollars} Percent
Military Personnel___________________________________ $3; 280 27. 9
Operations and Maintenance___________________________ 2, 789 23. 8
Major Procurement and Production____________________ 4, 965 42. 3
Military Construction______________________________ 339 2. 9
Research and Development, Test and Evaluation_____ 798 6. 8
Revolving and Management Funds__________________ —433 —3. 7
Total----------------------------------------------------------- $11, 738 100%
The Department spends over half its funds each year on current
readiness, primarily for military personnel and operations and maintenance.
The other half represents costs of modernization, which
comprise principally research and development, production, and procurement.
As the table shows, more funds were expended for major
procurement than for any other purpose. These expenditures (about
42 percent of the total) were for new aircraft, missiles, ships, combat
vehicles, weapons, ammunition, electronics, and other procurement
items of a long leadtime nature. Almost $2.2 billion wTere spent for
new aircraft alone, just under 19 percent of the total Navy budget.
Expenditures for shipbuilding amounted to $1.7 billion, while missile
expenditures totaled $568 million.
Military personnel costs approximated $3.3 billion, or about 28
percent of the total. These costs, which supported an average of about
637,000 officers and men of the Navy, and approximately 185,000
Marines, consist mostly of pay, allowances, subsistence, individual
clothing, and individual transportation. Also included are about $107
million of expenditures applicable to Navy and Marine Corps Reserve
components.
The third large expenditure category, “Operations and Maintenance,”
amounted to $2.8 billion, or 24 percent of the total. This
important cost segment included funds for maintaining and operating
the fleet, aircraft, and Marine Corps units, as well as the Shore
Establishment with its air stations, shipyards, ordnance plants, supply
depots, and hospitals. With this sum, about 860 active fleet ships
and about 7,600 Navy and Marine Corps aircraft were operated. It
also supported three Marine divisions and three Marine air wings.
Research, development, test, and evaluation expenditures totaled
$798 million, or about 7 percent of the budget. This money applied
its major emphasis on antisubmarine warfare, guided missiles, nuclear
propulsion, all-weather attack capability for carrier-based aircraft,
and efficient air defense systems for naval formations, along with basic
and supporting research.
All of the foregoing data reflect advances to the “Management
Fund” for the POLARIS missile program. Advances for that purBUSINESS
MANAGEMENT 279
pose exceeded expenditures by about $507 million. This excess accounts
for the negative expenditure amount shown for “Revolving
and Management Funds” in the preceding table.
Organization
The Department in this fiscal year took a serious look at its organization
and its method of doing business. This self-appraisal was made
by a committee composed of top military and civilian executives and
chaired by the Under Secretary. A major consideration prompting
this survey was the recent great advance in the science and technology
of modern weapons systems and the need to assure the adequacy of the
Department’s administration in meeting the challenge.
As a first result of these deliberations, the responsiveness of the organization
of the Department as a whole to existing law was tested
and affirmed, and continuation of its “consumer-military command/
producer-business administration” bilinear form of organization was
approved.
The committee concluded that there were areas where certain
changes in organizational structure could improve the Department’s
effectiveness and made pertinent recommendations to this end. Many
of these recommendations have already been implemented and others
are in progress. Among the major areas singled out for improvement
were those relating to research and development, weapons systems
development, and officer career specialization.
Steps have been taken to increase the stature of research and development
functions in the Office of the Secretary and the Office of the
Chief of Naval Operations. One of the three Assistant Secretaries
of the Navy has been designated as Assistant Secretary for Research
and Development. This action provides for more effective coordination
and direction at the secretarial level of the efforts of bureaus and
offices and Headquarters, Marine Corps, in fulfilling research and
development requirements of the operating forces. In the Office of
the Chief of Naval Operations, responsibility for research and development
functions has been consolidated under a newly established
Deputy Chief of Naval Operations (Development).
In weapons systems development, action is underway to reduce substantially
the time between the expression of an operational requirement
and the delivery to the combat forces of a fully developed and
effective weapon or weapons system. The Bureaus of Aeronautics
and Ordnance are being combined into a new Bureau of Naval Weapons.
This will eliminate numerous problems of cognizance, coordination,
and management which have resulted from split responsibilities
for weapons systems development between the former two Bureaus.
It will place the responsibility for approximately two-thirds of the
280 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
total weapons systems development effort of the Department under
the direct authority and control of a single executive in the “producer”
organization. It will also simplify the funding of these weapons
systems, insure full utilization of the Navy’s professional and technical
talent, and permit more efficient use of naval facilities and laboratories.
In the consideration of officer career specialization, the Assistant
Secretary of the Navy (Personnel and Reserve Forces) has been designated
by the Secretary of the Navy to take steps to promote career
opportunities in both the officer specialist categories and the regular
line. Included in the plans are expansion of the Engineering Duty
Group to cover all fields of engineering involved in the development
of naval weapons; expansion of the Staff Corps of the Navy to include
a staff corps of legal officers; and provision of opportunities for a
modest number of line officers to take postgraduate training in law.
The general purpose involved is to insure that the Navy makes full
utilization of the professional and technical abilities of its officer
personnel.
Automatic Data Processing
Comprehensive consideration has been given this year to businesslogistics
management aspects of automatic data processing. Recognizing
the potential of modern machines, the goals of an overall program
have been established, together with policies and procedures for
insuring economical and efficient exploitation of this potential in
improving management. The Department plans, at the earliest practical
date, the use of automatic data-processing equipment at every
activity of the Navy and Marine Corps where it is militarily or economically
advantageous. Looking beyond immediate or marginal
economic gains, early use in management problems is intended to provide
management with operating experience and familiarity with its
potential, both of which are prerequisites to full exploitation of modern
electronic equipment and methods. In conjunction with operations
research and other advanced mathematical techniques, improved and
more sophisticated scientific management information systems will
thus be provided to cope with the growing complexity of management.
The Department of the Navy now has 37 electronic computer installations
serving the data-processing needs of business-logistics management,
13 of which went into operation during this year. Typical
applications of these computers include aviation logistics; production
scheduling; personnel, financial, and cost accounting; inventory
control and accounting; and facilities management.
It has been possible to make some noteworthy achievements in more
scientifically oriented management information. A model production
planning and control system applicable to jobshop-type activities
(such as the Naval Weapons Plant) was evolved and is now awaiting
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 281
test. Also, a mathematical model promising a scientific solution of
the naval aviation logistics problem (which involves several billion
dollars annually) has been constructed and is now being tested. Scientific
solutions to problems in optimum assignment of personnel and
in optimum evaluation of petroleum bids are nearly complete, and
demonstrate the amenability of management decision processes to
scientific analysis and manipulation.
Printing and Publications
The use of automated techniques in printed communication processes
is being investigated and shows considerable promise. An example
is a sequential card system of composition which, when applied to the
production of the Navy Stock List, brought savings estimated up to
45 percent from early results. New types of electronic printing equipment
are being developed and are expected to contribute substantially
to technological progress and effective communication.
Management Improvement
As mentioned, increased attention has been given to providing a
more scientific basis for management decisions—-for weighing and relating
the thousands of factors which influence such decisions. Due to
the complex controls which must be maintained over the development
of weapons systems and the general fulfillment of military requirements,
progress reporting has been an acute management problem,
and benefit has been shown in a program evaluation and review technique
(called Pert) which has been developed for the POLARIS program.
In key management spots, emphasis has been placed on the
design of information systems which provide managers with “fingertip”
control over dynamic programs. Managers need to know the
exact status of progress relative to plans and to be able to make quick
adjustments in resources, objectives, and timetables.
In addition to large-scale automation of data./information systems,
considerable progress was made in small-scale automation. Key officials
have been indoctrinated in the advantages and applications of
source data automation—a technique for capturing data in a common
machine language at its source. In tape or punched card form, it
can then be used automatically for many purposes while at the same
time eliminating error, conserving manpower, and speeding business
processes. The technique has been applied to a variety of operations,
such as commercial procurement, personnel administration, and ammunition
stock control.
Several milestones were passed in the long-range effort to improve
industrial operations. Wider use of engineered performance standards
has been achieved and used as a more scientific basis for determining
manpower and material requirements and for controlling
282 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE NAVY
production. The Bureau of Ordnance’s progress during this year has
been noteworthy, with savings of several millions of dollars. Standards
developed by the Bureau of Yards and Docks were installed by
the Bureaus of Ships, Ordnance, Aeronautics, and Supplies and Accounts
in their public works areas. Similarly, the Bureaus of Aeronautics
and Ordnance are installing standards developed by the Bureau
of Supplies and Accounts for supply operations. Special industrial
management methods, such as the “line of balance” technique,
were more widely applied to give better control over production
programs. This particular technique is also being tried in unprecedented
areas such as the forecasting of recruiting and training requirements
for submarine crews.
By applying functional (statistical) work measurement standards,
the Chief of Naval Material was able to reduce the field inspection
service by 889 people over the past 2 years. Highly refined staffing
guides were also developed for 2,200 people in automotive maintenance
work. Application of these standards is expected to make more than
$2 millions’ worth of manpower available to perform other workload.
Streamlining paperwork and reducing administrative overhead requires
ceaseless attention. The Chief of Naval Operations continued
his review of administration operations in each of the fleet commands
in order to get military personnel “away from the desks and onto the
deck.” Last year, reviews were completed in the Service Force of the
Pacific Fleet and Naval Forces, Eastern Atlantic and Mediterranean.
Work was finished on a single system for classifying directives, correspondence,
forms, reports, and other documents by subject. The system,
scheduled for use in all ships and stations by January 1, 1960,
eliminates dual systems, improves reference, and simplifies training.
Many actions were taken to eliminate reports and reduce paperwork.
Through the reduction and improvement of forms and reports and
the streamlining of procedures in which they are used, a sizable
amount of manpower was saved for more productive work.
Hundreds of individual improvements were made in single organizations
and in specific systems—too many to list here, but each demonstrating
the worth of concerted effort to do things better. For example,
the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery has improved the methods
of control of medical department linens so that the manpower required
for such control is drastically reduced. The Medical Department also
extended the use of a remote control dictation system, which conserves
the professional and clerical time devoted to preparing medical
records.
XIV. Conclusion
As the Navy and Marine Corps endeavor to plan for the uncertain
years ahead, a difficult problem is faced: How to divide resources
between the requirements for immediate readiness and future capability.
There is urgent need for modernization of the operating forces,
but overage ships must eventually be replaced. This requirement
increases in magnitude each year. New ships have been authorized
and are being built. Their quality is excellent, but their number is
insufficient to meet the replacement problem.
The accumulative aging of the fleet is felt severely in its carriers.
The utmost possible modernization of World War II 7? percent of the cadets to choose commissions in another service.
Women in the Air Force
On June 30, 1959, WAF strength consisted of 7,109 officers and airmen,
an overall decline of 10 percent from the previous fiscal year.
Actually, officer strength at 733, increased by 61, while airman strength
at 6,371, declined by 841 from the totals of the previous year. The
total complement included five warrant officers.
In view of the continuing reductions in USAF personnel, WAF
airman strength is scheduled to be cut to 5,000 by the end of June
1960. This reduction will be brought about by normal attrition and
by curtailing the enlistment of women without previous military
service.
MANPOWER 305
WAF officer strength will be increased to 750 by the end of June
1960. But the recruitment goal for new WAF officers will be cut to
125 for fiscal year 1960 as compared with 160 in 1959. Only four
women graduated from AFROTC in 1958 and none in 1959. Because
of the disappointing response, the Air University is in the process of
eliminating WAF ROTC. However, WAF cadets already in the advanced
course will be allowed to complete their training.
For several years the majority of new WAF officers have been obtained
through direct appointment and subsequent officer training in
grade. Hereafter, they wdl receive training at the new Officer Training
School, entering the first class with male students in November
1959. Those who successfully complete the course will be commissioned
second lieutenants. Female civilians are no longer eligible for
Officer Candidate School, but qualified WAF airmen and Civil Air
Patrol cadets are encouraged to apply for OCS.
Civilian Personnel
The ratio of Wage Board (blue collar) to Classification Act (white
collar) workers reflected a 2-percent shift in favor of the white-collar
employees. At the end of the fiscal year the ratio was 52 percent blue
collar and 48 percent white collar.
The Air Force continued to employ many foreign nationals overseas.
Of the 36,070 civilians employed directly overseas, more than 60 percent
were locally hired nationals, as compared to 63 percent of 38,485
employed the previous year. In addition, 50,628 foreign nationals
were employed under contracts or through agreements with other governments.
This was a reduction of more than 6,000 from the previous
year’s figure.
The USAF civilian turnover rate improved significantly during-the
year. The monthly separation rate averaged 1.6 percent compared
with 2.1 the previous year, while the monthly addition rate averaged
1.5 percent compared with 1.4 percent in 1958. Approximately 55 percent
of the separations were voluntary, consisting of resignations and
transfers to other Government agencies. The remainder were essentially
involuntary, a result of reductions in force, terminations of
temporary or excepted appointments, extended leave without pay, retirements,
and removals for inefficiency or misconduct.
In spite of the definite improvement in the retention rate, the Air
Force attempted to reduce still further the loss of valuable employees,
particularly those in scientific and technical positions. It conducted
a special study to identify the types of positions in which turnover was
excessive and to determine whether any further action could be taken
to reduce the loss of people with essential skills. The provisions of
the Government Employees Training Act, adopted in July 1958, en306
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
569,279
149,727
144,811
7, 339
871,156
UTILIZATION OF MANPOWER
1958
AS
65.4%
17.2%
16.6%
.8%
100%
OF JUNE 30
557, 293
141,451
134,848
6,843
840,435
66.3%
16.8%
.8%
100 %
a/ Includes hospital patients and personnel on special assignments
1959
Figure 5
abled the Air Force to further the professional competence and career
development of many of its employees.
The Federal Merit Promotion Program, put into effect by the Air
Force in January 1959, increases the number of employees considered
for promotion and gives greater assurance that the best qualified are
selected. Tests have been devised to help determine which employees
are the best qualified for promotion to various positions. The merit
promotion program has functioned equitably and smoothly and has
been well received by management, unions, and employees.
A joint inspection agreement reached in September 1957 between the
Air Force and the Civil Service Commission has proved mutually beneficial.
USAF survey reports have been substituted for many independent
CSC inspections, thus reducing duplication and avoiding
disruption of normal work schedules.
In January 1959 the U.S. Government established a new merit system
for all Federal employees in the Panama Canal Zone. Based on
the 1955 treaty with the Republic of Panama, the merit system provides
citizens of the United States and the Republic of Panama with
the same basic wage rates and opportunities for Federal employment.
For its outstanding record in the hiring of handicapped workers,
the Air Force won the Distinguished Service Award from the President’s
Committee on Employment of the Physically Handicapped.
MANPOWER 307
This is the highest award the Committee grants to an agency or
employer.
Estimated first-year benefits of $44 million resulted from the employee
incentive award program during fiscal year 1959. Participation
rose from about 25 percent in fiscal year 1958 to 27 percent, and
20,085 suggestions were adopted. In addition, 12,199 employees
received recognition for superior work or special acts or services.
IV. Military Training
During fiscal year 1959 the Air Force continued to adjust training
programs to conform to reductions in manpower and training funds.
Graduations from training schools declined, but at a lesser rate than
in fiscal year 1958. Technological changes in USAF weapons and
equipment made it necessary to revise training courses to keep them
abreast of the needs of the combat commands.
Flying Training
The number of pilots trained by the Air Force declined markedlyfalling
in the current year from 4,207 to 2,698, of whom 2,358 were
Air Force, 125 Air National Guard (ANG), and 215 from countries in
the military assistance programs. Five primary and five basic schools
are utilized to train these pilots. Because of the continuing reduction
in USAF manned aircraft wings the annual pilot training rate will
be further reduced to 2,300 beginning with fiscal year 1961.
The Air Force increased the total flying time in its primary flying
school curriculum from 130 to 147 hours. Training time in the twinjet
T-37 increased from 100 to 120 hours, but in the single-pistonengine
T-34 it was cut from 30 to 27 hours. Conversion from propdriven
aircraft to the T-37 jet progressed rapidly during the year.
By June 30,1959, three primary schools (at Bainbridge, Graham, and
Bartow Air Bases) had been fully equipped with T-37’s and were
graduating primary jet students. By March 1961 all primaly schools
will be using the T-37.
Basic flying training time will increase from 130 to 140 hours with
the introduction of the T-38 supersonic trainer during fiscal years
1961-64. The T-38 will replace the T-33 in basic pilot training by
fiscal year 1964. Basic flying training in conventional aircraft ended
in January 1959 when the last pilots to train in these aircraft graduated
from the school at Reese AFB, Texas, and the last B—25 was
eliminated from the program.
Interceptor training courses at Perrin and Moody AFB’s graduated
584 pilots for the Air Force and 107 for the Air National Guard and
foreign countries. Beginning in fiscal year 1961, graduations for the
USAF are scheduled to be reduced to 250 per year, and F-102's will
be introduced into the interceptor training program.
The instrument instructor school for pilots at James Connally AF B,
Tex., graduated 469 students between July 1, 1958, and June 30,
308
MILITARY TRAINING 309
1959. At Randolph AFB, Tex., the jet qualification school turned out
651 graduates during the same period. The helicopter course at Stead
AFB, Nev., trained 164 pilots.
The need for high-performance aircraft in navigator training remained
acute. As tactical aircraft attain greater speed and altitude,
the navigator trainers become increasingly outmoded. Consequently,
the graduate joining a combat command is thrust into an environment
for which he is not adequately prepared. The combat commands
therefore must give their new navigators a great deal of training in
combat aircraft. This incongruous situation not only increases training
costs but seriously detracts from emergency war capability. The
Air Force has a requirement for UTX (T-39) radar interceptor trainers
and UCX advanced navigator trainers to replace ATC’s TB-
25M’s and T-29D’s.
The number of graduates from navigator courses declined again,
falling from 2,180 in fiscal year 1958 to 1,587—1,507 USAF, 68 ANG,
and 12 foreign graduates. To enhance prestige and serve as an incentive
to young navigators, the Air Force approved the awarding of
a master navigator rating to senior navigators who have accumulated
3,000 hours of navigation time and 15 years of rated service. The
badge resembles that of the command pilot, having a star encircled
by a wreath mounted atop a pair of wings.
In a major reorganization of survival training in May 1959 the
USAF Combat Survival Agency was eliminated and its functions
transferred to the 3635th Combat Crew Training Wing (Advanced).
At the same time, training in water survival, combative measures, and
survival weapons was added to the general survival courses already
being taught, and an additional course in resistance training was
added.
Technical Training
During fiscal year 1959, 66,496 airmen completed technical training
courses, a drop of 13 percent from the 76,434 in the previous year.
Although sizable, this reduction was only half the drop of 26 percent
which occurred in fiscal year 1957. The continued reduction in completed
technical training courses primarily reflected the steady shrinkage
in the size of the Air Force and the lack of funds and instructors
for regular technical training. Of the 66,496 technical school students
who graduated, 42,546 were classified as highly technical, 13,084
technical, and 10,866 semitechnical.
The Air Force continued its intensive efforts to improve the quality
of technical training. One of the greatest deficiencies was the lack
of suitable classrooms at the technical training schools. The Air Force
obtained some new facilities, but higher priorities for other requirements
caused the deletion from the budget of all the classrooms for
310 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
Lackland AFB, Tex., and reduction of the number planned for
Amarillo AFB, Tex.
The retraining of higher aptitude airmen who were in overcrowded
fields continued throughout the year. About 1,000 received schoolingin
the radio-radar field alone. The Air Force planned to retrain or
cross-train about 30,000 airmen during fiscal year 1959 and 1960.
For several years the Air Force has had problems in striking a
proper balance between general and specialized technical training.
During recent years the trend has been away from general training
and toward specialized courses. At one time, airmen received a broad
general course within a technical field—'electronics, for example—and
later learned specific tasks or took specialized courses on particular
items of equipment. They received additional specialized instruction
as on-the-job training in the field.
The Air Force is now trying to cut down on the number of specialized
courses without increasing the length of the general ones in order to
reduce overhead costs. If the number of specialized courses is reduced,
field commanders will have to accept graduates with broader
and less specialized training. There will be more flexibility of assignment,
but an increase of expensive on-the-job training in the field will
also be required.
Revising technical school courses quickly enough to meet the needs
for new skills is one of the most critical USAF training problems. To
keep the technical training programs more nearly current, frequent
determination of trained personnel requirements will permit quarterly
revisions in the program to make the courses more responsive to
technological change.
Professional Education
Enrollment in the Air Force Reserve Officers’ Training Corps
(AFROTC), a main source of new USAF officers, declined markedly
from 97,408 students at 179 institutions at the end of June 1958 to
80,166 at the same number of institutions at the end of June 1959.
Of these, 74,208 were lowerclass students and 5,958 were upperclass.
Graduates during the year totaled 3,754. The Air Force obtained
4,307 new Reserve officers from the AFROTC. These included some
prior-year graduates. Since officers who complete flying training
must spend 4 years on active duty after receiving an aeronautical rating,
the retention rate among ROTC graduates rose and fewer rated
officers were required from other sources.
The Air Force conducted summer training for about 4,575 cadets
at 16 bases. There were 24 encampments, 14 between mid-June and
mid-July and 10 in August. Flight instruction of ROTC students was
expanded to include 161 institutions and 1,658 cadets. The Air Force
is seeking legislation to permit continuation of flight instruction for
MILITARY TRAINING 311
ROTO cadets begun in 1957. Officer Candidate School graduated
466 new officers.
The Air Force Academy graduated its first class of 207 students on
June 3, 1959. Of these, 205 were commissioned second lieutenants in
the Regular Air Force, 1 accepted a commission in the Marine Corps,
and 1 was medically disqualified. Six members of the graduating
class have been accepted for graduate study under the Air Force Institute
of Technology program. One received a Rhodes scholarship and
will attend Exeter College, Oxford University, during the next 2 years.
Approximately 1,580 students are enrolled in the Academy for the
1959-60 term.
PILOTS _____________________
NAVIGATORS_______________
TECH NICAI__________________
(USAF AIRMEN)
4,207
2,180
76,434
2,698
1,587
66,496
Figure 6
The Academy completed moving from its temporary site at Lowry
AFB, Colo., to its permanent site near Colorado Springs in September
1958. On April 24, 1959, it was accredited by the North Central
Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Board of Visitors
to the Air Force Academy inspected the institution in May and once
again recommended that primary pilot training be added to the curriculum
and that flying facilities be constructed.
In December 1958 the Air Force revised the physical standards for
admission to the Academy, making possible a more diverse selection of
students. Under the new standards at least 50 percent of the graduates
must meet physical requirements for pilot training. No change in
the curriculum was involved.
The Air Force has received authority to offer preparatory training
for the Academy to 200 students during the 1959-60 school term. The
students will attend the Naval Preparatory School at Bainbridge,
Md., and the Army’s Military Academy Preparatory School at Fort
Belvoir, Va.
The Air Force completed plans for an Officer Training School for
direct commissioning of men and women college graduates. The first
312 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
class of 75 candidates will begin the 12-week professional course in
November 1959, and a total of 300 men and 125 women are expected to
graduate before the end of June 1960. Future enrollments will be
adjusted to meet changing needs.
A related program for selected airmen interested in a USAF career
will provide as much as 2 years of undergraduate schooling plus
officer training that will lead to commissions. The program, to start
in February 1960, will emphasize academic studies corresponding to
specialities in which the Air Force has specific personnel requirements.
To improve the administration and academic control of its various
service schools, colleges, and special courses, the Air University
assumed direct control of all of them on July 1, 1959. The Air Force
established at the Air University a permanent Educational Requirements
Board, with a supporting secretariat, to prescribe future educational
requirements for commissioned officers. New criteria adopted
for the selection of officers to attend Army, Navy, Air Force, and joint
professional schools lowered the maximum age for attendance, the
purpose being to assure the Air Force of more useful service from
officers after they complete professional school courses.
To prepare for work with space vehicles, officers will be assigned
to companies holding research and development or production contracts
for space vehicle systems. These officers will be trained in
design, development, production, and testing of space vehicles.
Enrollment in the Air Force Extension Course Institute expanded
rapidly; 265,750 students were enrolled in 110 courses—a gain of
almost 56,000 over last year. The Institute handled these extra students
without adding any people to its staff. A total of 206,388
students completed courses in fiscal year 1959.
Reserve Forces
By June 30, 1959, both the Air National Guard (ANG) and the
Air Force Reserve (AFR) had reached a degree of readiness never
before achieved in peacetime. All units had been assigned mobilization
tasks, and many had specific missions to perform immediately
after mobilization.
The most significant improvements in AFR readiness resulted from
adoption of the Air Reserve Technician Program at all troop carrier
bases and the reorganization of AFR troop carrier wings to conform
to TAC standards of strength and structure. The resulting increase
in mobility and effectiveness was clearly demonstrated during the
Army-Air Force Exercise DARK CLOUD/PINE CONE II, held
May 23-June 9, 1959. The performance of AFR troop carrier units
in this exercise drew praise from both Army and Air Force field
commanders.
MILITARY TRAINING 313
At the end of June 1959, AFR personnel totaled 552,768, of whom
225,819 were in the Ready category. Of these, 42,382 were officers
and 183,437 airmen. ANG personnel totaled 70,994, of whom 8,473
were officers and 62,521 airmen. All ANG reservists were in the
Ready group. The composite gain over fiscal year 1958 was 62,780
for the AFR and 999 for the ANG.
In the AFR, improved assignment policies for reservists with military
service obligation enabled most Ready Reserve units to obtain
the manpower they would require in wartime. Emergency orders,
called “vest pocket” orders, were issued to many members of the Ready
Reserve for whom there was an immediate wartime need. Holders of
these orders would be recalled by radio and TV announcements
upon declaration of an emergency.
Both the ANG and the AFR further modernized their equipment
during the year. The ANG aircraft inventory at the end of June
stood at 2,409, reaching 92 percent of the aircraft authorized. The
inventory included 1,764 jet fighters, 195 jet reconnaissance planes,
and 218 jet trainers. Of the total, 389 were considered first-line
aircraft. ANG aircraft were assigned to 24 tactical wings, 10 support
flying squadrons, and 51 State and territorial headquarters.
Fighter squadrons were equipped with F-84’s, F-86’s, F-89’s, F-94C’s,
and F-lOO’s. Tactical reconnaissance squadrons had RF-84F’s, RB-
57’s, and B-57’s. Troop carrier squadrons had SA-16’s, aeromedical
squadrons had C-119’s, and the air transport squadron had C-47’s.
During the fiscal year, nine squadrons received more modern aircraft,
one getting F-lOO’s in place of F-86H’s and two turning in their
conventional planes for F-84’s.
Although certain test equipment and field maintenance tools were
still hard to get, the overall equipment of the ANG was considered
excellent. With the exception of communications-electronics and
weather (CE&W) units, which were about 80 percent equipped, the
ANG possessed about 90 percent of its mission and training equipment.
The Air Force Reserve’s 45 troop carrier squadrons (15 wings)
had acquired almost all of their necessary aircraft, and the air rescue
squadrons had all of theirs by the end of the fiscal year. Of the
740 aircraft authorized AFR units, 688 were on hand. These included
622 C-119’s, 46 C-123’s, and 20 SA-16’s. In many cases, however,
C-119G’s were replaced by C-119J’s, which cannot be used to
air-drop troops. The C-123 units were also deficient because the
aircraft lacked navigator compartments. The addition of these compartments,
needed for executing airdrops, was awaiting final approval
by Headquarters USAF at the end of the fiscal year.
The AFR rounded out its 15-wing troop carrier force with the addition
of its last 3 squadrons during the year. These were the 337th
at Bradley Field, Hartford, Conn.; the 706th at Barksdale AFB,
314 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
Shreveport, La.; and the 78th at Bates Field, Mobile, Ala. Some
of the aircraft of these units were not actually on hand because they
were undergoing inspection and repair.
During the past year, $12.1 million was used to construct facilities
for the ANG and to develop plans to be carried out in future
years. The major construction projects included 3 hangars, 6 parking
aprons, 6 storage and supply buildings, 1 aircraft control and
warning building, and extension of 2 runways. On June 30, 1959,
567 ANG units occupied 42 nonflying bases and 94 flying bases, 38
of which were being used jointly with other agencies.
The AFR had $8 million obligated for the construction of training
bases during fiscal year 1959. All 37 AFR flying facilities were
shared with other agencies—19 with the Regular Air Force, 10 with
ANG, 3 with the Navy, and 5 with civil aviation.
The 82 Air Reserve Centers in operation were devoted entirely to
nonflying technical training. Seventy-six of these centers were located
on Government-owned or -leased property, and the other 6 had
been built especially to meet AFR needs in places where the large
number of reservists and high rents made it advisable. Additional
construction will depend on cost and the availability of adequate
Government-owned or commercial facilities.
Progress in training programs added to the competence of the reserves.
ANG units flew more than 465,500 hours, pilot proficiency
increased, and the accident rate fell to 17.1 per 100,000 flying hours—
an alltime low. Increased use of the Air Reserve Technician Program
resulted in better aircraft maintenance and better supervision
over flying operations. More than 14,000 members completed courses
in USAF service and technical schools, of whom 10,700 were airmen
finishing the Regular Air Force basic military training course. In
addition, 400 pilots completed the course of instruction at the ANG
instrument school. These were recent basic pilot graduates and pilots
from jet squadrons who had never attended a formal instrument
course. All basic pilot graduates also received advanced training
in their specialties—fighter-interceptor, fighter-bomber, or tactical
reconaissance.
A new Air Reserve Center course on staff development will be introduced
in the fall of 1959. The course will furnish officers 4 years of
instruction in professional military subjects, plus current studies
dealing with the problems of national security. The first AFR academic
instructors’ course was held at Air University in September
1958, and a similar one will be held in the fall of 1959. This course
is designed to train teachers for the centers and improve technical
instruction.
During the year, more than 4,000 AFR officers and airmen attended
school on active duty. The courses covered a wide range of subjects,
MILITARY TRAINING 315
a/ The total figure for Air Force Reserve, 1959, includes 10,908 in
Retired category
Figure 7
but with emphasis on technical courses. There was a substantial
increase in the use of schools operated by the Army, Navy, and other
Federal agencies. The year also witnessed a large increase in the
use of the Extension Course Institute of Air University. More than
39,000 AFR officers and airmen were enrolled in the Institute on June
30, 1959. Under a new training policy, supervisors of mobilization
assignees may require that they enroll in some of the Institute courses
if they need further skill in their AFR specialties.
555521—60-------21
316 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
AFR navigators maintained their high state of readiness throughout
the year. Although they still had to use TC-47 arcraft, the 1,000
officers in the Navigator Training Squadron Program demonstrated
exceptional qualifications during the third annual Reserve Navigation
Competition held in May 1959. They were graded by the same standards
applied to active force navigators.
In January 1959 the Air Force doubled its allocation of aircraft
to Operation SWIFTLIFT by adding 20 planes. SWIFTLIFT is
an arrangement whereby the cross-country training of aircrews is
combined with the airlift of cargo and personnel. At present, 50
percent of the SWIFTLIFT planes are assigned to support the Army;
25 percent to help AMC airlift outsized cargos, mainly jet engines;
15 percent to ADC; and the remaining 10 percent to special jobs designated
by Headquarters USAF. The allocation of 50 percent of the
aircraft to work with the Army has provided troop carrier units with
training in the airdropping of troops and equipment, previously the
most difficult type of training for them to obtain.
V. Health and Welfare
The larger proportion of officers and airmen electing to make a
career of the Air Force reflects in part the higher morale resulting
from improved conditions and benefits. The Air Force emphasized
career and educational opportunities, dependent medical care, and
other family services as important elements in its program to raise
the quality of its officers and enlisted men.
Two desirable trends became evident in adult education-—an increase
in overall participation and a significantly larger interest in group
study and civilian school classes.
The dependent school population of Air Force families overseas
increased considerably in recent years. In the 1956-57 school year,
for example, an estimated 40,000 USAF children were enrolled in
oversea schools. During the 1959-60 school year, the estimated enrollment
will exceed 52,000, including about 43,000 in 91 elementary
and 23 high schools operated by the Air Force and 9,300 in schools
operated by the Army, the Navy, or through contracts. In addition,
5,800 dependents of Army, Navy, and civilian personnel are expected
to attend the oversea USAF schools.
Medical Service
Advances in aerospace medicine accompanied the technological advances
made toward placing manned vehicles at higher altitudes and
into space. At the School of Aviation Medicine and at USAF laboratories,
medical men sought the means of protecting life during aerospace
flights. The Air Force realigned its programs to meet the
present and anticipated responsibilities in the fields of nuclear medicine,
special weapons defense, radiobiology, radiation health physics,
and the biosciences in general.
Medical Personnel
The standards of overall medical service rose perceptibly by the
simple measure of the ratio of medical personnel to total USAF personnel.
In a year when the uniformed strength of the service declined
from 871,156 to 840,435, the number of USAF Medical Service
officers rose from 10,284 to 10,429. This number included 3,297
physicians, 1,778 dentists, 311 veterinary officers, 2,009 medical service
officers, 149 medical specialists, and 2,880 nurses. There were 23,623
Medical Service airmen, including 3,072 assigned to dental duties.
317
318 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
There were still too few specialists in such fields as radiobiology,
nuclear medicine, aviation medicine, psychiatry, and otolaryngology.
The retention of physicians trained in these specialties who had completed
their service obligations remained a major problem.
To retain qualified personnel, the Medical Service continued incentive
pay for physicians and dentists ranging from $100 to $250
per month, based upon years of active duty. The Medical Service also
sought to stabilize assignments to a greater degree. Whenever possible,
physical plants were improved and training opportunities increased.
Partly because of these efforts, 337 officers accepted Regular
commissions during the year.
Special programs continued to appeal to qualified young people
interested in careers as regular or reserve officers in the Medical
Service. At the end of June 1959 more than 300 students and interns
were being sponsored under the 5 programs for senior medical students,
senior dental students, military medical interns, civilian medical
interns, and dental interns. The program for senior dental students
was concluded at that time.
Under the residency deferment program (Berry plan), begun in
1954, approximately 230 physicians had completed residency training
in their specialized fields and become available for active duty in the
Air Force by the end of June 1959. Of 495 physicians commissioned
by the Air Force from the 1958 medical school graduating classes, 254
were selected for residency training in needed specialties, bringing
the total number in residency training at the end of June 1959 to 684.
The remainder of the 495 were scheduled for active duty sometime
in fiscal year 1960.
Training courses for officers of the Medical Service covered a
variety of subjects including medical administration and supply, surveys
of recent advances in military medicine, and basic and advanced
refresher courses in the medical, dental, and veterinary fields. Officers
received training primarily at the School of Aviation Medicine, Randolph
AFB, Tex., and at its branch at Gunter AFB, Ala. The Medical
Service utilized the USAF Hospital at Lackland AFB, Tex., as a
teaching center for virtually all the recognized specialties in the
general medical field. Medical officers also received training in a large
variety of other military and civilian institutions.
The Air Force placed greater emphasis on the medical aspects of
modern warfare, especially nuclear and missile operations. Approximately
20 physicians received training in the use of radioisotopes
and were either eligible for licensing or fully licensed by the Atomic
Energy Commission. More than 6,000 officers received training in disaster
casualty control in various USAF indoctrination courses. The
Air Force increased its participation in mass casualty courses conducted
by the Army, but the quotas were still not adequate for USAF
HEALTH AND WELFARE 319
needs. All courses for airmen contained training in disaster casualty
control. Medical training in the Military Assistance Program was
expanded to include a new course of advanced training in aerospace
medicine.
Health in the Air Force
The health of men and women in the Air Force markedly improved
during calendar year 1958 after a setback during 1957 primarily
as a result of the Asian flu epidemic and the high incidence of respiratory
illnesses. The annual admission rate to medical facilities for
treatment decreased 12 percent in 1958, from 340 per 1,000 average
strength to 300. Provisional information indicated that in 1958 the
admission rate for diseases of the respiratory system, including influenza,
decreased 40 percent. However, the admission rate was still
higher than the 249 per 1,000 rate achieved in calendar year 1956.
Similarly, the daily noneffective ratio decreased from 10.5 (military
personnel out of every 1,000 off duty because of medical reasons)
in calendar year 1957 to 10.1 in calendar year 1958. However, this
rate was somewhat higher than the 9.2 rate in calendar year 1956. The
daily average number of Air Force personnel occupying beds decreased
to 6,651 in 1958, nearly 13 percent below the 7,621 of 1957.
The daily hospitalized ratio was 7.7 per 1,000 compared with 8.4
in 1957.
The reduced death rate of 2.0 per 1,000 average strength in 1958
compared to 2.1 for 1957. This represented a slightly reduced death
rate from injuries—1.6—and an unchanged rate from disease—0.4.
Of the 1.6 deaths per 1,000 from injuries, aircraft accidents accounted
for the same death rate as in 1957-—0.6—while motor vehicle deaths
showed a slight reduction to 0.6. Deaths from miscellaneous injuries
accounted for the remaining 0.4.
Air Force Hospitals
In this period the modernization of medical facilities made strides
to close the gap between the demand and the supply.
During fiscal year 1959 the Air Force completed construction of
nine hospitals, five dental clinics, two dispensaries, and six miscellaneous
projects. The latter included a flight medical laboratory, a
research building, and an academic building for the new home of the
School of Aviation Medicine, at Brooks AFB, Tex. Under construction
at the end of the fiscal year were six hospitals, four dental clinics,
seven dispensaries, and three miscellaneous projects. The latter included
a 500-bed addition to the USAF Hospital at Lackland AFB.
On June 30, 1959, the USAF Medical Service was operating 189
fixed inpatient facilities containing 11,992 operating beds, of which
3,175 were overseas. In the United States the Medical Service oper320
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
ated 93 fixed hospitals; overseas it operated 40. The remaining facilities
were smaller ones classified as dispensaries. Class A dispensaries,
authorized 24 beds or less, numbered 31 in the United States and 25
overseas and had a total of only 600 beds. The Dental Service operated
437 fixed dental facilities and 12 trailer-mounted dental clinics.
By June 1959 the American Hospital Association had accredited
64 USAF hospitals, including 56 in the United States. Because of
limited resources, the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Hospitals
was restricted in its surveys of military hospitals located overseas.
During calendar year 1958, USAF facilities cared for a daily
average of 8,720 bed patients, of whom 5,190 were Air Force military
patients. The number of Air Force military patients cared for in
USAF facilities represented 78 percent of al] USAF patients hospitalized
everywhere. Bed occupancy in USAF facilities for USAF
military personnel fell to 59.5 percent in 1958 from 64.4 in 1957; for
nonmilitary (primarily dependents) it rose to 35.9 from 30.6; and for
patients from other military services it declined from 5.0 to 4.6. The
increase in the proportion of nonmilitary bed patients followed the
decrease in admissions of the military personnel and the new restrictions
on dependents’ use of civilian medical facilities.
Dependents’ Medical Care
Because of the mounting costs of the Dependents’ Medical Care
Program it became necessary to restrict the freedom of dependents
to choose civilian medical facilities at Federal expense when comparable
services were available at military facilities. Military facilities
were in many cases no longer being used to capacity. At the
direction of the Department of Defense, the Air Force stipulated
that on and after October 1, 1958, spouses and children residing with
their sponsors within the United States, Alaska, Hawaii, and Puerto
Rico might obtain authorized medical care at Government expense
from civilian sources only after it had been determined that such care
could not be provided by a service medical facility located within
reasonable distance of the patient’s residence. Emergencies and certain
other specified circumstances were excepted. Spouses and children
not residing with their sponsors were to continue to have free
choice between service medical facilities and civilian medical facilities.
After the restriction went into effect, the average daily patient load
(ADPL) for dependents in USAF medical facilities rose from 2,167
in October 1958 to 2,532 in March 1959. While the Surgeon General
had taken the position in June 1958 that USAF medical facilities could
support an optimum additional 300-350 dependent ADPL, this figure
had actually been surpassed. The increase was made possible chiefly
by the decrease in military ADPL.
HEALTH AND WELFARE 321
Figure 8. F-105 with array of armaments.
By June 30, 1959, the Air Force had obligated $77,546,000 under
Medicare since its inauguration December 7, 1956. This included a
charge of 2.3 percent payable to the Department of the Army for
administering the program. In fiscal year 1959, $32,283,000 was obligated
for the care of USAF dependents in civilian hospitals; the average
cost per physician’s claim was about $85 and the average cost
per hospital claim was about $125.
Medical Research
The Aero Medical Laboratory at Wright-Patterson AFB, Ohio,
holds an unusual position among service laboratories because it per322
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
forms applied research and actually develops items of personal and
safety equipment. During the year, the AML conducted applied research
in physiology (stresses of heat, cold, altitude, toxic agents) ;
biophysics (isolation, confinement, acceleration, etc.) ; bioacoustics
(noise and vibration) ; human engineering of weapons systems; and
personal protective equipment.
The Laboratory’s “stress-testing” program contributed greatly to
the selection of the Project Mercury astronauts. In developing the
battery of tests, USAF scientists engaged in interesting basic research,
including the isolation and confinement studies.
The study of the physiological and psychological reactions to the
zero gravity states was enhanced by using the C-131B, which allows
for free movement inside the fuselage by contrast with fighter types.
The Laboratory also completed development and testing of the “X-15
full pressure suit” and delineation of tolerable escape and reentry
profiles for space flight.
In addition to all the emphasis on space, a great deal of effort
was expended in developing and testing adequate personal equipment
and escape devices for current weapons systems.
The Aeromedical Field Laboratory of the Air Force Missile Development
Center at Holloman AFB, N. Mex., continued to investigate
the human factors involved in space flight. In space biology it engaged
in research on subgravity, sealed cabin environment, and biological
effects of cosmic radiation. In biodynamics—defined as the study
of the effects of mechanical forces on living tissues—research covered
a variety of problems ranging from seat belts to patterns of deceleration
in space flight. This research program centered around a unique
complex of test facilities, including a 35,000-foot high-speed test track.
All of the biodynamics research was in some measure an outgrowth
of the deceleration and windblast studies that began at Holloman AFB
in 1953 to cope with the problem of escape from high-performance
aircraft.
The Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory, at Ladd AFB, Alaska, investigated
scientific problems affecting living conditions and combat
efficiency in the Arctic. Experiments in biochemistry sought to determine
the best composition of Arctic and global survival rations,
requirements for energy sources and vitamins under cold conditions,
and the impact of cold and diet upon specific enzyme activities. The
Laboratory studied biochemical evidence to find how organisms are
affected by cold, fatigue, semistarvation, and other stresses likely
to be encountered in the Arctic. Physiology research at Ladd AFB
was concerned with factors involved in body heat regulation under
Arctic conditions and with techniques designed to increase tolerance
of cold.
HEALTH AND WELFARE 323
In support of the national effort to place man in space and bring
him back, the School of Aviation Medicine undertook to evolve a
system for maintaining small animals in sealed, self-contained ecological
systems under a variety of physical conditions, such as weightlessness,
acceleration, vibration, and spinning.
The school also carried out further experimental studies in the
use of the space-cabin simulator. Twenty SAC pilots volunteered
to act as subjects for a 1-year study, beginning in October 1958.
After physical and mental examinations and 2 days of cabin indoctrination,
each man completed the full-scale run of 7 or 8 days
confinement in the cabin simulator.
Nuclear weapons and space flight present many radiological problems.
The School of Aviation Medicine investigated the hazards
of acute and chronic effects of radiation exposure and the possibility
of finding compounds to protect against or modify these effects.
To find the answers, the Air Force collaborated with the Atomic
Energy Commission and let contracts for studies.
In cooperation with the Aero Medical Laboratory at Wright-
Patterson AFB, Ohio, and the Air Force Flight Test Center at
Edwards AFB, Calif., the School of Aviation Medicine continued
the development of instruments for use in studying man’s physiological
reactions to flight. Many factors involved in these reactions
and in man’s performance can be observed only during actual flight.
Such observation was made possible by installing biomedical research
instrumentation in as many vehicles as possible where new experiences
and stresses upon the operator could be expected.
Chaplains
The number of chaplains on active duty with the Air Force increased
slightly to 1,041 by the end of June 1959. During fiscal year
1959 the Air Force called to active duty 113 chaplains, but it lost
96. In addition, 106 civilian clergymen were appointed or reappointed
as auxiliary chaplains to supplement the military chaplains
for service both in the United States and overseas.
Air Force chaplains conducted a series of missions for Catholic
and Protestant personnel and their families at airbases in the Pacific
and in Spain. Torah convocations and High Holy Day services
were conducted for Jewish personnel in Alaska and at eight Air
Force bases in eastern Canada and Greenland.
For the sixth year, the Air Force sponsored spiritual life conferences
for Protestant personnel and their families at Estes Park, Colo.,
and Ridgecrest, N.C. Also, the Air Force sponsored several spiritual
retreats for Catholic personnel during National Catholic Youth Week
in October 1958. The Armed Forces Chaplains Board arranged
324 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
Figure 9. F-106B all-weather jet interceptor.
spiritual retreats for Protestant and Catholic chaplains both in the
United States and overseas.
At a series of regional conferences for chaplains in the United States
in April and May 1959, the Chief of Air Force Chaplains and members
of his staff made presentations on the overall USAF chaplain program.
Separate sessions were held by the staff chaplain of each major
command with his chaplains to discuss matters pertinent to their
respective commands. “Our High Calling” was the theme of a conference
held in Washington, D.C., in February 1959 for staff chaplains
of all major commands.
At the end of June 1959 the chaplaincy was holding services in 523
USAF chapels, including 204 in oversea areas. By the end of the year,
17 new chapels had been completed and 24 others were under construction.
In the 1959 construction program, Congress authorized
five new chapels, four of them to have chapel annexes. In addition,
it authorized enlargement of three chapels and the addition of an
annex to another chapel. Congress appropriated funds to build these
facilities as well as three chapels and four chapel annexes that had
been authorized in prior years. The estimated cost of this construction
was $2.6 million.
Judge Advocate General
The problem of rapid turnover of young lawyers on active duty in
the Air Force remained critical. The Judge Advocate General’s Department
lost 169 officers during the fiscal year and added 197 new
ones.
HEALTH AND WELFARE 325
The Office of the Judge Advocate General completed the revision
of manuals on legal research, military justice, and civil law-military
affairs. Nearing completion were manuals on the law of air warfare
and on procurement. The office prepared four volumes of a fivevolume
course on military justice for the Air Force Extension Course
Institute.
To acquaint USAF personnel and their families with the laws and
customs of the areas in which they are serving, the Air Force inaugurated
a Preventive Law Program in the spring of 1959. Brochures
will be prepared in oversea areas and selected U.S. areas to acquaint
personnel with foreign law.
During the year the Boards of Review handled 1,907 court-martial
cases. Of these cases, 458 were petitioned to the U.S. Court of Military
Appeals by the accused and 3 were certified to the court by the
Office of the Judge Advocate General. During this fiscal year, 56
petitions were granted, 431 were denied, 1 was dismissed, and 7 were
withdrawn by the accused. Two cases were remanded to the Boards of
Review for further review. The court reversed the Boards of Review
in 33 cases and sustained in 30; 54 cases were pending before the
court at the close of the fiscal year.
The Claims Division received 1,554 claims (24 reopened, 1,530 new
claims) totaling more than $4 million and closed 1,723 claims amounting
to more than $5 million. Thirty collections made for the United
States amounted to $59,750. On June 30, 1959, there were 249 cases
on hand totaling $3.6 million.
The Tax and Litigation Division received 410 cases and closed 314.
There were 981 cases on hand at the end of June 1959.
VI. Installations
Programs
Congress appropriated $785 million in new money for USAF military
construction, making available for fiscal year 1959 a total of
$1,713.4 million. This included a carryover of $902.6 million from
fiscal year 1958, $5.5 million of reimbursements, and a recovery of
$20.3 million from prior-year obligations. Approximately $1,418
million of the total amount could be used for new contracts, the remainder
being reserved for miscellaneous Government costs, overhead
costs of construction underway, and advance planning on new work.
In October 1958 the Air Force forwarded its fiscal year 1960 construction
authorization program, totaling $1,073.9 million, including
$4.8 million for the Air Force Reserve, to the Office of the Secretary
of Defense. Congress actually authorized $797.5 million for the Regular
Air Force, including $296.9 million for construction within the
United States, $73.1 million overseas, $417.5 million for missile sites
and ballistic missile early warning sites, and $10 million for unforeseen
contingencies. An additional $4.1 million was authorized for
Air Force Reserve construction. The Air Force requested $988 million
in construction appropriations for fiscal year 1960 and received
$780.8 million, including $4 million for the Air Force Reserve.
During the year the Air Force acquired 17,400 acres of land, costing
$3.6 million, on which to build new facilities or to expand established
ones. By condemnation, it obtained 4,800 additional acres at
a cost of $960,000. In addition, 278,000 square feet of building space
and 11,000 acres of land were leased, at a cost of $700,000 and $1 million,
respectively.
As a result of the inactivation of 12 combat wings during the year,
7 installations were inactivated and 2 were transferred to other services.
To eliminate other nonessential facilities, the Air Force required
that all Regular USAF and Reserve activities occupying leased facilities
be relocated on active USAF bases wherever possible. The Air
Force disposed of 2,400,000 square feet of building space, 223,000 acres
of land valued at $21 million, and also declared five land ranges excess.
In addition, the Air Force released its recapture rights on all airfields
inactivated since World War II, and surrendered all long-term leases
on airfield property. These actions were expected to benefit communities
in developing civil aviation at commercial airports.
326
INSTALLATIONS 327
Figure 10. GENIE nuclear-armed rockets on F-101B.
Construction
The Air Force started no new major bases in fiscal year 1959.
During the fiscal year the Air Force awarded construction contracts
amounting to $1,158.4 million, which surpassed the contract
total for the previous year by $230 million. The major construction
program included (1) BOMARC and ICBM facilities, (2)
Ballistic Missile Early Warning System (BMEWS) sites, (3) SAGE
facilities, (4) radar improvements, (5) DEW line extension, and (6)
airbase construction or expansion. Maintaining the combat integrity
of the SAC retaliatory force constituted a principal charge upon the
Air Force construction budget. Dispersal of B-52 squadrons and
their complementing tanker fleets reduced their vulnerability to attack
and improved their reaction time. To this important end, construction
contracts at established bases during the year amounted to $191
million.
New contracts were let for auxiliary installations, chiefly radar gap
fillers and aircraft control and warning facilities. New missile facilities
were placed in the vicinity of established bases.
The Air Force awarded contracts for four new BOMARC sites,
costing an estimated $18 million, and expected to award contracts for
seven additional BOMARC bases, costing approximately $22.6 million,
early in fiscal year 1960. Two planned projects were canceled
during the year.
Contracts were let for the construction of ICBM sites at five USAF
bases: Francis E. Warren AFB, Wyo., $23 million; Lowry AFB,
Colo., $675 million; Offutt AFB, Nebr., $20 million; Fairchild AFB,
328 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
Wash., $24 million; and Forbes AFB, Kans., $22 million. In addition
to these operational bases, additional construction estimated to cost
about $44.4 million was started at Patrick AFB, Fla., and Vandenberg
AFB, Calif., for ICBM testing and training facilities.
By the end of June 1959 the Air Force had awarded contracts
amounting to $124 million for all BMEWS work at Thule, Greenland,
and Clear, Alaska. The contract at Thule supplemented the original
$25 million contract under which work began in fiscal year 1958. A
contract was also awarded for building a communications-cable terminal
building at Cape Dyer on Baffin Island.
New contracts for SAGE facilities during the year totaled more
than $15 million at 12 sites. To improve radar communication systems
throughout the country, the Air Force awarded contracts totaling
$22 million. Contracts for the eastern extension of the DEW line
amounted to more than $30 million.
With the addition of more than $22 million of actual construction
work during the past year, the $139 million Air Force Academy stood
95 percent complete by June 30, 1959. Nearly 90 construction contracts
had been completed and 13 more were almost complete or well
underway. The largest project still under construction was the $3.6
million hospital. The last major contract, for the cadet chapel, was
out for bid at the close of the year.
The Air Force Academy Construction Agency, Headquarters
USAF, directed and coordinated the work of a construction force
of more than 5,000 people. The cost of Government engineering and
construction supervision, including the architect-engineering contracts,
remained under 8 percent of total construction costs. This is
an overhead cost lower than the Air Force generally experiences when
its contracts are handled by construction agencies outside the Air
Force. Completion of the essential facilities on schedule permitted
the cadets to move in and begin classes on September 2, 1958.
At the end of June 1959 the Air Force was using 267 major bases.
The following tabulation depicts the six main types, including foreign
bases and contract flying schools in which the Air Force has no real
property interest:
Active Major Installations
Classification Total United States Overseas
Operational____________________________ 162 84 78
Operational support:
Flying-------------------------------------------- 13 7 6
Nonflying_________________________ 12 3 9
Training_______________________________ 42 42 0
Research and test______________________ 7 7 0
Logistical______________________________ 18 16 2
Non-USAF (no real property interest):
Foreign base_______________________ 8 0 8
Contract flying schools---------------------- 5 5 0
Total___________________________ 267 164 103
INSTALLATIONS 329
Family Housing
Surveys in recent years have shown that adequate family housing is
one of the most important factors in retention of military personnel.
The Air Force has continued to make gains in providing living quarters
and believes that this has resulted in raising reenlistment rates.
A total of 19,997 new housing units were completed during the year
17,348 in the United States and 2,649 overseas. New units started
numbered 26,714, of which 24,378 were in the United States and 2,336
overseas.
During fiscal year 1959 the greatest activity occurred in the Capehart
(title VIII) projects and the Wherry rehabilitation and improvement
program. Since the Air Force must own the land on which they
are built, Capehart houses are virtually limited to bases within the
continental United States. The only exceptions are the 1,050-unit
project at Anderson AFB, Guam, and the 600-unit project in Hawaii.
More than 400 of the Hawaiian houses were completed this year.
Figure 11. HOUND DOG missiles carried by B-52.
The chief problem with the Wherry housing, of which the Air Force
has acquired about 30,000 units, was their condition. Because of the
type of construction, failure of the sponsors to maintain them properly,
and rising rents, many of the units had fallen below the Air Force
standards of quality. Rehabilitation and improvement of these houses
had gotten well underway by the end of June 1959.
330 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
A more detailed breakdown of 1959 family housing construction is
contained in the following tabulation:
Units placed Units
Type under construction completed
Zone of Interior:
Appropriated funds_______________________ 1, 192 1, 161
Title VIII (Capehart)_____________________ 16, 138 14, 687
Wherry rehabilitation and improvements------ 7, 048 1, 500
24, 378 17, 348
Overseas:
Appropriated funds-----------------------------------___ 134 88
Title VIII (Capehart)____________________ 1, 650 410
Surplus commodity----------------------------------- 552 569
Rental guaranty_________________________ 1, 582
2, 336 2, 649
Total_________________________________ ___ 26, 714 19, 997
The total picture of family housing construction, as it appeared on
June 30,1959, is given below’:
Type Existing* !
Under
construction Planned
Appropriated funds______________________ 38, 209 1, 696 614
Wherry________________________________ 37, 112 — —
Title VIII (Capehart)____________________ 16, 365 27, 934 18, 412
Rental guaranty_________________________ 4, 968 — —
Surplus commodity---------------------------------- 2, 072 2, 115 3, 137
Total____________________________ 98, 726 31, 745 22, 163
*Excludes 14,591 inadequate housing units and 2,756 trailers.
Base Maintenance
Major repair, modification, and alterations lengthened the useful
life of USAF base facilities and made them adaptable to future requirements.
During fiscal year 1959 the Air Force contracted for
$103.6 million for base maintenance, about $27.4 million less than for
fiscal year 1958.
In April 1958 the Air Force established a new procedure for reviewing
and approving requests for major repair, modification, and
minor construction sent to Headquarters USAF by the field commands.
Previously interested agencies reviewed and coordinated
individual requests, but their judgments were often faulty and decisions
slow because only a few had all of the background facts. Under
the new procedure, all projects are reviewed at the same time by the
Construction Review Panel, which makes recommendations on the
annual military construction program. This has proved to be effective
and has cut the processing time more than 75 percent.
For fiscal year 1959 the major repair and modification program
totaled $100.25 million, and the real property maintenance program,
INSTALLATIONS 331
handled by contract, totaled $77.3 million. The 1960 budget estimates
of the two programs were presented together for the first time and
■were studied concurrently by the Budget Advisory Board’s working
group. The real property maintenance program received an increase
of $3 million, while the major repair and modification program was
reduced by $16.9 million.
Losses from 1,558 fires at USAF bases amounted to $4.5 million,
slightly higher than the record-low losses of $4.15 million incurred
during the fiscal year 1958, but still considerably under the $11.1
million losses incurred during fiscal year 1957.
555521—60----- -22
VII. Research and Development
The research and development program in the Air Force has made
considerable progress during the past year, both in the development
of new weapons systems for the near future and in the acquisition of
fundamental knowledge that will lessen the development problems and
costs of more advanced future weapons.
In the next decade there will be a balanced but variable mix among
aircraft, missiles, manned spacecraft, and satellites. The specific
ratios comprising this mix will largely depend upon how soon aerospace
vehicles mature.
Development planners provided long-range guidance for the advancement
of technology and the creation of systems and techniques
essential to the accomplishment of USAF missions in the more distant
future. Looking into the 1962-70 time period, they made a thorough
analysis of the capabilities of manned bombers to penetrate enemy
defenses and measured the value of various penetration aids. Among
the more advanced subjects under study were guidance-navigation in
aerospace and a surveillance space station.
To accomplish the multiple tasks of bringing to fruition newer
weapons systems with their associated equipment, and to attain a
higher degree of perfection in older weapons systems, Congress appropriated
$751.8 million during fiscal year 1959 for USAF research and
development. These funds were augmented by transfer of $28.2 million
from other accounts, a total increase of $65 million over the $715
million of the previous year. USAF scientific and technical activities
also received money from other appropriations, particularly those
for procurement and production. In the 1960 budget, the research,
development, test, and evaluation account contains certain items that
previously appeared in procurement appropriations.
The Air Force stressed the importance of continually improving
techniques and procedures for the management of its weapons systems.
Rapid changes in operational concepts and inevitable technological
progress, plus budgetary limitations, demand a high degree of flexibility
and timeliness in the development, production, and support of
weapons systems. In May 1959 a study group of general officers was
established to review the management of weapons systems. Management
problems are of far-reaching importance because they involve
interrelated actions by the Air Staff, the major operational commands,
ARDC, AMC, other Government agencies, the scientific community,
332
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 333
Figure 12. Discoverer satellite on launching vehicle.
334 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
and industry. The study group will draw’ upon the vast quantity of
knowledge and data accumulated within the Air Force to help it formulate
recommendations for improving the management of weapons
systems.
To its own strong national scientific and industrial technology, the
United States added the fruits of a constant exchange of scientific
and technical knowledge with friendly nations that desire to bolster
the defense of the free world. Under the Mutual Weapons Development
Program during the past year, the United States signed 116
agreements w’ith France, West Germany, and Italy for the exchange of
data on weapons. The Italian G-91 lightweight strike fighter went
into production for NATO forces.
Astronautics
In July 1958, Headquarters USAF established the Directorate of
Advanced Technology under the Deputy Chief of Staff, Development.
The purpose of the new agency was threefold: (1) To supervise at
the Air Staff level the formulation of an Air Force advanced technological
program; (2) to serve as the focal point within the Air Staff
for contact with the Advanced Research Projects Agency (ARPA)
and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) ;
and (3) to coordinate the responsibilities of the Air Force for research
and development for space projects within the limitations imposed by
the ARPA/NAS A assignments.
The primary USAF role in astronautics is to support NASA and
ARPA projects. For Project Mercury, NASA’s man-in-space effort,
the Air Force will provide 10 ATLAS boosters as well as the launch
facilities and technical assistance. In addition, the Air Force conducts
balloon tests for NASA and supplies training equipment for the men
who are candidates for the flight into space. THOR boosters will
also be furnished for the deep space probe and the lunar satellite
project.
In a major scientific achievement in October 1958, Pioneer II, the
Air Force’s second attempt at a lunar probe, traveled almost 80,000
miles, or more than one-third the distance to the moon. Boosted by
a THOR and a modified VANGUARD second stage, Pioneer II
radioed back to earth information on the earth’s magnetic field, micrometeorites,
and radiation densities. ARPA’s Project Score, in December,
placed in orbit a 9,000-pound instrumented sustainer stage of an
ATLAS missile, proving the versatility of the ATLAS and the accuracy
of its guidance system. This satellite, containing special communication
equipment, broadcast the voice of the President, marking
the first use by this country of a satellite as a means of communication.
In December 1958, ARPA assigned to the Air Force the task of
developing certain systems and techniques for operating space vehicles.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 335
Under Project Discoverer, four launchings took place between February
and the end of June 1959, two achieving polar orbit. These
launchings tested propulsion and guidance systems, stabilization
equipment, and techniques for aerial recovery of capsules carried in
the nose cones. The recapture of capsules carrying live animals is an
important step toward the success of the man-in-space program. The
booster stage of the Discoverer is a modified THOR, the second stage
an AGENA, a new vehicle with a special rocket engine.
The X-15, a joint Air Force-Na vy-N AS A responsibility that is
closely related to space activities, performed a captive flight March 10,
1959, then made its first powerless flight to earth June 8, 1959, when
it was dropped from a B-52 at 38,000 feet. This piloted aircraft has
been designed to reach heights of 100 miles and speeds of 3,600 miles
per hour. The X-15 is expected to fly “weightlessly” in space, then
reenter the earth’s atmosphere. The X-15 will investigate man’s
physiological problems at very high speeds and altitudes as well as
aerodynamic heating, stability, and control of the vehicle within the
limits of its performance.
The Air Force is developing the DYNA-SOAR, which will be a
manned boost-glide vehicle of global range, designed to explore at
suborbital velocity areas beyond those investigated by the X-15.
This vehicle is expected to fly from subsonic speeds at low altitudes
to a speed of about 17,500 miles per hour. The DYNA-SOAR will
be an important laboratory for obtaining data for later development
of manned military weapon systems and satellites.
Weapon Development
Strategic Air 'Weapons
The design of the SM-65 ATLAS proved to be basically sound. In
November 1958 a fully equipped ATLAS went the full distance of
6,325 nautical miles from launching pad to target area in the South
Atlantic.
The advanced, two-stage SM-68 TITAN made excellent progress,
meeting all objectives in its flight tests beginning in February 1959.
TITAN installations will be dispersed and placed underground to
.guard against surprise attack.
The Air Force accelerated the development of a third ICBM, the
SM-80 MINUTEMAN, which will be relatively inexpensive and
easily maintained by a few people in dispersed and hardened sites. It
will be technically feasible to deploy some of these missiles on railway
cars and trucks, giving the SM-80 the operational attribute of mobility.
The MINUTEMAN will be a solid-propellant, three-stage
missile with a self-contained, all-inertial guidance system. An ablative
shield will protect the warhead against the intense heat MINUTEMAN
must endure when it reenters the earth’s atmosphere.
336 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
The Air Force continued to improve the performance of its manned
bombers. The B-52H, a missile carrier, will have an advanced electronic
countermeasure system, accelerated takeoff, and greater range,
primarily because of its more efficient turbofan engine.
Encouraging progress was made in the development of the B-70
Valkyrie, now in the advanced stages of design. Comparable in size
to the B-52, and powered by six J-93 engines, the Valkyrie will be
able to carry large nuclear weapons plus air-launched ballistic missiles.
Air-to-surface missiles extend the range of bombers and increase
their effectiveness. The first fully powered GAM-77 HOUND
DOG was fired by a B-52 down the Atlantic Missile Range in April
1959. The Air Force has initiated tests to determine the compatibility
of the B-58 and the HOUND DOG. In December 1958 the Air Force
terminated development of the SM-73 GOOSE decoy missile. The
GAM-72 QUAIL, a diversionary missile that will help SAC bombers
penetrate enemy air defenses, made successful flight tests.
In its search for an advanced missile to succeed the HOUND DOG,
the Air Force has used a B-58 traveling at supersonic speed to fire an
experimental air-to-surface missile with a ballistic trajectory. Since
the potential strategic value of this new weapon, the XGAM-'SIA, is
very great, the Air Force awarded a contract in May 1959 for its
development.
The development of a nuclear propulsion system for aircraft is
proceeding. The Air Force has a definite requirement for a manned
nuclear-powered aircraft with high performance characteristics. The
powerplant originally proposed promised only marginal performance,
and the Air Force is currently working on the development of a
superior propulsion system.
Air Defense Weapons
The Ballistic Missile Early Warning System (BMEWS) is expected
to provide early and reliable warning of enemy ICBM attacks.
BMEWS will consist of radar stations in the northern latitudes, a
central computer in the United States, and a communication system for
the transmission of data.
In October 1958, two IM-99 BOMARC’s, directed by a SAGE computer
at Kingston, N.Y., were simultaneously launched from Cape
Canaveral, Fla., against two separate targets. This was the first multiple
launch of the missile. The USAF Missile Employment Facility
at Eglin AFB, Fla., became operational in November 1958, and a
joint ARDC-ADC force began testing IM-99A BOMARC’s and
training a missile unit at this site. The improved IM-99B was
launched on schedule in May 1959, beginning its test-flight phase.
The Air Force is developing on schedule the air-transportable version
of an air weapon control system for use outside the continental
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 337
Figure 13. ATLAS rising into test firing position.
United States to control manned aircraft and surface-to-air missiles.
The United States also recommended this system to NATO nations to
help them cope with their air defense problems and improve their air
traffic control system.
Tactical Air Al capons
The Air Force completed development and testing of the TM-76A
MACE, which features the ATRAN (automatic terrain recognition
and navigation) guidance system. This missile has been launched
successfully from a hardened shelter at Holloman AFB, N. Mex. The
338 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
TM-76B, which contains an inertial guidance system, underwent
flight tests in the corridor from Holloman to Wendover AFB, Utah.
To succeed the MACE, development planners considered three possibilities
: A tactical ballistic missile, a high-performance cruise missile
with a speed of Mach 3, and a cruise missile that would be difficult for
radar to detect.
The Air Force continued development of a fighter that would take
off vertically or from very short runways and be able to operate for
a limited time without requiring a large base complex. To help
TAC’s fighters survive air attack, the Air Force tested zero-length
launching of F-100 aircraft. This technique should permit increased
dispersal of fighters and possible use of hardened shelters.
Supporting Developments
Transport and Training Aircraft
The advanced C-130B Hercules made its first test flight in December
1958. This turboprop assault transport, designed to carry troops and
supplies in and out of small fields under adverse conditions, can operate
up to altitudes of 30,000 feet at a cruising speed of 345 miles per
hour and has a range of 3,500 miles.
After the first flight of the supersonic T-38 in April 1958, flighttesting
proceeded rapidly on this basic trainer. The first flight of the
T—39 Sabreliner, which will be used for combat readiness training,
took place in September 1958. To obtain this plane as quickly as possible,
the Air Force authorized only those changes that would improve
safety of flight. The Sabreliner will use the J-60 engine instead of
the J-85 as originally planned.
Equipment
In February 1959 the Atomic Energy Commission let a contract to
build an air-transportable nuclear power plant and to conduct service
tests at Sundance, Wyo. A joint Air Force-AEC project, this plant
will produce 1,000 kilowatts of electrical power, enough for even such
remote locations as the DEW line sites.
A small lightweight liquid-oxygen generator is under development
for use at forward airfields. This air-transportable unit, weighing
about 4 tons, will supply enough oxygen for a squadron of fighters and
light bombers. TAC plans to use this generator in the event of emergency
deployment of its forces to oversea bases.
To refuel aircraft and missiles with clean, water-free fuel, the
Air Force needs equipment that can detect and filter contaminants.
The ice that forms in the fuel during flights of B-52’s and KC-135’s
is dangerous to flying safety. Tests indicate that equipment using
a new filter and separator principle can separate free and emulsified
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 339
water. Sixteen carts using this new process have been purchased
for tests in the next fiscal year.
Nuclear Experiments
During August and September 1958 the Air Force participated
in Project Argus, the detonation at altitudes of 300 miles over the
South Atlantic of three nuclear weapons with comparatively low
explosive power. These experiments confirmed that the three ionospheric
nuclear bursts had generated intense radioactivity which was
trapped within the earth’s magnetic field. This created an artificial
auroral glow and an arc-shaped electron field which migrated eastward,
encircling the earth within a matter of hours. The doughnutshaped
radiation shell extended 4,000 miles from earth at its
midpoint, and a few hundred miles from the globe at its northern
and southern extremities.
A significant result of Project Argus showed that there was no
fallout hazard because of the small yields involved and the high
altitude of the bursts. These experiments have implications for the
use of small nuclear warheads in defensive weapons shot into space.
An analysis of worldwide fallout data, presented to a congressional
subcommittee in May 1959, revealed that it took longer for the radioactive
debris produced by nuclear detonations to be deposited if these
explosions took place near equatorial regions rather than in high
latitudes. Since the atmosphere in the lower latitudes retains this
material for a longer period, the levels of concentration of radioactivity
wTere less in these areas.
Research
The Air Force conducts basic research in its own laboratories and
by contract within the broad areas of propulsion, materials, electronics,
geophysics, biosciences, and aeromechanics. An investigation
of the solid state properties of matter will lead to better
understanding of the nature of imperfections in solids, the interactions
between them, their physical properties, and their effects on
materials used in USAF weapons systems. Research in electromagnetic
energy will increase knowledge of the electronic sciences, electronic
and magnetic-field effects, and extraterrestrial and molecular
phenomena. Such studies might lead to new military electronic and
communication systems. New detection methods based on wave propagation
and radiation may emerge as well as new techniques for communications
in the upper atmosphere.
In applied research, scientists have discovered that it is possible
to reduce the number of component parts of electronic equipment
by literally growing certain solid-state materials into functional elec340
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
tronic components. The use of this technique may reduce the weight
and size of equipment by as much as 90 percent.
Temperature extremes and weight are the basic problems in the
field of materials. To develop materials capable of withstanding
extremely high pressures, USAF scientists will experiment with
pressures up to 100,000 times the air pressure at sea level. Ceramics
will be improved for use in extremely high temperatures. Research
is underway on polymers intended for use as adhesives and sealants
against temperatures above 1,000° Fahrenheit. More extensive use of
such materials as molybdenum, columbium, tungsten, and their alloys
is being investigated. One rare metal, beryllium, is lighter than magnesium,
has a melting point twice that of aluminum, and a stiffness
exceeding that of stainless steel.
Encouraging progress has been made on silicon carbide crystals
as semiconductors. These crystals, theoretically capable of operating
at 700° Centigrade, promise to be the first truly high-temperature
semiconductors.
A promising new technique for air defense uses focused coherent
electromagnetic radiation to produce high-power densities at distant
points in space. Byproducts of this technique might be improved
antenna designs, new high-power sources, and improved knowledge
of radiation control.
VIII. Procurement and Production of Materiel
Industrial Readiness
The Air Force desires contractors doing business with the Government
to provide their own facilities whenever possible. Air Force
policy requires that prime contractors and subcontractors who request
Government assistance in building new facilities must furnish proof
that their lower tier subcontractors cannot handle the work.
Where new or expanded facilities are an obvious necessity, the Air
Force tries to make maximum use of idle USAF plants. In certain
instances, industry cannot be expected to fully finance capital equipment,
particularly during the development phase when specialized test
facilities are needed that have no commercial use and there is no assurance
that production will follow. When money has to be spent, the
Air Force negotiates with the contractor to determine whether a combined
Government-contractor purchase is possible.
During fiscal year 1959 the Air Force directed $94.4 million for the
expansion of industrial facilities. These funds went primarily for
the support of research and development projects and ballistic missile
programs. By inducing contractors to expand their own facilities, the
Air Force was able to decrease its expenditures.
Tax amortization cases referred to the Air Force during the year
numbered 157, as compared to 174 for the previous year. At the same
time, the number approved by the Air Force almost doubled, from 57
to 102. This sharp increase resulted primarily from USAF efforts to
have contractors finance their own facilities expansion.
The intensive effort to shrink the inventory of USAF industrial
facilities resulted in a continuing decline in the total number of machine
tools owned by the Air Force. On June 30, 1959, this figure stood
at about 88,900 with a dollar value of $1.09 billion, as compared with
101,800 valued at $1.16 billion 1 year earlier. The number in active
use declined from 73,100 to 64,900.
Procurement Policies
USAF procurement experts helped draft Public Law 85-804, dated
August 28, 1958, which reenacted on a permanent basis authority to
grant relief to contractors for losses incurred in the performance of
defense contracts. Four types of claims for relief may be made under
this act—amendment of contracts without consideration due to essen-
341
342 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
Figure IJf
tiality of the contractor to the national defense, amendment of contracts
without consideration to correct inequitable Government action,
amendment of contracts to correct mistakes, and formalization of informal
commitments.
The Air Force adopted the two-step procedure as its standard
method of procurement whenever practicable. Contractors first submit
technical proposals without prices for review. Those with satisfactory
proposals are given the opportunity to bid under normal
advertising procedures, and the lowest bidder receives the award. By
June 1959, 8 AMC procurement agencies had initiated 108 actions for
PROCUREMENT AND PRODUCTION OF MATERIEL 343
contracts, estimated at almost $60 million, under this procedure.
Air Materiel Force, European Area, drew up a contract with
NATO’s Maintenance Supply Services Agency for about $650,000 to
meet MAP requirements for F-84 spare parts. This contract resulted
in a U.S.-NATO agreement under which the military services will
place contracts for future offshore MAP purchases through MSSA.
Large prime contractors were urged to give every opportunity to
small concerns to become subcontractors or suppliers. Many prime
contractors cooperated with the USAF small business program and
kept a record of their actions on bids from small businessmen on each
subcontract involving $10,000 or more.
During fiscal year 1959 the Air Force placed with small business
prime contracts amounting to $919.9 million, the highest recorded
for any year. This figure was an increase of 21.6 percent over the
$757 million in the previous year, and represented 63 percent of the
value of all procurement on which small concerns were solicited and 69
percent on which they submitted bids.
Aircraft and Missile Production
During fiscal year 1959 the Air Force directed more than $9.65
billion for new procurement of materiel—38 percent for new aircraft
and spares, 22 percent for missiles, and 40 percent for modifications,
industrial facilities, and components. As a result of program revisions,
the Air Force recouped $404.9 million during fiscal year 1959.
Aircraft acceptances reached 99.7 percent of the final schedule for the
period.
Although the ratio of expenditures on research and development
substantially favored missiles over manned aircraft, missile production
was still in its early stages. During fiscal year 1959, the Air
Force was still spending four times as much for purchase of manned
aircraft as missiles. The last B-52F was accepted, the first B-52G
entered the inventory, and preproduction work began on the B-52H.
Additional B-52’s were purchased in order to maintain SAC’s striking
power while ICBM’s were under development and testing. The Air
Force bought fewer B-58 Hustlers in order to stay within budgetary
limits and to permit incorporation of refinements in the airframe
and in a new engine.
Developmental flight testing of the F-101B entered its final phase,
and a peak production rate of 20 per month was reached. The last
of the 166 RE-101’s on contract was delivered in April 1959. The
first F-105 came off the production line in February 1959. Production
problems, which had slowed down deliveries, were largely resolved
by the end of the year. The Air Force decided to limit procurement
to a single-place version of the F-105.
344 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
Production of the KC-135 tanker, the C-133 heavy transport, and
the C-130 medium transport proceeded on schedule. Substantial
quantities of T-37 trainers were delivered, as well as several T-38
test aircraft.
ICBM production progress met expectations. The IRBM program
was adjusted to reflect agreements being negotiated with other nations
on sites and control of forces. The Air Force canceled production of
the air-to-surface GAM-63 RASCAL and the SM-73 GOOSE decoy
missile in favor of more advanced weapon systems. Production
schedules were cut back on both the SM—62 SNARK air-breathing
missile and on the GAM-72 QUAIL diversionary missile because
of reductions in funds.
After a review of air defense requirements by the Secretary of
Defense and the Congress, the Air Force cut BOMARC production
goals by about 50 percent.
The GAR-1 and GAR-2 FALCON programs were reduced during
the year because of changes in the deployment of fighter aircraft and
the development of improved types of guided rockets, including the
advanced GAR-11 FALCON. Fighters equipped with the GAR-11,
still under development, will have a nuclear capability.
The TM-76 MACE program also underwent a complete review by
the Secretary of Defense. Flight failures, which indicated the need
for engineering changes, and significant additional expenditures
dictated a reduction in the size of this program. At the close of the
year, the MACE was again under thorough study.
Engine production for aircraft and air-breathing missiles during
fiscal year 1959 totaled 4,546, including 4,039 jets, 351 turboprops, 155
ramjets, and 1 reciprocating engine. This total was 968 less than that
of the previous year, primarily because of a reduction in the number
of aircraft engine spares. No major engine production problem was
encountered during the year. The value of aircraft engines in the
USAF inventory totals about $6.5 billion.
During fiscal year 1959, AMC received $893.1 million for communication
and electronic equipment. Development and production of
electronic countermeasures for use in the B-52 and certain reconnaissance
vehicles advanced from the stage of individual items to
subsystems.
Military Assistance Program
During the past decade the USAF Military Assistance Program
(MAP) has enabled many friendly countries to establish wholly new
air forces and to modernize and reequip existing air units. The advent
of 1H0R missiles and the delivery of Century fighters will further
strengthen some of these air forces.
PROCUREMENT AND PRODUCTION OF MATERIEL 345
The major avenues of USAF military assistance are grant-aid and
mutual security military sales. In fiscal year 1959, 36 of the 38
countries eligible for grant-aid received either equipment or training
benefits. Under a provision of the Mutual Security Act of 1954, six
additional countries are eligible to receive a form of grant-aid by
which contingency funds may be used at the discretion of the President.
Of the 66 nations eligible to purchase materiel or training spaces
for their respective air forces, 50 took advantage of this opportunity.
Of the $7.9 billion in the USAF program during the past 10 years,
$7.05 billion, or 89 percent, has been expended. About $4.34 billion,
or 61 percent of all grant-aid deliveries, went to NATO countries. Of
the remainder, $1.3 billion was furnished to the Far East, $279 million
to Spain and Yugoslavia, $123 million to countries in the Middle East
not belonging to NATO, and $128 million to Latin America. The
remaining funds went for programs which did not apply specifically
to a particular country.
Of the $7.05 billion expended, aircraft and missile deliveries accounted
for nearly $4.4 billion, or more than 64 percent. An additional
$1.4 billion went for supporting equipment, while services,
including training assistance, exceeded $978 million. Nearly 13,000
aircraft have been supplied to the recipient nations.
Of the 236 squadrons equipped under military assistance programs,
178 had combat jets and 58 supporting aircraft. More than 120 jet
units, or 68 percent, were located in the NATO countries. During
fiscal year 1959, MAP-supported aircraft flew about 1,055,000 hours,
71 percent in jet aircraft. F-84’s, including RF-84F’s, accounted for
42 percent of all jet flying hours.
USAF Military Assistance Program as of June 30 Each Year
Fiscal year Program Cumulative
program
Deliveries Cumulative
deliveries
1950________ _ __ ________ $204. 2 $204. 2 $17. 4 $17. 4
1951___ ________________ 1, 851. 8 2, 056. 0 171. 8 189. 2
1952________________________ 1, 350. 0 3' 406. 0 372. 4 561. 6
1953________________________ 1, 340. 8 4, 746. 8 912. 2 1, 473. 8
1954________________________ 789. 4 5, 536. 1 694. 7 2, 168. 6
1955________________________ 938. 9 6, 475. 0 737. 2 2, 905. 7
1956 5. 6 6, 480. 6 1, 331. 5 4, 237. 2
1957_______________ ■________ 370. 1 6, 850. 7 958. 1 5, 195. 3
1958________________________ 388. 6 7, 239. 3 1, 060. 5 6, 255. 8
1959________________________ 663. 8 7, 903. 2 797. 6 7, 053. 4
Figure 15
346 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
MAP training in the proper use and maintenance of equipment
was primarily conducted under Air Force auspices, although some
nations were assisted in setting up their own programs. MAP countries
have used almost 67,000 training spaces since the program
began. More than 3,000 pilots and thousands of specialists and technicians
have graduated from MAP training courses. The knowledge
and skills they acquired contributed substantially to the military
and economic well-being of their countries.
IX. Logistical Services
The USAF logistical system met the tests of the Lebanon and
Taiwan crises of 1958, on both occasions supporting combat squadrons
halfway around the world with great speed and flexibility. Installations
of the Air Materiel Command (AMC) serviced the combat
aircraft on a round-the-clock alert.
These experiences emphasized the importance of logistics in successful
operations. As weapons systems tended toward the complex,
the Air Force stressed simplicity of the supply system. To this
end, operational commands were resupplied directly, thereby eliminating
the need for oversea depots. By using data-processing techniques
and automation to an increasing extent, the Air Force sought
to effect a closer gearing of spare parts replenishment to the need
in an era of rapidly changing weapons systems. Advanced methods
of logistic supply at the San Bernardino Air Materiel Area to support
the ballistic missile program will be reflected in an improved
system.
The Air Force worked to eliminate duplication of effort that occurs
when each service attempts to provide for all its own logistical needs.
Cross-servicing is difficult because each service has its own D-day
mission, and therefore its own method for supporting combat forces.
USAF planners participated in several joint appraisals to coordinate
logistical systems such as motor vehicle management, aeronautical
depot maintenance, and surplus property disposition.
Supply and Services
The tense international situation dictated greater emphasis on
support for tactical units. Air Materiel Command realigned repair
schedules, authorized overtime, purchased more equipment having
a short leadtime, and took immediate action to insure that flyaway
kits for selected units were fully supplied. The improved support
for F-lOl’s, KB-50’s, and C-130's was particularly noteworthy.
The Air Force reduced expenditures for spare parts. The Air
Force achieved this reduction by buying fewer initial spares, deferring
the purchase of a significant portion until a later date, thus
gaining more experience on which to base requirements. During
the year, 20 percent of the flyaway cost of aircraft went for initial
spares as compared with 23.5 for the previous year.
347
555521—60-------23
348 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
Secondly, the cost of spares was cut beginning in August 1958
by taking into consideration the age of individual components in
computing requirements for high-value spares having a long service
life. A distinction was made between a 6-month-old aircraft and
a 3-year-old one in computing the number of equipment failures
per 1,000 flying-hours.
Medium-scale electronic data-processing equipment was installed
at four SAC and two ADC bases. The electronic inventory control
system permitted transactions to be processed as they occurred and
records kept up to date. This system also enabled logistics commanders
to locate interchangeable assets immediately and to set in
motion automatic replenishment. By continuous adjustment of stock
levels, automatic notification of excesses, and weapon system accounting,
the Air Force supply system is being brought up to date to
meet the demands of the combat forces while at the same time permitting
the dollar value of the base inventory to be reduced.
During fiscal year 1959 the Air Force declared property, which
originally cost $2.9 billion, as excess or surplus to its needs and succeeded
in disposing of 92 percent of this property. The value of
disposals was far greater than for the previous year ($1.89 billion)
because a large number of propeller-driven aircraft became excess and
because the surplus property disposal program increased in effectiveness.
The screening, sale, and disposal of surplus USAF aircraft within
the United States was centralized at Davis-Monthan AFB, Ariz. All
B-36’s were flown to this base where items were reclaimed if they
could be used in operational aircraft. The last B-36 was retired from
SAC in February 1959.
The Air Force realizes substantial economies by permitting USAF
bases to purchase directly from nearby business enterprises. The
General Services Administration supplied 10 percent of the 164,000
items authorized for base procurement (formerly known as local purchase)
, at a cost to the Air Force of $291.4 million.
The USAF supply system significantly reduced the rate of aircraft
out of commission for parts (AOCP) to 3.3 percent in June 1959 as
compared with 5.6 a year earlier.
The Air Force succeeded in meeting the objectives and schedules of
the Federal Cataloging Program. All USAF logistical records, reports,
and transactions now identify materiel in terms of Federal
stock numbers. By June 30, 1959, the Air Force had 1,719,725 line
items of supply identified by these numbers.
Maintenance
The rising cost of maintaining new and complex weapons systems
was affected by a sandwich type of metal construction for aircraft
LOGISTICAL SERVICES 349
Figure 16. TITAN being readied for test.
skin used by the Air Force to combat the sonic fatigue of metal caused
by the blast and sound from the jet exhaust. Specifically, the increased
weight and wind pressures have been found to create metal
fatigue in B-47’s, causing accidents and groundings for repair. It
350 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
has been found necessary to make more frequent and closer inspections
of the critical parts of aircraft structures to locate weaknesses that
could cause accidents.
Maintenance and modification cost the Air Force more than $1.3
billion, about 9 percent more than the previous year. Nearly half of
this cost, $627 million, was expended on aircraft modernization, most
of it to purchase kits from manufacturers. Depot maintenance policy
followed certain basic guidelines. USAF facilities handled work
most vital to emergency war plans. About $60 million was authorized
during this period to hire civilian contract technicians to assist at air
bases. Maintenance work totaling $325 million that the Air Force
could not handle itself was turned over to contractors. Other maintenance
was done by the Army or the Navy through cross-service agreements.
AMC, however, directed, approved, and controlled all depot
maintenance.
The rising cost of maintenance led the Air Force to focus greater
effort in design improvements in new weapons systems that would
reduce requirements for tools and test equipment. The Air Force
package contracted for 114 aircraft maintenance docks, increased the
use of basic maintenance building plans, and required prefabricated
steel construction. The possibility of prefabricating structures for
the maintenance of missiles and ground support equipment also was
studied.
The operational readiness rate of USAF fighters rose significantly
between January and May 1959 although TAC and ADC were converting
to new aircraft during this period and were faced with problems
typical of initial operations.
Transportation
In estimating the airlift that would be needed in the event of war,
USAF transportation experts first computed requirements for intertheater
airlift and sealift. These requirements, plus several comprehensive
studies of the size and composition of the MATS fleet, became
the basis for many decisions pertaining to the procurement of transport
aircraft.
During the year, two additional USAF bases began using commercial
pipelines to obtain aviation fuel, bringing to 18 the total number
receiving this service. The pipeline companies proposed this service
for five additional USAF bases and considered its financial feasibility
for eight others. These facilities, provided at no cost to the Government,
saved about $3.3 million in transportation costs and eliminated
the need for storing 1,100,000 barrels of fuel.
The Air Force planned to make maximum use of a direct reservation
system for the air movement of military and civilian personnel
and their dependents to oversea areas. In August 1958 the system
LOGISTICAL SERVICES 351
was extended to include dependents unaccompanied by their sponsors
who were en route to Alaska, Hawaii, the Caribbean, the Azores, and
eastern Canada and Greenland. The direct reservation system, plus
maximum movement by air, saved the Air Force an estimated 1,100,000
man-days and $3.5 million in transportation costs during fiscal year
1959.
The United States and Canada agreed in the spring of 1959 that
Canadian commercial carriers would transport civilians and supplies
supporting U.S. military projects within Canada whenever it is practicable
and economical to do so. Previously, agreements on this subject
between the two countries had applied only to support of DEW
line operations.
X. Management
Comptroller Service to Management
The Air Force sought to maintain the combat integrity of its manned
aircraft forces while simultaneously expanding budgetary commitments
to missile weapons systems just emerging from the research and
development stages. The resultant strain upon the fiscal structure
of the Department placed the greatest stress upon the USAF Comptroller
organization to achieve the utmost economy in routine operations.
To assure the availability of funds for the most critical needs,
the Air Force expanded the use of electronic reporting and accounting
procedures.
Finance Controls
The establishment of a uniform system of general ledger accounts
permitted standardization of the accounts structure for all USAF
appropriated and revolving funds. A financial reporting system was
developed to improve the quality of financial data and provide a
means of identifying, controlling, and reconciling differences between
fund and cash reports. Financial procedures applicable to reports
of survey, working capital funds, the Military Assistance Program,
and air attache offices were also refined.
To correct a lack of adequate evaluation of contractors’ cost proposals,
the Air Force called for increased audit assistance to procurement
officials reviewing and analyzing these proposals. Because of
savings and other gains that could be derived from increased audit
coverage of procurement, the Comptroller recommended an increase
in the number of contract auditors.
The Air Force reached agreement with the Army and Navy on increased
coordination in several types of auditing. Agencies outside
of the Defense Department, including the newly formed Federal
Aviation Agency and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration,
made an increasing number of requests for contract audit
assistance from the military departments.
Reporting
The Comptroller continued to push actively the establishment of
integrated reporting systems to provide the commander and his staff
with accurate and timely planning data. A great need existed for
augmenting the conventional punchcard accounting machine equip-
352
MANAGEMENT 353
ment with electronic data-processing equipment and reliable highspeed
data transmission systems. Medium- or large-scale electronic
data-processing systems had been installed at 101 USAF installations
by the end of June 1959.
Full-scale electronic data-processing systems are in operation at
selected Air Force bases on an experimental basis. Vandenberg AFB,
Calif., was chosen as a model for missile operations, and Bolling AFB,
D.C., for command-base operations.
Electronic Analysis Procedures
The Chief of Staff established a Data Development Advisory Group
in November 1958 to devise an electronic data-processing system for
providing management with timely and related data and for performing
administrative procedures.
Work continued on the improvement and further development of
techniques for applying electronic computer procedures to problems
in planning, programing, and costing. Portions of the USAF war
planning documents were prepared by mechanical procedures. Application
of such procedures to aspects of the Military Assistance
Program is saving time and permitting greater concentration on
program analysis.
Although the Air Force must continue to budget and account for
its fiscal resources by appropriation, project, and object class, more
and more planning and operating decisions are being made on a
weapon system basis. During the past year it developed improved
techniques for estimating weapon and support system costs. These
estimates presented decision makers with information on financial
implications of long-range plans, alternate force and equipping schedules,
and major changes in existing programs. Frequently the cost
of a number of force structures must be computed before the optimum
force becomes apparent. For this reason the Air Force developed a
procedure employing a high-speed electronic computer to estimate
the cost of force structures by weapon system.
Inspector General Activities
The Inspector General maintained a continuous surveillance of all
major USAF activities, with special emphasis in the fields of flight
safety, security, and military law enforcement. At the end of the
year, the Inspector General became responsible for all USAF safety
activities, on the ground as well as in the air.
Inspection
Inspections and surveys throughout the year stressed the adequacy
of weapons in the field, the utilization of equipment, materiel, and
manpower, and the timeliness of actions needed to keep the Air Force
354 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
in proper readiness. For example, careful scrutiny of the B-47 as a
weapon carrier revealed a structural weakness that required modification
of the entire B-47 fleet.
Inspections of the military personnel program covered airman onthe-
job training, individual training in ballistic missiles, training in
military fundamentals, officer flying training, and various other officer
training programs. Inspectors followed up previous survey efforts
to assure correction of deficiencies and reviewed the entire personnel
field, seeking ways of improving quality of officers and airmen.
Special inspections were conducted in the following areas: Airborne
early warning and control, airlift, oversea air defenses, weapon
delivery by combat aircraft, segments of SAGE, the proposed use of
USAFR troop carrier wings, the role of the Civil Air Patrol, procedures
for the assignment of personnel to ballistic missile activities,
tactical fighter, aircrew training, medical care, and the influence of
the chaplaincy, the maintenance of aircraft and ground support equipment,
the management of motor vehicles, packing and crating, supply
procedures, oversea funding, and product improvement.
Procurement inspection continued to be a major field of activity.
There was scrutiny of such matters as production and introduction
of specific new weapons systems, MATS airlift contracts, functions
of the administrative contracting officer, financial assistance to contractors,
ARDC procurement, and contractor and subcontractor
purchasing.
Security
The Air Force sought to simplify and improve its security processes
during the year by consolidating basic directives and preparing a
manual to guide persons having varied security duties and responsibilities.
The Air Force participated in a joint service undertaking
that resulted in better industrial security policies.
The Air Force processed 338,000 personnel clearances under improved
procedures and investigated cases of alleged sabotage,
espionage, and subversion, as well as suspected bribery and fraud.
Pay and allowance investigations resulted in significant savings.
Flight Safety
The USAF flight safety effort deserves substantial credit for the
record low major accident rate of 9.7 per 100,000 hours for fiscal
year 1959. A new low of 9.4 was attained during the second half of
the fiscal year, a decline from 11 for the comparable period the
preceding year. Midair collisions dropped 34 percent from the
previous year, and none involved civilian aircraft. The reduction in
the accident rate for jet fighters and trainers was particularly noteworthy.
The cost of destroyed and damaged aircraft was less than
MANAGEMENT 355
*FIRST SIX MONTHS.
AF CALENDAR YEAR NO. (PER 100,000 FLYING HOURS)
1954 20
1955 17
1956 15
1957 13.6
1958 10.4
1959 9.4*
Figure 17
in. fiscal year 1958. However, the dollar loss for the individual accident
was higher because of the increased severity of accidents involving
the more costly high-performance aircraft.
Despite the gratifying reduction in the accident rate, investigations
continued to point to human error as a major cause of accidents
requiring remedial action. Flight safety experts encouraged use of
the emergency ejection system when chances were slight for landing
a failing aircraft safely.
Approaches used to promote flight safety included accident investigation,
research and analysis of accident data and potential hazards,
conferences within the Air Force and with industry, award of safety
honors to units, publication of posters and periodicals, production of
training aids, and public information proj ects. The fourth Worldwide
USAF Flying Safety Officers’ Conference produced more than 115
recommendations to prevent accidents. The conference was attended
by more than 300 flying safety officers and representatives of the
Army, Navy, commercial airlines, and civilian aviation agencies.
Ground Safety
The National Safety Council’s Award of Honor, the highest recognition
given by the council for outstanding achievement in accident
356 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
prevention, was presented to the U.S. Air Force on April 15, 1959.
This was the ninth consecutive year the Air Force had received the
award, a record not approached by any other Federal agency. The
award was made in recognition of the reduction of ground accident
rates in the Air Force during 1958 as compared to 1956 and 1957. The
categories covered included on-duty and off-duty fatalities and injuries
to military personnel, on-duty fatalities and injuries to civilian employees,
accidents involving Government-owned vehicles, and accident
costs per capita. During this period annual reductions as high as 2'5
percent were made.
The Air Force continued to emphasize traffic safety, particularly
through driver education. The Air Photographic and Charting Service
prepared a motion picture, “A Nightmare for the Bold,” which
was specifically designed to bring about maximum identification of
USAF drivers with the characters and scenes depicted. The film is
expected to create a psychological reaction of lasting effect. By the
end of 1959 practically all airmen under 25 years of age will have
received the 10-hour driver improvement course required for this
group by USAF regulation. For this reason, the Air Force is considering
incorporation of the course in the basic military training
program at Lackland AFB rather than offering it at individual bases.
Two IRBM weapon system conferences were conducted to review
safety problems of the THOR and JUPITER from manufacture
through operational launching. Presentations covered such matters
as missile ground support equipment, reentry vehicle, missile movement,
personnel selection, and training. It is planned to conduct such
safety reviews for each SAC missile system less than 6 months before
its operational date.
Military Lajw Enforcement
Provost marshals paid particular attention to off-duty driving
safety. In preparation for commanders was a guide aimed at reducing
accidents. A point assessment system was established to discourage
moving-traffic violations, and closer coordination was achieved
with civilian law enforcement agencies.
Administrative Services
The Air Force has made major improvements in paperwork management
during the year. A new simplified standard format for
written communication, initiated in April 1959, is expected to reduce
correspondence costs. Since the Air Force writes an estimated 55
million letters annually, the savings will be significant. In authorizing
and encouraging the use of office symbols and other abbreviations
for addresses, the Air Force expected to save a great deal of
MANAGEMENT 357
time and take a long stride toward the goal of simple, standardized
written communications.
Improvement continued also in the delivery of small high-priority
supply items. Deliveries direct to addressees instead of through
normal depot channels reduced transit time significantly. The Air
Force moved 14,500 tons of AMC supply parcels in this fashion—
a 20-percent increase over the previous year. The resulting faster delivery
saves money because reduced pipeline time makes possible reduction
in certain supply inventories. The setting up of special
postal systems to support specific USAF operations and missions
continued. For example, direct, expedited pouch service was instituted
between missile installations in Florida and California, and
between California and England. The timeworn “mail call” system
of handling personal mail has been replaced by consolidated mailrooms
at 115 USAF installations, with more scheduled. Each mailroom
consolidates several unit mail rooms, with attendant savings in
men, money, and material.
The time required to distribute Air Force publications and forms
was reduced by the opening in February 1959 of the contractoroperated
Air Force Publications Distribution Center in Washington,
D.C. The establishment of this new facility was a major operation,
for it involved the phaseout of Wilkins Air Force Station, Ohio,
which had handled the work, the training of center employees, and
the integration of large quantities of work data into a modern electronic
data-processing system. Publications can now be distributed
more quickly because of the nearness of the center to the departmental
procurement and printing sources and because distribution can be
made directly to oversea bases rather than to oversea supply centers.
The Air Force standardized procedures for the control of classified
documents and other important records. This program improved the
control of important documents and reduced the number of forms
used in their handling.
XI. Budget
The Air Force budget for fiscal year 1959, as approved by the
President and presented to the Congress, totaled $18,044 billion in
new obligational authority, including $1.15 billion for military construction.
Amendments totaling $622 million raised the Air Force
request to $18,666 billion. Congress appropriated funds in excess
of the request for certain items, adding $90 million for MINUTEMAN,
$48 million for HOUND DOG, $55.6 million for KC-135
tankers, and $140 million for strategic airlift aircraft. The amount
initially appropriated for fiscal year 1959 was $18,672 billion, or $6
million above the amended Presidential budget.
Additional funds for the Air Force were made available in a supplemental
appropriation act approved in May 1959. In February the
President had approved a supplemental request of almost $28 million
to the “Military Personnel” account to cover items that had not been
budgeted for, including the cost of maintaining a higher level of
active-duty strength during the Lebanon and Taiwan crises of the
previous summer; increased payments for commuted rations, subsistence,
dependency allowances, and service by grade; and additional
costs resulting from the Social Security Amendments of 1958. In
March the President approved another supplemental appropriation
request of almost $81 million to cover salary increases for classified
civilian employees. Congress actually appropriated a total of only
$95 million in response to the two requests—almost $14 million less
than asked for. This brought the total appropriation for fiscal year
1959 to $18,767 billion, almost $1,000 million more than the amount
provided by Congress for fiscal year 1958.
With $18,767 billion in new obligational authority, approximately
$4,180 billion in unobligated funds from previous years, anticipated
reimbursements of $946.1 million, and fund transfers, the Air Force
had nearly $23,858 billion available for obligation in fiscal year 1959,
as compared with $23,886 billion available for obligation in fiscal
year 1958. The following table summarizes the amounts made available
by direct appropriations and by fund transfers:
358
BUDGET 359
Amount Available for Obligation by the Air Force During Fiscal Year 1959—
as of June 30,1959
In millions
Department of Defense Appropriation Act, 1959, Public Law 85-724— $17, 877. 6
Supplemental Appropriation Act, 1959, Public Law 85-852---------- -— ' 794. 6
Second Supplemental Appropriation Act, 1959, Public Law 86-30------ 95.1
Total new obligational authority enacted--------------------------
Unobligated balance of prior-year programs----------------------------------
Recoveries of prior obligations--------------------------------------------------
Transfer from “Aircraft, Missiles, and Related Procurement” to
NASA, ARPA, and DOD-------------------------------------------------------
Transfer from “Procurement Other Than Aircraft and Missiles” to
“DOD Emergency Fund”----------------------------------------------------
Transfer from “Operation and Maintenance” to DOD and OSD-----------
Transfer from “DOD Emergency Fund” to AF Research and
Development -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Anticipated reimbursements-------------------------------------------------------
18, 767. 3
4,179. 5
20. 3
—64. 0
-18. 5
-0.5
28.3
946.1
Total available for obligation during fiscal year 1959-------------- 23, 858. 4
a Represents total military construction including $9.6 million for the Air National
Guard.
b Represents nearest rounded figure.
Actual obligations for fiscal year 1959 amounted to $20,278 billion.
Net expenditures came to $19,084 billion, an increase from $18,435
billion in fiscal year 1958. The following table summarizes both
accounts under principal fund categories:
USAF Actual Obligations and Net Expenditures for Fiscal Year 1959
(In millions)
Actual obligations Net expenditures
Aircraft, Missiles, and Related Procurement----------- $7, 446. 6
Procurement Other Than Aircraft and Missiles------ 2, 150. 1
Military Construction__________________________ 1, 079. 5
Operation and Maintenance-------------------------------- 4, 474. 7
Military Personnel-------------------------------------------- 4, 013. 7
Research and Development--------------------------------- 816. 6
Reserve Personnel--------------------------------------------- 48. 2
Air National Guard____________________________ 249. 0
Preparation for Sale or Salvage of Military Property. --------------
Miscellaneous--------------------------------------------------- --------------
$7, 102. 0
1, 532. 5
1, 127. 6
4, 194. 5
3, 975. 6
813. 3
47. 4
278. 9
1. 4
18. 8
TOTAL________________________________ a 20, 278. 3 a 19, 084. 2
» Represents nearest rounded figure.
The Air Force underestimated the cost of increased basic military
pay and quarters allowances, thus incurring deficiencies of $17 million
and $45 million for fiscal years 1958 and 1959, respectively. An
anticipated deficiency of $55 million for fiscal year 1960 was covered
360 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
** INCLUDES AFR AND ROTC PERSONNEL; ANG; PREP. SALE OR SALVAGE
OF MIL PROPERTY; INDUSTRIAL, STOCK, AND MGMT FUNDS
Figure 18
BUDGET 361
by a proposed amendment to the USAF budget granting the Secretary
of Defense authority to transfer not more than $55 million to the
Military Personnel account from other Air Force accounts. No action
was taken on the deficiencies for the two previous fiscal years, pending
completion of a study on improved methods of estimating the
requirements.
The President’s proposed Air Force budget for fiscal year 1960
totaled $18,682 billion, including $915 million for military construction.
Expenditures were estimated at $18,675 billion. In accordance
with a new Department of Defense policy, the proposed budget reflected
a change in format and appropriation structure. Appropriations
were grouped under five main functional headings: Military
Personnel; Operation and Maintenance; Procurement; Research,
Development, Test, and Evaluation; and Military Construction. This
new arrangement, also adopted by the Army, Navy, and Department
of Defense, was expected to facilitate the presentation of the annual
military budgets to the Congress.
Dudley C. Sharp,
Secretary of the Air Force.

555521—60------ 24
APPENDIX
364 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
MILITARY FUNCTIONS DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE OBLIGATIONS
Table 1. OBLIGATIONS AND OBLIGATIONAL AVAILABILITY OF CURRENT GENERAL AND SPECIAL
FUND APPROPRIATIONS, BY APPROPRIATION TITLE
(Excluding working, revolving, and expired general and special fund appropriations)
FISCAL YEAR 1959
[Thousands of dollars]
Amounts available for obligation fiscal year 1959 Unobligated balances as of 30 June 1959
New obligational availability Balance Unobli-__________________________ of ap- Unobligated____________________________________________
Recov- Total portion- gated
Department and appropriation balance Other Reim- eries of Total obliga- ment Other Total balance
brought Congres- trans- burse- prior fiscal tion for and Reserves unobli- preclos- availforward
sional Trans- fers ments year year 1959 fiscal funds gated ing bal- able
July 1, appropri- fers Total obliga- year 1959 other- balance ance fiscal
1958 ations tions wise year
avail- 1960
able
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15)
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE:
General Fund Accounts:
All Appropriations Other Than
Military Construction_________ 6,689,999 39, 888, 207 385,414 40, 273, 621 -25, 579 2, 645, 860 157,933 49, 741, 834 42,969, 529 4,903,085 1,933, 893 -64, 673 6, 772,305 6, 583, 024
Special Fund Accounts____________________ 605 —605 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtotal_____________________ 6, 689, 999 39,888, 812 384, 809 40, 273, 621 -25,579 2, 645, 860 157, 933 49, 741, 834 42,969, 529 4,903, 085 1,933,893 -64, 673 6, 772,305 6, 583,024 M ilita r y C o n s tr u c tio n —
Active Forces__________________ 1,156,581 1,330,000 28,065 1,358,065 ______ 12,791 39,261 2,566,699 1,702,088 825,470 38,903 239 864,611 864,611
M ilitary Construction—Reserve
Forces________________________ 56,982 14,250 _______ 14,250 ______ 1 ______ 71,233 49,522 15,527 6,183 1 21,711 21,711
TOTAL—DEPARTMENT OF
DEFENSE__________________ 7,903,562 41,233,062 412,874 41,645,936 -25,579 2,658,653 197,195 52,379,766 44,721,139 5,744,082 1,978,979 -64,434 7,658,627 7,469,346
APPENDIX 365
OSD AND INTERSERVICE ACTIVITIES:
Salaries and Expenses, OSD_______________ 16,545 2,416 18,961 --------------------------------- 18,961 18,931 30 ----------------------- 30 -----------
Salaries and Expenses, OP A_______________ 449 ----------- 449 --------------------------------- 449 447 2 ----------------------- 2 -----------
Salaries and Expenses, ARPA_____ 67,584 520,000 —84,575 435,425 170 1,997 ---------- 505,176 393,030 110,596 ----------- 1,550 112,146 112,146
Claims_________________________ ________ 16, 520 _______ 16, 520 ---------------------- ----------- 16, 520 13,133 3,387 ----------------------- 3,387 -----------
Construction of Ships, MSTS______ 5,610________________________ ________ 390 ---------- 6,000 1,350 1,450 2,810 390 4,650 -----------
Contingencies___________________ ________ 30, 000 _______ 30,000 --------------------------------- 30,000 106 5, 894 24, 000 ----------- 29,894 -----------
Emergency Fund_________________________ 150,000 —142,193 7,807 ---------------------------------- 7,807 ------------ 7,807 ----------------------- 7,807 -----------
Retired Pay_____________________________ 640, 000 _______ 640,000 --------------------------------- 640, 000 634, 542 5, 458 ----------------------- 5,458 --------- -
Salaries and Expenses, Court of Military
Appeals_________________________ 405 ----------- 405 --------------------------------- 405 401 4 ----------------------- 4 -----------
U.S. Scientific Satellite______________________________________________ —25, 541 ------------ 25, 541 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtotal_____________________ 73,194 1,373,919 - 224,352 1,149, 566 -25,371 2,387 25, 541 1, 225,317 1, 061,939 134, 628 26,810 1,940 163,378 112,146
Loran Stations___________________________ 20, 000 ----------- 20,000 --------------------------------- 20,000 20,000 -------------------------------------------------------------
Construction, ARPA______________________________ 28,065 28,065 ______________________ 28,065 12,098 11,520 ----------- 4,447 15,968 15,968
TOTAL—OSD AND INTERSERVICE
ACTIVITIES____ 73, 194 1,393,919 —196,287 1,197,631 —25,371 2,387 25,541 1,273,383 1,094,037 146, 149 26,810 6,387 179,346 128,113
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY:
Military Personnel_______________________ 3,175,961 375,000 3,550,961 ______ 179,666 ______ 3,730,627 3,681,270 32,730 25,909 -9,282 49,358 -----------
Operation and Maintenance_______ 43, 210 3,117, 238 —4,019 3,113, 219 ---------- 568, 818 ---------- 3, 725, 247 3, 596, 628 11, 670 71,460 45, 489 128, 619 119, 217
Procurement of Equipment and Missiles_________________________
441,506 1,669,338 42,210 1,711,548 ______ 438,225 19,339 2,610,618 2,107,083 155,360 284,212 63,963 503,535 503,535
Reserve Personnel________________________ 222,759 _______ 222,759 ______ 714 ---------- 223,473 214,210 4,130 5,219 - 86 9,263 -----------
Army National Guard____________________ 353,093 ----------- 353,093 ---------- 1,428 ---------- 354,521 351,038 3,655 ----------- —172 3,483 -----------
Research and Development________ 55,181 507,345 54,426 561,771 ---------- 61,434 ---------- 678,386 620,944 31,218 ----------- 26,224 57,442 57,442
Promotion of Rifle Practice________________ 300 ----------- 300 --------------------------------- 300 299 1 ----------------------- 1 -----------
Operation and Maintenance—Alaska
Communication System_________ 59 5,667 605 6,272 ---------- 6 ---------- 6,337 5,665 20 41 611 672 621
Construction—Alaska Communication
System__________________ 672 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 672 57 15 599 ----------- 615 615
Appropriated Receipts—Alaska Communication
System, 1959-60____________ 605 —605 ------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtotal_____________________ 540,627)9,052,306 467,616 9,519,923 ______ 1,250,293 19,339 11,330,181 10,577,194 238,798 387,440 126,748 752,987 681,430
366 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
MILITARY FUNCTIONS OBLIGATIONS
c Table 1. OBLIGATIONS AND OBLIGATIONAL AVAILABILITY OF CURRENT GENERAL AND SPECIAL c
FUND APPROPRIATIONS, BY APPROPRIATION TITLE—Continued
FISCAL YEAR 1959—Continued
[Thousands of dollars]
Amounts available for obligation fiscal year 1959 Unobligated balances as of 30 June 1959
New obligation availability Balance U nobli-_________________________ Total of ap- Unobligated____________________________________________
Recov- obliga- portion- gated
Department and appropriation balance Other Reim- eries of Total tion for ment Other Total balance
brought Congres- trans- burse- prior fiscal fiscal and Reserves unobli- preelos- availforward
sional Trans- fers ments year year 1959 year 1959 funds gated ing bal- able
July 1, appropri- fers Total obliga- other- balance ance fiscal
1958 ations tions wise year
avail- 1960
able 3
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) ‘
--------------------------------- .----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF THEARMY—----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
Continued (
Military Construction____________ 114,878 230,000 _______ 230,000 ______ 4,794 ______ 349,673 244,609 108,270 _______ -3,206 105,064 105,064 ■
Military Construction, Army Re- (
serve Forces----------------------------- 44,517 6,250 _______ 6,250 ______ 1 ______ 50,768 38,702 6,384 5,681 1 12,066 12,066
TOTAL—DEPARTMENT OF '
THEARMY _____ ____ . 700,023 9,288,556 467,616 9,756,173 _____ 1,255,088 19,339 11,730,622 10,860,505 353,452 393, 121 123,543 = 870, 117 798,559 ‘ ---- - ----------- z ---------- ■ - ... .......... — ----- ---------- -■ ----- ------------------ — ■ ------- ----------------- ------ t
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY: !
Military Personnel_______________________ 2,420,618 135,000 2,555,618 ______ 26,788 ______ 2,582,406 2,581,796 7,204 _______ -6,594 610 _______ ]
Reserve Personnel________________________ 90,098 -2,000 88,098 ______ 120______ 88,218 85,424 2,674 132 -12 2,794 _______ •
Navy Personnel, General Expenses,. 4,217 87,941 _______ 87,941 ______ 4,624 ______ 96,782 93,179 2,364 _______ 1,239 3,603 3,175 (
Military Personnel, Marine Corps__________ 635,692 25,000 660,692 ______ 7,156______ 667,848 634,742 5,258 28,396 -548 33,106 51
Reserve Personnel, Marine Corps___________ 23,760 _______ 23,760 ______ 466 ______ 24,226 23,599 802 _______ —175 628 _______ ]
Marine Corps Procurement________ 258,016 25,000 _______ 25,000 ______ 5,582 39,596 328,194 170,974 86,026 52,445 18,749 157,220 157,220 J
Marine Corps Troops and Facilities. 3,733 173,117 -158 172,959 ______ 13,207 ______ 189,899 179,170 3,190 943 6,596 10,730 7,517 ■
Aircraft and Related Procurement... 1,464,697 2,033,795 _______ 2,033,795 - 38 54,494 73,458 3,626,406 2,182,147 1,291,353 154,992 - 2,086 1,444,259 1,444,259 1
Aircraft and Facilities____________ 10,000 856,181 _______ 856,181 ______ 30,423 ______ 896,604 887,229 13,376 _______ -4,001 9,375 1,467
appendix 367
Shipbuilding and Conversion--------- 994,258 2,069,400 ----------- 2,069,400 ______ 118,977 ______ 3,182,635 2,082,001 481,810 609,241 9,583 1,100,634 1,100,634
Ships and Facilities---------------------- 7,313 799,408 _______ 799,408 ______ 25,705 ______ 832,426 822,207 9,076 _______ 1,144 10,220 8,098
Procurement of Oranance and Ammunition---------------—.------------
44,341 602,535 _______ 602,535 ______ 59,795 ______ 706,671 625,159 83,331 _______ -1,818 81,512 81,512
Ordnance and Facilities___________ 314 153,949 _______ 153,949 ______ 12,662 ______ 166,925 165,710 2,158 _______ —943 1,215 _______
Medical Care------------------------------------------- 97,698 _______ 97,698 ______ 23,400 ______ 121,098 118,305 3,070 ...____ -277 2,793 _______
Civil Engineering...______________ 1,758 129,118 _______ 129,118______ 27,830 ______ 158,706 155,255 7,802 _______ -4,351 3,451 3,374
Research and Development________ 10, 229 830,779 39,408 870,188 ______ 19, 091______ 899, 508 854, 532 48, 811 _______ —3, 836 44, 975 44, 975
Service-Wide Supply and Finance.__ 390 325,135 —8,256 316,879 ______ 16,561______ 333,829 333,323 460 _______ 46 506 299
Service-Wide Operations___ _______________ 124,404 7,204 131,608 .._____ 5,656 ______ 137,264 135,165 2,147 _______ -47 2,099 _______
Naval Petroleum Reserves________ ________ 1,683 _______ 1,683 ______ 28______ 1,711 1,696 15 ________________ 15_______
Ships’ Stores Profit____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Subtotal______________________ 2,799,267 11,480,310 196,198 11,676,509 -38 452,568 113,053 15,041,358 12,131,613 2,050,927 846,148 12,670 2,909,745 2,852,581
Military Construction____________ 139,102 295,000 ...____ 295,000 ______ 2,495 18,977 455,574 345,889 110,190 _______ -505 109,685 109,685
Military Construction, Naval Reserve
Forces________________________ 12,464 8,000 _______ 8,000 ______ 1 ______ 20,465 10,820 9,142 503 _______ 9,645 9,645
TOTAL—DEPARTMENT OF
THE NAVY 2,850,833 11,783,310 196,198 11,979,508 -38 455,063 132,031 15,517,397 12,488,322 2,170,25. 846,651 12,165 3,029,075 2,971,911
DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR
FORCE:
Aircraft, Missiles and Related
Procurement___________________ 2,757,870 6,643,475 - 64,000 6,579,475 ______ 291,567 ______ 9,628,912 7,446,589 1,869,011 510,975 -197,663 2,182,323 2,182,323
Procurement Other Than Aircraft
and Missiles_________________ 438,344 2,220,020 -18,500 2,201,520 217,867 2,857,731 2,150,056 584,661 145,119 -22,105 707,675 707,675
Operation and Maintenance_______ 8,025 4,119,525 - 484 4,119,041 ______ 352,219 4,479,285 4,474,682 12,816 -8,214 4,603 4,603
Military Personnel_______________________ 3,941,801 _______ 3,941,801 ______ 28,595 ______ 3,970,396 4,013,661 -42,485 _______ -781 -43,265 -43,265
Research and Development________ 72,672 751,829 28,330 780,159 -170 49,511 902,171 816,639 48,181 15,000 22,351 85,532 85,532
Reserve Personnel________________________ 53,746 _______ 53,746 ______ 359 ______ 54,105 48,157 3,214 2,400 334 5,948 _______
Air National Guard_______________________ 251,881 _______ 251,881 ______ 496 ______ 252,376 248,998 3,332 _______ 46 3,378 _______
Subtotal_______________________ 3,276,911 17,982,277 - 54,654 17,927,623 -170 940,612 ______ 22,144,977 19,198,782 2,478,731 673,494 - 206,031 2,946,194 2,936,868
Military Construction____________ 902,601 785,000 _______ 785,000 ______ 5,502 20,284 1,713,387 1,079,492 595,490 38,903 -498 633,895 633,895
TOTAL—DEPARTMENT OF
THE AIR FORCE 4, 179,512 18,767,277 -54,654 18,712,623 - 170 946,114 29,284 23,858,364 20,278,275 3,074,222 712,397 -206,529 3,580,089 3,570,763
Source: DD Form 1176.
Note. Amounts will not necessarily add to totals due to rounding.
368 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
MILITARY FUNCTIONS DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE EXPENDITURES
Table 2. EXPENDITURES AND EXPENDITURE AVAILABILITY, BY APPROPRIATION TITLE
FISCAL YEAR 1959
[Thousands of dollars]
Amounts available for expenditure fiscal year 1959
__________________________ _ _________________________________ Unobli-
Total Preclosing gated Total Gross
New obligational availability expendi- unexpend- balance unexpend- unpaid
Department and appropriation Unexpend-______________________________ tures for ed balance withdrawn ed balance obligations
ed balance Other Total fiscal fiscal year June 30, (—)orre- carried carried
carried Congres- trans- year 1959 1959 1959 stored (+) into fiscal into fiscal
into fiscal sional Trans- Total fers per Public year 1960 year 1960 h
year 1959 appropria- fers Law 798
tions
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE:
General Fund Accounts____________ 26,657,349 39,891,272 385,413 40,276,686 - 82,541 66,851,493 39,979,340 26,872,154 - 291,993 26,580,161 22,732,844
Special Fund Accounts_____________ 5,875 320 -605 -285 ________ 5,590 4,653 936 --------------- 936 936
Management Funds________________ 537,148 _______________________________________ 537,148 - 429,433 966,581 -2,164 964,417 795,807
Stock Funds____ __________________ 1,292,561 _____________________________ -520,000 772,561 -308,190 1,080,751 __________ 1,080,751 NA
Industrial Funds__________________ 434,959 ______________________________ -23,000 411,959 49, 111 362,849 --------------- 362,849 NA
Other Revolving Funds____________ 106,675 _ 57,000 57,000 -1,200 162,475 17,560 144,915 144,915 37,173
Consolidated Working Funds________ 6,026 --------------------------------------------- 2 6,027 —1 6,029 —11 6,018 3,416
Subtotal______________________ 29,040,594 39,891,592 441,809 40,333,400 -626,740 68,747,255 39,313,039 29,434,215 -294,168 29,140,048 23,570,176
Military Construction—Active Forces. 2,935,488 1,330,000 28,065 1,358,065 _ 4,293,553 1,861,780 2,431,773 -163 2,431,610 1,567,549
M ilita ry C o n stru ctio n—Reserve
Forces__________________________ 106,803 14,250 _ 14,250 _ 121,053 57,889 63,164 (*) 63,164 41,454
Total—Distributed on DD Form
1176_________________________ 32,082,885 41,235,842 469,874 41,705,715 -626,740 73,161,860 41,232,708 31,929,153 -294,331 31,634,822 25,179,178
Undistributed______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ NA
Nonclassified Items._______________ 3,106 -2,780 -535,000 -537,780 601,198 66,525 66,525 -66,525 NA
TOTAL—DEPARTMENT OF
DEFENSE___________________ 32,085,991 41,233,062 -65,126 41,167,936 -25,541 73,228,385 41,232,708 31,995,677 -360,856 31,634,822 NA
APPENDIX 369
OSD AND INTERSERVICE ACTIVITIES:
General Fund Accounts:
Salaries and Expenses, OSD............. 2,794 16,545 2,416 18,961 ________ 21,755 18,136 3,619 -193 3,426 3,426
Salaries and Expenses, OPA_______ 54 449 449 503 438 65 —7 57 57
Salaries and Expenses, ARP A_____ 81,958 520,000 -84,575 435,425 170 517,553 218,323 299,230 _________ 299,230 187,084
Claims_________________ 562 16,520 16,520 17,082 12,932 4,150 -3,381 769 769
Construction of Ships, MSTS______ 9,143 _______________________________________ 9,143 2,894 6,249 —4,651 1,598 1,598
Contingencies___________________ 1,270 30,000 30,000 31,270 1,094 30,176 -29,979 197 197
Emergency Fund___________________________ 150,000 -142,193 7,807 ________ 7,807 _________ 7,807 -7,807 ____________________
Retired Pay_____________________ 16,517 640,000 ________ 640,000 ________ 656,517 641,344 15,173 -4,559 10,614 10,614
Salaries and Expenses, Court of
Military Appeals_______________ 37 405 ________ 405 ------------ 442 398 43 -11 32 32
U.S. Scientific Satellite___________ 32,829 ______________________________ -25,541 7,287 7,287 ----------------------------------------------------------------
Miscellaneous “ M” Accounts for
Discontinued Appropriation Titles---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Revolving Fund:
Acquisition, Rehabilitation, and
Rental {of Wherry Act Housing,
Defense_______________________ 90,677 _________ 57,000 57,000 ________ 147,677 15,777 131,899 _________ 131,899 32,671
Consolidated Working Fund-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtotal______________________ 235,840 1,373,919 -167,352 1,206,566 - 25,371 1,417,035 918,623 498,412 - 50,589 447,823 236,449
Military Construction, Foreign Countries__________________________
49,449 _______________________________________ 49,449 6,639 42,810 _________ 42,810 42,810
Access Roads______________________ 3,430 _______________________________________ 3,430 1,637 1,792 -102 1,690 1,690
Family Housing___________________ 407 _______________________________________ 407 207 200 —61 139 139
Loran Stations_______________________ ________ 20,000 ------------ 20,000 ------------ 20,000 20,000 ----------------------------------------------------------------
Olympic Winter Games____________ 3,500 _______________________________________ 3,500 2,710 790 --------------- 790 790
Construction, ARPA____________________________________ 28,065 28,065 ________ 28,065 2,903 25,162 --------------- 25,162 9,195
Total—Distributed on DD Form
1176_______________________ 292,626 1,393,919 -139,287 1,254,631 -25,371 1,521,887 952,719 569,167 - 50,752 518,416 291,074
Undistributed------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NA
Nonclassified Items_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ NA
TOTAL—OSD AND INTERSERVICE
ACTIVITIES______ 292,626 1,393,919 —139,287 1,254,631 —25,371 1,521,887 952,719 569,167 -50,752 518,416 NA
' ' '■ 1= = = = J------------- - - -------- ' : ................ = = = = = = = = = = -
See footnotes a t end of table.
370 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
MILITARY FUNCTIONS EXPENDITURES
Table 2. EXPENDITURES AND EXPENDITURE AVAILABILITY, BY APPROPRIATION TITLE—Continued
FISCAL YEAR 1959—Continued
[Thousands of dollars]
Amounts available for expenditure fiscal year 1959
_____________________________________________________________ Unobli-
Total Preclosing gated Total Gross
New obligational availability expendi- unexpend- balance unexpend- unpaid
Department and appropriation Unexpend-______________________________ tures for ed balance withdrawn ed balance obligations
ed balance Other Total fiscal fiscal year June 30, (—) or re- carried carried
carried Congres- trans- year 1959 1959 1959 stored (+) into fiscal into fiscal
into fiscal sional Trans- Total fers per Public year 1960 year 1960 A year 1959 appropria- fers Law 798
tions
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY:
General Fund Accounts:
Military Personnel_______________ 125,049 3,175,961 375,000 3,550,961 ________ 3,676,010 3,394,384 281,626 - 54,747 226,878 262,824
Operation and Maintenance_______ 860,977 3,117,238 -4,019 3,113,219 - 9,000 3,965,196 3,187,325 777,870 - 50,706 727,165 824,377
Procurement of Equipment and
Missiles_______________________ 2,090,953 1,669,338 42,210 1,711,548 ________ 3,802,501 1,626,740 2,175,761 _________ 2,175,761 2,741,016
Reserve Personnel_______________ 25,609 222,759 222,759 248,368 203,313 45,055 -9,553 35,502 35,502
Army National Guard ___________ 57,901 f 356,158 ________ 356,158 414,059 351,775 62,284 -5,298 56,986 56,986
Research and Development_______ 337,735 507,345 54,426 561,771 ________ 899,506 539,117 360,389 (*) 360,390 363,681
Promotion of Rifle Practice_______ 100 300 300 400 262 138 —27 111 111
Operation and Maintenance—Alaska
Communication System________ 1,123 5,667 605 6,272 ________ 7,395 5,931 1,464 -208 1,256 636
Construction-—Alaska Communication
System_________________ 866 _______________________________________ 866 251 615 _________ 615 _________
Miscellaneous “ M” Accounts for
Discontinued Appropriation
Titles 6_______________________ 1,582 ________ _______ __________________ 1,582 2,049 -468 +1,457 989 989
Special Fund Accounts:
Preparation for Sale or Salvage of
Military Property_____________ 2,478 « —45 ________ —45 ________ 2,432 2,188 244 _________ 244 244
APPENDIX 371
AppropriatedReceipts, Alaska Communication
System______________________ 605 —605 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------
Management Fund________________ —404 _____________________________ ________ —404 2,730 —3,134 --------------- —3,134 7,625
Business Enterprise Accounts:
Stock Fund_____________________ 635,540 _____________________________ -375,000 260,540 -266,280 526,820 --------------- 526,820 NA
Industrial Fund_________________ 186,047 _______________________________________ 186,047 -573 186,620 --------------- 186,620 NA
Other Revolving Funds: Defense
Housing________________________ 883 __ _____ _________ ______ __ 8 —750 133 ■—296 430 --------------- 430 105
Consolidated Working Funds_______ 5,895 _____________________________ “2 5,897 —8 5,905 (*) 5,905 3,303
Subtotal_____________________ 4,332,334 9,055,326 467,616 9,522,942 - 384,748 13,470,528 9,048,910 4,421,619 -119,082 4,302,537 4,297,399
Military Construction______________ 468,311 230,000 ________ 230,000 ------------ 698,311 374,149 324,162 --------------- 324,162 219,134
Military Construction, Army Reserve
Forces__________________________ 84,147 6,250 ________ 6,250 ____ __ 90,397 44,512 45,885 (*) 45,885 33,820
Total—Distributed on DDForm
1176_______________________ 4,884,792 9,291,576 467,616 9,759,192 -384,748 14,259,236 9,467,571 4,791,665 -119,082 4,672,584 4,550,352
Undistributed________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ NA
Nonclassified Items__________________ 3,065 -3,020 -375,000 -378,020 384,748 9,794 9,794 -9,794 NA
TOTAL—DEPARTMENT OF
THE ARMY_________________ 4,887,857 9,288,556 92,616 9,381,173 _ 14,269,030 9,467,571 4,801,459 -128,875 4,672,584 NA
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY:
General Fund Accounts:
Military Personnel, Navy_________ 66,543 2,420,618 135,000 2,555,618 —12,000 2,610,161 2,549,986 60,175 12,896 47,279 47,600
Reserve Personnel, Navy__________ 14,465 90,098 —2,000 88,098 -------------- 102,563 83,019 19,543 3,490 16,053 16,078
Navy Personnel, General Expenses._ 11,401 87,941 ------------- 87,941 ------------ 99,342 87,998 11,343 —135 11,208 13,081
Military Personnel, Marine Corps__ 19,686 635,692 25,000 660,692 —3,000 677,378 623,577 53,801 30,330 23,471 24,925
Reserve Personnel, Marine Corps__ 3,200 23,760 ------------- 23,760 ------------ 26,960 23,537 3,423 —144 3,279 3,376
Marine Corps Procurement________ 566,910 25,000 ------------ 25,000 ------------ 591,910 156,088 435,822 --------------- 435,822 293,059
Marine Corps Troops and Facilities. 42,724 173,117 -158 172,959 ------------ 215,683 172,220 43,463 -7,778 35,685 38,499
Aircraft and Related Procurement__ 4,305, 529 2, 033, 795 ------------ 2, 033, 795 —38 6, 339,287 2,441, 985 3, 897, 301 --------------- 3, 897, 301 2, 626,826
Aircraft and Facilities____________ 280,864 856,181 ________ 856,181 38 1,137,082 881,358 255,723 -17,602 238,122 246,123
Shipbuilding and Conversion______ 3, 460, 991 2, 069, 400 ------------ 2, 069, 400 ------------ 5, 530,391 1, 837,199 3,693,191 --------------- 3, 693,191 2, 679,218
Ships and Facilities______________ 206,032 799,408 ________ 799,408 ------------ 1,005,440 804,779 200,661 -879 199,783 206,630
Procurement of Ordnance and Ammunition____________________
319,598 602,535 ________ 602,535 ------------ 922,133 529,258 | 392,875 |-------------- 392,875 424,485
See footnotes a t end of table.
372 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
MILITARY FUNCTIONS EXPENDITURES
Table 2. EXPENDITURES AND EXPENDITURE AVAILABILITY, BY APPROPRIATION TITLE—Continued
FISCAL YEAR 1959—Continued
[Thousands of dollars]
Amounts available for expenditure fiscal year 1959
-----— ----------------------------------------------------------.------------------------ Unobli-
XT . . . . . v. . Total Preclosing ~ . gated Total Gross .. TT , New obligational availability expendi- unexpend- balance unexpend- unpaid
Department and appropriation Unexpend- ---------------------------------------------- tures for ed balance withdrawn ed balance obligations
ed balance Other Total fiscal fiscal year June 30, (—) or re- carried carried
. carried, Cqngres- trans- year 1959 1959 1959 stored (+) into fiscal into fiscal into fiscal sional Trans- Total fers per Public year 1960 year 1960 h year 1959 appropria- fers Law 798
tions
(D (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY—
Continued
General Fund Accounts—Continued
Ordnance and Facilities----------------- 65,155 153,949 ________ 153,949 ________ 219,103 158,731 60,372 -8,029 52,343 55,570
Medical Care------------------------------ 5,665 97,698 ________ 97,698 ________ 103,363 92,817 10,546 -2,795 7,752 19^652
Civil Engineering------------------------- 33,159 129,118 129,118 -2,000 160,277 130,327 29,950 -2,818 27,132 32,434
Research and Development------------ 306, 603 830, 779 39, 408 870,188 ________ 1,176, 790 797, 800 378, 990 _________ 378, 990 35o’ 535
Service-Wide Supply and Finance... 19,881 325,135 -8,256 316,879 336,760 314,761 21,998 -648 21,350 25^100
Service-Wide Operations---------------- 29,874 124,404 7,204 131,608 _________ 161,482 128,121 33,361 -3,884 29^ 477 30,’ 754
Naval Petroleum Reserves------------- 318 1,683 ________ 1,683 ________ 2,001 1,704 297 -15 282 ’ 310
Miscellaneous “ M” Accounts for
D iscontinued A ppropriation
Titles «------------------------------------ 12,766 ----------------------------------------------------------- 12,766 5,557 7,209 -1,319 5,890 5,890
Special Fund Accounts:
Preparation for Sale or Salvage of
Military Property---------------------- 1,069 <-34 ________ -34 ________ 1,035 1,026 9 _________ 9 9
Ship’s Stores Profits___________________________________________________________________________________________L_____________________
Miscellaneous “ M” Accounts for
D iscontinued A p p ro p riatio n
Titles_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
APPENDIX 373
Management F u n d 521,296 521,296 —439,364 960,660 —72 960,587 782,663
Business Enterprise Accounts:
Navy Stock Fund________________ 356,330 _____________________________ -120,000 236,330 1,394 234,936 --------------- 234,936 NA
Marine Corps Stock Fund_________ 52, 626 _____________________________ —25, 000 27, 626 —15,312 42,937 --------------- 42,937 NA
Industrial Fund_________________ 166,800 _____________________________ -15,000 151,800 18,297 133,503 ---------------- 133,503 NA
Other Revolving Funds;
Laundry Service, Naval Academy__ 108 _______________________________________ 108 37 72 --------------- 72 20
Naval Working Fund____________ 14,175 _____________________________________ 1- 14,175 2,087 12,088 --------------- 12,088 4,198
Defense Housing_________________ 831 --------------------------------------------- s —450 381 —45 426 --------------- 426 178
Consolidated Working Fund---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtotal______________________ 10,884,598 11,480,276 196,198 11,676,474 -177,450 22,383,622 11,388,943 10,994,679 -92,835 10,901,844 7,927,216
Military Construction______________ 482,518 295,000 ________ 295,000 ------------ 777,518 325,929 451,589 --------------- 451,589 341,904
Military Construction, Naval Reserve
Forces__________________________ 22,656 8,000 ________ 8,000 ________ 30,656 13,377 17,279 ---------------- 17,279 7,634
Total—Distributed on DD Form
1176_________________________ 11,389,772 11,783,276 196,198 11,979,474 -177,450 23,191,797 11,728,249 11,463,548 -92,835 11,370,713 8,276,754
Undistributed------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------
Nonclassifled Items________________ 41 34 —160,000 —159,966 177,450 17,525 17,525 —17,525 NA
TOTAL—DEPARTMENT OF
THE NAVY ____ 11,389,813 11,783,310 36,198 11,819,509 _ 23,209,322 11,728,249 11,481,073 -110,360 11,370,713 NA
D E PA R TM E N T OF TH E AIR
FORCE:
General Fund accounts:
Aircraft, Missiles, and Related Procurement____________________
9,513,417 6,643,475 -64,000 6,579,475 ________ 16,092,892 7,102,046 8,990,845 --------------- 8,990,845 7,159,521
Procurement other than Aircraft and
Missiles_______________________ 2,019,817 2,220,020 -18,500 2,201,520 ________ 4,221,337 1,532,519 2,688,817 --------------- 2,688,817 2,361,813
Operation and Maintenance_______ 1,018,971 4,119,525 —484 4,119,041 —23,000 5,115,013 4,194,519 920,494 12,881 907,613 995,578
Military Personnel_______________ 101,330 3,941,801 3,941,801 —8,000 4,035,131 3,9/5,639 59,493 4,313 55,180 116,632
Research and Development________ 490,914 751,829 28,330 780,159 —170 1,270,903 813,272 457,632 --------------- 457,632 407,962
Reserve Personnel________________ 6,506 53,746 53,746 60,252 47,419 12,832 —6,255 6,577 6,650
Air National Guard_________________ 87,790 251,881 251,881 339,671 278,941 60,730 6,101 54,629 54,635
Miscellaneous “M” Accounts for
Discontinued Appropriation Titles
*__________________________ 184 _______________________________________ 184 167 17 -11 7 7
See footnotes a t end of table.
374 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
MILITARY FUNCTIONS EXPENDITURES
Table 2. EXPENDITURES AND EXPENDITURE AVAILABILITY, BY APPROPRIATION TITLE—Continued
FISCAL YEAR 1959—Continued
[Thousands of dollars!
Amounts available for expenditure fiscal year 1959
_____________________________________________________________Unobli-
Total Preclosing gated Total Gross
New obligational availability expendi- unexpend- balance unexpend- impaid
Department and appropriation Unexpend-______________________________ tures for ed balance withdrawn ed balance obligations
ed balance Other Total fiscal fiscal year June 30, (—) or re- carried carried
carried Congres- trans- year 1959 1959 1959 stored (+) into fiscal into fiscal
into fiscal sional Trans- Total fers per Public year 1960 year 1960 h year 1959 appropria- fers Law 798
tions
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR
FORCE—Continued
Special Fund Accounts:
Preparation for Sale or Salvage of
Military Property______________ 2,299 *-206 _______ -206 ________ 2,093 1,418 675 _________ 675 675
Miscellaneous “ M” Accounts for
Discontinued Appropriation Titles
‘__________________________ 29 _______________________________________ 29 21 8 ______ 8 8
Management Fund________________ 16,256 _________ __________________ ________ 16,256 7,201 9,055 -2,091 6,964 5,519
Business Enterprise Accounts:
Stock Fund_____________________ 248,066 __________________ ___________________ 248,066 -27,992 276,058 ________ 276,058 NA
Industrial Fund_________________ 82,113 _____________________________ s-8,000 74,113 31,387 42,726 _________ 42,726 NA
Consolidated Working Fund________ 130 ______________________________________ 130 6 124 —11 113 113
Subtotal______________________ 13,587,822 17,982,071 -54,654 17,927,417 -39,170 31,476,069 17,956,563 13,519,506 -31,663 13,487,844 11,109,112
Military Construction______________ 1,927,872 785,000 ________ 785,000 ________ 2,712,872 1,127,606 1,585,266 _________ 1,585,266 951,886
Total—Distributed on DD Form
1176_________________________ 15,515,694 18,767,071 -54,654 18,712,417 - 39,170 34,188,941 19,084,169 15,104,772 -31,663 15,073,110 12,060,998
Undistributed______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ NA
APPENDIX 375
Nonclassified I t e m s 206 206 39,000 39,206 39,206 -39,206 NA
TO TA L—DEPARTMENT OF
THE AIR FORCE____________ 15,515,694 18,767,277 -54,654 18,712,623 -170 34,228, 147 19,084,169 15, 143,978 -70,868 15,073, 110 NA
Source: DD Form 1176. 1 Replacement of Personal Property Sold. , , , f Includes $3,065,000 appropriated to 1958 account.
N ote^ Amounts will not necessarily add to totals due to rounding. g Represents capital transfer from Revolving Fund to Treasury Receipt account.
NA Not Applicable. h Amounts in this column are gross, i.e., inclusive of reimbursements receivable and
Less than $500. anticipated, and thus may exceed cash unexpended balances in column.
“ Represents restoration of amount written off on 30 June 1958 and reappropriated in . Represents adjustments to prior year appropriations as follows:
fiscal year 1959.
h Signal Service; Dept, of the Air Force Prior Years, Ordnance Service and Supplies; Preparation for Sale or Salvage of Military ^ rmy. Navy -Ur Force
Expediting Production; Expenses, Army of the Philippines; Seacoast Defenses; Property, 1958________________________ —34,721 +40,873 —23,821
Claims of Officers, Enlisted Men, and Nurses of the Army for Destruction of Private Preparation for Sale or Salvage of Military
Property. Property, 1957________________________ -1,000 - 74,199 -172,719
ORNV: Construction and Machinery; Construction of Ships; IRNV: Armor, Preparation for Sale or Salvage of Military
Armament and Ammunition; Ordnance for New Construction; Facilities; Public Property Prior Years_________________ —9,614 —1,046 —9,098
Works, Bureau of Yards and Docks; Research; Naval Petroleum Reserves, #4. ---------- ---------- -----------
d Special Procurement. Total____________________________ -45,334 -34,372 -205,638
CIVIL FUNCTIONS DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE OBLIGATIONS
Table 3. OBLIGATIONS AND OBLIGATIONAL AVAILABILITY OF CURRENT GENERAL APPROPRIATIONS, BY
APPROPRIATION TITLE
(Excluding working, revolving, and special funds and expired general appropriations)
FISCAL YEAR 1959
_________________________________________________ [Thousands of dollars]
Amounts available for obligation fiscal year 1959 Unobligated balance as of
30 Jun 1959
Obliga-
Unobli- New obligational availability tions Unobli-
Appropriation gated ____________________________ Total fiscal Total Expired gated
balance Reim- fiscal year pre- balance balance
carried Congres- burse- year 1959 closing withdrawn available
into fiscal sional Trans- Total ments 1959 balance June 30, fiscal year
year 1959 appropria- fers 1959 1960
tions
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE—TOTAL----------------------- 81, 173 826,430 ________ 826,430 2,645 910,248 827,153 83,095 -170 82,926
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY:
Corps of Engineers:
Flood Control, Mississippi River and Tributaries______ 10 67,811 67,811 184 68,004 66,734 1,270 1,270
General Investigations---------------------------------------------- 2,107 10,189 10,189 2 12,297 10,663 1,634 1,634
Construction, General---------------------------------------------- 61,934 608,247 _________ 608,247 1,286 671,467 609,064 62,402 ___________ 62,402
Operation and Maintenance, General-------------------------- 3,499 114,521 ________ 114,521 1,113 119,133 115,257 3,877 ______ .... 3,877
General Expenses--------------------------------------------------------------------- 12,735 ________ 12,735 33 12,768 12,734 34 - 34 __________
Hydraulic Mining in California, Debris Fund_________ 18 18 ________ 18 ________ 36 21 15 _________ 15
Niagara Remedial Works------------------------------------------ 158 ____________________________ 15 173 15 158 _________ 158
Maintenance and Operation of Dams and Other Improvements
of Navigable Waters------------------------------------- 152 152 ________ 152 ________ 305 152 152 _________ 152
United States Section, St. Lawrence River Joint Board of
Engineers---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 100 ________ 100 1 101 28 73 -73 _________
Payments to State Flood Control Act, 1954____________ 1,403 1,504 ________ 1,504 ________ 2,907 1,472 1,435 _________ 1,435
Claims, Lake of the Woods Flood Damage____ „_________________ 244 ________ 244 ________ 244 244
TOTAL—CORPS OF ENGINEERS________________ 69,280 815,520 ________ 815,520 2,634 887,434 816,384 71,050 -107 70,943
376 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
APPENDIX 377
Salaries and Expenses, Cemeterial Expenses________________________ 7,450 ________ 7,450 6 7,456 7,441 16 —16 _________
Payments to Claimants, Disaster at Texas City, Texas___ 11,626 _____________________________________ 11,626 176 11,450 __________ 11,450
Construction of Power Systems, Ryukyu Islands________ 266 _____________________________________ 266 86 180 _________ 180
Construction of Water System, Ryukyu Islands____________________ 600 ________ 600 ________ 600 246 354 _________ 354
Administration, Ryukyu Islands_________________________________ 2,860 ________ 2,860 5 2,865 2,819 46 —46 _________
TOTAL—DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY_______ 81,173 826,430 ________ 826,430 2,645 910,248 827,153 83,095 -170 82,926
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY________■_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Note. Amounts will not necessarily add to totals due to rounding.
378 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
CIVIL FUNCTIONS DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE EXPENDITURES
Table 4. EXPENDITURES AND EXPENDITURE AVAILABILITY, BY APPROPRIATION TITLE
FISCAL YEAR 1959
[Thousands of dollars]
Amounts available for expenditure fiscal year 1959
_________________________________________________________ Unobligated
bal- Total unex- Gross unNew
obligational availability Expendi- Preclos- ance with- pended bal- paid obliga-
Appropriation Unex- ____________________________ Total tures ingunex- drawn (—) ance carried tions carpended
bal- Other fiscal fiscal year pended or restored into fiscal ried into
ance carried Congres- transfers year 1959 balance (+) per year 1960 fiscal year
into fiscal sional ap- Transfers Total 1959 Public Law 1960
year 1959 propria- 798
tions
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE— TOTAL 240,123 826,451 _____ 826,451 1 1,066,575 780,439 286, 136 -339 285,797 190,721
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY:
Corps of Engineers:
Flood Control, Mississippi River and Tributaries________________________________
18,483 67,811 67,811 86,294 73,178 13,116 13,116 12,016
General Investigations___________________ 3,386 10,189 10,189 13,574 10,865 2,709 2,709 1,076
Construction, General___________________ 145,839 608,247 608,247 754,085 562,953 191,132 191,132 128,806
Operation and Maintenance, General______ 17,060 114,521 114,521 131,581 113,576 18,005 18,005 14,257
General Expenses_______________________ 905 12,735 ________ 12,735 ------------ 13,640 12,880 759 —45 714 719
Hydraulic Mining in California, Debris
Fund________________________________ 18 18 ________ 18 ________ 36 21 15 -------------- 15 1
Niagara Remedial Works________________ 158 -------------------------------------------------------- 158 2 155 -------------- 155 2
Maintenance and Operation of Hams and
Other Improvements of Navigable Waters. 152 152 ------------ 152 ------------ 305 152 152 -------------- 152 ---------------
United States Section, St. Lawrence River
Joint Board of Engineers_______________ 7 100 ------------ 100 1 108 32 75 —73 2 2
Payments to State Flood Control Act, 1954.. 1,403 1,504 ------------ 1,504 ------------ 2,907 1,472 .1,435 -------------- 1,435 ---------------
Claims, Lake of the Woods, Flood Damage____________ 244 ------------ 244 (*) 244 244 ---------------------------- --------------------------------
Revolving Fund________________________ 27,683 _________ ___________________________ 27,683 3,413 24,271 --------------- 24,271 32,266
TOTAL—CORPS OF ENGINEERS . 215,093 815,520 _____ 815,520 1 1,030,614 778,788 251,826 -118 251,708 189,144
APPENDIX 379
Salaries and Expenses, Cemeterial Expenses... 699 7,450 ...______ 7,450 ________ 8,149 7,283 866 — 22 844 844
Entombment of Unknown Americans of World
War II and Korea_______________________ 1 _____________________________________ 1 1 ________________________________________
Civilian Relief in Korea___________________ 27 _____________________________________ 27 —99 126 —99 27 27
g; Payments to Claimants, Disaster at Texas
City, Texas____________________________ 11,626 _____________________________________ 11,626 176 11,450 _________ 11,450 _________
Defense Production Guarantees_____________ 2,272 _____________________________________ 2,272 — 515 2,787 _________ 2, 787 --------------- g Construction of Power Systems, Ryukyu
Islands________________________________ 1,460 _____________________________________ 1,460 1,146 314 _________ 314 134
Construction of Water System, Ryukyu
Islands __________________________________________ 600 ________ 600 ________ 600 7 593 _________ 593 239
Administration, Ryukyu Islands___________ 259 2,860 ________ 2,860 ________ 3,120 2,688 432 —100 331 331
TOTAL—DEPARTMENT OF THE
ARMY_____________________________ 231,439 826,430 _______ 826,430 _______ 1,057,870 789,477 268,393 -339 268,054 190,720
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY:
Defense Production Guarantees_____________ 867 -------------------------------------------------------- 867 — 8,195 9,062 --------------- 9,062 ---------------
DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE:
Defense Production Guarantees_____________ 7, 798 -------------- ----------------------------------------- 7, 798 —863 8, 662 --------------- 8, 662 ---------------
Wildlife Conservation, etc., Eglin Field Reservation_________________________________
19 21 ________ 21 ------------ 40 21 19 --------------- 19 1
TOTAL—DEPARTMENT OF THE
A IR FO R C E _______________________ 7,817 21 ________ 21 ________ 7,838 “ 842 8,680 __________ 8,680 1
Note. Amounts will not necessarily add to totals due to rounding.
*Less than $500.
380 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
[Millions of dollars]
Table 5. MILITARY ASSISTANCE PROGRAM
OBLIGATIONS/RESERVATIONS
BY BUDGET ACTIVITY
Major classification
Obligations/Reservations
Fiscal years
1950-58
Fiscal year
1959
Total as of
June 30, 1959
TOTAL. _______________________________________________ $23,769.7 $1,527.2 $25,296.9
Equipment and Supplies____________________________ 19,666.4 1, 006. 8 20, 673. 2
Accessorial Charges. __ _ ___ __ _ _ _ ______ 1,025.0 165.3 1,190.3
Training___- -- ________ - - -- ____ - -- 480.1 88. 5 568. 6
Facilities Assistance __ __ _ - ____ - ___ 80.0 2.4 82.4
Development of Advance Design Weapons____________ 135.6 45.5 181.1
Infrastructure ___ 577. 6 90.0 667.5
Administrative Expenses _ ___ ____ _______ 252.7 23.2 275.9
International Military Headquarters .. _ __ 35.0 7.6 42.6
Other Services_____________________________________ 1,517.3 97.9 1,615.2
Note. Includes “Common Use Item’’ appropriation administered by International Cooperation Administration.
Includes $15.0 million allocated to MAP from the President’s Contingency Fund. Includes
reimbursements of $56.1 million. Amounts will not necessarily add to totals due to rounding.
[Millions of dollars]
Table 6. MILITARY ASSISTANCE PROGRAM
EXPENDITURES BY BUDGET ACTIVITY
Major classification
Expenditures
Fiscal vears
1950-58
Fiscal year
1959
Total as of
June 30, 1959
Total_„__________ ___ - - _____ - __ $20, 417. 9 $2, 368.1 $22,786. 0
Equipment and Supplies _ _ ___ 16. 850.7 1,848.4 18, 699.2
Accessorial Charges. .. __ _ __ . _____ . 1.002.4 157.7 1,160.1
Training _ _ _ _ 435.2 74.5 509.7
Facilities Assistance ____ __ . - __ 37.0 18.1 55.0
Development of Advance Design Weapons___ ___ _ 71.9 38.7 110.6
Infrastructure _ 452.2 54.6 506.8
Administrative Expenses _ _ _______ 244.7 24.6 269.4
International Military Headquarters ___ __ 31.4 6.6 38.0
Other Services..-__________________________________ 1,292.4 144.8 1, 437.2
Note. Includes “ Common Use Item” appropriation administered by International Cooperation Administration.
Includes reimbursements of $56.1 million. Amounts will not necessarily add to totals due to
rounding.
APPENDIX 381
[Millions of dollars]
Table 7. MILITARY ASSISTANCE PROGRAM
OBLIGATIONS/RESERVATIONS AND EXPENDITURES
BY DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE AGENCY
AND OTHER AGENCIES
Obligated or reserved Expended
Total as of
■Tune 30, 1958
Total as of
June 30, 1959
Total as of
June 30, 1958
Total as of
June 30, 1959
TOTAL____________________________________ $23. 769. 7 $25, 296. 9 $20, 417. 9 $22, 786. 0
Army . ... _ __ ___ 12,253 3 12 796 2 10 739 6 11 711 5
Navy _________ ___ 2, 629. 7 2 921 2 2 182 3 2 441 6
Air Force___ _ _________ 6, 906.1 7 469 8 5 740 9 6 773 5
OSD__________________ 868. 5 988 9 660 9 753 5
Other Agencies________________________ 1,112.1 1,120. 8 1, 094.1 1,105. 9
Note. Includes “Common Use Item” appropriation administered by International Cooperation Ad
ministration. Includes $15.0 million allocated to MAP from the President’s Contingency Fund. Includes
reimbursements of $56.1 million. Amounts will not necessarily add to totals due to rounding.
382 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
Table 8. ACTIVE DUTY MILITARY PERSONNEL
Date
Total, Department
of Defense
Army Navy
Marine
Corps Air Force
TOTALS
2, 600, 581 898,925 641,005 189,495 871,156
July 31 2, 604, 242 898, 580 643,138 190, 894 871, 630
Aug. 31____________________________ 2, 604, 628 897, 524 647,215 190, 990 868, 899
Sept 30 _ _ _ - - 2, 598, 015 900, 440 643,452 188, 885 865,238
Oct 31 - ______ 2,596, 654 901,793 640,293 189, 424 865,144
Nov 30 _ __ 2, 590, 086 900, 604 639, 022 189, 061 861,399
Dec 31 - - ------ -- - 2, 565,923 890, 769 634, 739 187,741 852, 674
Jan. 31, 1959________________________ 2,561,318 889, 046 635,207 185,393 851, 672
Feb 28 -- ----- -------- -- 2,550,154 886, 361 634, 702 183, 635 845, 456
Mar 31 - -- - - ____ - - 2,538,110 879, 332 631,930 181,975 844,873
Apr 30 _ _ _ - - 2, 518, 048 873, 032 628, 418 174, 709 841, 889
AT ay 31 -_________________________ 2, 505, 699 865, 732 624, 937 175,154 839, 876
Tnna 30 ___ ________ 2, 504,310 861,964 626,340 175, 571 840, 435
OFFICERS
325,956 104.716 71, 560 16, 741 132,939
July 31 325, 273 104, 590 70, 880 16,713 133, 090
jkug. 31_______________ ___ ____— 324,722 103, 813 71,144 16, 447 133,318
Sept 30 -- _____ - 324,282 103, 382 70, 622 16,283 133, 995
Oct. 31____________________________
Nov 30 _ __ - _
324,251
322,881
103,162
102, 540
70, 719
70,438
16,192
16,127
134,178
133, 776
Dec 31 - - - 322,158 101,992 70, 416 16, 342 133,408
321,747 102,123 70, 221 16,255 133,148
Feb 28 - __ __ 320, 940 102, 020 69, 951 16,166 132,803
Alar 31 320,422 101,952 69, 881 16, 005 132, 584
Apr 30 - _ - - - - 319, 474 102,091 69, 484 15,959 131,940
May 31 - - - - 318, 437 101,681 69, 313 15, 974 131,469
Turin 30 ___ 319,152 101, 690 69, 795 16, 065 131, 602
ENLISTED
2,264, 506 792, 508 563, 506 172, 754 735, 738
July 31 - - - - - - _ _ - - 2, 267, 977 791,488 566,251 174,181 736, 057
2, 268, 715 791,207 569, 890 174, 543 733, 075
2,262,490 794,576 566, 657 172, 602 728, 655
Oct 31 - - - ______ ______ 2,261,840 796,165 564, 070 173,232 728,373
2, 256,279 795, 611 562,804 172,934 724, 930
Dee. 31___________________________
Jan 31 1959 - - ___ --
2, 233,049
2,228,023
786, 337
784, 551
559, 017
558, 750
171,399
169,138
716,296
715, 584
Feb 28 - -___ _____________ 2,217, 562 781,976 558,713 167, 469 709,404
Mar 31 __________________ 2,205, 752 775,017 556,054 165,970 708, 711
Apr. 30-------------------------------------------
ATay 31
2,187, 481
2,175, 850
768, 580
761,691
553,807
550,392
158, 750
159,180
706, 344
704, 587
June 30 2,174, 728 758, 458 552,221 159, 506 704, 543
OFFICER CANDIDATES 1
10,119
10,992
1,701
2, 502
5,939
6,007
June ou, ivoo- 2,479
JT InUlvJ ox------- - 2,483
Aug 31 11,191 2,504 6,181 2, 506
Sept. 30------------------------------------------
Oct 31
11,243
10, 563
2,482
2,466
6,173
5, 504
2,588
2,593
NFnv 30 10, 926 2, 453 5, 780 2,693
Dec. 31______________________
Jan 31 1959
10,716
11,548
2,440
2,372
5,306
6, 236
2,970
2,940
Feb 28 -- ________________ 11,652 2,365 6,038 _________ 3,249
Mar 31 - - __________ 11,936 2,363 5, 995 _________ 3, 578
A pr 30 11,093 2,361 5,127 _________ 3, 605
11,412 2,360 5, 232 3,820
June 30------------------------------------------- 10, 430 1,816 4,324— 4,290
i Consists of cadets, U.S. Military Academy (Army); midshipmen, U.S. Naval Academy, aviation
cadets, and enlisted officer candidates (Navy); and cadets, U.S. Air Force Academy, and aviation cadets,
including enlisted aviation students (Air Force).
APPENDIX 383
Table 9. RESERVE COMPONENTS PERSONNEL
[Excludes personnel on extended active duty]
June 30, 1958 June 30, 1959
Total
enrollment
Drill pay
and 3-6
month
trainees ®
Total
enrollment
Drill pay
and 3-6
month
trainees a
TOTAL—DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE________
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY_______________
National Guard
4,022,061 985,030 4,354,005 1,006,588
2,476,967 689,100 2,686,586 713,600
<> 442,369 394,329 404,036 399, 427
Officers.-. ____ _ . _ _ ______ _ 42, 755
399, 614
37, 942
356,387
40,156
363, 880
37, 884
Enlisted------------------------------------------------------------ 361, 543
Army Reserve._ ______ __ _ ___ 2, 034, 598 294, 771 2,282, 550 314,173
Officers _____ 227, 620
1, 806, 978
53,329
241, 442
244,809
2, 037, 741
50, 945
Enlisted ___ 263,228
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY________________
Naval Reserve ...
976,139 175,833 1,043,657 165,230
674, 763 129, 761 727, 727 120, 371
Officers - ___ __ . _ ___ __ _ 184, 760
° 490, 003
26, 513
103,248
181, 454
« 546, 273
25, 454
Enlisted------------------------------------------------------------ 94,917
Marine Corps Reserve ____ 301,376 rf 46,072 315,930 44,859
Officers _ ... 25,192
276,184
4,143
d 41,929
23, 845
292, 085
3, 537
Enlisted 41, 322
DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE _ ____
Air National Guard__ _ _ _
568,955 120,097 623,762 127,758
69,995 69, 995 70,994 70,994
Officers.______ __ _ _ __ _ _ 8, 354
61, 641
8,354
61,641
8, 473
62,521
8, 473
Enlisted 62,521
Air Force Reserve _____ _ ____ ____ ___ 498,960 50,102 552, 768 56, 764
Officers. 133, 686
365,274
19, 572
30, 530
134,389
418, 379
21,209
Enlisted 35, 555
» Reserves authorized drill pay for inactive duty training, plus reserves undergoing 3 to 6 months’ active
duty for training.
6 Includes Inactive National Guard.
c Includes Regular NROTC and Merchant Marine midshipmen.
d Revised.
384 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
Table 10. CIVILIAN PERSONNEL
Date
Total,
Department
of Defense
Department
of the Army
Department
of the Navy
Department
of the
Air Force
Other
Department
of Defense
activities
A. DIRECT HIRE EMPLOYEES “
1958
1, 097.095 415,914 363, 729 315, 806 1,646
1,097,961 417,082 364, 050 315,205 1,624
Aug. 31_____________ 1, 097, 377 417,168 363, 695 314, 894 1,620
Sept. 30- _______ ______ 1, 093, 003 415, 284 361,211 314, 878 1,630
Oct. 31_________________ 1, 094,123 415, 326 360, 791 316, 368 1,638
Nov. 30__ ___ _______ ____ __ 1,092, 413 413, 341 360,382 317, 039 1,651
Dec. 31 1,088,489 409, 564 360,272 316,997 1,656
1959
1,083, 935 407, 206 359, 011 316, 063 1,655
Feb.28_____________________ 1,078,109 405, 395 355, 857 315,183 1, 674
Mar. 31--_ 1,075,548 403, 837 355,114 314, 913 1,684
Apr. 30__ ______ ____ ___ ___ 1,074,662 404, 321 354,486 314,144 1,711
May 31_. __ ____ . _ 1, 073, 874 404, 416 354, 326 313, 414 1,718
June 30_____________________ 1, 078,178 405, 848 357,108 313, 466 1,756
B. CONTRACT HIRE PERSONNEL (OVERSEAS SUPPORT) ”
June 30__
1958
216, 695 142,090 17, 722 56, 883
July 31___ ___ _ _ __ _ __ 212,101 139, 739 17,680 54, 682
Aug. 31__ _______ ______ 211,670 139, 939 17, 606 54,125
Sept. 30 .. -_ _ _ __ _ 208,315 135, 043 17,649 55, 623
Oct. 31___ __ _____ 205, 712 132,968 17,510 55,234
Nov. 30__ 203, 410 130, 786 17, 528 55, 096
Dec. 31___
1959
200,309 128, 514 17, 534 54, 261
Jan. 31___ - - - 197, 073 125, 764 17, 654 53, 655
Feb.28___ - - - - - 195, 413 124,863 17, 545 53,005
Mar. 31__ _____ _ _ 192, 727 122,512 17,493 52,722
Apr. 30___ ____ ______ __ 191,300 121, 744 17, 398 52,158
May 31__ _______ ________ 190,163 121,194 17,267 51, 702
June 30__— 188,472 120,452 17, 392 50, 628
° Total paid employees (full-time, part-time, and intermittent) as reported officially to the Civil Service
Commission. Includes employment charged to the Military Assistance Program and to Civil Functions.
b Foreign nationals supporting the armed forces in certain oversea areas under contracts or agreements
with foreign governments.
APPENDIX 385
Table 11. PERSONNEL
OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE AND JOINT CHIEFS OF STAFF
June 30, 1958 Aug. 31 Oct. 31 Dec. 31 Feb. 28, 1959 Apr. 30 June 30
Civil- Mili- Civil- Mili- Civil- Mill- Civil- Mill- Civil- Mili- Civil- Mili- Civil- Miliian
tary ian tary ian tary ian tary ian tary ian tary ian tary
OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF
DEFENSE “______________________ 1,287 382 1,248 372 1,227 385 1,219 384 1,217 390 1,223 387 1,262 393
Office Of the Secretary *_____________ 162 46 150 46 150 46 149 47 146 44 147 44 144 46
Director of Defense Research and
Engineering_____________________ 190 67 189 65 187 68 189 68 190 70 193 72 203 80
Assistant Secretary (Comptroller)____ 161 4 161 4 160 5 162 5 162 4 160 3 165 3
Assistant Secretary (Health and Medical)____________________________
11 11 11 9 11 8 11 8 11 9 11 8 11 8
Assistant Secretary (International Security
Affairs)___________________ 206 93 208 88 207 93 199 92 200 93 204 92 206 97
Assistant Secretary (Manpower, Personnel
and Reserve)______________ 84 47 86 47 86 45 88 46 85 49 86 47 84 46
Assistant Secretary (Properties and
Installations)____________________ 63 ----------- 63 ----------- 63 ----------- 62 ---------- 62 ----------- 62 ----------- 61 -----------
Assistant Secretary (Public Affairs)__ 72 47 76 52 75 57 77 58 74 59 74 59 78 57
Assistant Secretary (Supply and
Logistics)_______________________ 216 18 181 19 186 19 182 17 183 16 181 16 186 14
General Counsel___________________ 57 1 56 1 56 1 57 ---------- 58 ----------- 59 ----------- 58 -----------
Assistant to the Secretary (Atomic
Energy)________________________ 12 21 12 16 13 17 11 16 13 16 13 17 13 16
Assistant to the Secretary (Legislative
Affairs)_________________________ 8 5 7 4 7 5 7 6 7 8 9 8 9 7
Assistant to the Secretary (Special
Operations)_____________________ 12 6 12 7 13 6 13 6 14 7 13 7 13 6
Special Programs__________________ 33 16 36 14 13 15 12 15 12 15 11 14 31 13
386 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE
Table 11 PERSONNEL—Continued
OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE AND JOINT CHIEFS OF STAFF—Continued
June 30, 1958 Aug. 31 Oct. 31 Dec. 31 Feb. 28, 1959 Apr. 30 June 30
Civil- Mili- Civil- Mili- Civil- Mili- Civil- Mili- Civil- Mill- Civil- Mili- Civil- Millian
tary ian tary ian tary ian tary ian tary ian tary ian tary
JOINT CHIEFS OF STAFF ORGANIZATION________________________
201 328 220 348 241 465 263 514 283 565 297 573 303 594
Office of the Chairman_____________ 10 9 10 9 9 9 9 9 8 9 9 8 10 8
Joint Staff________________________ 103 221 87 232 87 334 95 364 127 411 160 412 173 430
Other Joint Chiefs of Staff Activities._ 88 98 123 107 145 122 159 141 148 145 128 153 120 156
OTHER ACTIVITIES *______________ 115 76 115 75 118 78 116 78 119 77 124 82 139 82
Advanced Research Projeets Agency... 24 4 25 5 29 7 29 7 30 8 34 12 48 13
Standing Group, North Atlantic
Treaty Organization______________ 37 72 38 70 40 71 39 71 42 69 41 70 42 69
U.S. Court of Military Appeals______ 42 43 43 41 40 41 41 -----------
Interdepartmental Activities________ 12 9 6 7 7 8 8 -----------
TOTAL, FULL-TIME PERSONNEL 1,603 786 1,583 795 1,586 928 1,598 976 1,619 1,032 1,644 1,042 1,704 1,069
Intermittent Consultants___________ 43 37 52 58 55 67 52 -----------
TOTAL PERSONNEL_______________ 1,646 786 1,620 795 1,638 928 1,656 976 1,674 1,032 1,711 1,042 1,756 1,069
“ Detail has been revised to provide comparability with data for June 30, 1959.
& Includes Offices of the Deputy Secretary and Administrative Secretary, and the Administrative Office of the Secretary.
«Includes activities receiving administrative support from the Office of the Secretary of Defense.
INDEX
Page
Accounting. (See Fiscal matters.)
ADIZ (Air Defense Identification Zone)_____________________________ 298
Advanced Research Projects Agency (ARPA)----------- 18,21,24,38,253,334,385
Air Force Academy_____________________________________________ 304, 311
Air Force Control Center__________________________________________ 290
Air Force, Department of the. (See also Reserve Forces Policy Board.)
Budget____________________________________________________ 358, 364
Actual obligations and net expenditures, fiscal year 1959----------- 359
Amount available for obligation, fiscal year 1959------------------- 359
Fiscal year 1960__________________________________________ 361
Supplemental appropriations------------------------------------------------ 358
Combat forces________________________________________________ 290
Air defense_______________________________________________ 297
ADIZ________________________________________________ 298
Air defense master plan------------------------------------------------ 298
CADIN (Continental Air Defense Integration, North)-------- 298
SAGE_______________________________________________ 297
Strategic Air Command (SAC)_________________________ 3
Warning network--------------- 297
Military Air Transport Service (MATS)--------------------------------- 299
Air Photographic and Charting Service---------------------------- 301
Air Rescue Service____________________________________ 300
Airways and Air Communications Service------------------------- 301
Air Weather Service__________________________________ 300
Industrial Fund for Airlift Service--------------------------------- 300
Operation DEEP FREEZE_____________________________ 300
Strategic Air Command (SAC)_____________________________ 293
Tactical Air Command (TAC)______________________________ 295
CASF Bravo_________________________________________ 295
CASE X-Ray Tango___________________________________ 296
Health and welfare__________________________________________ 317
Air Force hospitals_______________________________________ 319
American Hospital Association accreditation---------------------- 320
Construction__________________________________________ 319
Chaplains________________________________________________ 323
Dependent school population_______________________________ 317
Dependents’ medical care__________________________________ 320
Medicare_________________________________________________ 321
Restrictions___________________________________________ 320
Health in the Air Force____________________________________ 319
Daily noneffective ratio of personnel____________________ 319
Death rate____________________________________________ 319
Judge Advocate General________________ 324
Medical personnel_________________________________________ 317
Incentive pay-------------------------------------------------------------- 318
Residency deferment program___________________________ 318
Special programs______________________________________ 318
Training courses.------—_-------------- .---------------------------------- 318
387
388 INDEX
Air Force, Department of the—Continued
Health and welfare—Continued ■Page
Medical research------------------------------------------------------------------ 321
Aero Medical Laboratory------------------------------------------------- 321
Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory------------------------------------------ 322
School of Aviation Medicine---------------------------------------------- 323
Medical service____________________________________________ 317
Installations------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 326
Active major installations, U.S. and foreign (table)------------------- 328
Base maintenance____ ______________________________________ 330
Construction Review Panel_______________________________ 330
Construction_______________________________________________ 327
BMEWS sites__________________________________________ 327
BOMARC bases_________________________________________ 327
ICBM facilities_________________________________________ 327
SAGE facilities_________________________________________ 327
Family housing____________________________________________ 329
Capehart projects----------------------------------------------------------- 329
New units completed (tables)------------------------------------------- 330
Wherry program________________________________________ 329
Programs__________________________________________________ 326
Authorizations__________________________________________ 326
Inactivation of facilities_________________________________ 326
Introduction__________________________ :----------------------------------- 287
Logistical services_____________________________________________ 347
Maintenance_______________________________________________ 348
Supply and services_________________________________________ 347
Transportation_____________________________________________ 350
Management___________________________________________________ 352
Administrative services______________________________________ 356
Comptroller service to management___________________________ 352
Electronic analysis procedures___________________________ 353
Finance controls________________________________________ 352
Reporting______________________________________________ 352
Inspector General activities__________________________________ 353
Flight safety__________________________________________ 354
Worldwide USAF Flying Safety Officers’ Conference___ 355
Ground safety___________________________________________ 355
National Safety Council’s Award of Honor______________ 355
Inspection____________________________________________ 353
Special inspections__________________________________ 354
Military law enforcement________________________________ 356
Security_______________________________________________ 354
Manpower and manpower objectives_____________________________ 302
Military training_______________________________________________ 308
Flying training____________________________________________ 308
Hours required_________________________________________ 308
Navigators_____________________________________________ 309
Survival training________________________________________ 309
INDEX 389
Air Force, Department of the—Continued
Military training—Continued Pa&e
Operation SWIFTLIFT____________________________________ 316
Professional education_____________________________________ 310
Air Force Academy____________________________________ 311
Air Force Extension Course Institute____________________ 312
Air Force Reserve Officers Training Corps (AFROTC)--------- 310
Air University________________________________________ 312
Officer Training School________________________________ 311
Reserve forces____________________________________________ 312
Air Force Reserve____________________________________ 312
Aircraft inventory________________________________ 313
Air National Guard___________________________________ 312
Aircraft inventory;________________________________ 313
Technical training------------------------------------------------------------- 309
Personnel, civilian__________________________________________ 305, 384
Award for employment of physically handicapped--------------------- 306
Federal merit promotion program----------------------------------------- 306
Foreign nationals_________________________________________ 305
Incentive award program______ ,____________________________ 307
Joint inspection agreement--------------------------------------------------- 306
Merit system for employees in Panama Canal Zone------------------ 306
Reductions_______________________________________________ 302
Turnover rate____________________________________________ 305
Personnel, military_________________________________________ 302, 382
Changes in airman structure_______________________________ 303
Personnel quality control program_______________________ 304
Proficiency pay plan___________________________________ 303
Officer corps______________________________________________ 304
Air Force Academy__ _________________________________ 304
Reductions_______________________________________________ 303
Reserve_______________________________________ 58, 97,104, 312, 383
Women in the Air Force___________________________________ 304
Officer Training School________________________________ 305
Procurement and production of materiel__________________________ 341
Aircraft and missile production_____________________________ 343
Industrial readiness___________________________________ 341
Military Assistance Program (MAP)________________________ 344
Procurement policies______________________________________ 341
Research and development____________________________________ 332
Appropriation_____________________________________________ 332
Astronautics______________________________________________ 334
Basic and applied research__________________________________ 339
Mutual Weapons Development Program______________________ 334
Supporting developments__________________________________ 338
Equipment____________________________________________ 338
Nuclear experiments._________________________________ 339
Fallout data______________________________________ 339
Project Argus_____________________________________ 339
Transport and training aircraft_________________________ 338
390 INDEX
Air Force, Department of the—Continued
Research and development—Continued -Page
Weapon development---------------------------------------------------------- 335
Air defense weapons----------------------------------------------------- 336
BMEWS__________________________________________ 336
BOMARC_________________________________________ 336
Strategic air weapons--------------------------------------------------- 335
ATLAS___________________________________________ 335
Bombers__________________________________________ 336
HOUND DOG_____________________________________ 336
MINUTEMAN_____________________________________ 335
QUAIL___________________________________________ 336
TITAN___________________________________________ 335
Tactical air weapons__________________________________ 337
MACE____________________________________________ 337
Vertical take-off fighter-------------------------------------------- 338
Air Force Extension Course Institute------------------------------------------------ 312
Air Force Reserve_____________________________________ 58, 97,104, 312, 383
Air Materiel Command_____________________________________________ 347
Air National Guard________________________________- 58,97,103,308,312,383
Air Photographic and Charting Service____________ :-------------------------- 301
Air Rescue Service------------------------------------------------------------------------- 300
Air Training Command------------------------------------------------------------------- 295
Air University___________________________________________________ 312
Airways and Air Communications Service------------------------------------------ 301
ANZUS__________________________________________________________ 92
Armed Forces Policy Council------------------------------------------------------------40, 45
Armed Forces Staff College------------------------------------------------------------- 127
Armed Forces Supply Support Center---------------------------------------- 2, 65, 73, 258
Army Audit Agency----------------------------------------------------------------------- 191
Army, Department of the. (See also Reserve Forces Policy Board.)
Budget and funds___________________________________________ 198, 364
Direct obligations--------------------------------------------------------------- 200
Funds versus requirements--------------------------------------------------- 200
New appropriation structure------------------------------------------------ 198
New obligational authority--------------------------------------------------- 200
Civil works : water resources development------------------------------- 185
Appropriations------------------------------------------------------------------- 185
Assignment of new responsibilities----------------------------------------- 190
Beach erosion control----------------------------------------------------------- 189
Flood control_____________________________________________ 187
Reservoirs and protection projects placed in operation-------- 187
Hurricane protection----------------------------------------------------------- 189
Hydroelectric power------------------------------------------------------------ 188
Investigations--------------------------------------------------------------------- 1"
Local water supply-------------------------------------------------------------- 188
Lock and dam replacement--------------------------------------------------- 186
Navigation projects------------------------------------------------------------ 186
Progress in fiscal year 1959-------------------------------------------------- 185
Recreation------------------------------------------------------------------------- 189
Conclusion____________________________________________________ 203
Introduction__________________________________________________ 113
INDEX 391
Army, Department of the—Continued Page
Logistics____________________________________________________ 133
Construction, military--------------------------------------------------------- 140
Domestic____________________________________________ 141
Housing______________________________________________ 141
MISSILE MASTER___________________________________ 141
NIKE-HERCULES facilities___________________________ 141
NIKE-ZEUS projects__________________________________ 141
Overseas_____________________________________________ 141
Wherry housing----------------------------------------------------------- 142
Management -------------------------------------------------------------------- 133
Combat materiel readiness, improvement of______________ 135
Field stock control system_____________________________ 139
Maintenance of equipment_____________________________ 140
Engineer objectives------------------------------------------------ 140
Maintenance of facilities______________________________ 139
Materiel planning for war--------------------------------------------- 134
Production plants_________________________________ 134
Reserve stocks____________________________________ 134
Small business firms------------------------------------------------ 134
Procurement deliveries________________________________ 135
Project MASS results_________________________________ 138
Storage and distribution_______________________________ 137
Inventories, reduction of___________________________ 137
Medicine_________________________________________________ 143
Disease noneffective rate_______________________________ 143
Medicare_____________________________________________ 145
Hospital admission rates----------------------------------------- 145
Restrictive changes------------------------------------------------- 145
Neuropsychiatry______________________________________ 144
Hospital admission rates----------------------------------------- 145
Walter Reed Army Institute of Research______________ 144
Office of Special Assistant to the Surgeon General for Combat
Development____________________________________ 148
Preventive____________________________________________ 143
Poliomyelitis, vaccination against made mandatory_____ 143
Professional medical training programs___________________ 144
Research and development______________________________ 146
Artificial kidney___________________________________ 146
Electrogoniometer ________________________________ 146
Energy value of food_______________________________ 146
Fluorescent antibody techniques_____________________ 146
Griseofulvin, antibiotic_____________________________ 146
Measurement of water in body______________________ 146
Prophylactic use of gamma globulin__________________ 146
Space medicine_______________________________________ 147
Flight by two monkeys, facts established by___________ 147
Management_________________________________________________ 191
Areas of management emphasis______________________________ 195
Army Audit Agency_______________________________________ 195
Automatic data-processing systems (ADPS)___________________ 194
Command management system______________________________ 191
392 INDEX
Army, Department of the—Continued
Management—Continued 1,0,66
Improvement program--------------------------------------------------------- 191
Camp Irwin, Calif------------------------------------------------------- 192
Fort Knox, Ky________________________________________ 192
Fort Ord, Calif------------------------------------------------------------ 192
Japan_______________________________________________ 192
Martin Army Hospital--------------------------------------------------- 193
Ohio River Division, Corps of Engineers------------------------- 193
Training ________________________________________________ 193
College courses------------------------------------------------------------ 194
Finance School, Ft. Benjamin Harrison, Ind--------------------- 193
Rock Island Arsenal, Rock Island, Ill------------------------------- 193
U.S. Army Management School, Ft. Belvoir, Va------------------ 193
Work simplification_______________________________________ 194
Manpower and personnel management---------------------------------------- 149
Medicine. (See under Logistics.)
Personnel, civilian---------------------------------------------------------- 161, 384
Canal Zone merit system and pay plans--------------------------- 163
Career programs--------------------------------------------------------- 103
Development__________________________________________ 162
Executive________________________________________ 162
Professional______________________________________ 162
Merit promotion program_______________________________ 162
Mobilization planning for civilian employees------------------- 164
Civilian manpower requirements established--------------- 164
Civilian personnel regulations modified------------------------ 165
Preemergency actions delineated------------------------------- 164
Salary and wage administration------------------------------------- 163
Strength______________________________________________ 161
Suggestion program------------------------------------------------------ 164
Personnel, military________________ 1-------------------------------- 149, 382
Army Career Option Group-------------------------------------------- 152
Distribution (table)----------------------------------------------------- 152
Enlisted management program__________________________ 155
Evaluation system_________________________________ 155
New grades______________________________________ 155
Permanent promotions______________________________ 156
Proficiency pay___________________________________ 155
Enlistments and reenlistments---------------------------------------- 150
General educational development------------------------------------- 157
Measures to decrease personnel movement------------------------ 154
Morale_______________________________________________ 157
New techniques for assignment of enlisted personnel----------- 154
Preinduction aptitude screening-------------------------------------- 151
Problems_____________________________________________ 159
Punitive confinement__________________________________ 158
Disciplinary barracks closed------------------------------------- 158
Reduction in number of prisoners------------------------------- 158
Strength______________________________________________ 150
Utilization------------------------------------------------------------------- 152
Women’s Army Corps-----------1--------------------------------------- 156
INDEX 393
Army, Department of the—Continued
Manpower and personnel management—Continued Pa^e
Reserve components____________________________ 57, 97,101, 160, 383
Army National Guard------------------------------------------------- 99,160
Army Reserve______________________________________ 101,160
Reserve Officers Training Corps--------------------------------------- 161
Safety------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 165
Aviation safety program------------------------------------------------ 165
Decline in accidents------------------------------------------------------ 165
Nuclear______________________________________________ 165
Projected losses------------------------------------------------------------ 165
Operations___________________________________________________ 115
Air defense----------------------------------------------------------------------- 122
HAWK______________________________________________ 123
MISSILE MASTER___________________________________ 123
NIKE_______________________________________________ 122
NIKE-ZEUS__________________________________________ 123
Deployment of forces-------------- 115
Europe----------------------------------------------------------------------- 116
Lebanon_____________________________________________ 118
Pacific_______________________________________________ 117
Ready forces overseas--------------------------------------------------- 115
Other forces overseas--------------------------------------------- 117
Ready forces within the United States----------------------------- 118
Ready Reserve________________________________________ 121
Mapping_________________________________________________ 130
Army Map Service------------------------------------------------------- 131
Inter-American Geodetic Survey-------------------------------------- 131
National Aeronautics and Space Agency---------------------------- 132
Military Assistance Program------------------------------------------------ 129
Research and development--------------------------------------------------------- 166
Basic____________________________________________________ 167
Army Mathematics Research Center-------------------------------- 168
Environmental Sciences Division------------------------------------- 168
Combat surveillance------------------------------------------------------------ 180
Communications---------------------------------------------------------------- 179
Human factors research program------------------------------------------- 184
“In-house” research------------------------------------------------------------ 167
Ablation nose cone-------------------------------------------------------- 167
Missile firepower__________________________________________ 171
LA CROSSE__________________________________________ 171
LITTLE JOHN_______________________________________ 171
MAULER_____________________________________________ 174
MISSILE A___________________________________________ 173
MISSILE B___________________________________________ 173
NIKE-ZEUS__________________________________________ 171
PERSHING___________________________________________ 171
REDEYE_____________________________________________ 173
SERGEANT___________________________________________ 171
Mobility_________________________________________________ 174
Air__________________________________________________ 178
Amphibians___________________________________________ 177
LARC-5 lighter___________________________________ 177
T-116 cargo carrier-------------------------------------------------- 177
394 INDEX
Army, Department of the—Continued
Research and development—Continued
Mobility—Continued Page
Combat vehicles------------------------------------------------------------ 174
M-60 tank________________________________________ 175
M-113 personnel carrier------------------------------------------ 175
Self-propelled airborne carriage for heavy artillery------ 175
Self-propelled carriage for 105-mm. howitzer-------------- 175
Fighting Vehicles Research and Development Establishment- 174
Fuels________________________________________________ 177
Automatic pipe-welding machine------------------------------- 178
Collapsible rubber fuel tank-------------------------------------- 177
Rolling fluid transporters---------------------------------------- 177
Logistical ground mobility--------------------------------------------- 175
Fork-lift machine--------------------------------------------------- 177
Off-road cargo carrier--------------------------------------------- 177
Soils Trafficability Research Facility------------------------------- 174
Nuclear__________________________________________________ 181
Atomic Power________________________________________ 181
Principal projects_________________________________________ 168
Ammunition__________________________________________ 170
Chemical shells and rockets_____________________________ 170
Claymore_____________________________________________ 169
Grenade launcher_____________________________________ 170
Incapacitating agents_________________________________ 170
New small arms family________________________________ 169
Recoilless rifle, 90-mm_________________________________ 170
Reduction of “leadtime”------------------------------------------------------ 166
JUPITER____________________________________________ 166
Space____________________________________________________ 182
Explorer IV__________________________________________ 182
Future plans in space_________________________________ 183
Monkies Able and Baker_______________________________ 183
Pioneer III___________________________________________ 182
Pioneer IV___________________________________________ 182
Saturn_______________________________________________ 183
Training_____________________________________________________ 124
Alaska___________________________________________________ 125
Europe___________________________________________________ 124
Field exercises and maneuvers_____________________________ 127
Foreign nationals_________________________________________ 129
Pacific___________________________________________________ 125
Panama Canal Zone___________ 125
Replacements_____________________________________________ 126
Reserve components_______________________________________ 128
School___________________________________________________ 127
United States___________________ „_________________________ 126
Army Map Service_________________________________________________ 130
Army Medical Service_____________________________________________ 143
Army Medical Service Research and Development Command____________ 146
Army Military Academy Preparatory School__________________________ 311
Army National Guard_______________________________ 56, 58, 97, 99,128,160
Army Reserve________________________________________ 57, 97,101,160, 383
INDEX 395
Atomic Energy Commission_____________________ 24, 25,181, 263, 318, 323, 338
BMEWS (Ballistic Missile Early Warning System)-------------------------- 336
Bureau of Medicine and Surgery---------------------------------------------------- 282
Bureau of Naval Weapons________________________________________ 279
Bureau of Ordnance______________________________________________ 282
Bureau of Ships__________________________________________________ 221
Bureau of Supplies and Accounts___________________________________ 221
Bureau of the Budget____________________________________________ 33, 303
CADIN (Continental Air Defense Integration, North)_________________ 298
California Institute of Technology__________________________________ 270
Central Treaty Organization (CENTO)___________________________ 89,130
Civilian components:
Aii’ Force__________________________________________________ 305, 384
Army_______________________________________________________ 161, 384
Defense_________________________________________________________ 61, 385
Navy______________________________________________________ 274, 384
Civil Reserve Air Fleet (CRAF)____________________________________ 69
Civil Service Commission_____________________________ 162,165, 274, 275, 306
Columbia University____________________________________ __________ 268
Committee of Oceanography------------------------------------------------------------- 268
CONAD (Continental Air Defense Command)________________________ 7
Cordiner Committee___________________________________________ 47, 62, 230
Defense Advisory Committee on Women in the Services________________ 51
Defense Atomic Support Agency (DASA)_________________________ 24,37,127
Defense, Department of. (For tables see Appendix p. 364.) (See also Reserve
Forces Policy Board.)
Armed forces________________________________________________ 3
Continental defense_______________________________________ 5
Air Force, regular_____________________________________ 5
Continental Air Defense Command (CONAD)_____________ 7
North American Air Defense Command (NORAD)__________ 7
Semi-Automatic Ground Environment System (SAGE)_____ 7
Warning systems______________________________________ 5, 6
Deployment of, by percentage______________________________ 3
General purpose forces_____________________________________ 7
Air Force_____________________________________________ 10
Army________________________________________________ 9
Marine Corps_________________________________________ 9
Navy________________________________________________ 9
Military services__________________________________________ 3, 8
Personnel and striking power____________________________ 3, 381
Air Force_____________________________________ 10,11, 381
Army_____________________________________________ 9, 381
Marine Corps_____________________________________ 10, 381
Navy__________________________________________ 9,10,381
Retaliatory forces_________________________________________ 3
Unified and specified commands (fig. 1)______________________ 4
Budget_____________________________________________________ 28, 364
Expenditures for military functions (fig. 8)_________________ 30,368
Financial management_____________________________________ 32
Fiscal year 1959__________________________________________ 29, 364
Fiscal year 1960___________________________________________ 31
555521—60------ 26
396 INDEX
Defense, Department of—Continued Page
Conclusion___________________________________________________ 95
Introduction_________________________________________________ 1
Management_________________________________________________ 35
Joint Chiefs of Staff------------------------------------------------------------ 41
Personnel employed------------------------------------------------------42, 44
Reorganization of_____________________________________ 41
Military departments---------------------------------------------------------- 45
Responsibilities of_____________________________________ 45
Office of the Secretary of Defense---------------- ------------------------- 37
Assistant Secretaries of Defense, assignments of---------------- 38
Director of Defense Research and Engineering, duties of-----37, 38
Major OSD officials, functions of-------------------------------------38, 39
Personnel employed------------------------------------------------------ 41
Organizational concepts------------------------------------------------------ 35
DOD Directive 5100.1----------------------------------------------------- 35
Unified and specified commands-------------------------------------------- 44
Manpower____________________________________________________ 3, 47
Active forces---------------------------------------------------------------------- 47
Dependents’ medical care----------------------------------------------- 52
Enlisted personnel--------------------------------------------------------- 48
Experience level of personnel------------------------------------- 49
Promotions and awards------------------------------------------ 48
Reenlistments--------------------------------------------------------- 49
Family housing_______________________________________ 53
Capehart program--------------------------------------------------- 54
Oversea units--------------------------------------------------------- 54
Wherry units_____________________________________ 54
Information and education programs------------------------------- 51
Office of Armed Forces Information and Education--------- 52
U.S. Armed Forces Institute (USAFI)------------------------ 51
Medical facilities and supply------------------------------------------- 56
Medical personnel_______________________________________ 55
Officer personnel---------------------------------------------------------- 50
Personnel levels_______________________________________ 47
Women in the military services---------------------------------------- 51
Civilian personnel________________________________________ 61, 385
Incentive programs___________________________________ 61, 63
Oversea teachers______________________________________ 62
Professional and scientific personnel-------------------------------- 62
Salaries and wages-------------------------------------------------------- 62
Training_____________________________________________ 61
Health __________________________________________________ 54
Hospital admission rates------------------------------------------------ 55
Medical facilities and supply------------------------------------------- 56
Medical personnel_____________________________________ 55
Reserve forces___________________________________________ 56, 383
Financial support and construction______________________ 59
Organization--------------------------------------------------------------- 56
Personnel and training_________________________________ 58
INDEX 397
Defense, Department of—Continued Page
Mutual security----------------------------------------------------------------------- 79
Asia and the Pacific_______________________________________ 90
ANZUS______________________________________________ 92
Japan_______________________________________________ 92
Korea_______________________________________________ 92
Republic of China__________________________________ .---- 91
SEATO______________________________________________ 92
Europe _________________________________________________ 84
NATO forces__________________________________________ 84
Atomic energy agreements___________________________ 85
Bases and facilities________________________________ 86
Exercises _______ ;________________________________ 88
Modernization____________________________________ 85
Supreme Allied Commander, Europe (SACEUR)______ 87
NATO Maintenance Supply Services Agency_____________ 86
Other countries_______________________________________ 86
Middle East and Africa____________________________________ 88
Military assistance------------------------------------------------------------- 79
Allied industrial capacity expanded_____________________ 83
Appropriation for next fiscal year________________________ 84
Draper Committee_____________________________________ 84
Expenditures_________________________________________ 81
Funds, status of_______________________________________ 81
Research and development of advanced weapons___________ 83
Training_____________________________________________ 81
Western Hemisphere---------------------------------------------------------- 93
Brazil _____________ l------------------------------------------------- 93
Canada ______________________________________________ 94
Latin American nations________________________________ 93
Organization of American States (OAS)_________________ 93
Panama _____________________________________________ 93
Research and development_____________________________________ 12
Guided missiles----------------------------------------------------------------- 12
Air defense missiles___________________________________ 16
Obligations, programed________________________________ 12
Strategic missiles_____________________________________ 14
Tactical missiles______________________________________ 18
Military space technology__________________________________ 21
Argus________________________________________________ 22
Beacon ______________________________________________ 22
Centaur______________________________________________ 21
Discoverer ___________________________________________ 22
Dyna-Soar ___________________________________________ 22
Explorer_____________________________________________ 22
Midas________________________________________________ 22
Notus________________________________________________ 22
Pioneer__________.___________________________________ 22
Score________________________________________________ 22
Sentry_______________________________________________ 22
398 !nd:x
Defense, Department of—Continued
Research and development—Continued
Military space technology—‘Continued Pase
Tiros _______________________________________________ 21
Transit ______________________________________________ 22
Vanguard____________________________________________ 22
X-15 plane____________________________________________ 22
Nuclear weapons and nuclear reactors----------------------------------- 24
Argus experiment--------------------------------------------------------- 24
Nuclear submarines------------------------------------------------------ 25
Nuclear surface ships---------------------------------------------------- 25
Operation Hardtack------------------------------------------------------ 24
Obligations, programed------------------------------------------------------- 12, 26
Other research activities------------------------------------------------------ 25
Air Force-------------------------------------------------------------------- 25
Army________________________________________________ 26
Navy ________________________________________________ 26
Rockets_________________________________________________ 20
Weapons, equipment, and facilities--------------------------------------------- 64
Mobilization planning---------------------------------------------------------- 75
National Industrial Equipment Reserve (NIER)--------------- 76
National Industrial Plant Reserve (NIPR)---------------------- 75
National Priorities and Allocation System------------------------- 76
Office of Civil and Defense Mobilization--------------------------- 75
Properties and installations------------------------------------------------ 76
Ballistic Missile Early Warning System---------------------------- 77
Disposal of real property----------------------------------------------- 77
Transfer of facilities----------------------------------------------------- 77
Supply management------------------------------------------------------------ 64
Armed Forces Supply Support Center----------------------------- 65
Cataloging and standardization-------------------------------------- 69
Accelerated Item Reduction (AIR) Program--------------- 69
Standardization program----------------------------------------- 70
Inventory control, storage, distribution, and disposal----------- 73
Armed Forces Supply Support Center------------------------ 73
Defese Materiel Utilization System_________________ 73
Surplus Sales Information Office____________________ 74
Procurement__________________________________________ 70
Small Business Administration---------------------------------- 72
Single managers______________________________________ 65
Cheatham Annex Cold Storage Facility______________ 67
Civil Reserve Air Fleet (CRAF)____________________ 69
Military Air Transport Service (MATS)------------------- 68
Military Clothing and Textile Supply Agency--------------- 67
Military Medical Supply Agency____________________ 67
Military Petroleum Supply Agency---------------------------- 67
Military Sea Transportation Service (MSTS)-------------- 68
Military Subsistence Supply Agency------------------------- 67
Military Traffic Management Agency (MTMA)_______ 68
Defense Public Affairs Council____________________________________ 40
DEW line_________________________________________ 5,94,216,297,327,351
Draper Committee________________________________________________ 84
INDEX 399
Exercises: Page
Banyan Tree________________________________________________ 128
Big Deal____________________________________________________ 210
Caribou Creek------------------------------------------------------------------------- 128
Crescent Hinge_______________________________________________ 210
Dark Cloud_________________________________________________ 59,127
Dark Cloud/Pine Cone II---------------------------------------------------------- 312
Dawn Breeze IV---------------------------------------------------------------------- 88
Dry Hills___________________________________________________ 128
Fairwind IV--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 88
Free Play----- ------------------------------ 124
Logex 59____________________________________________________ 128
New Broom IX______________________________________________ 88
Rocky Shoals________________________________________________ 127
Saddle-Up___________________________________________________ 91
Sharp Squall III______________________________________________ 88
Tally Ho____________________________________________________ 88
Topweight__________________________________________________ 88, 210
White Cloud_________________________________________________ 127
Federal Aviation Agency__________________________________________ 352
Fiscal matters (see Tables in Appendix p. 364) :
Air Force________________ 358
Army________________________________________________________ 198
Defense_____________________________________________________ 28, 59
Navy________________________________________________________ 277
Fleet Marine Forces______________________________________________ 226
General Accounting Office_________________________________________ 259
General Services Administration__________________________________ 75, 348
House Committee on Appropriations_______________________________ 259
Hydrographic Office_______________________________________________ 222
Industrial College of the Armed Forces______________________________ 127
Industrial Fund for Airlift Services________________________________ 300
Institute for Defense Analyses____________________________________ 27
Inter-American Geodetic Survey___________________________________ 132
Inter-American Treaty of Reciprocal Assistance of 1947______________ 93
International Geophysical Year_________________________________ 268, 269
International Hydrographic Bureau________________________________ 222
International Passamaquoddy Engineering Board____________________ 190
John Towers Field________________________________________________ 261
Joint Chiefs of Staff______________________________ 26, 41, 290, 295, 301, 386
Legislative references:
Atomic Energy Act of 1954____________________________________ 85
Classification Act of 1959---------------------------------------------------------- 61
Department of Defense Appropriation Act, 1959 (P. L. 85-724)_____ 359
Department of Defense Reorganization Act of 1958___________ 35, 37, 290
Government Employees Training Act of 1958_______________ 61, 275, 305
Medical and Dental Officers Career Incentive Act------------------------- 55
Military Construction Authorization Act for 1960------------------------ 54
Military Pay Act of 1958_____________________________________ 303
Mutual Security Act of 1954---------------------------------------------------- 345
National Aeronautics and Space Act of 1958-------------------------------- 290
National Defense Act of 1950_________________________________ 107
National Defense Facilities Act________________________________ 108
400 INDEX
Legislative references—Continued Page
National Housing Act--------------------------------------------------------------- 54
National Security Act_________________________________________ 32
Overseas Teachers Pay and Personnel Practices Act_______________ 62
Public Law 85-241__________________________________________ 141
Public Law 85—422__________________________________________ 155
Public Law 85-564__________________________________________ 151
Public Law 85-804__________________________________________ 341
Public Law 85-872__________________________________________ 275
Reserve Forces Act of 1955____________________________________ 58, 99
Reserve Officers Personnel Act_______________________________ t_ 99
Second Supplemental Appropriation Act, 1959 (P. L. 86-30)_______ 359
Supplemental Appropriation Act, 1959 (P. L. 85-852)____________ 359
Universal Military Training and Service Act___________________ 49, 58
Marine Corps Reserve_____________________________________ 57, 97, 103, 230
Marine Corps, the United States. (See under Navy, Department of the.)
Medicare _______________________________________________________ 145
Mid-Canada line_________________________________________________ 297
Military Air Transport Service (MATS)_________________________ 68, 299
Military Assistance Program (MAP)______________ 83, 89, 129, 345, 380, 381
Military Clothing and Textile Supply Agency_________________________ 67
Military Medical Supply Agency___________________________________ 67
Military Petroleum Supply Agency_________________________________ 67
Military Sea Transportation Service (MSTS)_______________________ 68,221
Military Subsistence Supply Agency________________________________ 67
Military Traffic Management Agency (MTMA)_______________________ 68
Missiles:
ATLAS_________________________________________ 4, 31, 76, 294, 334, 335
BOMARC A___________________________________________ 7,18,336,344
BOM ARC B_________________________________________________ 7,18
BULLPUP____________________________________________ 10,20,214,296
CORPORAL_________________________________________________ 20
CORVUS____________________________________________________ 20
DART__________________________■__________________________ 12,20,31
EAGLE__________________________________________________18, 215, 265
FALCON____________________________________________________ 11,18
GOOSE__________________________________________________ 12,31,344
HAWK_____________________________________________ 9,18, 20,123, 229
HOUND DOG____________________________________ 16,31,294,336,358
JUPITER________________________________________ 14, 22,147, 166, 294
LACROSSE________________________________________________9,20,171
MATADOR/MACE________________________________________ 11, 20, 296
MAULER__________________________________________________12,18,174
MINUTEMAN_________________________________________ 16, 31, 335, 358
MISSILE A__________________________________________________ 173
MISSILE B__________________________________________________ 173
NAVAHO____________________________________________________ 16
NIKE-AJAX_______________________________________________ 7,16,122
NIKE-HERCULES_______________________________ 7, 9, 18,115,118,141
NIKE-ZEUS______________________________________ 18, 31,123,141,171
PERSHING_______________________________________________20,31,171
POLARIS______________________ 14, 31, 77, 215, 220, 223, 240, 249, 260, 278
QUAIL______________________________________________ 16,294,336,344
INDEX 401
Page
_____________ 12, 31, 344
______ 12,18,20,173,229
_________________ 9,20
_________ 10,20,209,239
_________ 12, 16, 31, 241
________________ 20,171
_________________ 12,20
10,18, 20, 215, 228, 252, 296
_________________ 12,16
________________ 16,294
______ 10,18,20,215,216
________________ 20,251
__ 10,18, 20, 215, 241, 250
________ 18,215,241,251
10,18, 20, 215, 231, 241, 251
____________ 14,294,344
_________ 14, 31, 76,
123,
79, 129,
335
16
141
221
345
268
76
Missiles—Continued
RASCAL__________________________
REDEYE_____________ _______________
REDSTONE__________________________
REGULUS___________________________
REGULUS II_________________________
SERGEANT__________________________
SHILLELAGH________________________
SIDEWINDER________________________
SKYBOLT___________________________
SNARK______________________________
SPARROW HI_______________________
SUBROC____________________________
TALOS______________________________
TARTAR______________ ______________
TERRIER____________________________
THOR_______________________________
TITAN_______________________________
TRITON_____________________________
MISSILE MASTER_______________________
MSTS (Military Sea Transportation Service)
Mutual security----------------------------------------
National Academy of Sciences_____________
National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA)— 21,182,247,334,352
National Industrial Equipment Reserve (NIER)-------------------------------
National Industrial Plant Reserve (NIPR)-----------------------------------------
National Research Council_________________________________________
National Security Agency--------------------------------------------------------------
National War College_____________________________________________
NATO___________________________________ 5, 83, 84, 116, 129, 277, 343,
NATO Maintenance Supply Services Agency.
Nautical Almanac Office_________________
Naval
Naval
Naval
Naval
Naval
Naval
Naval
Navy, Design and construction of ships) :
Agor__________________________
Albany__________________________
Bainbridge_______________________
Barber o._________________________
Barry___________________________
Blandy__________________________
Boston__________________________
Boxer___________________________
Canberra________________________
Charles F. Adams________________
Claude J ones------------------------------
Compass Island__________________
Constellation_____________________
268
37
127
386
86
222
261
216
261
222
311
383
Academy__________________________________________________
Electronics Laboratory----------------------------------------------------------
Medical Center_____________________________________________
Observatory___________________________________ ____________
Preparatory School---------------------------------------------------------------
Reserve_________________________________________ 97, 102, 238,
ships. {See also Nuclear submarines and under Department of the
__________ 244
__________ 241
__________ 241
__________ 209
__________ 242
__________ 212
__________ 215
220, 227, 228, 229
__________ 215
__________ 241
__________ 242
__________ 220
__________ 239
402 INDEX
Naval ships—Continued Page
Coral Sea___________________________________________________ 239
Edisto______________________________________________________ 213
Enterprise__________________________________________________ 214
Essex___________________________________________________ 211, 283
Farragut__________________________________________________ 241
Forrestal_______________________________________________ 211, 214
Forrest Sherman___________________________________________ 242
Francis Marion_______________________________ 243
Galveston_______________________________________________ 215, 242
Glacier____________________________________________________ 213
Grayhack__________________________________________________ 239
Growler___________________________________________________ 239
Gyatt_____________________________________________________ 215
Helena____________________________________________________ 213
Independence___________________________ 214
I wo Jima_______________________________________________ 219, 243
Kitty Hawk________________________________________________ 239
Kleinsnvith_________________________________________________ 212
Lexington_________________________________________________ 2.11
Long Beach________________________________________________ 241
Midway____________________________________________ 214
Observation Island__________________________________________ 221
Oriskany__________________________________________________ 239
Paul Revere________________________________________________ 243
Princeton____________________________________________ 220, 227, 228
Proteus___________________________________________________ 240
Randolph__________________________________________________ 211
Ranger____________________________________________________ 214
Roy 0. Hale_______________________________________________ 213
Triton____________________________________________________ 240
Yorktown__________________________________________________ 211
Navy Antisubmarine Warfare Committee____________________________ 218
Navy, Department of the. (See also Reserve Forces Policy Board.)
Business management_________________________________________ 276
Automatic data processing________________________________ 280
Financial management____________________________________ 277
Expenditures by purpose or function (table)______________ 278
Management improvement_________________________________ 281
Industrial operations__________________________________ 281
Program evaluation and review technique------------------------ 281
Source data automation_______________________'________ 281
Organization_____________________________________________ 279
Bureau of Naval Weapons established__________________ 279
Officer career specialization_____________________________ 280
Printing and publications_________________________________ 281
Procurement and contracting_______________________________ 276
Auction sale of surplus property------------------------------------- 277
Reduction of contractor-operated plants in industrial reserve_____________________________________________
277
Small business contracts_______________________________ 276
Standardization agreements with NATO------------------------- 277
Conclusion____________________ —--------- --------------------------------— 283
INDEX 403
Navy, Department of the—Continued Page
Design and construction of ships_______________________________ 239
Agor_____________________ 244
Albany (CG-10)___________________________________________ 241
Bainbridge (DLGN-25)____________________________________ 241
Barbel (SS-580)__________________________________________ 240
Barry (DD-933)__________________________________________ 242
Charles F. Adams (DDG-2)________________________________ 241
Claude Jones___________________________________________ 242
Constellation (CVA-64)____________________________________ 239
Coral Sea (CVA-43)_______________________________________ 239
Enterprise (C VAN-65)_____________________________________ 239
Ethan Allen (SSBN-608)__________________________________ 240
Farragut (DLG-6)________________________________________ 241
Forrestal______________________________________________ 239
Forrest Sherman________________________________________ 242
Francis Marion (APA-249-)________________________________ 243
Galveston (CLG-3)_________________ 242
George Washington (SSBN-598)_______ 16,219,240
Grayback (SSG-574)______________________________________ 239
Growler (SSG-577)_______________________________________ 239
Halibut (SSGN-587)______________________________________ 240
Independence (CVA-62)___________________________________ 239
I wo Jima (LPH-2)_______________________________________ 243
Kitty Hawk (CVA-63)____________________________________ 239
Long Beach (CGN-9)_____________________________________ 241
Minesweeper, Special (MSS)________________________________ 244
Oriskany (CVA-34)_______________________________________ 239
Paul Revere (APA-248)___________________________________ 243
Proteus (AS-19)__________________________________________ 240
Sargo (SSN-583)_________________________________________ 240
Seawolf________________________________________________ 240
Skate (SSN-578)_________________________________________ 240
Skipjack (SSN-585)______________________________________ 240
Swordfish (SSN-579)_____________________________________ 240
Thresher (SSN-593)______________________________________ 241
Triton (SSRN-586)_______________________________________ 240
Design and procurement of aircraft______________________________ 246
Flight safety_____________________________________________ 247
Mark IV full pressure space suit_____________________________ 247
New models______________________________________________ 246
Reduction in procurement__________________________________ 246
Introduction__________________________________________________ 207
Marine Corps, the United States_________________________________ 226
Employment of forces_____________________________________ 226
Landing force research and development_____________________ 229
Objectives________________________________________________ 227
Operations and training___________________________________ 227
Personnel_______________________________________________ 230, 381
Enlisted programs_____________________________________ 231
Officer programs______________________________________ 230
Strength levels________________________________________ 230
Reserve_______________________________________ 57, 97,106, 229, 383
Supporting establishment__________________________________ 231
404 INDEX
Navy, Department of the—Continued Page
Medical and dental service_____________________________________ 254
Aviation medicine_________________________________________ 255
Dental care_______________________________________________ 255
Research___________________ 257
Health of personnel_______________________________________ 254
Death rate____________________________________________ 254
Hospital patients______________________________________ 254
Infectious hepatitis____________________________________ 254
Respiratory infections_________________________________ 254
Venereal disease______________________________________ 254
Medical facilities__________________________________________ 255
Medical research__________________________________________ 256
Blood bank_______________________________________ ,___ 257
Ionizing radiation____________________________________ 257
JUPITER flight______________________________________ 256
Mercury project, pressure suit___________________________ 257
Psycho-physiological testing and training_________________ 257
Rotating room________________________________________ 257
Submarine medicine______________________________________ 256
Navy, the United States :
Communications support___________________________________ 223
Hydrographic Office_______________________________________ 222
Material readiness________________________________________ 223
Material condition____________________________________ 223
Military improvements_______________ ,________________ 224
Mobilization posture____________ __________________________ 224
Naval Observatory________________________________________ 222
Operational readiness and capability_________________________ 214
Air defense_____________ 1____________________________ 215
Air offense___________________________________________ 214
Amphibious forces____________________________________ 219
Antisubmarine warfare_________________________________ 216
Fleet ballistic missile system____________________________ 220
Harbor defense_______________________________________ 220
Mine warfare_________________________________________ 220
Submarine warfare___________________________________ 218
Operations, naval_________________________________________ 209
Employment of forces__________________________________ 209
Seventh Fleet_____________________________________ 209
Sixth Fleet_______________________________________ 209
Exercises, large-scale__________________________________ 210
BIG DEAL_______________________________________ 210
CRESCENT HINGE_______________________________ 210
TOP WEIGHT___________________________________ 210
Operations, special____________________________________ 210
Antarctic_________________________________________ 212
Attacked aircraft__________________________________ 213
Evacuation from Nicaro, Cuba______________________ 212
HARDTACK______________________________________ 212
Humanitarian____________________________________ 213
INLAND SEAS___________________________________ 213
INDEX 405
Navy, Department of the—Continued.
Navy, the United States—Continued
Operations, naval—Continued
Operations, special—Continued Page
Lebanon___________________________________________ 209
Submarine_________________________________________ 212
Taiwan____________________________________________ 209
Transatlantic cable breaks___________________________ 213
Virgin Islands inaugural____________________________ 212
Support readiness and capability_____________________________ 221
Military Sea Transportation Service (MSTS)______________ 221
Personnel, civilian__________________________________________ 274, 384
Employment_______________________________________________ 274
Campaign Forty suggestion program______________________ 274
New promotion plans____________________________________ 274
Reductions in force_____________________________________ 275
Position classification and wage administration_________________ 275
Table showing graded and ungraded__________________________ 274
Training___________________________________________________ 275
Personnel, naval_____________________________________________ 233, 382
Active duty strength_______________________________________ 233
Discipline_________________________________________________ 238
Enlisted personnel------------------------------------------------------------- 234
Promotions___________________________________________ 235
Naval Reserve________________________________________ 97, 102, 238
Ready Reserve------------------------------------------------------------- 238
Selected Reserve______________________________________ _ 238
Strength______________________________________________ 238
Officer personnel__________________________________________ 234
Promotions___________________________________________ 235
Personnel research________________________________________ 237
Procurement of personnel__________________________________ 234
Training and education____________________________________ 236
Advanced weapons training_____________________________ 236
Foreign language study_________________________________ 236
Leadership schools____________________________________ 237
Medical and dental____________________________________ 236
Nuclear power training_________________________________ 237
Postgraduate program_________________________________ 236
Research____________________________________________________ 265
Basic____________________________________________________ 266
Biological sciences____________________________________ 269
Human disorientation device________________________ 269
Serum for burns___________________________________ 269
Ultrasonic waves for brain surgery__________________ 269
Chemical sciences_____________________________________ 266
Boron in new forms________________________________ 267
High temperature semiconductor____________________ 267
Perfluorobenzenes_________________________________ 266
Phosphides and silicides of transition metals--------------- 267
Synthetic fluoaluminate crystal-------------------------------- 267
406 INDEX
Navy, Department of the—Continued
Research—Continued
Basic—Continued Page
Earth sciences_________________________________________ 268
Instrumented rockets------------------------------------------------- 268
Lyman-alpha line of hydrogen light photographs---------- 268
Maser (microwave amplification by stimulated emission) _ 268
Minitrack observations on satellites___________________ 269
Oceanography_______________________________________ 268
Electronic sciences____________________________________ 270
Color television developments_______________________ 271
Ionosphere reflection radar__________________________ 271
Radio signals reflected from moon__________________ 271
Radio-telescope facility_____________________________ 270
Space surveillance system___________________________ 271
Energy conversion_____________________________________ 272
Controlled thermonuclear reactions on a laboratory
scale__________________________________________ 272
Heat transfer by liquids____________________________ 272
Engineering mechanics________________________________ 271
General science_______________________________________ 272
Coordinated Science Laboratory____________________ 272
Development problems_____________________________ 272
Digital computers in war game studies_______________ 273
LOKI rocket______________________________________ 273
Molecular magnetism_______________________________ 272
Nuclear techniques in nondestructive testing of large
propellant grains_______________________________ 273
Transistor________________________________________ 273
Material sciences______________________________________ 270
Method for calculating relative stabilities of a given
metal__l_____________________________________ 270
Notch ductility test________________________________ 270
Mathematical sciences_________________________________ 267
Automatic data processing__________________________ 268
Logistics_________________________________________ 267
Physical sciences_____________________________________ 267
Project STRATOSCOPE____________________________ 267
Ultrasonic techniques______________________________ 267
Psychological sciences_________________________________ 270
Weapons and equipment___________________________________ 265
Assault landing craft__________________________________ 265
Close support artillery_________________________________ 265
Guided missiles:
BULLPUP________________________________________ 265
CORVUS_________________________________________ 265
EAGLE__________________________________________ 265
SIDEWINDER 1C______________________ __________ 265
SPARROW HI___________________________________ 265
SUPER TALOS______________ a____________________ 265
Internal combustion catapult powerplant_________________ 265
Low altitude attack aircraft (A2F)____________________ 265
Satellites_____________________________________________ 266
Submarine and related problems_________________________ 266
Tactical data system network__________________________ 265
INDEX 407
Navy, Department of the—Continued Page
Shore facilities_______________________________________________ 261
Construction---------------------------------------------------------------------- 261
Domestic_____________________________________________ 261
Foreign---------------------------------------------------------------------- 261
Housing_________________________________________________ 262
Capehart Act_________________________________________ 263
Wherry Act__________________________________________ 263
Maintenance__________________________________ ____________ 263
Planning and design------------------------------------------------------------ 262
Real estate_______________________________________________ 262
Utilities_________________________________________________ 263
Supply______________________________________________________ 258
Accounting procedures--------------------------------------------------------- 259
Aviation supply---------------------------------------------------------------- 259
Disposal program_________________________________________ 258
Federal cataloging system_________________________________ 258
Research and development programs-------------------------------------- 260
Support operations consolidated-------------------------------------------- 258
Transport of material--------------------------------------------------------- 260
Weapons____________________________ 249
Air weapons systems---------------------------------------------------------- 252
20-mm. gun----------------------------------------------------------------- 252
SIDEWINDER_______________________________________ 252
ZUNI________________________________________________ 252
Fleet ballistic missile system----------------------------------------------- 249
Missile submarine--------------------------------------------------------- 250
POLARIS____________________________________________ 249
Support----------------------------------------------------------------------- 250
Other developments------------------------------------------------------------ 252
Doppler techniques---------------------------------------------------------- 253
Explosive compounds---------------------------------------------------- 253
Hazards of electromagnetic radiation (Hero Program)------ 253
Hybrid rocket motors----------------------------------------------------- 252
Power cartridge________________________________________ 252
Pyrotechnic device to' resemble atomic burst--------------------- 252
Satellite launching system------------------------------------------------ 253
Pacific Missile Range---------------------------------------------------------- 250
Surface weapons systems----------------------------------------------------- 250
TALOS_______________________________________________ 250
TARTAR_____________________________________________ 251
TERRIER____________________________________________ 251
Underwater weapons systems------------------------------------------------- 251
ASROC_______________________________________________ 251
ASTOR_______________________________________________ 251
Mark 44 torpedo______________________________________ 251
Submarine sonar______________________________________ 252
SUBROC________________________________________ 251
Navy Selected Reserve________________________________________ 57,97,238
NORAD (North American Air Defense Command)----------------------------- 7,94
Nuclear submarines:
Ethan Allen_______________________________________________ 240
George Washington____________________________________ 16, 219, 240
Halibut_____________________________________________________ 240
408 INDEX
Nuclear submarines—Continued Page
Nautilus_________________________________________________ 212, 219
Sargo___________________________________________________ 219, 240
Seawolf_________________________________________________ 212, 240
Skate________________________________ .______________ 212,219,240
Skipjack__________________________________________________ 240
Swordfish__________________________ ■------------------------------ 219, 240
Thresher__________________________________________________ 241
Office of Civil and Defense Mobilization______________________________ 75
Office of Naval Material____________________________________________ 259
Office of Naval Research------------------------------------------------------------- 218, 268
Office of the Chief of Naval Operations_____________________________218, 279
Office of the Secretary of Defense______________________________ 35, 37, 385
Operations:
BIG DEAL_________________________________________________ _ 210
CRESCENT HINGE__________________________________________ 210
DEEP FREEZE IV_____________________________________ 212,222,300
HARDTACK_________________________________________________24, 212
INLAND SEAS_______________________________________________ 213
SWIFTLIFT__________________________________________________ 316
TOP WEIGHT________________________________________________ 210
Organization of American States (OAS)_____________________________ 93
Panama Canal Zone_______________________________________________ 163
Pine Tree line____________________________________________________ 297
President's Committee To Study the United States Military Assistance
Program. (See Draper Committee.)
Projects:
Argus________________________________________________________ 339
Beacon_______________________________________________________ 22
BETTY. 132
Elimex----------------------------------------------------------------------------------133,137
MASS______________________________________________________133,138
Mercury________________________________________________ 247, 322, 334
Midas_______________________________________________________ 22
Notus________________________________________________________ 22
Paydirt________________________________________________________ 164
Score_________________________________________________________ 334
Sentry_______________________________________________________ 22
Stratoscope__________________________________________________ 267
TENOC_______________________________________________________ 268
Tiros________________________________________________________ 21
Transit______________________________________________________ 22
Vanguard____________________________________________________ 21
Reserve Forces Policy Board_______________________________________ 97
Equipment____________________________________________________ 105
Air Force Reserve__________________________________________ 106
Air National Guard_________________________________________ 106
Army National Guard_______________________________________ 105
Army Reserve_____________________________________________ 105
Marine Corps Reserve_______________________________________ 106
Naval Reserve_____________________________________________ 106
INDEX 409
Reserve Forces Policy Board—Continued Page
Facilities____________________________________________________ 107
Air Force Reserve_________________________________________ 109
Air National Guard______ =.------------------------------------------------ 109
Army National Guard--------------------------------------------------------- 107
Army Reserve____________________________________________ 107
Marine Corps Reserve_____________________________________ 109
Naval Reserve____________________________________________ 108
General______________________________________________________ 97
Personnel____________________________________________________ 97
Air Force Reserve_________________________________________ 104
Air National Guard_______________________________________ 103
Army National Guard_____________________________________ 99
Army Reserve____________________________________________ 101
Marine Corps Reserve_____________________________________ 103
Naval Reserve__________________________________________ 102
Ready Reserve not on active duty (fig. 1)_____________________ 98
Reserve Officers Personnel Act______________________________ 99
Special 6 months active duty reserve training programs, actual
and planned (fig. 2)___________________________________ 100
Rockets:
AEROBEE-H1________________________________________________ 269
ARCAS_____________________________________________________ 268
ASROC_____________________________________________________ 251
FALCON ___________________________________________________ 344
GENIE___________________________________________________ 7,21,298
HONEST JOHN________________________________________________9,21
LITTLE JOHN______________________________________________21, 171
LOKI_______________________________________________________ 273
ZUNI________________________________________________________ 252
SAC (Strategic Air Command)----------------------------------------------------- 3,25,293
SAGE (Semi-Automatic Ground Environment system)_________________ 7,297
School of Aviation Medicine________________________________________ 323
Selective Service System___________________________________________ 152
Small Business Administration____________________________________ 72, 276
South East Asia Treaty Organization (SEATO)______________________ 91
STRAC (Strategic Army Corps)_________________________ 8,114,115,118,153
Surplus Sales Information Office____________________________________ 74
Tables:
Active duty military personnel_________________________________ 381
Active duty strength of Navy__________________________________ 233
Air Force active major installations_____________________________ 328
Air Force actual obligations and net expenditures, fiscal year 1959___ 359
Air Force family housing construction___________________________ 330
Air Force reductions in manpower utilization_____________________ 303
Allocation of funds for civil works, Army Corps of Engineers________ 185
Amounts available for obligation by Air Force fiscal year 1959_______ 359
Army accidents, projected and actual____________________________ 165
Broad areas of use of Army manpower at year-end strength________ 152
Civilian employees, Navy______________________________________ 274
Civilian personnel________________________________:____________ 384
Expenditures and expenditure availability, FY 1959 (civil functions)_ 378
Expenditures and expenditure availability, FY 1959 (military functions
.------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 368
410 INDEX
Tables—Continued Page
Flood control projects placed in useful operation__________________ 187
Military Assistance Program expenditures by budget activity_______ 380
Military Assistance Program obligations/reservations and expenditures
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 381
Military Assistance Program obligations/reservations by budget
activity__________________________________________________ 380
Navy expenditures shown by broad purpose or function____________ 278
Obligations and obligational availability of current general and special
fund appropriations, FY 1959 (military functions)_____________ 364
Obligations and obligational availability of current general appropriations,
FY 1959 (civil functions)__________________________ 376
Reserve components personnel__________________________________ 383
Total personnel, Office of Secretary of Defense and Joint Chiefs of
Staff_________________________________________________ 385
Tactical Air Command (TAC)__________________________-____________ 295
University of Illinois______________________________________________ 272
USAFE_________________________________________________________ 295
WAF___________________________________________________________ 304
Weapons Systems Evaluation Group (WSEG)________________________ 26
Women’s Army Corps_____________________________________________ 156